Owner's Manual: 2017 Audi RB

Owner's Manual
2017 Audi RB
Vorsprung durch Te ~~?~ (HD

Foreword
Thank you for choosing an Audi - we value your trust in us.
Your new Audi will allow you to experience the best in groundbreaking technolo-
gy and prem ium quality eq uipment a vehicle has to offer. We recommend that
you read your Owner's Manual thoroug hly so that you qu ickly become acquain t -
ed wit h your Audi and make use of all of it s featu res.
In addition to explaining how the diffe rent features work, we provide ma ny use-
ful tips and informa t ion concerning your safety, how to care for your vehicle and
how to mainta in your veh icle's value. We also give you useful tips and informa-
t ion on how to drive your vehicle more efficiently and in an environ ment ally
frie ndly manne r.
We hope you enjoy driving your Audi and we wish you safe and pleasan t motor-
ing.
AUDIAG
"'
....
"'
N
"N....
0
0
Vl
'<f
Tabl e of content s
About this Owne r 's Manual. ..... 5 Start ing and stopping the eng ine . . . . . . . 56
Start-Stop system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Cockpi t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Electromechanical parking brake . .. .. .. 61
Cockpit overview ................. 6 Sport driving mode . . . . . ....... .. .. .. 63
Controls at a glance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Automat ic transmission . ....... .. .. .. 64
Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . ....... .. .. .. 70
Instruments and indicator lights 8
Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Driver assistance ......... .. .. .. .. 71
Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 71
On-Board Diagnostic system (OBD) . . . . . 17 Speed warning system . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 71
Cruise cont rol system . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 71
Driver information system . .. .. . 19 Audi drive select (drive setti ngs) .. .. .. .. 72
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 19
Multifunction steering wheel plus . .. .. . 20 Parking systems ............... .. 76
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 22 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 76
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 22 Parking syst em plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 77
On-board computer . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 23 Rearview camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 78
Sport view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 23 Adjust ing t he display and the warnin g
Lap t imer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 24 tones.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . .. 80
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 80
Start ing and driving ...... .. .. .. . 27
Opening and closing ...... .. .. .. . 27 Intelligent Technology .......... 81
Cent ral locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 27 Electronic stabilization control (ESC) . . . . 81
Luggage compartment lid . . . . . . .. .. .. . 32 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Power window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 33 Electromechanical power steer ing . . . . . . 84
Garage doo r opener (Home link) . .. .. .. . 34 All wheel drive (quattro) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Rear spoiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Lights and Vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Energy management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Exterior li ghting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Notice abo ut data recorded by the Event
Interior lighting . . . . . . . . .... .... .. .. . 42 Data Recorder and veh icle cont rol
V1s1on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .... .. .. . 42 modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
W indshield wipers . . . . . . .... .... .. .. . 44
Digital compass . . . . . . . . .... .... .. .. . 46 Infotainment ..................... 90
Multi Media Interface ............ 90
Seats and storage ......... .. .. .. . 47 Traffic safety info rmation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
General information . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 47 Introd uction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 47 MMI On/Off knob with joystick fu nction . . 90
Ashtray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 48 MMI operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Cigarette lighter and socket . . . . .. .. .. . 49 MMI touch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Sto rage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 49 Operat ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Luggage compartment . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 50 Opening the select ion/options menu with
the cont rol knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Warm and cold . . .......... ....... 51 Letter/numb er speller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Climate cont rol system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Free text search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Menus and Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Driving .. . . . . . . . ............ . ... . . . 54
General information .......... . . . ... . 54
St eering . . . . . . .............. . ... . . . 56
2
Table of contents
Voice recogni t ion sy st em . .. .. .. . 102 M e dia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . 147

Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. . 101 Introd uction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Command overview information . .. .. .. . 103 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. . 103 Media drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Bl uetooth aud io player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Wi -Fi audio player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Online med ia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Mult imed ia connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Using the telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Playing med ia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Favorites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Addition al settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Suppor t ed med ia and fi l e formats . . . . . . 159
Listening to voicema il . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Troub leshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Emergency call f unctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Direct ory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Sy st em s et t ing s ................ .. 162
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Setting the date and time . . . . . .. .. .. .. 162
Safety belt mic rophone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 MMI settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 162
Troubleshoot ing . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . 118 Connection manage r . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 163
System update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 16S
Audi connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Sound settings . . .................. .. 16S
Introduction. . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . 119 Volume settings .................... . 165
Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ . 119 Restarting the MMI (Reset) ..... ..... .. 166
Conf iguration through myA udi ........ . 120 Software license information 166
Aud i connect services. ............ ... . 121
W i-Fi hotspot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ . 123 Safety ............................ 167
Configur ing the data connect ion . . . . . . . . 124 Safe driving .................. .. .. 167
About Audi connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. 16 7
Troubleshoot ing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Correct passenger seat ing positions . .. .. 168
Drive r and passenger side foo twe ll . . .. .. 170
Navigation . . ... ... .... . ..... . . . . . . 128 Pedala rea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . .. .. 171
Opening navigati on ................. . 128 Stowing l uggage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Enter ing a dest inat ion ............... . 129 Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Cancel route guidance .... . . . . . . . . ... . 133
Home address . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . 133 Safety b e lt s . . . . . . ...... .. .. .. .. .. 174
Favorites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 General notes . . . . . . . ...... .. .. .. .. .. 17 4
Directory contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Why saf ety belts? . . . ...... .. .. .. .. .. 175
Addit ional settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Safety belts . . . . . . . . ...... .. .. .. .. .. 177
Map. . . . . . . . . ... ... .... . ..... . . ... . 136 Safety belt tensioner . ...... .. .. .. .. .. 179
Onli ne map display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Accessing t raffic information . . . . . . . . . . 139 Airb a g sy st e m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Troubleshoot ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Important informat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Front airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Radio . . . ..... . .......... . ..... . .. . 143 Moni t oring the Advanced Airbag System . 192
Opening the rad io . . . . . . .. .. .... .. .. . 143 Knee air bags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Radio functions . . . . . . . . .. .. .... .. .. . 144
Radio menu . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .... .. .. . 14 5
"' Favorites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .... .. .. . 145
....
"'
N Additional settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
"N.... Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
0
0
Vl
'<f
3
Table of contents
Side airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Using the jum p start cable . . . . . . . . . . . . 273

Side curtain airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Towing with a tow truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Child safety ........... ...... .. ... 205 Accessories and technical data . . 276
I mportant information . . . . ...... .. ... 205 Technical d at a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... .. ... 210 Vehicle specifications . . ...... .. .. .... 276
Securing child seats . .......... .. .. . .. 214 Weights . . . . . . . . . . .. . ...... .. .. .... 276
Addit ional information . . . . ...... .. ... 218 Dimens ions. . . . . . . . .. . ...... .. .. .... 277
Capacities . . . . . . . . . .. . ...... .. .. .... 277
Maintenance and Care ........ ... 220 Gasoline engines . . . .. . ...... .. .. .... 278
Checking and F illing .. ........ ... 220
Fuel . . ... . . . . . .............. . ... . .. 220 Consumer information and
Refueling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ ... 221 technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Engine compartment . . . . . . ........ ... 223 Consumer informat ion . . . . . . . . . . 279
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ ... 225 Warranty coverages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . ........ ... 228 Operating you r vehicle outside the U.S.A.
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ ... 230 or Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ ... 230 Audi Service Repair Manuals and
Windshield washer system . ........ ... 233 Literat ure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Service interval display . . . . ........ ... 234 Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Accessories and technical changes 281
Wheels . . ... . . . . . .......... . . . . . .. 235
Wheels and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Index .......... . . . . . . . .......... . . 283
If the Tire Pressure Monitoring System
indicator appears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Care and cleaning ......... .. .. .. . 256

General information . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 256
Car washes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 256
Cleaning and care information . . .. .. .. . 257
Placing your veh icle out of service . .. .. . 260
Do It Yourself ....... .... .. .. .. .. . 262

Emergency a ss istance .. .. .. .. .. . 262
Trunk escape handle . . . . .... .. .. .. .. . 262
General inf orma tion . . . . .... .. .. .. .. . 262
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. .. .. .. . 262
Tire mobility kit . . . . . . . . .... .. .. .. .. . 263
Replac ing whee ls . . . . . . . .... .. .. .. .. . 265
Fuses and bulb s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

Electrical fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Bulbs . . . . . ... . . . . . .......... . . . . . .. 271
Emergency situations . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Starting by pushing or towing . . . . . . . . . . 272
Starting w ith jumper cables . . . . . . . . . . . 272
4
A b out t hi s Owner 's M a nual
This manual contains important information,

tips, suggestions and warnings for using your ve-
{!) Tips
hicle. Text with this symbol contains additional use-

ful information.
Keep this manua l in yo ur vehicle at all times. This
is especially important if you loan yo ur vehicle to
others or sell it.
This owner's manu al descr ibes the equipment

range specified fo r th is mode l at the time of
printing . Individua l equipment options described
may on ly be availab le at a later date or may only
be offered in certain countries .
Some sect ions in this manual do not apply to all

vehicles. When this is the case, the beginning of
the section indicates the validity , for example
"Applies to: vehicles with BiXenon headlights".
Opt iona l or vehicle-specific equipment is also
ident ified with an asterisk"*".
The illu st ration s are designed as a general guide

and on your vehicle may look slight ly different
than what is illustrated.
All directions, such as "left", "right", "front" and

"rear", are based on the vehicle's direction of
travel.
* Optional or veh icle-specific equipmen t

~ The section cont inues on the next page.
&
c::> Cross reference to a "WARNING"within a
section . If a page numbe r is indicated, the
WARNING is located outs ide of the section .
.8, WARNING -
Text with th is symbol contains information
abou t safe ty a nd how to reduce the risk of se -
rious personal injury o r dea t h.
(D Note
Text with th is symbo l conta ins info rmation
about reducing the risk of damage to your ve-
hicle.
@ For the sake of the environment

Text with th is symbol conta ins info rmation on
~ protecting t he environment .
N
....
"N....
0
0
Vl
'<f
5
Cockpit overview
Cockpit overview
Controls at a glance
Fig. 1 Cockpit : left section
Fig. 2 Cockpit: rig ht sect ion
6
Coc k pit o v e rv iew
(!) Door handle @ Lockable glove compartment

@ Central locking switch 30 @ Front passenger's airbag ...... . 18S
® Power windows ............ ... 33 @) Seat heati ng . . . . . . . ......... . 53
© Power exterior mirror adjustment 42 @ Depending on equipment, center
® Air vent with thumbwheel console with :
® Lever for: - Cigarette lighte r and socket ... 49
- Turn signals and high beams 39 - Multimedia compartment for cell
0 Multifunct ion steer ing wheel with: phone . . . . . . . . ............ . 1S3
@ Depend ing on equ ipment, buttons
- Horn
- Driver's airbag ........... ... for:
185
- Controls for the virtua l instru - - Electronic Stabilization Control
ment cluster including the driver (ESC) .. . . . . . . . ............ . 81
information system, aud io/video, - Emergency flashers ......... . 41
te lephone, navigation and voice - Retractab le rear spoiler ...... . 86
recognition system .. . . . . . . . . 20 @ Infotai nment system on/off
- Shift paddles . . . .... . . . . . . . . 67 button . . . . . . . . . . ........... . 90
- !S TAR T ENGINE ST OP ! butto n 56 @ Infotainment system unit 90
- Engine sound, Audi drive select @ Depend ing on equ ipment:
and performan ce mode contro ls 20 - St orage compartment
@ Audi virtual cockpit (instrument - Ashtray . . . . . . . . ........... . 48
cluster) . . . . .............. ... 8 - Cup holder . . . . ............ . 49
® Windshie ld was her system lever 44 @ Parking brake . . . . . . . . . .... . . . 61
@ Starting the engine if there is a @ Selector lever (S tronic) ....... . 64
malfunction . . . . . . .... ........ S8
@ Adjustable steer ing column .... . S6 (I) Tips
@ Cruise contro l lever ......... ... 71 Some the equipment listed here is only instal-
@ Instrument illumination 42 led in certa in models or is available as an op-
(8) Headlight control switch 38 tion.
@ Luggage compartment lid release 32
@ Contro ls for climat e control
system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sl
"'
....
"'
N
"N....
0
0
Vl
'<f
7
In strumen ts and ind ica tor ligh ts
Instruments and indicator Lights

Instruments
Audi virtual cockpit (instrument cluster)
The instrument cluster is the central information center for the driver.
Fig. 3 Instrument cluster overview
(D Engine coolant temperature 8

(D Note
@ Driver information system . . . . . . 19
- Auxiliary headlights and other accessories in
® Fuel level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
front of the coo ling-air intake impa ir the
@ Trip odometer reset knob . . . . . . . 22 cooling effect of the coolant. This increases
the risk of the engine overheating dur ing
Coolant temperature indicator high out side temperatu res and heavy en-
gine load.
The coolant temperature display ~ page 8,
- The fron t spoiler a lso helps to distribute
fig. 3 @ only functions when the ignit ion is
cooling air cor rect ly while d riving. If the
switched on. To prevent eng ine damage, please
spoiler is damaged, the cooling effect will
observe the following notes about the tempera-
be impaired and the risk of the eng ine over-
ture ranges.
heating will increase . See an authorized
Cold rang e Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Fa-
cility for assistance.
If on ly the LEDs at the bottom of the gauge turn
on, the engine has not reached operating tem-
pera t ure yet. Avoid high engine speeds, full ac- Fuel level
celerating and heavy engine loads.
The ind icator @ on ly functions when the ignition
Normal range is sw itched on. If the fuel level drops below 3 .3
gallons (12 liters), a red LEDwill light up and the
The engine has reached its operating tempera-
ture once the LEDsup to the center of the gauge
rD ind icator light will turn on ¢ page 16. The
LED blinks red when the fuel level is very low.
turn on . If t he . ind icator light in the Infotain-
ment sys t em disp lay turns on, the coo lant tem - The fuel tank capacity of your ve hicle is listed in
pe rature is too high ~ page 12 . the Technical Data sect ion ~ page 2 77 . .,..
8
Instruments and ind icator lights
(D Note Canada models:

Electromechanical parking brake
Never drive until the tank is completely emp-
¢ page 11
ty. The irregular supp ly of fuel that results
from that can cause engine misfires . Uncom- Cooling system
busted fuel will then enter the exhaust sys- ¢ page 12
tem. This can cause overheating and damage Engine oil pressure
to the catalytic converter . ¢ page 13
Alternator
Indicator lights ¢ page 13
Description Engine stop while driving
¢ page 13
The indicator lights in the instrument cluster
Engine contro l
blink or turn on. They indicate functions or mal-
¢ page 15
functions.
Safety belt
With some indicator lights, messages may ap- ¢ page 13
pear and warning signals may sound. The indica-
tor lights and messages in the display can be cov- Electromechanical steering./
ered by other displays. To show them again, se- ¢ page 84
lect the tab for the indicator lights and messages Steering lock
using the multifunction steering wheel ¢ page 13
¢ page 19. If there are several malfunct ions,
Central indicator light
you can display them one at a time using the ¢ page 14
thumbwheel.
Engine start system
Some indicators lights in the display can turn on ¢ page 14
in several colors .
Transmission malfunction
¢ page 68
Overview
Rear spoiler
Some indicator lights turn on briefly as a function ¢ page 86
check whe n you switch the ignition on . These sys-
tems are marked with a ,I in the following tables. Yellow indicator lights
If one of these indicator lights does not turn on, Electronic Stabil ization Control (ESC)
there is a ma lfunction in that system. ../ ¢ page 14
Red indicator lights Electronic Stabilization Control (ESC)
USA models : ./ ¢ page 14
Brake system ./ USA models:
¢ page 11 Anti-lock braking system (ABS)./
Canada models: ¢ page 14
Brake system../ Canada models:
¢ page 11 Anti-lock braking system (ABS)../
USA models: ¢ page 14
Electromechanical parking brake Safety systems ./
"'
....
"'
N ¢page 11 ¢ page 15
"N....
0
0
Vl
'<f
9
Instruments and indicator lights
• Transmission
Brake pads - ¢ page68
¢page 15 Steering lock
Canada models : ¢ page 13
Brake pads
Engine start system
¢ page 15
¢ page 14
Electromechanica l parking brake
Centra l indicator light
¢ page 11
¢ page 14
Tire pressure monitoring system../
Electromechanical steering ../
¢ page252
¢ page 84
Tir e pressure monitor ing system../ Dampe r contro l*
¢ page252 ¢ page 17
Engine control
Rear spoiler
¢ page 15
¢ page 86
Em issions control system
¢ page 15
Engine speed li mitat ion
¢ page 15
Engine oil level Other indicator lights
¢ page 15 Turn signals
Engi ne oil sensor

Ii ¢ page 17
¢page 15 - USA models: cruise control system*

¢page 71
Battery charge
¢ page 13 Canada models: cruise control sys-
tem*
¢page 71
Convenience key
y>)) ¢ page 58
Elect romecha nical par kin g brake
¢ page 11
Transm ission
Remote control key
¢ page 68
¢ page 57
Electromechan ical park ing brake
Battery in remote control key
¢ page 11
¢ page 29
USA models:
Bulb failure ind icator *
-YJJ-
, I ' ¢ page 16
Speed warning system*
¢ page 71
Headlight range control system
Canada models:
¢page 16
Speed warning system*
Adapt ive l ight* ¢ page 71
¢ page 16
Light/ rain sensor*
¢ page 16
10
Headlight assistant* - If the indi cator lig ht and message appear while
¢ page40 driving, the hill sta rt assist or emergency brak-
ing function may be ma lf unctioning. It may not
High beams
be possible to set the parking brake or release
¢ page 39
it once it has been set. Do not park your vehicle
on hills and see an autho rized Audi dealer or
BRAKE/(
(i))Brake system author ized Audi Service Facility for assistance .
If t his ind icator lig ht t urns on, t here is a malfu nc- (USA mode ls): if the 1111 EiJ
and indicato r
tion in the brake system . lights turn on toget her, have t he brake system
checked immed iately by an authorized Audi deal -
1111(USA models) , • (Canada models)
er or autho rized Audi Service Facili ty
Brakes: stop vehicle and check brake fluid level
¢ page 15 .
Stop the vehicle and check the brake fluid level.
There is also a warn ing tone when the lights turn
See an authorized Audi deale r or autho rized Audi
on.
Service Facility for assistance if necessary.
1111( USA models) , • (Canada models)

'-
A WARNING
Warning! No brake booster - Read and fo ll ow t he warnings in
If brake assist (brake booster) is not work ing, you ¢ p age 223, Working in the engine com-
have to use much mo re force when braking the partme nt befo re opening t he engi ne com-
vehicle. See an authorized Audi dealer or author- part me nt lid and checking the bra ke fl uid
ized Audi Service Facility for assistance . level.
- If th e brake system indi cat or lig ht does not
1111(USA models) / . (Canada models)
t ur n off or it tur ns on w hil e driving, t he
Brakes: malfunction! Stop vehicle safely
brake f luid level in t he reservoir is too low,
If the ABS indicato r light fl]] (USA mode ls) / and this increases the risk of an accident.
¢e) (Canada mode ls), the ESCindicator li ght J..r,J
. Sto p the vehicle and do not conti nue driv-
and the brake system ind icator light 1111
(USA ing. See an autho rized Audi deale r or au-
models)/ . (Canada mode ls) tu rn on and th is thor ized Audi Service Facility for assistance.
message appears, then the ABS, ESCand braking - If the brake system indicator light t urns on
distribution are malfu nctioning¢ ,& . together wit h the ABS and ESCindicato r
lights, the ABS/ESCregu lating fu nction may
Drive to your autho rized Audi dealer or author-
be malf unct ion ing . Funct ions t hat stabilize
ized Audi Service Facility immediately to have the
the vehicl e are no longer available . This
malfunct ion corrected ¢ ,& .
could cause t he rear of th e vehicl e to
1111(USA models) / . (Canada models) Park- swe rve, w hich increases the risk t hat t he ve-
ing brake: malfunction! Safely stop vehicle. hicle wi ll slid e. Drive carefu lly t o th e nearest
Please contact Service author ized Audi dealer or author ized Audi
Service Facility and have t he malfunction
- If the indicator light and the message appear
correcte d.
when the vehicle is stationary or afte r switch-
ing the ignition on, check if you can release the
parking brake. If you cannot release the park- PARK/(
®)/i®j
, Electromechanical parking
ing brake , see your authorized Audi dealer or brake
authorized Audi Service Facility . If you can re-
If the - (USA mode ls)/ . (Canada models)
lease the parking brake and the message st ill
"' indica t or li ght turns on, t he parking brake was
....
"' appears, see an authori zed Audi dealer or au-
N set .
"N.... t horized Audi Service Facility immedia t ely to
0
0
Vl
have th e mal f unct ion cor rect ed.
'<f
11
- ( USA models) / . (Canada model s) Park- If this message appears, press the brake pedal
ing brake: caut ion! Vehicle parked too steep first and then release the parking brake if neces-
sa ry.
If t he ind icator light blinks and t he message ap-
pears , there is not eno ugh bra king power to se-
cure the vehicle . The bra kes have overheated. The
(D Tips
vehicle could roll away even on a small incline . Fo r additional informat ion on the parking
brake, refer to ¢ page 61 .
- ( USA model s) / . (Canada models)
Please press brake pedal to release parking
-L Cooling system
brake
To re lease the pa rking brake, press the bra ke • Turn off engine and check coolant level
pedal and press t he ~ button at the same t ime, The coo lant level is t oo low.
or st art driving wit h hill start ass ist ¢ page 62,
Do not continue dr iving and switch the e ngine
Starting from a stop.
off. Check the coolant level ¢ page 228 .
rlJParking brake : malfunction! See own er's
- If the coo lant level is too low, add coolant
manual
¢ page 229 . Only continue driving once the in-
There is a malfunction in the parking brake . Drive dicator light turns off.
to a n author ized Audi dealer or author ized Audi
• Coolant temperature: too high . Let engine
Serv ice Facility immediately to have t he malfunc-
run with vehicle stationary
tion cor rected .
Let the engine run at idle for a few minutes to
rlJParking brake: malfunction! Safely stop ve-
cool off, until the indicator light turns off .
hicle. Please contact Service
- If the indicator light does not turn off, do not
There is a malfunction in the parking brake. Drive
continue driving the vehicle. See an authorized
to an author ized Audi dealer or author ized Audi
Audi dea ler or authori zed Audi Service Facility
Serv ice Facility immediately to have the malfunc-
for assistance.
tion corrected .
IZ!il:l:JitJ:o
(USA models) / Ill (Canada models) A WARNING
Please release park ing brak e.
- Never ope n the eng ine compartment lid if
Release the parking brake if t his m essage ap- you can see or hear steam or coolant escap-
pears . ing from the engine compartment . This in-
creases the risk of bur ns . Wait unti l yo u no
11J
;j1:);t;,:o
(USA model s) 1 KC)'A
(Canada model s)
longer see or he ar steam or coolant escap -
Parking brake auto relea se unavailable
ing.
If t his message appears, press the bra ke pedal - The engine compa rtment in any vehicle can
fi rst a nd then release the par king bra ke. be a dange rou s ar ea . Stop t he engine and
allow it to cool befo re wor king in t he engine
IZJ;J:t
:);Jj3~
(USA model s) / KC)j
<Canada model s)
compartment. Always follow the informa -
Parking brake : caution! Vehicle parked too
tion fo und in ¢ page 223, Working in the
ste ep
engine compartment .
If the ind icator light blinks and the message ap -
pears, there is not enough brak ing power to se- (D Note
cure the vehicle . The bra kes have overheated. The
Do not continue driv ing if the . indi cato r
ve hicle could roll away eve n on a small incline.
light t urns on - this increases the risk of en -
IZJ;jl
:);tJ3~
(USA model s) / KC)j
<Canada model s) gine damage.
Parking brake : appl ied
12
9=:1: Engine oil pressure The re is a ma lfunct ion in the engine or in t he fuel
sup ply system .
• Turn off engine. Oil pressure too low
More force is neede d t o st eer a nd bra ke t he m ov-
Stop the eng ine and do not continue driving . ing vehicle whe n t he eng ine is stop ped . If t he ve-
Check t he engine oil leve l ¢ page 22 7. hicle is rolling, try to br ing it to a stop off to t he
- If the engine oil level is too low, add engine oil side from mov ing traffic. See an author ized Audi
¢ page 227. Only cont inue driv ing once the in- dealer or authorized Audi Se rvice Facility for as -
dicato r light tur ns off . s istance.
- If the engine oil leve l is correct and the ind ica-

tor light st ill blinks, turn the eng ine off and do
A WARNING
-
If the engine stops while dr iving, you will
not cont inue driving. See an authorized Aud i
need to use more force to brake th e vehicle .
dealer or author ized Audi Se rvice Facility for as-
This inc reases t he risk of an accident . There
s ista nce.
will st ill be power st eer ing if t he ignition is
(D Tips switch ed on w hile t he vehicle is ro lling an d
t he re is suff icien t bat tery charge . Ot herwi se,
The oil pressure warning is not an o il level in- you mu st use gre at er force w hen stee ring .
dicator . Always check the oil leve l regu la rly.
~ Safety belt
~ Alternator/battery
The . ind icat or light st ays on un t il the dr iver's
• Electric system: malfunction! Battery is not
and front passenge r's * safety be lts are fastened .
being charged
Above a certa in speed, the re will a lso be a war n-
There is a malfunction in the alter nator or the ve- ing tone.
hicle elect rical system.
Drive to an autho rize d Aud i dea le r o r a uthorized

(D Tips
Aud i Service Facility immediately. Tur n off all un- Fo r additional informat io n on sa fety belts, re-
necessary electr ica l equ ipment because it w ill fer to ¢ page 174.
d rain the batte ry. See your authorized Audi deal -
e r or authori zed Audi Serv ice Facility if the bat- @- Steering lock
tery charge level is t oo low.
• Steering: malfunction! Please stop vehicle
(•) Electrical system: low battery charge. Bat-
The re is a ma lfunction in the e lectron ic steering
tery w ill be charged while driving
lock. You cannot turn the ign ition on.
The start ing ability may be impaired .
Do not tow yo ur vehicle be cause it can not be
If t his message tu rns off afte r a littl e while, t he stee red. See a n au thorized Audi de al e r or a uthor -
battery cha rged enoug h while dr iving. ized Audi Service Facility fo r assistance.
If t he message does not t urn off, have and a u- Ell!Steering lock: malfunction! Please contact
thor ized Audi de aler or aut hor ized Aud i Se rvice Service
Faci lity repa ir t he mal func t ion.
The re is a ma lfunct ion in t he e lectro nic st eer ing
lock .
~ Engine stop while driving
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized
"' • Engine stopped: no power steering or brake Audi Service Facility immed iate ly to have the
....
"' servo possible
N malfu nction corrected . .,.
"N....
0
0
Vl
'<f
13
A WARNING
-
Stabilization control (ESC): off. Warning! Re-
duced stability
Do not tow your veh icle when the re is a mal -
function in the electronic stee ring lock - this II
If t he ind icat or lig ht t urns on, t he ESCwas re-
increases the risk of an accident . st ricted or swit ched off using t he I~ OFF I butt on
¢ page 82. The message ESCOFFalso appears.
You can t urn t he ESCon again by press t he
& Central indicator light
i.i,OFFI butto n again.
If the . or f4i
indicator light turns on, check The syst em switc hes on when the igniti on is
the message in the instrument cluste r. swit ched on . The II indic ator ligh t turns off
whe n the system is functioning f ull y.
©- Engine start system
Stabilization control (ESC): malfunction! See
• Engine start system: malfunction! Please owner's manual
contact Service Stabilization control (ESC/ ABS): malfunction!
Do not switch t he ignit ion off because you may See owner's manual
not be able to switc h it on again. ABS: malfunction! See owner 's manual
Drive to an aut horized Aud i dealer or authorized If the Gj ind icator light and t he ABS indicato r
Audi Service Facility immediately to have t he light fJ] (USA mode ls) I [iJ (Canada models)
malfunct ion corrected. turn on and this message appears, there is a mal-
II! Engine start system: malfunction! Please funct ion in the ABS system or electro nic differen-
contact Service t ial lock . This also causes t he ESCto malfunction .
The bra kes st ill fu nction with t heir normal power,
There is a malf unct ion in t he engine st art ing sys-
but ABS is not act ive.
t em .
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized
Drive to an aut horized Audi dealer or authorized
Audi Service Facility immed iate ly to have t he
Audi Service Facility im media t ely t o have t he
malfunc t ion correct ed.
malfun cti on corrected.
A WARNING
;;,I f; Electronic stabilization control (ESC)
and (@) anti-lock braking system (ABS)
If th e 11111
(USA mo dels) • (Canada mod-
els) brake system indic at or ligh t t urn s on to -
If the Gj indicato r light bli nks wh ile driving, the get her with t he ABS and ESC indicator ligh ts ,
ESCor ASR (Anti-S li p Regulation) is actively reg u- the ABS/ESC regula t ing fu nct ion may have
lating. failed . Functions t hat stab i lize the vehicle are
no long er available. This could cause t he vehi-
If the Gj indicato r lig ht turns on, the system has
cle to swerve, which increases the risk that
switched the ESCoff. In this case, you can switch
the vehicle will sli de. Drive carefully to t he
the ignition off and then on to switch the ESCon
nearest aut horized Audi dealer or authorized
again. The indicator light turns off when the sys-
Audi Service Facility and have t he malfunction
tem is func t ion ing f ully.
cor recte d.
Stabilization control (ESC): sport. Warning! Re·
duced stability (D Tips
II
If t he indicato r light turns on, ESCsport For additional informat ion on ESCand ABS,
mode was switc hed on using the i.i,O FF I button refe r to ¢ pag e 81.
¢ page 82. You can turn the ESCon again by
press the I~ O FF I button again.
14
(0 ) Brake pads The indicator light turns on if there is a malfunc-

tion in the engine electronics. See an authorized
rlJBrake pads: wear limit reached. You can con- Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility to
tinue driving. Please contact Service have the malfunction corrected .
The brake pads are worn. For additional information, refer to c::;,page 17.
Drive to an authori zed Audi dealer or authori zed
Audi Service Facility immediately to have the !?) Engine speed limitation
brake pads checked. Applies to : vehicles with engine speed limitation
Applies to: USA models (fl Engine speed maximum XXXX RPM
rlJindicator light
The turns on together with the
The engine speed is automatically limited to the
1111indicator light
speed displayed in the driver information system.
This protects the engine from overheating.
!f Safety systems
The engine speed limitation deactivates once the
The fll
indicator light monitors the safety sys- engine is no longer in the critical temperature
tems . range and you have released the accelerator ped-
al once.
Safety system
If the fll indicator light turns on or blinks, there

If the engine speed limitation was activated by
an engine control malfunction, the II
indicator
is a malfunction in a safety system .
light also turns on. Make sure the engine speed
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized does not go above the speed displayed, for exam-
Audi Service Facility immediately to have the ple when downshifting. Drive to an authorized
malfunctioncorrected. Audi dealer or authorized Audi ServiceFacility im-
mediately to have the malfunction corrected.
A WARNING
Have the safety systems inspected immedi- ~ " Engine oil level (min .)
ately. Otherwise, there is a risk that the sys-
tems may not activate during a collision, El Please add oil immediately.
which increases the risk of serious injury or page 22 7.
Stop the vehicle and add engine oil c::>
death.
~ •. Engine oil sensor

d.:::, Engine control
• Oil level system: malfunction! Please con-
If the II/. indicator light turns on, there is an tact Service
engine control malfunction.
The sensor to check the engine oil level has
Drive slowly to an authorized Audi dealer or au- failed. Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or au-
thorized Audi Service Facility to have the engine thorized Audi Service Facility immediately to have
checked. the malfunction corrected .
o System indicator light (MIL) (I) Note

Refer to the description in the Owner's Man-
The system indicator light (MIL) is part of the On
ual c::;,page 22 7, Checking the engine oil lev-
Board Diagnostic system (OBD II). The II sym-
el.
~ bol turns on when the ignition is switched on and
~ turns off again once th e engine is started and
~0 running at a steady idle speed. This indicates that
~ the MIL is functioning correctly.
'<f
15
jj Tank system Bulb failure indicator

-:(f>:-
D Pleas e refue l If t he II ind icator light tu rns on, a bulb has

failed . The mess age indi cates the location of the
If the indicator light turns on for the first time
bulb.
a nd the message appears, there are about 3.3
ga llons (12 lite rs) of fue l left in the tank. Replace the bu lb immediate ly.
IIJPlease refuel immediately Vehicle lights: malfunct ion! Please contact

Service
If the indicator light turns on the message ap-
pears , the fue l tank is almost empty . Refuel the There is a ma lfunction in the headlights or the
veh icle immediate ly. light sw itch. Drive to an author ized Audi dealer or
D Tank sys tem: malfunction! Please contact authori zed Aud i Serv ice Facility immediately to
have the malfunction cor rected .
Service
If t he ind icator light tur ns on and th is mess age ~(D Headlight range control system
appears, there is a mal func t ion in the tank sys-
tem . II Headlight range control: malfunction! See
owner' s manual
Drive to an a ut ho rized Aud i dea le r or authorized
Aud i Serv ice Facility im mediately to have t he There is a ma lfunction in the headlight range
malfunct ion cor rected. contro l system, which may cause glare for other
dr ive rs .
Drive to an authori zed Audi dealer or authori zed
Fue l sho uld never enter the sewe r system or Audi Service Facility immed iate ly to have the
come into contact with the ground. malfunction corrected .
(D Tips
io Audi adaptive light
More informat ion on refueling is ava ilable on Appli es to: vehicles wit h Audi adapt ive light
page ~ page 221.
milAudi adapt ive light: malfunction! See own-
er's manual
~ Washer fluid level
There is a ma lfunction in the adaptive lights . The
(,-5JJlease add washer fluid headlights still funct ion .
Fill the washer fluid for the w indshield washer Drive to an authori zed Audi dealer or authori zed
system and the headlight washe r system* when Audi Service Facility immediate ly to have the
the ign ition is switc hed off ~ page 233. malfunction corrected .
"V! Windshield wipers ~D Light/rain sensor

iii Windshield wipers : malfun ction ! Please £1Automatic headlights: malfunction! See
contact Service owner' s manual
There is a malfunction wit h the windshie ld w ip- £1Automat ic wipers: malfunction! See owner's
e rs. manual
Drive to an autho rized Aud i dea ler or authorized The light/rain sensor is malfunctioning.
Aud i Serv ice Facility immediately to have the
malfunct io n corrected. The low beams remain sw itched on at all times
for safety reasons when the light switch is in the
AUTOposition. You can cont inue to turn the ..,_
16
lights on and off using the light switch . You can On-Board Diagnostic
still control all wiper functions that are inde-
system (OBD)
pendent of the ra in sensor.
System indicator light (MIL)
Drive to an authorized Aud i dealer o r authorized
Audi Service Facility immediately to have the The system indicator light (MIL) ¢4 in the instru-
malfunction corrected. ment cluster is part of the On Board Diagnostic
System (OBD II).
; Damper control
The warning/indicator light turns on when the ig-
Appl ies to: vehicles with Audi drive select
nition is switched on and turns off once the en-
R Suspension: malfunction! You may continue gine is started and is running in idle at a stable
driving speed. This indicates that the MIL is functioning
correctly.
There is an adaptive damper malfunction.
If the light does not turn off after starting the
Drive to an authorized Aud i dealer or authorized
engine or turns on while driving, this may ind i-
Aud i Service Facil ity immediately to have the
cate there is a malfunction in the engine. If the
malfunct ion cor rected.
indicator turns on, the catalytic converter may be
damaged .
I-: All wheel drive
Drive with reduced engine performance (avoid
Ill All-wheel drive: malfunction! You may con- high speeds for extended periods of time and/or
tinue driving. Please contact Service fast acceleration) and have the malfunction cor-
rected . See an author ized Audi dealer or author-
There is a malfunction in the all wheel dr ive.
ized Audi Service Facility.
Drive to an authorized Aud i dea ler or authorized
Audi Service Facility immediately to have the
On-Board Diagnostics
malfunction corrected .
.Ill All-wheel drive: too hot. Please adapt driv-

ing style. See owner's manual
The all wheel drive temperature has increased
significantly due to the sporty dr iving manner .
Drive in a less sporty manner until the tempera-
ture returns to the norma l range and the indica-
tor light switches of.
¢i 9 Turn signals Fig. 4 Locat ion of Data link Connecto r {DLC)
If the B Ill
or indicator light blinks, a turn sig- On-Board Diagnostics monitors the components
nal is turned on. If both indicator lig hts are blink- of your emission control system. Each monitored
ing, the emergency flashers are on. component in your engine system has been as-
signed a code. In case of a malfunction, the com-
ponent will be ident ified and the fault sto red as a
code in the control modu le memory.
The MIL light may also illuminate if there is a

CD
...
CD
N
leak in the on-board fuel vapor recovery system . .,.
"...
N
0
0
"'
'SI'
17
In order to make an accurate d iagnosis, the stor -

ed data can on ly be disp layed using specia l diag - -
A WARNING
-
nostic eq uipment (generic scan too l for OBD). Do not use the d iagnostic connector for per-
sonal use. Incorrect usage can cause malfunc -
In o rder t o connect t he specia l diagnostic equip - tions, which can increase the risk of a co lli-
ment, push the plug into the Data Link Connector sion!
(DLC). The DLC is located to the rig ht of the hood
release ¢ fig. 4.
Your author ized Audi dealer or a qualified servi ce

station can interpret the code and per form the
necessary repair.
18
Driver in fo rma t ion system
Driver information system

Overview
Fig. S Driver information system diagram: classic view
Fig. 6 Driver inform ation system diagram : expanded view
The driver information system displays various

items:
_&.WARNING
Do not assume the roads are free of ice based
(D Tachometer on the outside temperature d isp lay. Be aware
@ Left additional display (divided in two sec- that there may be ice on roads even when the
tions in the expanded view) outside temperature is around 41 °F (+S 0 ()
@ Tab area and that ice can increase the risk of acc idents .
© Central area
® Status line (displayed on one or two lines) (D Tips
® Speedometer/right additional display (divid- - You can select the units used for tempera-
ed in two sections in the enhanced view) ture, speed and other meas urements in the
0 Speedometer/convenience display Infota inment system. .,.
CD When the vehicle is stationary, the driver infor-

....
CD
N mat ion system can be switched to a sporty dis -
"....
N play r;;;,page 2 3 .
0
0
"'
'SI"
19
Dr ive r inf o rm a ti o n sy st e m
- If your vehicle is stationary or if you are driv- Operating

ing at very low speeds, the temperature dis-
played may be s light ly higher than the ac-
You can use the multifunction steering wheel to
tual temperature outside due to the heat
operate the driver information system and the
radiating from the engine.
fv1fv1I
functions, adjust the volume and switch the
voice recognition system on and off.
- At temperatures below 41 °F (+S 0 (), a
snowflake symbol appears in front of the
temperature display ¢ ,& .
Multifunction steering
wheel plus
Overview
Fig. 8 Infota inment system display
Fig. 7 Steering wheel
CD Contro ls for the virtual instrument

cluster . . . . . . ..... . .... . . . .. . 20 Fig. 9 Mult ifunct ion steering wheel operation
@ Preset buttons .. . ... . ... . .. . . . 21
@ I START ENGINE STOPI button 56 Requirement: the ignition must be switched on .
© Engine sound controls The driver info rmation system contains multiple
® Performance mode controls* 74 tabs CD¢ fig. 8 that display various information
@ Audi drive select ... . .... ...... 72 @.
The following t abs are available, depending on
vehicle equipment:
First tab Vehicle

Second Warn ings
tabal
Third tab Radio ¢ page 143
Media ¢ page 147
Fourth tab Telephone ¢ page 108
20
Driver in f orma t ion system
Fifth tab Navigation c::;,

page 128 Control buttons
Map c:;,page 136
Sixth ta bbl Sound ¢ page 162
Audi connect *¢ page 119
Sett ings c::;,
page 162
a) This t ab is only visibl e if at lea st one indicator light or

mes sage is s hown or if the correspond ing system is
switched on.
bJ The content s of the tab depend on the me nu th at was
used last .
@ button l<11>
I
Switching tabs : press the ~ button repeated ly

until t he des ired tab is shown (such as Radio).
@ IVIEW! button
Switch between the class ic view c:;,page 19, fig . 5
and the en hanced view c:;,page 19, fig . 6 .
@ button ~
Return to func ti ons at higher leve ls .
Fig. 10 Opening the se lection a nd op tions me nu
@ Control buttons [21and III
Left control button
Open/close the selection menu or options menu
c::;,
page 2 1. - Opening/ closing the s election menu : press the
left contro l but ton 121
c:;,fig . 10 . You can now se-
(J) Left thumbwheel lect a nd confirm a funct ion in t he sele ction
- Selecting a function in a menu/list : turn the menu us ing the left th umbwheel (for example,
left thumbwheel to the desired funct ion in a selecting a frequency ba nd).
menu or list (such as selecting a station , Lap
Right control button
t imes*).
- Confirming a selection : press the left thumb - - Opening/ closing the options menu : press the
wheel (for examp le, confirm the station). right control but ton [g c:;,fig. 10. You can
- Zooming in/ out on the map : when a map is cha nge a ny con t ext -depe nden t funct io ns and
displayed, turn the left thumbwhee l up/down se tt ing s us ing the left th umbwheel (fo r exa m-
to zoom in/out on the map. p le, additional station information) .
Preset buttons
CD
....
CD
N
"....
N
0
0
Fig. 11 Mult ifunct ion st eer ing whee l, right s ide
"'
'SI'
21
Dri v er information system
©0 Button @ l~•.wlButton
- Accepting a call : when the re is an incom ing - Repeating the last voice guidance: press the
call, press the 0but ton . 1~"'·1but t on whe n rou t e guida nce is active .
- Ending a call : press t he 0 butto n du ring an ac- - Changing the voice guidance volume : when
t ive pho ne call. route guid an ce is act ive, t ur n t he rig ht t hum b-
- Opening the call list : if no phone call is in prog- wheel upward or downwa rd during voice gu id-
ress and t here are no incomi ng calls, press the ance .
0 but t on.
@ ~ Button
Tachometer
The tachometer displays the engine speed in rev-
- Switching the voice recognition system on:
olutions per minu te (RPM).
briefly press t he !'11!
butto n. Say the des ired
co mma nd aft e r t he Beep. The beg inning of t he red zone in the tachometer
- Switching the voice recognition system off: indicates t he maxim um permissible engine spee d
ho ld down t he 5J bu tt o n. Or: say t he command for all gea rs once the engine has been broken in
Cancel. and when it is warm. Before reaching the red
For mo re informa t ion abo ut the voice recog nit ion zone, you should sh ift into the next higher gea r,
system, refer to ~ page 102, Voice recognition choose the D or S se lector lever pos it ion, or re -
system. move yo ur foot from th e accele rator peda l.
@ Right thumbwheel (D Note

You can adj ust the volume of an aud io so urce or a The need le in t he tachomete r may only be in
system message (for example, from the voice the red a rea of the gauge fo r a short period of
recognit ion system) w hen t he sound is playing. time or th e re is a risk of damag ing t he eng ine .
The location whe re t he red zo ne begi ns varies
- Increasing or decreasing the volume : t urn the
d epen din g on t he eng ine.
rig ht thumbwhee l upward or downward.
- Mut ing or pausing : turn the right th umbwheel
downward . Or: press the right thumbwheel.
Ups hift ing early helps you t o save fu el and re-
- Unmut ing or resuming : turn the right thumb-
duc e op e ratin g no ise.
wheel upward. Or: press th e right thumbwheel.
© I1<1<1!lt>t>1
I Button Odometer
- Selecting the previous/next track or station :
press the l1<1<1j
or lt>1>1
I button.
- Rewinding/fa st forwarding audio files : press
and ho ld the !1<1<11
or lt>t>
1! button un t il the desired
location in the fi le is reached .
@ [!] Button
- Programmable steering wheel button - open-

ing a function : press the @ bu tt o n.
- Programmable steering wheel button - re-
Fig. 12 Inst rument cluster: odometer and reset but ton
questing a function : ho ld dow n the @ bu tton.
- Programmable steering wheel button : chang-
ing a function: select t he Vehicle tab> Vehicle
settings > Steering wheel button assignment .
22
Driver in f orma t ion system
Trip odometer and odometer t il it is switched off . If you continue driving with -
in two hours after switching the ignition off, the
The trip odome ter shows t he dist a nce d riven
new values are included when ca lculating the cur-
since it was last reset. It can be used to measure
rent trip information .
short distances .
Unlike t he shor t- te rm memory, the long -term
The t rip odome t er can be reset to zero by press-
ing the reset bu t to n IO.OI
¢ fig. 12.
memory is not erased automatically . You can se-
lect t he time period for evaluating trip informa -
The odometer shows the to tal d istance that the t ion yourse lf.
ve hicle has be en driven.
Fuel consumption
Malfunction indicator
The curren t fuel con sum pt ion can be s hown us-
If the re is a malfunct ion in the inst rument clus- ing a ba r graph. The average consumption stored
ter, DEF will appear in t he tr ip odometer display . in the short -term memory is also disp layed. If
Have the malfunc t ion repaired as soon as possi - the ba r is green, your vehicle is saving fuel
ble . th rough one of the following functions:
- Recuperation: elect rical ener gy can be stored in

On-board computer the batte ry when the veh icle is coasting or driv-
You can access t he following information in the ing downhill. The bar will move toward 0 .
on-board comp ute r <=> page 19, fig. S @ .
(D Tips
- Time and date <=>page162
- The da t e, t ime of day and time and date fo r-
- Average consumpt ion
mat can be set in t he Infotainment system .
- Range
- If the veh icle bat tery is disconnected, all
- Sho rt-term memory overview
memory values are erased.
- Long-term memo ry overview
The s hort-term memo ry collects d riving informa -

tion from the t ime t he ignition is sw itch ed on un-
Sport view
Fig. 13 Driver info rmat ion system diagram: sport view
CD
....
CD
Always set the des ired driver information system ...Select in the Infotainment system: IMENU ! but-
N
"....
N view before driving, because display functions ton > Vehicle > left control button > Layout ..,_
0
0 will no t be ava ilable for seve ral seconds .
"'
-st
23
Dr iv er information sy stem
"' Select the desired setting by moving the cursor Lap timer
(red frame).
'
Introduction
The drive r information system disp lays var ious
items . Lap tim er
(D Tab area You can measure and analyze lap t imes with the
lap time r in the d isplay. The time is measured in
@ Tachometer including digital tachometer and
minutes, seconds and 1/1 0 seconds. With lap
odometer displays
t imes longer t han 60 minutes, the hou r is also
@ Addit ional d isplay (divided in two sect ions in shown and the display of 1/10 seconds is re-
the enhanced view)
moved.
@ Transmission fluid temperature display
The ti me meas uremen t on an individ ual lap ends
® Engine oil temperature ind icator
aft er 99 hours 59 m inutes an d 59 seconds. A
@ St at us line
new lap sta rt s automatically after that .
(J) Function section (centra l area sh ifted to the
left) The measu rement ends afte r a maximum of 30
laps. You can the n eva luate the lap times or sta rt
Engine oil temperatur e indicator a new t ime m easu rement.
The display ---° F a ppears in t he instr ument clus- You can control the lap timer using the controls
t er when the engine oil temperature is below o n the mu ltifunction stee ring wheel
140 °F (60 °() . ¢ page 25.
The engine has reached its operati ng tempera-
t ure when the engine oil t emperature is between _&,WARNING -
17 6 °F (80 °C) and 248 ° F (120 °C) under normal Your focus sho uld always be on driving you r
driving conditions. The engine oil temperature vehi cle safe ly. As the driver, you have com -
may be higher if there is heavy engine load and plete respo ns ibility for safety in t raffic . Only
high temperatures outside. This is not a cause for use the funct ions such as the lap timer in such
concern as long as the • ¢ page 13 or II a way that you always maintain complete con -
¢ page 15 ind icator light is not flashing in the trol over your vehicle in a ll traff ic situat ions.
d isplay.
(D Tips
(i) Tips
You can retr ieve informat ion from t he tr ip
- You can select the un its used for tempera- computer whi le the lap timer stopwatch is
ture, speed and other measurements in the running.
Infotainment system.
- If your vehicle is stationary or if you are driv-
ing at very low speeds, the temperatu re dis -
played may be slightly higher than the ac-
tual tempe rature outs ide d ue to the heat ra-
d iat ing from the eng ine.
- At t empe ratures below 41 °F (+5 °C), a
s nowflake symbol appears in fro nt of t he
temperatu re display ¢ &. in Overview on
page 19.
24
Driver in fo rma t ion system
Opening the lap timer and measuring time Press the thumbwheel ® to confirm the selec-
tion. The split time appears for approximate ly
10 seconds in area @ . The t iming of the cur-
rent lap continues.
If you would like to insert a pause m immed iate-

ly after the split time, first press the thumbwhee l
® to confirm the menu item PressOK to go
back.
.. To insert a pause, turn the thumbwheel ® until
Pauseappears in line @ . Press the thumb-
wheel @ to confirm the selection. The pause
Fig. 14 Multifunction steer ing wheel: controls
symbo lm appears in area @ .
.. To continue timing, press the thumbwheel @ .
If timing is paused, you can continue it later even

if you switch the ignition off.
Mean ing of the indicator in t he Infotainment sys-
tem display c:>fig. 15:
CD Display of last recorded t ime

@ Symbols:
Fig. 15 Instrument cluster: lap timer -[Ol:start of time recording
- . : slowest recorded time
Opening the lap timer - . : fastest recorded time
.. Select in the Infotainment system: ! MENUI but- - [~]: split time
ton > Vehicle > left control button > Lap times -m: pause
.. Turn the thumbwheel ® c:>fig. 14 until Start ® Current time measurement
lap 1 by driving off or Start by driving off @ Menu:
c:>fig.15 appears. - Start lap 1 by driving off (start)
.. Press the thumbwheel @ to confirm the selec- - Start by driving off (start)
t ion. - New lap (start another lap)
- Split time (time within section of the
Timing laps
route)
.. To measure the lap t ime, press the thumb- - Pause (interrupts measurement)
wheel ® again wh ile on the New lap menu - Cancel lap
item . This sta rt s timing the next lap at the - Reset lap times (all values are deleted)
same time . The last time measurement moves
up to the top line @ . The current lap time is in
the center line in area @ .
As long as the. symbo l is gree n during the cur-
rent lap time measurement, the current time is
faster than your best t ime to date. If the. sym-
bo l is red, the cur rent time is slower @ .
CD
Displaying split time and pausing timing
....
CD
N .. To display a split time [~]. turn the thumb-
"......
N
whee l @ until Split time appears in line @ .
0
0
"'
'SI"
25
Dr iv er information sy stem
Evaluating recorded times or resetting - The saved lap timer values will remain after
Applies to: vehicles with lap timer switching the ignition off.
You can evaluate the fastest, slowest and aver-

age lap times .
Fig. 16 Inst rument cluste r: lap t imer
After evaluat ing the lap t imes, you can continue

the current tim ing round or start over, meaning
start lap 1 agai n.
" Se lect in the Infotainment system: IMEN UI but-
ton > Vehicle > left contro l button > Lap stat is-
tics. The display shows the fastest lap" +", the
slowest lap "- " and the average lap t ime "0".
Turn the thumbwhee l ® downward or upward
to display t he individua l lap times.
" Press the thumbwheel @ to resume the pa used
lap timing .
.. Press the left contro l button on the multi func -
tion steer ing whee l to reset the timer to zero .
Then turn the thumbwheel @ and se lect the
desired setting by moving the cursor (red
frame). Press the thumbwheel @ to confirm
the selection .
" Press the thumbwheel @ to restart the lap tim-
er for a new lap t iming, if needed .
" Press the IM ENU I bu tt on to exit t he lap ti mer.
Evaluation legend Q fig. 16:
@ All laps
@ II:fastest lap time
® . : slowest lap time
@ k,J:average lap t ime
@ Tips
- Saved lap times cannot be individually de-
leted from the total res ults .
26
Open in g and closing
Opening and closing mote control key or touching the locking sen-
sor* on a door.
Central locking - When locking using the ~ button in the central
locking switch, the vehicle will not lock if a door
Description
page 30.
is open <=>
You can lock and un lock the veh icle centrally . You
Do not lock your veh icle with the convenience key
have the following options:
until all doors and the luggage compartment lid
- Remote control key <=> page 29, are closed . In this way you avoid locking yourself
- Sensors in the door handles* <=> page 30, out accidentally .
- lock cylinder on the driver's door<=>page 31,
or @ Tips
- Central locking switch inside<=>page 30. - Do not leave valuables unattended in the ve -
hicle. A locked vehicle is not a safe!
Auto Lock
- The LED in the dr iver's door rail blinks when
The Auto Lock funct ion locks all doors and the you lock the vehicle. If the LED lights up for
luggage compartment lid once the speed has ex- approximately 30 seconds after locking,
ceeded approximately 9 mph (15 km/h). there is a malfunction in the central locking
system. Have the problem corrected by an
The vehicle can be unlocked if the opening func-
authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi
tion in the central locking system sw itch is used
Service Facility.
or one of the door handles is pulled. The Auto
Lock function can be switched on and off in the
Infotainment system <=> page 31. Key set
Addit ionally, in the event of a crash with airbag

deployment the doors are automatically un-
locked to allow access to the vehicle.
Selective unlocking
The doors and luggage compartment lid w ill lock
when they close . You can set in the Infotainment
sys t em whether only the d river's door or the en-
tire vehicle should be unlocked when unlocking
<=>page 31. Fig. 17 Your veh icle key set
Turn signals @ Remote control key with integrated

When you unlock the vehicle, the turn signa ls mechanical key
f lash twice. When you lock the vehicle, the turn You can unlock/lock your vehicle with the remote
signals flash once. If the blinking continues, one control key. A mechanical key is integrated in the
of the doors or the luggage compartment lid is remote control key <=>page 28 .
not closed or the ignit ion is sti ll switched on.
@ Key tag with PIN
Unintentionally locking yourself out
Only applies to vehicles with Connectivity serv-
In the followi ng cases there safeguards to pre- ice*: open the key fob and rub the PIN until it is
vent you locking your remote master key in the visible . You can activate the Connectivity service"
CD
vehicle: on your veh icle using this PIN code. .,.
CD
....
~ - If the driver's door is open, the veh icle cannot
8o be locked by pressing the ~ button on the re-
"'
"SI"
27
Opening and c lo s i n g
Replacing a key
A WARNING
If a key is lost, see an authorized Audi dealer or
Always take the vehicle key with you when
authori zed Audi Service Facility . Have this key de -
leav ing the veh icle, even for a short per iod of
activated . It is important to bring a ll keys with
time. This applies particularly when chi ld ren
you. If a key is lost, you should report it to your
remain in the vehicl e . Otherwise the child ren
insurance company.
could start t he engine or operate e lectr ica l
Numb er of keys eq uipment such as power windows .
You can check the number of keys ass igned to

your vehicle in the Infotainment system . To do
(D Tips
this, select : the IMENU ! button> Vehicle> left The operation of the remote control key can
control button > Service & checks > Vehicle in- be temporarily d isrupted by interfe rence from
fo rmation . This way, you can make sure that you transmi t ters in the vicinity of the vehicle
have all the keys when purchasing a used vehicle. working in the same frequency range (e.g. a
cell phone, radio equipment). Always check if
Electron ic immobilize r your vehicle is locked!
The immobilizer prevents una uthorized use of
the vehicle . Removing the mechanical key
Unde r certain circumstances, the ve hicle may not

be ab le t o start if there is a key from a different
vehicle manu fact urer on the key chain .
Data in the master key

When driving, se rvice and maintenance-relevant
data is continuously stored in your convenien ce
key. Your Audi service advisor can read out this
data and tell you about the work your vehicle
needs . Fig. 18 Remote contro l master key: re moving the mechani-
cal key
Personal comfort settings
If two people use one vehicle, it is recommended .. Press the release button CD¢ fig. 18.
that each person always uses "t heir own " master .. Pull the mechanical key @ out of the remote
key. When the ignit ion is turned off or when the cont rol key.
vehicle is locked, persona l convenience settings
Using the mechanical key, you can:
for the following systems are stored and as-
signed to the remote master key. - Lock/unlock t he glove compa rtment.
- Manually lock/unlock t he vehicle¢ page 31.
- Climate contro l system
- Emergency lock the doors ¢ page 31.
- Driver's seat adjustment* with powe r seats
- Parking a id*
- Drive select
The stored settings are automatically recalled

when you un lock the vehicle , open the doors or
turn on the ignition.
28
LED and batteries in the remote control key Unlocking/locking by remote control
Fig. 19 Remot e contro l key: removing t he ba tt ery holder Fig. 20 Remote control key: butto n programm ing
LED in the remote control key • To unlock the vehicle, press the l@J
button
The LED(D informs you of the remote control key c=>fig. 20 .
function. • To lock the vehicle, press the ®Ibutton once .
• To open the luggage compartment lid, press
• If you press a button quick ly, the LEDblinks t he~ button .
once . • To trigger the alarm, press the red IPANIC ! but-
• If you press a button longer (convenience open- ton . The vehicle horn and emergency flashers
ing/closing), the LEDblinks several times. turn on .
• If the LED does not blink, the remote control • To switch off the alarm, press the red !PANIC I
key battery is dead . The 111:1
indicator light and button again .
the message Remote control key: change key
battery appear. Replace the battery . If the vehicle is unlocked and none of the doors,
the luggage compartment lid or engine compart-
Replacing the remote control key battery ment lid are opened within 45 seconds, the vehi-
• Remove the mechanical key c=> page 28. cle locks again automatically. This feature pre-
• Press the release button @ on the battery vents t he vehicle from being accidentally left un-
holder and pull the battery holder out of the re- locked over a long period of time .
mote control key in the direction of the arrow The settings in the Infotainment system deter-
at t he same time . mine if the entire vehicle or only the driver 's door
• Inse rt the new battery with the " +" facing is unlocked when unlocking the vehicle
down. ¢ page 31 .
• Push the battery holder carefully into the mas-
ter key.
• Install the mechan ical key.
A
- WARNING
No one, especially children, should stay in the
vehicle when it is locked from the outs ide, be-
cause the windows are no longer able to open
Dead batteries must be disposed of using from the inside ¢ page 32 . Locked doors
methods that will not harm the env ironment. make it more difficult for emergency workers
Do not dispose of them in household trash . to get into the vehicle, which puts lives at
risk.
@ Tips
The replacement battery must meet the same {1) Tips
CD
co specif ications as the original battery .
....
N
- Only use the remote control key when you
"......
N
are within view of the vehicle .
0
0
"'
'SI'
29
- Do not use t he remote contro l when you are The door cannot be opened fo r a brief period di-
inside the vehicle . Otherwise, you could un- rectly after locking it . This way you have the op-
intent iona lly lock the vehicle . If you then portunity to check if the doors locked correctly .
tried to start the eng ine or open a door, the
The sett ings in the Infota inment system de t er-
a larm would be triggered. If this happens,
mine if the entire vehicle or only one of the doors
press the un lock button@.
is un locked when unlocking the vehicle
- The P pos ition must be engaged to lock the
¢ page 31.
vehicle.
- Only use the panic funct ion in an emergen- _& WARNING -
cy.
Read and fo llow ing a ll WARNINGS. ¢ .& in
Key set on page 28
Unlocking/locking using the convenience
key
(D Tips
The doors can be unlocked/locked without using If your vehicle is left standing for a long peri-
the remote control key. od of t ime, note the fo llowing:
- The proximity sensor sw itches off after a
few days to save energy. You then have to
pull once on the door handle to un lock the
vehicle and a second time to open it.
- To prevent the battery from draining and to
mainta in the ability of the vehicle to start
for as long as poss ible, the energy manage-
ment system gradually turns off unnecessa-
ry convenience fu nctions . You may not be
able to unloc k your vehicle using the con-
Fig. 2 1 Door hand le: sensor
venien ce key.
Unlocking the vehicle - For an explanat io n on confo rm ity w ith the
FCCreg ulations in the United St ates and the
,..Grip the door handle . The door unlocks auto-
Indust ry Canada regulat io ns, refer t o
matically .
¢page 28 2 .
,.. Pull on the door handle to open the door.
Locking the vehicle Central locking switch

,..Se lect the P posit ion, because the vehicle ca n-
not be locked otherwise .
,..To lock the vehicle, close the door and touch
the sensor in the door handle once ¢ fig. 21. Do
not hold the door handle while doing t his .
You can unlock/ lock the vehicle at eve ry door.

The remote control key cannot be more than ap-
proximate ly 5 ft (1.5 m) away from the door han-
d le. It makes no difference whether the master
key is in your jacket pocket or in your briefcase. Fig. 22 Driver's doo r: central locking switch
If you grip the door handle while locking, this can ,..To lock t he vehicle, press the @l button ¢ &, .
adversely affect the locking function. ,.. Press the@! button to unlock t he veh icle. .,.
30
Opening and closing
When locking the vehicle with the central locking All doors will be unlocked if you press the lliJbut-
switch, the following applies: ton twice on the convenience key when the Driver
setting is selected.
- Opening the door and the luggage compart -
ment lid from the outside is not possible (for Fold mirrors* - if you select On, the exterior rear-
security such as when stopped at a light). view mirrors fold in automatically when you press
- The LEDin the central locking switch turns on the ~ button on the remote control master key
when all doors are closed and locked. or touch the sensor* in the handle.
- You can open the doors individually from the Lock when driving if you select On, the vehi-
l) -
inside by pulling the door handle. cle locks automatically when driving. All of the
- In the event of a crash with airbag deployment, doors and the luggage compartment lid lock.
the doors unlock automatically to allow access
to the vehicle .
Emergency unlocking and locking the doors
,&. WARNING
- The power locking switch works with the ig-
nition off and automatically locks the entire
vehicle when the~ button is pressed.
- The central locking switch is inoperative
when the vehicle is locked from the outside.
- Locked doors make it more difficult for
emergency workers to get into the vehicle,
which puts lives at risk. Do not leave anyone
behind in the vehicle, especially children. Fig. 23 Driver's doo r : door lock cylinder
(D Tips
Your vehicle locks automatically when it
reaches a speed of 9 mph (15 km/h) (Auto
Lock) ¢page 27. You can unlock the vehicle
again using the @:!button in the central lock-
ing switch.
Setting the central locking system

Fig. 24 Front passenger's door: emergency release
In the Infotainment system, you can set which
doors the central locking system will unlock. If th e central locking system malfunctions, you
.,.Select in the Infotainment system: I MENUI but- must unlock/lock th e doors separately using the
ton >Vehicle> left control button >Vehicle set- mechanical key.
tings. Unlocking/locking the driver's door with the
mechanical key
Door unlocking - you can decide if All doors or
only the Driver door should unlock. If you select .,. Remove the mechanical key q page 28.
Driver, only the door whose handle you pull will .,.To unlock the driver's door, turn the key to the
unlock. open position (D ¢ fig. 23. IJl,,
CD
....
CD
N
"
N
,-I
0
0
~ ll This function is not available in all countr ies.
31
• To lock the driver's door, select the P position

and turn the key once to the clos ing pos ition
@.
Locking the front passenger 's door with the
mechanic al key
The emergency re lease is located on the edge of
the front passenger 's door. It is only visible when
the door is open.
• Remove the mechanica l key c::> page 28. Fig. 26 Unlocked luggage compar t me nt lid
• Pull the cap out of the opening c::>fig. 24.

When opening the luggage compartment lid, the
• Insert the key into the s lot insid e and turn it all
the way to the right (right door) or to the left windsh ield wipers must be switched off and the
(left door*). wipe r arms m ust be folded against the window.
Otherwise the paint could be damaged .
Once the front passenger's door is closed, it is no
longer possible to open it from the outside. The
Opening the luggage compartment lid
door can be opened from the inside by pulling .,. Press the~ button on the remote control key
t he door handle. for at least several seconds to open the luggage
compa rtment lid. Or
Anti-theft alarm system .,.Press the l>=>Ibutton in the driver's door.
.,. Press the tab . This releases the catch.
If the anti-theft alarm system detects a vehicle .,. Lift the luggage compartment lid.
break-in, audio and visua l warning signals are
tr iggered . The anti-theft alarm system is activat- Closing the luggage compartment lid
ed when the vehicle is locked as usual. It is .,. Push the luggage compartment lid down until
sw itched off when unlocki ng . you overr ide the force of the struts .
.,.Close the luggage compartment lid .
Luggage compartment • Carefully push the luggage compartment lid
lid closed using both hands until it audibly engag-
es c::>
,&..
Opening/closing the luggage compartment
lid A WARNING
- After closing the luggage compartment lid,
make sure that it is latched. Otherwise the
luggage compartment lid cou ld suddenly
ope n when driv ing, which increases the risk
of an accident.
- Never leave your veh icle unattended when
the luggage compa rtment lid is open . A
child cou ld crawl into the luggage compart-
men t . If the luggage compartment lid was
Fig. 25 Driver's doo r: unlocking the luggage compart men t then closed, t he child would be trapped in
lid the vehicle and unable to escape . To reduce
the risk of injury, do not allow children to
play in or around the vehicle. Always keep
the luggage compa rtment lid and the doors
closed when the vehicle is not in use.
32
- Always make sure no one is in the luggage Power window

compartment lid's range of motion when it
Controls
is closing, especially near the hinges. Fin-
gers or hands could be pinched . The driver can control all power windows .
(D Tips
N
N
M
0
:::,
- When the vehicle is locked, the luggage co
m
compartment lid can be unlocked separately
by pressing the~ button on the remote
control key. When the luggage compart-
ment lid is closed again, it locks automat i-
cally .
- In case of an emergency or a faulty handle,
the luggage compartment lid can be opened
Fig. 29 Driver's door: power window cont rols
manually from the inside c::>page 33.
All power window switches have a two-stage
Luggage compartment lid emergency function :
release
Opening and closing the windows
The luggage compartment lid can be released in
an emergency from the inside. .,.To open or close the window completely, press
the switch down or pull the switch up brief ly to
the second level. The operat ion will stop if the
sw itch is pressed/pulled again.
• To select a position in between opened and
closed, press/pull the switch to the first level
until the des ired window position is reached .
Power window switches

(D Left door
@ Rightdoor
Fig. 27 Front passenger footwell: cover
A
-
WARNING
- Pay careful attention when closing the win-
dows. It could cause injury by pinching.
- When locking the vehicle from outside, the
vehicle must be unoccupied since the win-
dows can no longer be opened in an emer-
gency.
@ Tips
Fig. 28 Front passenger footwell: emergency release After turning the ignition off you can still
open and close the windows for approximate-
• Remove the floor mat. ly 10 m inutes. The power windows are not
• Remove the cover c::>fig. 2 7. switched off until the driver's door or pas-
CD
....
CD • Pull the red plastic cord in the direction of the senger's door has been opened .
N
"....
N
arrow c::>fig. 28 .
0
0
"'
'SI'
33
Opening and closing
Convenience opening/clos ing Correcting power window malfunctions
All windows can be opened and closed at the After disconnecting the vehicle battery, the one-
same time. touch up and down feature must be activated
agam .
Convenience open feature
.. Press the Imbutton on the remote control key .. Pull the power window switch until the window
until all windows reach the desired position. is completely raised .
.. Release the switch and pull it again for at least
Convenience close feature one second .
.,. Press the ffi button on the remote control key
until all windows are closed ¢A or Garage door opener
(Homelink)
Convenience closing with the convenience
key* Description
.. Touch the sensor* o n the door hand le until a ll Applies to: vehicles with garage door opener (Homelink)
the windows are closed. Do not place your hand

in the door handle when doing this.
Setting convenience opening in the

Infotainment system
.. Select in the Infotainment system: IMENU Ibut-
ton >V ehicle > left contro l button >Vehicle set-
tings .
To enable the convenience window opening func-

tion, the Long press to open windows function Fig. 30 Garage door opener : examples of usage for differ-
must be switched on. en t systems
A WARNING With the garage door opener (Homelink), you

can activate systems such as the garage doors,
- Never close the windows careless ly or in an
security systems or house lights from inside your
uncontrolled manner, because this increas-
vehicle. Up to three remote control functions can
es the risk of injury.
be programmed to the three buttons that are in-
- For security reasons, the windows can only tegrated in the control unit above the rearview
be opened and closed with the remote con- mirror.
trol key at a maximum distance of approxi-
mately 6 ft . (2 m) away from the vehicle . To be able to operate systems using the garage
When press ing the~ but ton, always watch door opener, the buttons in the control unit must
the windows while they are clos ing so that first be programmed .
no one is pinched in the window. The closing
process will stop immediately when the ~ A WARNING
button is released. When operating or programming the garage
door opener, make sure that no people or ob-
jects are in the area immediately surrounding
the system . People can be injured or prope rty
can be damaged if struck when closing. ~
34
Open ing and closing
@ Tips Programming the transmitter

Applies to: vehicles with garage door opener (Home link)
- For security reasons, we recommend that
you clear the programmed buttons before I
--GC!OO
se lling the vehicle.
- For furthe r informat ion regarding Home- ~--
r. -
Link, refer to www.homelink.com.
- For the Declarat io n of Conformity wit h the
provisions from the FCCin t he United States
and Ind ustry Canada, refer to ¢ page 282.
Operation
Fig. 32 Dista nce between the radiator g rille an d th e re -
Applies to: vehicles with garage door opener (Homel ink)
mote contro l t ransm itter
Programming the button: step 1 on the

control panel
1. Switc h on t he igni t ion.
2. Press bot h of the outside buttons on the con-
trol unit ¢ page 35, fig . 31 until the yellow
LED@ turns off and the green LED(D turns
on. This procedure clears the standard codes
t hat were set at t he factory and does not
Fig. 3 1 Contr ol pa nel a bove the interio r rea rview mirror need t o be repea t ed again t o program the
othe r buttons .
Req uirement : the button in the contro l pane l 3 . Brief ly press t he but ton in t he contro l pa ne l
must be prog rammed ¢ page 35 and the vehi - t hat you wan t to prog ram .
cle must be located within range of the system, 4. Wai t unt il th e yellow LED@ blinks . The pro-
such as the garage door . gramm ing mode is act ive for 5 minutes .
S. Go in front of the ve hicle w ith the o rigina l re-
.,.Press the button to o pen t he ga rage door. The
mote control transm itter for the system t hat
green LED(D blinks or turns on.
you are programming to t he control panel
.,.Press t he button again to close the garage
door. button.
Programming the button: step 2 at the

{D) Tips radiator grille
When opening or closing the garage door, do 6. Hold the remote contro l t ransm itter at the
not press and hold the butto n longer ten sec- vehicle radiator grille¢ fig. 32.
onds or t he ga rage door opene r will switc h to 7 . Now press t he remote contro l transm itter
programm ing mode. un t il the t urn signals o n your ve hicle blink .
This can ta ke up to 30 seconds .
8. If t he eme rge ncy fl ashe rs blink t hree times,
t he progr a m ming was successfu l. If t he
eme rge ncy fl as hers on ly blink one t ime, t he
S m inute time limit for progr a mmi ng has ex-
pired or the pro gr amming was unsuccessful.
CD
....
CD
N
Repeat t he programm ing start ing from the
"....
N t hird step or change t he d istance to the rad i-
0
0 ator g rille . .,..
"'
'SI"
35
Opening and cl os i n g
9. If the garage door or other systems do not · Rolling code programming

open with the HomeLink buttons even if the Applies to: vehicles with garage door opener (Homelinl<)
programming was successful, the system
On some systems, programming a rolling code is
may use a rolling code instead of a fixed
also necessary.
code. You must also then perform rolling
code programming ¢ page 36. Identifying a rolling code
The other two buttons in the contro l pane l can be After programming a rolling code successfully (in
programmed using the instructions given above. front of the vehicle), the yellow LEDstays on
Start with step 3. when returning to the vehicle. It turns off the
next t ime the button is pressed . It will then blink
Deleting button programm ing
green and the garage door opener will send the
The programmed buttons cannot be de leted indi- requ ired signal. The garage door opener will also
vidually, they must be de leted all at once. Repro- send the signal and the LED will blink green
gram the buttons if necessary. whenever t he button is pressed after that .
.. Switch on the ignition . .. Program the rolling code as follows:
.. Press both of the outside buttons on the con-
Activating the system motor unit
trol unit unti l the yellow LED@ turns off and
the green LED(!) turns on. .. Locate the programming button on the system
motor unit. The exact location and color of the
Reprogramming buttons
button may vary depending on the system man-
.,.Switch on the ignition. ufacturer's brand .
.,.To reprogram an individual button, press the .. Press the programming button on the system
desired button unti l the green LED(!) turns off motor unit (usua lly this will activate a "display"
and the yellow LED@ starts to turn on (after on the motor un it). You now have approx imate-
approximately 10 seconds). Release the button ly 3 0 seconds to program the button in the
immediately. The programming mode is active control panel.
for 5 minutes and is indicated by a blinking yel-
Programm ing the button in the control
low light .
panel
.. Continue with step 5.
.,.Press the previously prog rammed butto n in t he
(D Tips control panel for 2 seconds .
.. To complete rolling code programming, press
- The distance needed between t he remote
the button again for 2 seconds .
control transm itter and the HomeLink mod-
.. On some systems, the button might need to be
ule in the rad iator grille¢ fig . 32 depends
pressed a third time to end the programm ing
on the system you are programm ing.
procedure.
- Depend ing on the system model, you may
need to release the button on the remote After programming, the system shou ld recogn ize
control t ransm itter while it is programming the signal and operate when the button in the
and press it aga in. Hold every pos it ion you contro l pane l is pressed. Now you may program
try when programming for at least 15 sec- the other buttons as needed .
onds before trying a new position. Keep an
eye on the vehicle turn signals while doing (D Tips
this. - The rolling code can be programmed more
quickly and more easily with the he lp of a
second person .
36
Opening and closing
- If any difficulties occur when programming

the rolling code, it may be helpful to read
the system operating manual.
"'
....
"'
N
"N....
0
0
Vl
'<f
37
Light s and Vision
Lights and Vision less likely to see glare from your own head lights,
for example when driving on a wet road.
Exterior lighting
Light functions
Switching lights on and off
The following ligh t funct io ns are available de-
pendi ng on vehicle equipment and on ly function
whe n the light switc h is in the AUTO position.
Static cornering light - the co rnering light

switc hes on automatically when the steering
whee l is tu rned at a cert a in a ngle at speeds up to
approxim ate ly 44 mph (70 km/h) and when t he
turn s ignal is activated at speeds up to approxi-
mately 25 mph (40 km/h). The area to the side of
the veh icle is illuminated better when turning.
Fig. 33 Instrument pa nel : light swit ch
Inter section lighting : on vehicles with a nav iga-
Light sw itch ·ti: tion system*, intersections can be illumina t ed .
Turn the switch to the corresponding position .

When the lights are switched on, the ;oo: symbo l
&_ WARNING
turns on . - Automatic headlights* are on ly intended to
assist the driver. They do not relieve the
0 - lights are off (in some markets, the daytime driver of responsib ility to check the head-
running lights* are switched on when the ignition lights and to tu rn them on manua lly accord-
is switched on.) ing to the current light and visib ility condi -
- USA models : the dayt ime running lights switch tions. For example , fog canno t be detected
on automatically when the ignition is switched by the light sensors. So a lways sw itch on the
on and the light switch is set to the O or the low beam under t hese weathe r cond itio ns
AUTOposition (only in daylight). The Dayt ime and when dr iving in t he dar k io.
running lights can be switched on and off in - The rear fog lights sho uld only be turned on
the MMI c:;,page 41 c:;,.&,.. in acco rdance w ith t raffic regula t ions, to
- Canada model s: the daytime running lights prevent gla re for t raffi c be hind your vehicle .
switch on automatically when the ignition is - If the battery has bee n d isch a rging for a
switched on and the light switch is set to the 0 , w hile , the park ing ligh t may swit ch off auto-
::oo: or the AUTOposition (only in daylight) c:;,.&,.. mat ica lly. Always m ake sure yo ur vehicle is
parked and adequate ly lit accordi ng to the
AUTO*- automatic headlights swi t ch on and off laws . Avoid using t he parking lights fo r sev-
depending on br ightness, for example in twilight, eral hours.
during ra in or in tunnels .
- Please observe lega l reg ulations when us ing
;oo:- Parking light the lighting systems described .
io - Low beam headlight

(D Tips
l~"'I- All-wea t her lights* - The light senso r for t he a utoma ti c he ad-
@il- Rear fog light(s) lights * is in the rearview mirror mount .
Therefore , do not place any stickers in this
All-weath e r light s* area on the win d shield.
In vehicles with a ll-weathe r lights, the front - Some functions of t he exterior lighting can
lights are adj usted automatically so that you are be adjusted c:;,page 41.
38
Lights and Vision
- If you turn off the ignition while the exterior laser module is not permitted and could
lights are on and open the door, you will cause permanent damage to the eyes.
hear a warning tone.
- In some markets, the tail lights will switch (D Tips
on when the daytime running lights switch
The LEDhigh beam is controlled by the head-
on.
light assistant. The laser high beams switch
- In cool or damp weather, the inside of the
on approximately one second after activating
headlights, turn signals and tail lights can
the LEDhigh beams if the following require-
fog over due to the temperature difference
ments are met.
between the inside and outside. They will
- The low beam headlight must be switched
clear shortly after switching them on. This
to the AUTOlight switch position.
does not affect the service life of the light-
- The laser high beam is switched on starting
ing .
at speeds of approximately 44 mph (70 km/
h).
Laser light ing - The laser beam is switched back off when
App lies to: vehicles with laser lighting
the speed decreases below approximately
The laser high beams increase the range of the 30 mph (SO km/h) or when the headlight
headlights . assistant switches the LEDheadlights off.
Turn signal and high beam lever
The lever operates the turn signals, the high

beams and the headlight flasher.
...
0
0
...
>
a,
Fig. 34 Laser high beams
Technical changes to LEDheadlights have signifi-

cantly increased the range. An additional module
integrated in the headlight converts a blue laser
light into a white light using a luminescent mate- Fig. 35 Turn signal and high beam lever
rial.
Turn signals¢¢
The headlight contains a class 4 laser. A convert-
The turn signals activate when you move the lev-
er transforms the laser beam so that there is no
er into a turn signal position when the ignition is
danger when it is used for its intended purpose.
switched on.
A WARNING @ - right turn signal
Every repair procedure on the headlights @ - left turn signal
must be performed by an authorized Audi
dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility that The turn signal blinks three times if you tap the
will perform work according to Audi factory lever (convenience turn signal).
CD specifications. Incorrect repairs could result High beams and headlight flasher [D
....
CD
N in eye injury, impair the function and may void
"....
N
the vehicle's operating license. Opening the Move the lever to the corresponding position:
0
0
"'
'SI'
39
Ligh ts and Vi s ion
@ - high beams on .. To act ivate the headlight assistant, press the

lever forward @ . The ~ indicator light ap -
© -high beams off or headlight flasher
pears in the Infota inment system display and
The II ind icator light in the instrument cluster the high beams switch on/off automatically .
turns on . The indicator lightII turns on if the high
beams were sw itched on .
A WARNING
Swi t ching the high beam s on / off manually
High beams can cause glare for other drivers,
wh ich increases the risk of an accident. For If the high beams did not switch on/off automat-
this reason, on ly use the high beams or the ically as expected, you may switch them on or off
head light f lashe r when they will not create manually instead :
glare for other drivers . .. To switch the high beams on manua lly, press
the lever into position @ . TheII indicator
Headlight assistant light turns on .
Applies to: vehicles with headlight assistant .. To switch the high beams off manually, pull the
lever back @ . The headlight assistant is deact i-
The headlight assistant automatically turns the
high beams on or off depending on the surround - vated .
ing conditions . Operating the headlight fl asher
M
0
.. Pull the lever back @ to operate the headlight
~a, flashers when the headlight assistant is activat -
ed and the high beams are switched off. The
headlight assistan t remains active .
Mess age s in Infotainment dis play

Headlight ass istant : malfunction! See owne r's
manual
Drive t o an authorized Audi dealer or au t horized
Fig. 36 Turn s ig nal and hig h be am lever : turnin g he adlight
Audi Service Facility immediate ly to have t he
ass ist ant on/off
malfunction corrected . You can sti ll switch the
high beams on or off manua lly.
A sensor on the rearview mirror mou nt can detect
light sources from other road users . The high Headlight assis tant : currently unavailable .
beams switch on or off automatica lly depending Camera view restricted due to surrounding s.
on the position of vehicles driving ahead and on-
The came ra view is blocked, for example by a
coming vehicles, the vehicle speed and other en-
sticker or deb ris.
vironmenta l and traffic conditions.
The sensor is located between the inter ior rear -
Individ ual segments of the headlights are sw itch -
view m irror and the w indshield . Do not place any
ed on or off. The area in front of t he vehicle is
stickers in this a rea on the w indshield.
dimmed, while the remaining area is illuminated.
This allows for optima l lighting of the surround-
ing area wit hout causing glare for other drivers.
A WARNING
Headlight assistant is only intended to ass ist
Activat ing headlight ass istant the driver. The d river is st ill respons ible for
Requirement: the light switch must be set to AU- controlling the headlights and switching
TO, the low beams must be switched on and the them manually depending on light and visibi l-
headlight assistant must be switched on in the ity conditions . It may be necessary to operate
Infotainment system ¢ page 41 . them manually in s ituations such as: II--
40
Lights and V is ion
- In adverse weather conditions such as fog, when it is dark. To switch on the function, select
heavy ra in, blow ing snow or spraying water . Entry/ exit lighting .
- On roads where oncoming traffic may be The ex it lighting fu nction illuminates the a rea
partially obscured, such as expressways. outside the vehicle when you tu rn the ignit ion off
- When there are road users that do not have and open the driver 's door when it is dark. To
s ufficient lighting, suc h as bicyclers or switch on the function, select Entry/ exit light-
vehicles with dirty ta il lamps. ing.
- In tight curves and on steep hills .
The entry/exit lighting only works when it is da rk
- In poor ly lit areas.
and the light switch is in the AUTO pos ition.
- With strong reflec tors, such as s igns.
- If the area of the windsh ield near the sensor
is fogged over, dirty, icy or covered with a Emergency flasher
st icker.
Adjusting the exterior lighting
The functions are adjusted in the Infotainment

system.
"' Select in the Infotainment system : ! MENUI but-

ton > Vehicle > left control button >Vehicle set-
tings > Exterior lighting .
Fig. 37 Center conso le: emerge ncy flasher butto n
Automatic headl ight s
You can adjust the following settings in the Au- The emergency f lashe rs makes other d rivers
tomat ic headlight s menu: aware of your veh icle in dangerous situations .
Activation time - you can adjust if the headl ights "' Press the [!] button to sw itch t he emergency
switch on Early, Medium or Late according to the f lashe rs on or off .
sensitivity of the light sensor .
You can indicate a lane change or a turn when the
Headlight assistant * -you can switch the head - emergency flashers are switched on by using the
light assistant* o n and off . On veh icles with laser tu rn s ignal leve r. The emergency flashe rs stop
high beams, the laser light can be activated or tempora rily.
deactivated.
The emergency flashe rs also work when the ign i-
Daytime runn ing lights* tion is turned off .
USA models: the daytime running lights can be

@ Tips
switched on or off us ing the MMI. Select On or
Off . You should switch the emergency flashers on
if:
Canada models: th is function can not be switched - You are t he last car in a traffic jam so that
off . They activate automatically each time the ig- all other veh icles approaching from behind
nition is switched on . This menu item is shown can see you, or if
with a "gray background".
- Your vehicle has broken down or you are
Entry / exit lighting havi ng an emergency, or if
CD
- Your vehicle is be ing towed or if you are
....
CD The en t ry ligh t ing func t ion illum ina t es the area
N
towing another ve hicle .
ou t side the veh icle when yo u un lock the vehicle
"....
N
0
0
"'
'SI"
41
Light s and Vision
Interior lighting .. Turn the knob toward"- " or" +" to reduce or in-
crease the brightness .
Interior lighting .. Press the knob again to return it to its or iginal
position.
Vision
Adjusting the exterior mirrors
Fig. 38 Headliner: interio r l ighti ng
[!l- Door contact switch. The interior lighting is

cont rolled automat ically .
A switch is no longer needed to switch the read-

Fig. 40 Driver's door : knob for the exteri or mirro rs
ing lights on. A swiping movement or a brief tap
on the light is all that is needed to switch the
Turn the knob to the desired position:
light on or off. If you hold your finger on the
reading lig ht when switch ing it on, th is can dim q;p -Adjusting the left/right exterior mirror.
the light down to a certain level. Move the knob in the desired direct ion.
Interior lighting 4ill- Heating

the mirror glass depending on the
outside temperature .
There are other interior lighting functions that
are available. Several funct ions can be set in the 8- Folding exterior m ir rors*. In t he I nfot ain-
Infotainment system. Select in the Infotainment ment system, you can select if the mirro rs fo ld in
system: ! MENUI button> Vehicle> left control automat ically when you lock the vehicle
button >Vehicle setting s> Int erior lighting . ~ page 31.
Front passenger's exterior mirror tilt

Instrument illumination function*
To help you see the curb when backing into a
parking space, the surface of the mirror ti lts
slight ly. For this to happen, the knob must be in
the position for t he f ront passenger's outside
mirror.
You can adjust the tilted mirror surface by turn-

ing the knob in the desired direct ion. When you
move out of reverse and into another gear, the
new m irror position is stored and assigned to the
Fig. 3 9 Inst rument illu min at ion
key you are using .
The bright ness of the instrument cluster and the The mirror goes back into its or iginal position
center console can be adjusted. once you drive forward faster than 9 mp h
(15 km/h) or turn the ignition off .
.. Press the knob to release it .
42
Lights and V is ion
_& WARNING - Repeated or long-term exposure to electro-

lyte flu id can lead to irritation of the air -
Curved mirror surfaces (convex) enlarge the
ways, especially in people with asthma or
field of vision . However, they make objects in
other respiratory conditions . Take deep
the mirror appear smaller and further away .
breaths immediately after leav ing the vehi-
Your may estimate incorrect ly when you use
cle or, if this is not poss ible, open all of the
these mirrors to gauge your d istance from the
doors and windows as wide as possible.
vehicles behind you when changing lanes - ac-
- If electro lyte fluid enters the eyes , flush
cident risk!
them thoroughly with a large amount of
CDNote clean water for at least 15 minutes and then

seek med ical attention.
If the mirro r housing was moved by outside - If electro lyte fluid comes into contact wit h
forces (such as an impact when maneuver- the skin , f lush t he affected area with clean
ing), you must use the power folding function water for at least 15 minutes and then clean
to fold the mirror all the way out . The mirror with soap and wate r and seek medical at-
housing must not be moved back into place tention. Clean affected cloth ing and shoes
by hand because this would impair the func- thorough ly before wearing again .
tion of the mirror mechanism. - If the fluid was swallowed and the person is
conscious, flush the mouth with water for at
(D Tips least 15 minutes . Do not induce vomiting
If the power adjusting function malfunctions, unless this is recommended by medical pro-
the glass in both mirrors can be adjusted by fessionals . Seek medical attention immedi-
pressing on the edge of it by hand. ately .
Dimming the mirrors CDNote

If the glass on an automatic dimming mirror
..,
0
breaks, electro lyte can leak out. This liquid
~"' damages plastic surfaces . Remove the liquid
as quickly as possible, for example using a
wet sponge.
(D Tips
- If the light reaching the rearview mirror is
obstructed, the automatic dimming mirror
will not function correctly,
Fig. 41 Aut omati c dimming rearview mirro r
- The automatic dimming mirrors do not dim
Automatic dimming rearview mirror when the interior lighting is turned on or
the reverse gear is se lected .
~ Press the button (D ¢ fig . 41 . The @ indicator
light turns on. Int e rior and ext e rior mirrors*
will dim when there is incoming light (such as
headlights from th e re ar).
_& WARNING
CD Electrolyte fluid can leak from automat ic dim-
....
CD
N m ing mirrors if the glass is broken . Electro-
"......
N
lyte fluid can irritate skin, eyes and airways .
0
0
"'
'SI"
43
Light s and Vision
Sun visors @ - fast wiping

@ - single wipe. If you hold the lever in this posi-
tion longer, the wipers switch from slow wiping
to fast wiping.
® - clean the windshield . To eliminate water

droplets, the w indshield wiper performs one af-
terwipe after severa l seconds in temperatures
above 39 °F (4 °C). You can switch this function
off by moving the lever to position ® within 10
seconds after the afterwipe . The afterwipe func-
Fig. 42 Sun shade tion is reactivated the next time you switch the
ignition on.
The vanity mirrors on the sun visors are covered.
Slide the cover in the direction of the arrow. A WARNING
- The rain sensor* is only intended to assist
Windshield wipers the dr iver. The driver is still responsible for
manually switch ing the wipers on according
Switching the windshield wipers on
to the visibility cond itions.
a,
0 - The windsh ield may not be treated with wa-
0
...
:>
m
ter-repelling windshield coating agents. Un-
favorable condit ions, such as wetness, dark-
ness, and when the sun is low, can cause in-
creased glare which increases the risk of an
accident. Wiper blade chatter is also possi-
b le.
- Properly functioning windshield wiper
blades are required for a clear view and safe
Fig. 43 Windshield wiper lever driving c::>page 45, Replacing windshield
wiper blades.
Move the windshield wiper lever to the corre-
spond ing position: (D Note
@ - windshield wipers off - In the case of frost, check whether the
windshield wiper blades are frozen to the
(D - interval mode. To increase/decrease the wip-
windshield. Switching on the windshield
er intervals, move the switch ® to the left/right.
wipers can damage the wiper blades!
In vehicles with a rain sensor*, the wipers turn on
- Prior to using a car wash, the windshield
in the rain once the vehicle speed exceeds ap-
wiper system must be switched off Clever in
proximately 2 mph (4 km/h) . The higher the sen-
position 0) . This prevents un intentional
sitivity of the rain sensor* is set (switch @ to the
switching on and damage to the windshield
right), the earlier the windshield wipers react to
wiper system.
moisture on the windshield. You can deact ivate
the rain sensor mode* in the Infotainment sys -
tem, which switches the intermittent mode on.
{!) Tips
Select in the Infota inment system: I MENU I but- - The windshield wipers switch off when the
ton> Vehicle> left control button >D river assis- ignition is turned off. Activate the wind·
tance > Rain sensor > Off. shield wipers after the ignition is sw itched
back on by moving the windshield wiper lev-
@ - slow wiping er to any position. lill-
44
Light s and Vis ion
- Worn or dirty windshield wiper blades result Removing th e wip er blade

in streaking. This can affect the rain sensor * .,.Fold the windshie ld wiper arm away from the
function . Check yo ur windshield wiper windshield.
blades regularly. .,.Press the locking knob (D ¢ fig. 44 on the wiper
- The washer fluid nozzles in the windshield blade . Hold the wiper blade firmly.
washer system are heated* at low tempera- .,.Remove the w iper blade in the direction of the
tures when the ignition is on. arrow.
- When stopping temporarily, such as at a
traffic light, the speed of the windshield Inst alling th e wip er blade
wipers automatically reduces by one level. .,.Insert the new wiper blade into the mount on
the wiper arm @ until you hear it latch into
Cleaning windshield wiper blades place.
.,.Place the wiper arm back on the windshield.
Clean the wiper blades when you see wiper
.,.Turn the service position off .
streaks. Clean the wiper blades with a soft towel
and glass cleaner.
.,.Place the windshield wiper arms in the service

position ¢ page 45 .
-
_& WARNING
For safety reasons, the windshield wiper
blades should be replaced once or twice each
-
.,.Fold the w indshield wiper arms away from the year.

wi ndshield.
(D Note
_& WARNING - - The windshie ld wiper blades must only be
Dirty windshield wiper blades can impair vi- folded away when in the service position!
sion which increasesthe risk of an accident. Otherwise, you could damage the pai nt on
'
the front lid or the w indshield wipe r moto r.
Replacing windshield wiper blades - You should not drive your vehicle or press
the windsh ield wiper lever whe n the wiper
,....
(1)
M arms are folded away from the windshie ld.

9
a:
al
IXl
The windshie ld wipers would move back in-
to their or iginal position and could damage
t he front lid and windshield .
(D Tips
You can also use the service position, for ex-
ample, if you want to protect the windsh ield
from icing by using a cover.
Fig. 44 Remov ing wind sh ield wiper blades
Wiper service position/ blade replacement

position
.,.To bri ng the w ipers into the service posit ion,
tu rn the igni ti on off and move the w indshield
wiper lever into position © ¢ page 44, fig. 43 .
.,.To bring the wipers into the starting position,
~ turn the ignition on and move the windshield
~ wiper lever into position © for at least two sec-
~ onds ¢ page 44 , fig. 43.
0
0
Vl
'<f
45
Light s and Vision
Digital compass Adjusting the magnetic zone

Applies to: vehicles with digital compass
Switching the compass on and off
Applies to: vehicles with digital compass
Fig. 45 Rearview mirror: digital compass is switched on
• To turn the compass on or off, press the button

@ until the compass display in the mirror turns
on or off .
The digital compass only works when the ignition

is turned on . The direct ions are indicated with ab-
breviations: N (north), NE (northeast), E (east),
Fig. 4 6 North America : magnet ic zone map
SE (southeast), S (south), SW (southwest), W
(west), NW (nort hwest).
• Press and hold the button (D c::> page 46, fig. 45
(D Tips until the number of the magnetic zone appe ar s
in the interior rearview mirror .
To prevent inaccurate compass readings, do
• Press the button (D repeated ly to select the
not bring any remote controls, e lectr ica l devi- correct magnetic zone . The selection mode
ces or metal lic objects nea r the mirro r. turns off after a few seconds.
Calibrating the compass

Applies to : vehicles with digital compass
If the display is incorrect or inaccurate, the com-

pass must be recalibrated.
• Press and hold the button (D until a C appears

in the interior rearview mirror.
• Drive in a circle at about 5 mph (10 km/h) until
a direction is d isplayed in the rearv iew mirror.
A WARNING
-
- To avoid endanger ing yourself and othe r
drivers, calibrate t he compass in a n area
where there is no traffic.
- Always pay attention to the traffic and the
area a round your vehicle if you are readi ng
the comp ass while dr iving.
46
Seats and storage
Seats and storage @ - Adjusting the backrest angle: press the but-
ton forward/back.
General information
® - Releasing the backrest: pull the strap and
A WARNING
fold the backrest forward.
Adjusting the seat (version B) ~ fig. 48
Refer to Q page 167, Safe driving for impor-
tant information, tips, suggestions and warn- CD-Moving the upper thigh support forward/
ings that you should read and follow for your back: press the button forward/back.
own safety and the safety of your passengers.
@ - Adjusting the lumbar support: press the but-
ton at the corresponding position.
Front seats
® -Inflating/deflating the seat bolsters*
Power seat adjustment
Applies to vehicles with power adjustable seats
@ - Inflating/deflating the backrest bolsters*
® - Moving the seat up/down: press the button

upward/downward . To adjust the front seat cush-
ion, press the front button up/down . To adjust
the rear seat cushion, press the rear button up/
down.
® - Moving the seat forward/back: press the but-
ton forward/back .
@ - Adjusting the backrest angle: press the but-
ton forward/back.
Fig. 47 Front seat: adjusting the seat (version A)
(J)- Releasing the backrest: pull the strap and
fold the backrest forward.
A WARNING
- Only adjust the front seat with when the ve-
hicle is stationary. Otherwise, this increases
the risk of an accident
- The power front seats can also be adjusted
when the ignition is switched off. For this
reason, children should never be left unat-
Fig. 48 Front seat: adjusting the seat (version B)
tended in the vehicle - they could be injured!
Adjusting the seat (version A) Q fig. 47 - Exercise caution when adjusting the seat
height. Unsupervised or careless seat ad-
CD-Moving the seat forward/back: pull the lever justment can pinch fingers or hands causing
and slide the seat. . . .
in Junes .
@ -Adjusting the lumbar support: press the but- - For safety reasons, the seat backrests must
ton at the corresponding position. always be locked while driving.
- The front seat backrests must not be re-
® - Moving the seat up/down: press the button
clined too far back when driving, because
upward/downward. To adjust the front seat cush-
this impairs the effectiveness of the safety
ion, press the front button up/down. To adjust
CD belts and airbag system, which increases
....
CD
the rear seat cushion, press the rear button up/
N the risk of injury.
"....
N down.
0
0
"'
'SI"
47
S ea ts and s tor a ge
- To reduce the risk of injury during sudden - For safety reasons, the seat backrests must
braking or in a collision, the driver and front always be locked while driv ing.
passenger shou ld not have the ir backrests in - Never drive with a safety belt through the
the reclined posit ion while driving or riding. openings in the backrest. Otherwise the
The safety belts and airbag system can pro- backrest could fold forward while driving
vide the greatest protection possible when and cause an accident.
the backrests are in the upr ight position and
the safety belts are worn cor rectly. The
Center armrest
more a backrest is reclined, the greater the
risk of inju ry due to an incorrect seating po-
sition and safety belt position .
Adjusting buckets seats

Applies to: vehicles with bucket seats
Fig. 50 Armrest between the drive r's/fro nt passen ger's

s eats .
.,.There is a storage compartment under the arm-

rest. Press t he release buttons C?page 48,
fig. 51 CDand fold the cover up.
Fig. 4 9 Bucket seat : adjust ing the seat
Please note that the dr iver's ability to move his or
arm may be rest ricted whe n the armrest is fo lded
Read and fo ll ow t he warnings C?.&, befo re yo u
down. Because of this, the armrest should not be
adju st your seat .
folded down dur ing city dr iving .
CD
· Moving the seat forward/back: pull the lever
and slide t he seat. Ashtray
@ · Moving the seat up/down: press the button Applies to: vehicles with ashtray
upward/downward .
@ - Releasing the backrest : pull the strap and

fold t he backrest forward .
A WARNING
-To reduce t he risk ofan accident, only adjust
the seat when the vehicle is stationary.
- The power seats can also be adjusted when
t he ignition is switched off. For this reason,
Fig. 51 Cover fol ded up : asht ray
children should never be left unat tended in
the vehicle - they could be injured!
The ashtray is placed in the center console under
- Exercise caut ion when adjusting the seat
the center armrest. Press the release buttons
height . Adjusting t he seat carelessly or
without checking can pinch hands and f in-
9 fig . 51 CD
and fold the cover up . Fold the cover ..,.
gers.
48
Seats and storag e
u p to open the ashtry @ . Insert the ashtray se-

curely back into the holder after every removal
(D Note
(emptying). - To red uce the risk of damage to the vehicle

electrical system, neve r attempt to charge
A WARNING
the vehicle battery by connecting accesso-
ries that provide power, such as solar panels
Never use the as htray to hold paper, because
or battery chargers, to the 12 Volt sockets
this increases the risk of a fire.
or the cigaret t e lighte r.
- To reduce the risk of damage to the sockets,
Cigarette lighter and only use plugs that fit correctly .
socket
Storage
Beverage holders
Fig. 52 Open cover: ciga rette lighter
The cigarette lighter or socket on ly functions

when the ignition is switched on. Fig. 53 Open cover : cup ho lder*
Using the cigarette lighter Cup holder* under the center armrest
• If necessary, slide t he cover fo rward to reac h .,.The cup holder* is located in the center conso le
the ciga rette lighter. un der t he cover. Press the re lease buttons @
• Press t he cigarette lighte r in. an d open t he cover.
• Remove the cigarette lighter when it pops out .
Using the socket ~

A WARNING
Spilled hot liqu id can increase the risk of acci-
• If necessary, slide t he cove r fo rward to reac h dents and inju ries.
the socket .
- Never dr ive with cont ainers t ha t con t ain hot
• Remove the cigarette lighter, if necessary.
liquid such as coffee or t ea. The hot liquid
• Insert the plug of the electrical device into the
could sp ill and cause burns during a colli-
socket.
sion, s udden brak ing or other vehicle move-
The cigarette lighter has a standa rd 12 Volt sock- ment. Spilled hot liquid can also increase
et t hat electrical accessor ies can be connected to. the risk of accidents and injuries.
The power consumption at the outlet must not - Only use soft conta iners in the cup holders .
exceed 100 watts. Hard cups and glasses can increase the ris k
of injury du ring a collision.
A WARNING - Never use the cup holder or the adapte r as
Use care when using the cigarette lighter. In- an ashtray- th is is a fire hazard .
CD
....
CD
N
attent ive or unsu pervised use of the cigarette
"....
N
light er can cause bur ns.
0
0
"'
'SI"
49
S e at s and s t o rage
CJ) Note
Make sure your beverage container has a lid.
If not, your beverage could spill out and cause
damage to the vehicle electron ic or sta in the
seat covers.
Additional storage compartments
You will find a range of storage compartments

and holders at diffe rent locations in the vehicle .
- Compartments in the doors

- Storage area in the glove compartment. The
glove compartment can be locked using the
mechan ical key r:>page 28.
- Storage compartment under the center arm-
rest*
- Coat hooks
A WARNING
-
-Always leave the lid on the glove compart-
ment cover closed wh ile driving to reduce
the risk of injury .
- Only use the storage compartments in the
door trim panels to store small objects, that
will not st ick out of the compartment and
impa ir the range of the side airbags.
- Make sure that the view to the rear is not
obstructed by hanging garments .
- Hang only lightwe ight cloth ing and be sure
that there are no heavy or sharp-edged ob-
jects in the pockets.
Luggage compartment
General information
A WARNING
Read and follow the important safety precau-
tions in r:>page 171, Stowing Luggage.
so
Warm a nd c o ld
Warm and cold prevent further damage and have it checked

by an authorized Audi dea ler or authorized
Climate control system Audi Service Facility.
- Repa irs to the Audi climate control system
Description
require special technical know ledge and
The climate control system warms, cools and special tools. See an authorized Audi dea ler
adds humidity to the a ir in the veh icle inter ior. It or authorized Audi Service Facility.
functions most effect ively when the windows are
closed. If there is a build -up of heat inside the ve- (® For the sake of the environment
hicle, ventilation can help to speed up the cooling Reducing the amount of fuel used also re-
process. duces the amount of pollutants that enter the
air.
Pollutant filt er
The po llutant filter removes pollutants such as (D Tips
dust and pollen from the air.
- To prevent interference with the heating
Key recognit ion and cooling output and to prevent the win-
dows from fogging over, the air intake in
Certain settings are automat ically stored and as-
front of the windshie ld must be free of ice,
signed to the remote contro l key being used .
snow or leaves.
A WARNING
- Condensation from the cooling system can
dr ip and form a pudd le of water under the
Poor visibility can lead to accidents. vehicle. This is normal and does not mean
- For safer driving, keep all windows free of there is a lea k.
ice, snow and fog. - The energy management system may switch
- Become familiar as quickly as possible with the seat heating* or rear window defroster
the correct use and function of the climate off t emporarily . These systems are availab le
contro l system, especially with the defrost- aga in as soon as the energy ba lance has
ing and defogging function. bee n restored .
- When the tempe rature is below freezing, - The f lows through the vents under the rea r
only use the windsh ield washer system after window . Make s ure the openings are no t
the windsh ield has been warmed by the cli- covered when plac ing clot hing on the lug-
mate contro l system. The washer fluid cou ld gage compar t ment cover .
freeze on the windshield and impair visibili-
ty .
(D Note
- If you suspect that the climate control sys-
tem is damaged, switch the system off to
"'
....
"'
N
"N....
0
0
Vl
'<f
51
Warm and cold
Automatic climate control system controls
Fig. 54 Automatic climate control system: contro ls
You can control the functions t hrough the dial, This can cause fog on the windows. Cooling mode
buttons in the dial and the buttons. Press the switches off automatically when the outside tem -
buttons to turn the functions o n or off. The LED perature is be low zero .
in a button will light up when the funct ion is
The t empe rat ure can be adjus t ed with the con-
sw itched on.
tro l @ .
We recommend pressing the IAUTOI but t on and
setting the temperature to 72 °F (22 °C). The au-
I• I • IAdjusting th e tempe rature
tomatic climate control system automatically The temperature can be adjusted in small incre-
maintains a temperature once it has been set. ments us ing the d ia l @ .
The temperature of the air from the vents, fan
IA UTO I Swit ching autom atic mode on and off
speed, and a ir distribution are also automatically
adj usted . In all heating mode functions except The automatic mode is turned on using the
defrost, the blower only sw itches to a highe r IAU T OI button. AUTOmode switches off once a
speed once the engine coo lant has reached a cer- button in the climate control system is pressed .
t ain tempe rature. Automat ic mode maintains a constant tempera-
ture inside the veh icle. Air temperature, a irflow
~ Adjusting the blower
and air distrib ution are controlled automa ti cally.
The blower speed can be adjusted in small incre-
Adjusting the air distribution
ments using the dial (D. The blower should a l-
ways run at a low setting to prevent the windows The air distribution can be adjusted with the con-
from fogging a nd to ens ure a continuous ex- tro l @ . To have the air d istribution regulated au -
cha nge of air ins ide the veh icle. You can adjust tomat ically, press the IAU TO I button.
the volume of a ir generated by the blowe r to your
The air vents in the cockpit are adjustable.
p reference. To have the blower regu lated auto-
matica lly, press the IAUTOI button . To keep the front side windows from fogg ing up
in damp weather, we recommend opening the
IAIC ! Switching cooling mode on and off side a ir vents and tilting them to the side .
The cooling system is turned on and off w ith the 1-1 Switching recirculation mode on and off
IA/C l button. The air is not cooled and humidity is
The recirculat io n mode can be tu rned on man ual-
not removed when cooling mode is switched off .
ly or au t omatically *. .,.
52
Warm a nd c o ld
- Switching manual reci rculation mode on and To prevent the rear window defogger from
off: press 1
-1 switching off automatica lly, press and hold the
- Automatic* recircu lation mode: auto recircula - llliilREAR I button for more than two seconds. This
tion needs to be activated in the Infotainment remains stored up to approx imately 15 minutes
system. Select in the Infotainment system : after turning off the ignition.
IMENUI button> Vehicle > left control button
>Vehicle sett ings> Air condit ioning > Aut o re-
Q] Seat heating*
circulatio n. The air quality sensor that is de- If you press the button J the seat heating is
s igned for diesel and gasoline exhaust auto - switched on at the highest leve l (3) . The LEDs in-
matically switches the recirculation mode on or dicate the temperature level. To reduce the tem-
off depend ing on the level of pollutants in the perature, press the button again. To switch the
outside air. seat heating off, press the button repeatedly un-
t il the LEDturns off .
In recirculation mode, the a ir inside the vehicle is
circulated and filtered . This prevents the unfil- The seat heating switches automatically from
tered air outside the vehicle from ente ring the setting 3 to setting 2 after 10 m inutes.
veh icle interio r. We recommend swit ching reci r-
culation mode o n when driving through a tunnel A WARNING
-
or when sitting in traffic ¢ ,&.. - You should not use the recirculation mode
Recirculation mode is switched off by pressing for an extended period of time since no
the 1-=I button or I AUTO I orl~ MAX !. fresh air is drawn in . With the air-condition-
ing switched off, the windows can fog up,
I@ MAXI Switch ing the defogger on/ off which increases the risk of an acc ident.
The windshield and s ide windows are defrosted - Individuals with reduced sensit ivity to pa in
or cleared of condensation as qu ickly as possible . or temperature could develop burns when
The optimum amount of a ir flows main ly out of using the seat heat ing funct ion. To red uce
the vents under the windshield . Recirculat ion the risk of inju ry, these individua ls sho uld
mode switches off. The temperature is cont rolled not use seat heating.
automatically.
@ Note
The IAU T OI button switches the defroster off.
To avoid damage to the heating elements in
loFF IClimate cont rol system the seats, do not knee l on the seats o r place
heavy loads on a small area of the sea t .
The climate control system is switched on and off
by pressing the button . It is also sw itched on
when you press another button or a knob . Airflow
(D Tips
from outside is blocked when the climate control - The setting for the seat heating on the d riv-
system is switched off . er's side is assigned to the key that is in use.
- If the front passenger's seat heating is
I@ REAR I Switching the rear windo w defogg er t urned on, it will not turn on agai n automat-
on and off ically if mo re than 10 minutes have passed
If the rear window defogger is activated when between switc hing the ignition off and
the ign ition is switched on, the battery manage- switching it on aga in.
ment dete rmines based on the batte ry charge if
it is possib le to t urn on . Otherwise , the rear win-
dow defogger functions with the engine running
"'
....
"' and switches off automatically afte r approxi -
N
mately 10 - 20 minutes, depending on the out-
"N....
0 side temperature.
0
Vl
'<f
53
Dr iv ing
Driving - The water must not be any higher than the bot-
tom of the vehicle body.
General information - Do not dr ive faster than walking speed.
Breaking in
A WARNING
A new vehicle must be broken in, and the break- After driving through water or mud, the brak-
in period should be the first 1,500 miles (2,500 ing effect can be reduced due to moisture on
km). Drive for the first 600 m iles (1,000 km) the brake discs and brake pads. A few careful
without using full acceleration and without ex- brake applications should dry off the brakes.
ceeding the maximum engine speed of 6,000
RPM. Also, do not use full acceleration between CJ) Note
600 miles (1,000 km) and 1,200 miles (2,000
- Vehicle components such as the engine,
km). From 1,200 miles (2,000 km) to 1,500
transmission, suspension or electrical sys-
miles (2,500 km), you may slowly and briefly in-
tem can be severely damaged by driving
crease the engine speed to 8,250 RPM.
through water .
During the first hours of use, the engine and - Always switch the Start-Stop system* off
transmission have a higher internal friction than when driving through water¢ page 59.
later on when all moving parts have settled into
place with each other . (D Tips
How the vehicle is driven during the first 1,500 - Determine the depth before driving through
miles (2,500 km) also affects the engine quality. water.
Drive at moderate engine speeds after the initial - Do not stop the vehicle, drive in reverse or
break-in period, particularly when running a cold switch the engine off when driving through
engine . This will reduce engine wear and improve water.
the mi leage. - Keep in mind that oncoming vehicles may
create waves that raise the water level and
Do not dr ive at too low of an engine speed (RPM).
make it too deep for your vehicle to drive
Shift down when the engine no longer runs
through safely.
"smoothly" . Extremely high engine speeds are
- Avoid driving through salt water (corrosion).
automatically reduced.
Economical and environmentally-friendly

Avoid damaging the vehicle
driving
When you are driving on poor roads, or over The amount of fuel consumption, the environ-
curbs, steep ramps, etc., make certain that low- mental impact and the wear to the engine,
lying parts such as spoilers and exhaust system brakes and tires depends mostly on your driving
parts do not bottom out and get damaged . sty le. With an anticipatory and economic driving
This is especially true for vehicles with low-slung style, fuel consumption can be reduced by ap-
chassis (sports chassis)* and fu l ly loaded proximately 10-15%. The following tips will help
vehicles. you conserve the environment and your money at
the same time.
Driving through water on roads Anticipatory driving
Note the following to avoid vehicle damage when A vehicle uses the most fuel when accelerating.
driving through water, for example on flooded When you drive with anticipation, you do not
roads: need to brake as often and thus accelerate less.
When possible, let your vehicle coast with a gear II-
54
Driving
engaged - for example, when you notice that the A cold engine consumes a disproportionately
next traffic light is red. high amount of fuel. The engine is at operating
temperature and consumption has normalized
Avoid full acceleration only after approximately four kilometers.
You should rarely travel at the maximum vehicle
speed. High speeds cause a disproportionately CDNote
high increase in fuel consumption, emissions and Do not leave engine idling unattended after
traffic noise. Slower driving saves fuel. starting. If warning lights should come on to
indicate improper operation, they would go
Reduce idling time
unheeded. Extended idling also produces
The idling phase is automatically reduced for heat, which could result in overheating or
vehicles with the Start-Stop system*. In vehicles other damage to the vehicle or other proper-
without the Start-Stop system*, it is efficient to ty.
switch the engine off when stopped at railroad
crossings and long red lights. Stopping the en- CDNote
gine for 30-40 seconds already saves more fuel
- Have your vehicle maintained properly and
than the amount of extra fuel needed to restart
in accordance with the service recommenda-
the engine.
tions in your Warranty & Maintenance book-
It takes a very long time in idle to warm the en- let. Lackof proper maintenance as well as
gine up to operating temperature. Wear and improper use of the vehicle will impair the
emissions are especially high in the warm-up function of the emission control system and
phase. Therefore, you should begin driving im- could lead to damage.
mediately after starting the engine . Avoid high - Do not alter or remove any component of
RPMswhile doing this . the Emission Control System unless ap-
proved by the manufacturer.
Service regularly
- Do not alter or remove any device, such as
By servicing your vehicle regularly , you can help heat shields, switches, ignition wires,
to reduce fuel consumption before you even start valves, which are designed to protect your
to drive. The maintenance condition of your vehi- vehicle's Emission Control System and other
cle not only affects traffic safety and long-term important vehicle components.
value but also impacts fuel consumption.
A poorly serviced engine can lead to fuel con-
(D Tips
sumption that is 10% higher than normal. The consumption estimates as published by
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
Also check the oil level when refueling. The oil (EPA)and Transport Canada may not corre-
consumption depends largely on the engine load spond to your actual consumption on the
and speed. It is normal for the oil consumption road, which will vary depending upon vehicle
of a new engine to reach its lowest point only af- load and speed, road and weather conditions,
ter a certain amount of use. Therefore, the oil trip length, etc.
consumption can only be properly judged after
approximately 3,000 mi (5,000 km) have been
driven.
Avoid short trips

The engine and exhaust cleaning system must
"'
.... reach their optimal operating temperature to ef-
"'
N
"N fectively reduce consumption and emissions.

....
0
0
Vl
'<f
55
Dr iv ing
Steering - Always hold the steering wheel with your

hands in the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock pos i-
Adjusting the steering wheel position
tions to reduce the risk of injury if the airbag
The steering wheel position is fully adjustable up deploys.
and down and forward and back. - Never hold the steering wheel in the 12
o'clock position or with both hands on the
• )
rim or the center of the stee ring wheel.
'''
I
I
I
'
Hold ing the steer ing whee l incorrect ly sig-
I '
I
I '
I nifica nt ly increases the risk of injury to the
'I ''
I \
ha nds, a rms and hea d if t he airbag deploys.
J ':
I I
I I
I I
Starting and stopping

the engine
Starting the engine
Fig. 55 Lever on t he steering column
The ! ST AR T ENGINE STOPlbutton switches the
.,.Tilt the lever~ fig . 55 downward ~ .&. ignition on and starts the engine .
.,.Bring the steering wheel into the desired posi-
tion .
.,.Push the lever against the steering column un-
ti l it latches.
A WARNING
Incorrect use of the steering wheel adju st-
ment and an incorrect seating position can
cause se rious inj uries.
- Only adjust the steering column when t he Fig . 56 Stee rin g whee l : START ENGINE STOPbutto n
vehicle is stat ionary so that you do not lose
contro l of t he ve hicle. Starting the engine
- Adjust the driver's seat or stee ring wheel so
.,.Press t he bra ke pedal ~ .&_.
that t here is at least a 10 in (25 cm) d is-
.,. Press t he !S TAR T E NGINE ST OP I butto n
tan ce between your ch est an d t he stee ring
~ fig. 56 . The eng ine will start.
wheel. If you do not ma int ain this dis t an ce,
you will not be p roper ly protec t ed by t he air- Switching the ignition on/ off
bag system.
If you would like to switch t he ignition on with-
- If your physica l character istics preven t you
out star ti ng t he engine, follow these st eps:
from sit t ing at least 10 in (25 cm) or more
away from the steering wheel, see if yo ur .,. Press the I START E NGINE STOP I button with-
autho rized Audi dea ler or autho rized Audi out pressing the brake pedal. Vehicles witho ut
Se rvice Facility can provide adapters that the Start/Stop system*: the needle in the tach-
will help. ometer moves into the READYposit io n.
- If your face is leve l with the steering wheel, .. To switch the ign itio n off, press the button
the a irbag does not prov ide as much protec- ag ain. The needle in t he tachomete r moves into
t ion during a collision. Always make sure t he OFF posi t ion.
that the steering wheel is level with your
Eq uipme nt that uses a lot of e lect ricity is sw itch-
chest.
ed off tempora rily when you start the engine. ...
56
D r iving
If the engine should not sta rt immed iate ly, the Steering lock 1)
starting process is automatica lly stopped after a The steering locks when you turn the engine off
short time. Repeat the start ing process. using the ISTA RT ENGINE ST OPI button and
Start-Stop system open the driver's door. The locked steering helps
prevent vehicle theft.
Note the information in¢ page 59, Start-Stop
system . A WARNING
-
A WARNING
- Never turn off the engine before the vehicle
has come to a complete stop. The full func-
- To reduce the risk of poisoning, never allow tion of the brake booster and the power
the engine to run in confined spaces. steer ing is not guaranteed. You may need to
- The brake booster and power steering only use more force when brak ing or steering.
work when the engine is running . If the en- Because you cannot brake and steer as you
gine is off, you have to use more force when usually would, this could lead to accidents
steering or braking. Because you cannot and serio us injur ies.
steer and brake as you usually would, this
- Always take the key with you whenever you
could lead to crashes and serious injuries.
leave your vehicle. Otherwise, the engine
could be started or electrical equipment
such as the powe r windows could be operat-
Avoid high engine speed, full throttle, and ed. This can lead to serious injury .
heavy engine load as long as the engine has
not reached operat ing temperature yet. You (D Note
could damage the engine.
If the engine has been under heavy load for
an extended period of time, heat builds up in
@) For the sake of the environment the engine compartment after the engine is
Do not let the engine run while parked to switched off - there is a risk of damaging the
warm up. Begin driving immediately. This re- engine. Allow the engine to run at idle for a
duces unnecessary emissions . short time or drive until it has cooled down
before you turn it off Q page 63.
(!) Tips
- Some noise after starting the engine is nor- (!} Tips
mal and is no cause for concern. After the engine has been switched off, the
- If you leave the vehicle with the ignition radiator fan can cont inue to run for up to 10
switched on, the ignition will switch off af- minutes - even w ith the ignition switched off.
ter a certa in amount of t ime. Make sure that It can also switch on again after some time if
electr ical equ ipment such as the exter ior the coolant temperature rises as the result of
lights are switched off. heat buildu p or if the engine compartment is
heated by the sun's rays and the engine is hot.
Stopping the engine
Messages
~ Bring the vehicle to a fu ll stop.
~ Press t he ISTART ENGI N E STOPI button Turn off ignition before leaving vehicle. Battery
¢ page 56, fig. 56 . is discharging
This message appears and a warning tone sounds

"'
....
"' if you open t he driver's door when the ig nition is IJ-
N
"N....
0
0
Vl
'<f
1) This function is not available in all countries.
57
Dr iv ing
switche d on. Switch the ignition off so that the This message appears w hen starting or st opping
battery will not discharge . the engine if the se lecto r lever is not in the N or P
pos ition . The engine will not sta rt/stop.
Pressing start / stop button again will switch off
engine. Shift to P, otherwise vehicle can roll away.
Doors can be locked in P only
This message appears when you press the
ISTART ENGINE STOP I button whi le dr iving . This message appears for safety reasons along
with a warning tone. It appears if t he selec t or
Engine start syst em: malfunction! Please con-
lever for t he a utoma ti c tr a nsmiss ion is not in t he
tact Service
P position when switching the ign ition off with
The engine automatic start system has a mal- the ISTART ENGINE STOPI button. Shift these-
function . Drive to an author ized Audi dealer or lector lever to the P pos ition. Otherwise, t he vehi-
authorized Audi Service Facility immed iate ly to cle could roll. You also cannot lock the veh icle us-
have the malfunct ion corrected . To sta rt the ening the lock ing sensor on the door handle or us-
g ine , press and ho ld the lSTART ENGINE STOPI ing t he conven ience key.
button.
fl Remote control key: hold back of key Starting the engine when there is a
again st the designated area. See owner's man- malfunction
ual It may not be possible to start the engine under
This message appears if the re is no convenience certain circumstances, for example if the battery
key inside the vehicle or if the system does not in the vehicle key is drained, if interferen ce is af-
recognize the key. The conve nience key may not fe cted the key or if there is a system malfunc-
be recognized, for examp le, if it is cove red by an tion.
object that disrupts the signal (such as a brief-
case), o r if the key bat te ry is weak. Elect ronic d e-
vices such as cell phones can also interfere wit h
the signal.
To sti ll be able to sta rt or stop the e ng ine, refe r

t o ¢ page 58, Star ting the engine when there
is a malfunction.
Ill Remote control key: key not recognized . Is
the key still in the vehicle?
Fig . 5 7 Stee ring column/ remote control key: sta rting t he
The Ill indicator light turns on and this message engine if there is a ma lfunct ion
appears if the conve nience key was removed from
the vehicle whe n the eng ine was runn ing . If the Remote control key:
As long as the mess age t >>)
convenience key is no longer in the vehicle, you hold back of key against the designated area.
cannot switc h the ig nition on o r st art t he engine See owner's manual is displayed, you can emer -
once you st op it. In ad dit io n, you cannot lock t he gency start your vehicle.
ve hicle from the outside . .,.Press t he bra ke pedal ¢ ,& in Starting the en-
Please press brake pedal gine on page 57 .
...Press the ~
, s=T~A~R-T~E_N_G_I_N=E- S~T=o- p~, button .
This message appears if you do not press the .,.Hold the master key in the locat ion ind icate d as
brake pedal whe n starting the engine. shown in the illustration y>l)¢ fig. 57. The en-
Please select N or P gine will start.
.,.If the eng ine does not automat ically start,
press the ISTART ENGINE STOPI button aga in. ..,.
58
D r ivi ng
@ Tips (D Note
You can view the message again by pressing Always switch the Start-Stop system off when
the ISTART ENGINE ST OP ! button. driving thro ugh water r:!)page 61.
Start-Stop system Stopping/starting the engine

Applies to: vehicles with Start-Stop system
Description
Applies to: vehicles with Start-Stop system
The Start-Stop system can help increase fuel

economy and reduce CO2 em issions .
In Start/Stop mode, the engi ne shuts off a uto-

mat ically when the veh icle is stopped, such as at
a traffic light . The ign ition remai ns switched on
during this stop phase . The eng ine will rest art
automatically when needed .
Fig. 58 Ins tr um ent cluste r: engine switched off (stop
The Start-Stop sys t em is automat ica lly act ivated
phase)
as soon as the ignition is sw itched on .
Basic requirement s for Start/ Stop mode " Brake the vehicle to a stop and keep pressing
the brake pedal. The engine will switch off . The
- The d river's door must be closed. [t] indicator light appears in the d isplay .
- The d river's seat belt much be fastened . " The engine sta rts again whe n you ta ke your
- The hood must be closed. foo t off t he brake pedal. The [I] indicator ligh t
- The veh icle must have dr iven faster than 2 mph tu rns off .
(4 km/h) since the last time it stopped .
The eng ine will turn off in the P, D, N and S selec-
A WARNING tor leve r positions as well as in manua l mode. In
the P sele ctor leve r pos ition, the engine w ill also
- Never t urn off the engine before the veh icle
remain off if you take your foot off the brake ped -
has come to a complete stop. The f ull func-
al. The engine starts again when you press the
t io n of the brake booster and the power
acce le rator peda l or engage another se lector lev-
stee ring is not guaranteed. You must use
er posit ion and take your foot off the brake ped-
more force to turn or brake . Because you
al.
cannot steer and b rake as you us ually
would, th is could lead to accident s and ser i- If you se lect the R position du ring a Stop phase,
ous injuries . the engin e will start aga in.
- Always ta ke the vehicle key with you when
Shift from D to P quickly to preven t t he eng ine
leaving t he vehicle, even fo r a sh ort period
from startin g un intent iona lly w hen s hift ing
of time. This applies particularly when ch il-
th rough R.
dren rema in in the vehicle. Ot herwise t he
children could start the engine or operate
electrical eq uipment suc h as power win-
@ Tips
dows . - You can de t ermine for your s elf if the eng ine
will stop or not by reduc ing o r increasi ng
- To reduce the risk of injuries, make s ure t hat
the amount of force you use to press the
the Start-Stop system is turned off when
CD brake pedal. For example, if you on ly lightly
....
CD
working in the eng ine compartment
N press on t he brake pedal in stop -and-go
"......
N
c::>page 61.
0
traffic or when turning, the engine will not
0
"'
'SI"
switch off whe n the vehicle is stat ionary. As IJ,,
59
Dr iv ing
soon as you press the brake dow n harder, Engine automatically restarts
the engine will switch off .
The standard Sta rt/Stop mode will be canceled
- The ign ition will turn off if you press the dur ing a st op phase in the following situ atio ns .
ISTAR T ENGINE STOP ! button dur ing a stop The eng ine restarts witho ut any action by the
phase. drive r.
- When yo u stop and the st art -stop -syst em
turns the engine off, the ignition remains - The vehicle rolls, fo r example while on a slope .
on . Make sure the ignition is switched off - The inte rior t empe rature d iffers from the tem-
before you leave the vehicle or else the bat- pera tu re selecte d in t he A/C syst em.
tery could dra in. - The windsh ie ld is defrosting®.
- The brake pedal is pressed several times in a
row.
General information
- The battery cha rge level becomes too low.
The standard Start/Stop mode can be canceled - Powe r consumption is hig h.
for different sys tem-related reasons.
Ignition is switched off automatically
To prevent t he battery from draining, t he ignition
will switc h off automatically under the fo llow ing
cond it ions:
- The vehicle must have already been dr iven.

- The Start -Stop system has stoppe d t he engi ne.
- The d river's doo r must be ope n.
- The driver's safety belt m ust be unbuckled .
- The brake pedal must not be pressed.
Fig. 59 I ns t rum ent cluste r: engine st op temporari ly un- - The vehicle must be stationa ry.
ava ila ble
In t his case, t he swit ched on low be a m light is re-
Engine does not switch off placed by the park ing light and the message Side
marker lights will switch off automatically in
Before eac h stop phase, the system checks if cer-
30 minutes. See owner's manual appears in the
tain conditions have been met. For example, the
Infotainment system d isplay. The s ide mar ke r
engine will not switch off in the following sit ua-
lights w ill switch off afte r approxim ate ly 30 m i-
tions.
nutes or when you loc k the vehicle.
- The eng ine has not reached the mi nimum re-
If the Start -Stop system has not t urned the en-
quired temperature for Start/Stop mode .
gine off or if you have switched the Start-Stop
- The interio r temperatu re selected by the A/C
system off manually, the ign ition w ill not switch
system has not been reached .
off a utomat ically and t he engine will conti nue to
- The outs ide temperatu re is ext reme ly high/ low .
run ~ &..
- The windshield is defros t ing®.
- The pa rking system* is swi t ched on.
- The battery charge leve l is too low.
A WARNING
-
To reduc e t he risk of poiso ning, never a llow
- The steer ing wheel is turned at a sharp a ngle or
the eng ine to run in co nfined sp aces .
is mov ing.
- After engaging the reverse gear .
- On sharp inclines.
(0 Tips
On vehicles wit h an automatic t ransm ission, if
fjj a lso a ppea rs in the Infota inment syst em dis- you sh ift into t he D, N or S pos it ions after
p lay as a notification . sh ift ing int o reverse , th e vehi cle must be ..,.
60
Driving
driven faster than 10 km/h in order for the Electromechanical

engine to switch off again.
parking brake
Manually switching the Start-Stop system Operating
off/on The electromechanical parking brake replaces
Applies to: vehicles with Sta rt-Sto p system
the hand brake.
If you do not wish to use the system, you can
switch it off manually .
Fig. 61 Center console : parking brake
Fig. 60 Cente r console : Start-Stop system button • Pull the sw itch ~ fig. 61 to set the parking
brake. The - (USA models)/ . (Canada
• To switch the Start-Stop system off/on manua l· models) ind icator lights turn on in the button
.. I button. The LEDin the button
ly, press the l(A) and in the Infotainment system d isplay.
turns on when the system is switched off . .,.To re lea se the parking brake, press the brake or
I.
accelerator pedal while the ign ition is switched
(D Tips on and press t he button at the same t ime. The
If you switch the system off during a stop - (USA models) (Canada models) indi·
cater lights turn on in the button and in the dis ·
phase, the engi ne will start again automati·
play.
cally .
Your vehicle is equ ipp ed with an electromechan i-
Messages in the instrument cluster display cal parking brake. The parking brake is designed
to prevent the vehicle from rolling unintentional-
Start-stop system : deactivated. Please
ly and replaces the hand brake.
restart engine manually
This message appears when specific conditions In addition to the normal functions of a tradi-
are not met during a stop phase . The Start-Stop t iona l hand bra ke, the electromechanical parking
system will not be able to restart the engine. The brake provides various convenience and safety
engine must be started with the functions.
!START ENGINE S TOP! button .
When starting from rest
Automatic start/stop system: malfunction! - The int egra l hill start assist helps you when
Function unavailable. Please contact Service driving by automati cally releas ing the parking
There is a malfunction in the Start -Stop system . brake ~ page 62, Starting from a stop.
Drive the vehicle to an author ized Audi dealer or - When starting on inclines, the hill start assist
author ized Service Facility as soon as possible to prevents the vehicle from unintentionally roll·
have the malfunction corrected. ing back . The braking force of the parking brake
CD
....
CD is not re leased until sufficient driving force has
N
been built up at the wheels. .,.
"....
N
0
0
"'
'SI"
61
Dr iv ing
Emergency brake function - Occasional noises when the pa rking brake is

An emergency braking function ensures that the applied and released are normal and are not
veh icle can be slowed down even if the normal a cause for concern .
brakes fail ¢ page 63, Emergency braking - When the vehicle is parked, the parking
function . brake goes through a self-test cycle at regu-
lar intervals. Any noises associated with this
Ind icator light s are normal.
- If the parking brake is set whe n the ign ition is - If the - (USA models) / . (Cana-
switched on, the . indicator lights in the d is- da models) indicator lights or Ill indicator
play and in the button turn on. light turn on, there could be a malfunct ion
- If the parking brake is set when the ignition is in the parking brake c>poge 11.
switched off, the . indicator lights in the dis- - If there is a power failure, the parking brake
play and in the button turn on for approximate - will not set if it is released, and it will not
ly 20 seconds . release if it is set c>& . See an authorized
Audi dealer or author ized Audi Se rvice Fa-
A WARNING cility for assistance .
- Do not press the accelerator pedal inadver-
tent ly if the vehicle is stationary but the en- · Parking
gine is runn ing and a gear is selected. Oth-
.,. Press t he bra ke pedal to stop the veh icle.
erwise the veh icle will start to move imme-
.,. Pull the switch ~ to set t he parking brake .
diately and could result in a crash .
.,.Select the P selector lever position .
- If the power supply fa ils, the released park-
.,.Turn the engine off ¢ _A.
ing brake can no longer engage. In th is
.,.Turn the steering wheel when parking on in-
case,park the vehicle on level ground and clines so that the wheels will roll into the curb
sec ure it by placing the selector lever in the
if the vehicle starts moving.
P position. See an author ized Audi dealer or
authorized Audi Service Facility for assis-
tance.
A WARNING
-
- If the power supply fa ils, you cannot set the When the vehicle is locked, no one - particu-
parking brake if it is released . In this case, larly not ch ildren should remain in the veh i-
park the vehicle on level ground and secure cle. Locked doo rs make it more d ifficult for
it by placing the selector lever in the P posi- emergency workers to get into the vehicle,
t ion. See an authorized Audi dea ler or au- which puts lives at ris k.
thorized Aud i Serv ice Facility for ass istance.
Starting from a stop
@ Tips
The start assist function ensures that the park-
- If the parking brake is set while the ignition
is switched off, the c~a indicator light in the
ing broke is released automatically upon start-
ing.
button and in the instrument cluster d is-
play - (USA models)/ . (Canada mod- Stopping and applying parking brake
els) will turn off after a certain amount of .,. Pull the sw itch~ to set the parking brake.
time.
- If dr iver's door is opened while the ign ition Starting and automatic ally releasing th e
is sw itched on, the parking brake sets auto- parking brake
matically. This prevents unintended rolling Requirement: the driver's door must be closed
of the vehicle. and the driver's safety belt must be fastened .
62
D r iving
~ When you press the accelerator pedal, the

parking brake is automatically released and
A WARNING
your vehicle begins to move. Emergency braking should on ly be used in an
emergency, when the normal brake pedal has
When stopping at a traffic signa l or stopping in failed or the brake pedal is obstructed . During
city traffic, the parking brake can be applied . The emergency braking, your veh icle wi ll brake
vehicle does not have to be he ld with the brake similar to heavy braking. ESC and the associ-
pedal. The parking brake eliminates the tendency ated components (ABS, ASR, EDL) cannot
to creep when a selector lever pos ition is engag- overcome the laws of physics. In corners and
ed. As soon as you press the accelerator pedal, when road or weather conditions are bad, a
the park ing brake releases automatically and the full brake application can cause the vehicle to
vehicle starts to move . skid or the rear end to break away, which in-
creases the risk of an accident.
Starting on slopes
When start ing on inclines, the hill start ass ist
Sport driving mode
prevents the vehicle from unintentionally rolling
back . The braking force of the parking brake is Warming up/cooling down
not released until suffic ient driving force has
been bu ilt up at the wheels. By warm ing up/cooling down t he engine careful-
ly, you can he lp reduce unnecessary strain on
(D Tips your vehicle when driving in a sporty style .
For safety reasons, the parking brake is re- When wa rm ing up the eng ine, bring the engine
leased automatically only when the dr iver's oil up to a minimum temperature of 140 °F
safety belt is fastened and the dr iver's door is (60 °C) without exceeding an engine speed of
loc ked. 6,000 RPM. The tires also only reach their f ull
road holding capability once they have warmed
Emergency braking function up.
Your vehicle also has an after-run cooling fea-

In the event that the conventional brake system
ture. However, cooling down is sti ll important .
fails or locks.
The engine and the brakes as well as the exhaust
~ To brake your vehicle in an emergency, pull the system and the transmission become very hot
~ sw itch and hold it pulled . when driving in a sporty style. Before you shut
~ As soon as you release the button or acce lerate, the vehicle off, you should cool down the vehicle
the braking stops. by driving a few miles at low speeds with light ac-
celeration .
Pulling and holding the switch wh ile dr iving at a
speed of about 2 mph (3 km/h) or higher ini-
Operating on driving tracks
tiates the emergency braking function . The vehi-
cle is braked at all fo ur whee ls by activating the Make sur e yo ur vehicle is fu nctioning correct ly
hydraulic brake system . The brake performance is before using your veh icle on a d riving t rack . You
sim ilar to heavy braking. ~ & sho uld check, fo r example, the tire tr ead
~ page 244 and the brake pads. The tire pres-
In order not to activate the emergency brak ing by
mistake, an audible warn ing tone (buzze r) sure shou ld be checked when the tires have been
sounds when the sw itch is pulled. As soon as the warmed up. If necessary, release some air care-
switch is released, or the accelerato r pedal is de- fully to compensate for the higher pressure. Ill-
"'
....
"' pressed, emergency braking stops.
N
"N....
0
0
Vl
'<f
63
Dr iv ing
Driving on a track places greater st ress on a ll ve- If desired, the d river can also selec t the gears
hicle components, especially the engine, trans- manually (tiptronic mode) q page 67.
miss ion, clutch, tires, brake system and suspen -
sion . This can result in increased wear . The oil Selecting selector lever positions
consumption may also be h igher compared to
stand a rd operation Q page 22 7.
You shou ld always check your vehicle carefully af -

ter it is under high stress. Are the brake pads OK?
Do the tires display any unusual characteristics
e ither on the inner or outer sides (such as tread
wear or bubb le formations)? Are the air intake
open ings free of leaves and debris? Is the oil lev-
e l OK.?
Your author ized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Fig. 62 Selector lever
Serv ice Facility will gladly perform an inspect io n
befo re and after operat ing the veh icle on a driv- The curren t se lector lever posi t ion is shown next
ing track. to the se lect or lever I:!) fig. 62 . The curren t se lec-
tor lever position is a lso shown in the instr ument
,&. WARNING cluster disp lay.
Some driv ing tr acks (su ch as ones wit h stee p .,.You may need t o release the sele ct or leve r lock
curves) can influence the ESC perfo rmance, depending on wh ich selector leve r pos ition is
w hich increases the risk of an accident. selected and which one you wou ld like to se-
lect .
@ Tips .,.To do this, press the locking button (!) on the
- Review the tr ack requirements and condi- selector lever q fig. 62.
tions before you start d riving. .,.To engage the nearest selector lever posit ion ,
- In certain weathe r condit io ns, wate r can move the selector lever forward/back until you
evapor ate on t he radia t o r a nd exit t he sid e- fee l the first pressure po int . The se lecto r lever
blades as steam after st opping t he engi ne. w ill return to its orig inal position .
.,.To skip over o ne se lecto r leve r posit io n, move
the se lector lever past the pressure poi nt int o
Automatic transmission
t he desired position . The selector lever will re-
Introduction turn to its origina l posit ion .
Your veh icle is equipped with an electronically- For exa mple, you can skip over the N position if
con t rolled DSG t ransmiss ion called S tr onic. Two you wou ld like to go d irect ly from D into R.
independent clutches tra nsfer t he power be-
tween the engine and t ransm iss io n. It allows the
Selector lever lock
vehicle t o acceler ate w it hout a noticeab le inter - The selector leve r lock prevents you from select-
ruption in traction . ing a pos ition unintentionally , causi ng the vehicle
to roll. When engaging some selec t or lever pos i-
The transm ission shifts up or down a utomat ically
tions, you must press the locking but ton (D on
depending on wh ich d rive prog ram is selected.
the selector lever and/or press the brake peda l
When a moderate driving style is used, the Q fig. 62 .
transmission selects the most eco nomical d riving
You m ust press t he brake peda l t o engage a se-
mode . The t ransm iss ion upshifts at a lower RPM
lector lever position whe n t he engine is runn ing
a nd downshifts at a highe r RPM to imp rove fuel
and t he vehicle is stationary. ..,
effi ciency.
64
Driving
You do not have to press the brake pedal if you You cannot select the N position when the igni-
shift from D to R within one second. This allows tion is switched off. When driving through an au-
you to "rock" the vehicle to free it when it is tomatic car wash, first select the N position and
stuck. then turn the engine off.
P - Park For safety reasons, the vehicle cannot be locked

when the transmission is in the N position.
The wheels are locked in this position. Only shift
into park when the vehicle is stationary c::> .&..To DIS - Driving forward
select the P selector lever position, press the P
When the transmission is in the D/S position, it
button @ on the selector lever c::> fig . 62. Pap-
can be operated either in the normal D mode or
pears next to the selector lever.
in the S sport mode. Move the selector lever back
You can only shift out of park when the engine is to engage the S sport mode. You can only select
running and you are pressing the brake pedal. To the S selector lever position when Dis engaged.
release the parking lock, press the brake pedal, To select the D selector lever position again when
press the locking button CDon the selector lever Sis engaged, move the selector lever back c:>A .
and select the desired selector lever position To shift from N to D when traveling at speeds be-
¢ fig. 62. low 1 mph (2 km/h), press the brake pedal and
&,.
shift into the D position c::>
P engages automatically when you switch the en-
gine off while D, Sor R is engaged or in manual In the normal mode D, the transmission auto-
mode. matically selects the suitable gear ratio . It de-
pends on engine load, vehicle speed and driving
If you switch the engine off when the N position
style .
is selected, the transmission remains in N for ap-
proximately 20 minutes and then Pis engaged. Select the sport mode S for sporty driving. The
vehicle makes full use of the engine's power.
You must use the parking lock emergency release
Shifting is may become noticeable when acceler -
page 69.
before towing the vehicle <=:>
ating .
R - Reverse
The S selector lever position engages automati-
The reverse gear is engaged in this position. Only cally when you select the dynamic mode in drive
select reverse when the vehicle is stationary and select .
.&..To en-
the engine is running at idle speed c::>
Additional driving programs are available when
gage the R selector lever position, press the
you select the performance mode* c:>page 74.
brake pedal, press the locking button CDon the
selector lever and select the R position c:>fig . 62.
A WARNING
-
A confirmation tone will sound when the reverse - The vehicle can roll even if the ignition is
gear is engaged. switched off.
N - Neutral (idle) - Power is still transmitted to the wheels
when the engine is running at idle. To pre-
The transmission is in idle in this position. To en- vent the vehicle from "creeping", you must
gage the N selector lever position , press the lock- keep your foot on the brake in all selector
ing button CD on the selector lever and select the lever positions (except P and N) when the
fig. 62 or pull both shift paddles at
N position c::> engine is running.
the same time c::> page 67, fig. 64. - Before opening the engine compartment
If you switch the engine off when the N position lid, select the P selector lever position and
"'
....
"' set the parking brake. This reduces the risk
N is selected, the transmission remains in N for ap-
"N.... proximately 20 minutes and then Pis engaged. of an accident. Always read and follow the
0
0
Vl
'<f
65
Driving
applicable warnings ¢ page 223, Working .. To select the P selector lever position, press the
in the engine compartment. P button @ on the selector lever ¢ page 64,
fig. 62.
@ Tips
Under certain conditions, such as driving in the
If you accidentally select N while driving, take mountains, it may be helpful to switch to manual
your foot off the accelerator pedal and wait mode temporarily to adapt to the driving condi-
for the engine to slow down to idle before se- tions manually c>page 67.
lecting Dor S.
On hills, activate the parking brake first and then
shift into the P position c>page 62. This prevents
Driving tips
too much stress from being placed on the locking
Starting the engine mechanism .
.. The P or N position must be selected. A WARNING

-
Starting from a stop - Do not press the accelerator pedal when

changing the selector lever position while
.,.Press and hold the brake pedal.
the vehicle is stationary and the engine is
.. Start the engine ¢ page 56.
running. This could result in a crash .
.. Press the locking button @ on the selector lev-
er and select the D/S or R position c>page 64. - To reduce the risk of an accident, never se-
.. Wait a moment until the transmission shifts. lect the R or P positions while driving .
You will notice a slight movement when the - Do not inadvertently press the accelerator
gear engages . pedal when the vehicle is stationary . Other-
.,.Release the brake pedal and press the accelera- wise the vehicle will start to move immedi-
tor pedal ¢ ,&. . ately, even if the parking brake is set. This
could result in a crash .
Stopping temporarily
.. Press the brake pedal to stop the vehicle, for (D Tips
example at a traffic light . Do not press the ac- For safety reasons, the parking brake only re-
celerator pedal when doing this . leases automatically when the driver's door is
.,.To prevent the vehicle from rolling when you closed .
start driving, set the parking brake when stop-
ping on steep inclines c>,& . Launch Control-Program
.,.The parking brake will release automatically
and the vehicle will start moving once you press The Launch Control Program enables maximum
the accelerator pedal. acceleration .
Stopping/parking Requirement: the engine and transmission must

be at operating temperature and the steering
If the selector lever is not in the P position when
wheel must not be turned. The performance
you open the driver 's door, the vehicle could roll.
mode* must be selected or dynamic mode must
.. Press and hold the brake pedal c>,& . be selected in Audi drive select .
.,.Set the parking brake .
.. With the engine running, press the IJ>OFFI but -
ton briefly one time l ). .,.
1> The ESC light turn s on continuous ly and the m essage Sta-
bilization control (ESC): sport. Warning! Reduced stabil-
ity appe ars tem porarily in th e Infotainment sys tem to in-
dicat e that th e syst e m was dea ctivate d .
66
D r ivi ng
"' Press the brake pedal firmly with you r left foot Manual shifting (tiptronic mode )
and hold it all the way down for at least 1 sec-
The tiptronic allows the driver to shi~ the gears
ond.
manually.
"' Press the accelerator pedal down completely at
the same t ime unti l the engine reaches a high
RPM that remains constant and the following
message appears: Launch control program: ac-
tivated.
"' Remove your left foot from t he brake.
& WARNING
- Always adapt yo ur driv ing to the tra ffic flow.
- Only use Launch Control when road and traf-
fic cond itions allow it and other dr ivers w ill Fig. 63 Center console: manual s hifting with the selecto r
not be endangered or impacted by you r d riv- lever
ing and the vehicle's acceleration.

- Please note t hat the drive whee ls can sp in
and the vehicle can break away when ESC
sport mode is sw itched on, especially when
the road is slippery.
- Once the vehicle has started moving, press
the 11'OFF ! button briefly to t urn the ESC
sport mode off again.
(D Tips Fig. 64 Stee ring whee l: shifting manually
- The transmiss ion temperature may increase

significantly after using the launc h control Shift ing with the sele ctor lever
program. If that happens , the program may You can shift into tiptronic mode wh ile stat iona ry
not be available for a few m inutes . It will be and wh ile driving.
available again after a cool-down period.
"' To shift into tiptronic mode, push the selector
- When accelerating using the launch control
lever from the D/S position to the right. As
program, all vehicle parts are subject to
soon as the transm ission switches over, the M
heavy loads. This can lead to increased
transmission setting will appear in the Info-
wear.
tainment system display.
"' To shift up one gea r, tap the selector lever fo r-
ward 0 ¢ fig. 63.
"' To shift down a gear, tap the selecto r lever back
0-
.. To switch tipt ronic mode off, pus h the selector
lever back into the D/S pos it ion .
Starting to drive using the shift paddles

You can oper ate t he sh ift paddles in the P o r N
sele ctor lever positions.
CD
....
CD
N "' Press a nd hold the brake pedal.
"....
N
"' Start the eng ine t::>page 56 .
0
0
"'
'SI"
67
Dr iv ing
"'T o engage a gear, tap the 0 shift padd le 'Transmission malfunction

¢ fig. 64 .
"' Release the brake pedal and press the accelera- • Tran smission: malfunction! Plea se stop ve-
tor pedal ¢ &. in Driving tips on page 66. hicle and shift to P
"' To engage the N position, tap both shift pad- Do not cont inue dr iving . Select t he P selector lev-
dles at the same time . er positi on and cont act an authorized Audi dealer
or aut hori zed Audi Service Facility fo r assistance.
Shifting with the shift paddles
You can operate the shift padd les in the D/S or M IDSelector lever: malfunction! You may contin-
selector lever posit ions. ue driving. Please contact Service
"'T o shift up one gear, tap the 0 shift padd le There is a system malfunction in the selector lev-
¢ fig. 64. er. Drive to an author ized Audi dealer or author-
"' To engage the highest gear, hold the 0 shift ized Audi Service Facility immed iately to have the
paddle. malfunction correct ed.
"' To shift down one gear, tap the 0 shift paddle. IDP button: malfunction! Auto P when engine
"' To engage the lowest gear, hold the 0 shift off . Please contact Service
paddle.
There is a ma lfunction in the P button on these-
The transm ission automatically shifts up or down lector lever . The transmission automatically en-
befo re critical engine speed is reached. gages in P when you switch off the engine. Drive
to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi
The transmission only all ows manual shifting
Service Facility immed iate ly to have the ma lfunc -
when the engine speed is within the permitted
t ion corrected .
range.
Transmiss ion: Press brake pedal and select gear
Kick-down again.
Kick-down enables maximum acceleration . Press the brake pedal and select the desired se-
lector lever position again . You can then continue
Whe n you press the accelerat or pedal dow n be- driv ing.
yond t he resist ance poin t, the automa t ic trans -
mission shifts down into a lowe r gear and the en-
IDTran smission: too hot. Please adapt driving
style
gine utilizes its f ull power, depend ing on veh icle
speed and engine RPM. It shifts up into the next The tr ansmi ssion temperature has increased sig-
higher gear once the maximum specified engine nificantly du e to t he sporty driving manner. Drive
RPM is reached . in a less sporty manner unti l the temperatu re re-
turns to the norma l range and the indicator light
A WARNING
-
switches of.
Please note t hat the wheels could spin on [O] Transmission: malfunction! You can contin-
slic k or slippery roads when kick-down is ac- ue driving. See owne r's manual
t ive.
There is a system malfunction in the t ransmis-
(0 Tips sion. You may cont inue dr iving. Drive to you r au-
thorized Aud i dealer or authori zed Audi Service
Kick-down is only available in manua l mode
Facility soon to have the malfunctio n corrected .
when the "comfort" or "au t o" driv ing pro-
gram is selected . Likewise, an upshift occurs IDTran smission: malfunction! You may contin -
in manual mode before reaching th e maxi- ue driving in D until engin e off
m um engine speed only in th e " comf ort" or There is a system malfunction in the t ransmis-
"auto" drivi ng progr ams. sion. The transm ission is switch ing to emergency .,.
68
Driving
mode. If you turn the engine off, you will not be The re is a malfunction in the tiptronic mode. End
ab le to select any other selector lever positions tiptronic mode by pushing the selector lever to
after start ing the eng ine again . Drive to an au- the left into the D/S pos ition .
thorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service
Facility immediately to have the malfunction cor- Parking lock emergency release
rected.
The parking lock must be released using the
mlTransmission: malfunction! You may contin- emergency release before towing the vehicle.
ue driving (limited functionality). Please con-
tact Service
There is a system malfunction in the transmis-

sion. The transmission is sw itching to emergency
mode. This mode only shifts into certa in gears or
will no longer shift at all. The engine may stall.
Drive to an aut horized Aud i dea le r or authorized
Audi Serv ice Facility immediately to have t he
malfunction corrected.
[oJ;j Transmission: malfunction! You may con- Fig. 65 Center console: park ing lock emergency release
tinue driving. No reverse gear cover
There is a system malfunction in the transmis-

sion. The transmission is sw itching to emergency
mode. This mode only shifts into certain gears or
will no longer shift at all. The engi ne may stall.
You cannot engage t he reverse gear. Drive to an
authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Se rvice
Fac ility immediately to have the malfunction cor-
..
rected.
There is a system malfunct ion in the transmis-

Fig. 66 Center armrest: parking lock emergency release
sion . The transmission is sw itching to emergency
mode. This mode only shifts int o certa in gea rs or The eme rgency release is located in the center
will no longer shift at all. You cannot e ngag e the
armrest. Remove the screwdriver and the red
reverse gea r. Drive to an authorized Audi dealer tool from the vehicle tool kit.
or authorized Audi Service Facility immediate ly to
have the ma lfunction corrected . Releasing the parking lock using the
emergency release
mlDanger of rolling away! P not possible.
Please apply parking brake .,.To prevent the vehicle from rolling un intention-
ally, set the parking brake(®)¢ page 61 or
- The parking lock was released using the emer- press the brake pedal.
gency release ¢ page 69 . Or .,. Press the re lease buttons<=>page 48, fig. 51 CD
- The parking lock can no longer be engaged . and fold the cover up.
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or author- .,. Remove the floor cover .
ized Audi Service Facility imm ed iat ely to have .,. Remove the slotted screw using the screwdriv-
the malfunction cor rected . er.
CD mlMove selector lever to automatic position .,. Press t he re leas e tab ¢ fig . 65 and remove the
....
CD
N
plastic cover .
"......
N .,.Take the tool (vehicle tool kit) and fo ld up the
0
0 handle at a 90° angle. ..,.
"'
'SI"
69
Dr iv ing
"' Set the tool on the plastic base and guide it in-
to the emergency release mechanism ¢ fig. 66.
"'Tilt the handle in the direction of the arrow to-
ward the rear.
"' Leave the tool inserted.
Resetting th e parking lock
"'Tilt the too l forward .

"' Remove the tool.
"' Reinstall the cover and the floor cover.
When the parking lock eme rgency release is

used, the [ii indicator light and the N selector
lever position turn on in the instrument cluster.
The message Danger of rolling away! P not pos-
sible. Please apply parking brake also appears.
A WARNING
-
- Only activate the emergency release while
on a level surface or a slight slope.
- If you release the parking lock using the
eme rgency release, secure your vehicle with
the parking brake or the brake pedal if the
par king brake is not working. The vehicle
can roll away if it is not secured and cause a
crash.
Trailer towing
General information
Your Audi RB is not designed to tow o trailer.
Towing a t railer wit h your Audi n Roadste r is not

recommended and can cause damage to t he car.
Damaged caused by towing a traile r is not cov-
ered by your Audi Warranty.
70
A ss ist
Assist Cruise control system

Speed warning system Switching on
App lies to: vehicles with speed warning syste m Applies to: vehicles wit h cruise control system
The speed warning system helps you to stay be- The cruise control system makes it possible to
low a specified maximum speed that can be set, drive at a constant speed starting at 15 mph
changed or deleted in the Infotainment system. (20 km/h) .
The speed warning system warns you if you are

exceeding the maximum speed that you have set. 0
You will hear a warning tone as soon as your
speed slightyl exceeds the stored speed. The [OJ
(USA models) I [Ol(Canada models) indicator f
~
light and a message appear in the instrument
cluster display at the same time. The (Gl(USA
models)/ (Ol(Canada models) indicator light and
the message turn off when the vehicle speed 0
drops below the stored maximum speed . Fig. 6 7 Operat ing lever: cruise control system
Sett ing a threshold is recommended if you would

• To switch on the system, pull the lever into po-
like to be reminded when you reach a certa in
sition (!) ¢ fig. 67 .
maximum speed. Situations where you may want
• Drive at the speed to be controlled.
to do so include driving in a country with a gener -
• To store the speed, press the button @ .
al speed limit or if there is a specified maximum
speed for winter tires. The stored speed and the cil;OM, (USA models) /
Setting the threshold

l'I (Canada models) indicator light are d isp layed
in the instrument cluster.
• Se lect in the Info t ainment syst em: !MENUI but-
The speed is kept constant by modifying engine
ton > Vehicle > left contro l bu tto n > Driver as-
power or through an active brake intervention.
sistan ce > Speed war ning > Manual.
_8
(D Tips - WARNING
- Always pay attention to the traffic around
-
Regard less of the speed warning system, you
you when the cruise control is in ope ration.
should a lways monito r your speed using the
You are always respons ible for your speed
speedometer and make sure you are following
and the distance between your veh icle and
the legal speed limit.
other ve hicles .
- For reasons of safety, cruise control should
not be used in the city, in stop-and-go traf-
fic, on wind ing roads and whe n road cond i-
tions a re poo r (s uch as ice, fog, gravel,
heavy rain and hydroplaning) - you cou ld
have a n accident.
- Switch the cr uise con t rol off tempora rily
when dr iving in tu rning lanes, highway exits
or in const ruct ion zones.
CD
....
CD - Please not e t hat un cons ciously "rest ing"
N
your foo t on the accelerato r ped al prevents
"......
N
0 the cruise control from braking . This is due
0
"'
'SI'
71
A ss is t
to the control system being overridden by .. Pull the lever into posit ion (D c>page 71,
t he driver 's acceleration. fig. 67 .
- If a brake system ma lfunction such as over- .. To increase or decrease the speed, tap the lever
heating occurs when the cruise control sys- in the 0 10 direction.
tem is switched on, t he braking function in
This function makes it possible, for example, to
th e system may be sw itched off. The rest of
save the speed you want before driving on the
the cruise control system functions remain
highway. Once on the expressway, act ivate the
active as long as the @jllJ~i4
(USA models) /
cruise control by pulling the lever into posit ion
.. (Canada models) indicator light is on.
(D.
(D Tips
Switching off
The brake lights illum inate as soon as the Applies to: vehicles wit h cruise cont rol system
brakes apply automatically.
Temporary deactivation
Changing speed .. Step on the brake pedal, or

Appl ies to: vehicles with crui se control system .. Press t he lever in direction @ (not locked into
place) c>page 71, fig. 67 .
.,.To increase/decrease the speed in increments,
tap the lever briefly upward/downward toward Switching off completely
the G)!O to the first level c>page 71, fig. 67
.. Press the lever into position @ (clicked into
.,.To increase/decrease the speed increments, tap
place), or
the leve r briefly upward/downward toward the
.. sw itch the ignition off.
0 10 to the second level c>page 71, fig. 67
.. To increase or decrease the speed quickly, hold The speed you saved will be retained if the cruise
the lever in the 0 /0direct ion until the de- contro l has been switched off temporarily . To re-
s ired speed is reached. sume t he stored speed, release the brake or
clutch pedal and pull the lever to position (D.
Overriding the speed Switc hing the ignit ion off w ill erase the stored
Applies to: vehicles with cruise contro l system
speed .
You can press the accelerator pedal down to in-
crease your speed, for example if you wa nt to A WARNING
pass someone. The spee d you saved ear lie r will You sho uld only resume the saved speed if it
res ume as soon as you let off of t he accelerator is not too high fo r existing t raff ic conditions.
pedal. Othe rw ise you risk an accident .
However, if you are exceeding the stored speed

by a cons iderab le a m ount for a long time, the Audi drive select (drive
cru ise con tr ol system w ill t emporar ily switch off. settings)
The @jll)~14(USA models) ;B (Canada models) in-
d icator light in the instrument clust er t urns off Introduction
'
and the stored speed is maintained . Drive select makes it possib le to exper ience dif-
ferent types of ve hicle se t t ings in one veh icle .
Preselecting the speed The dr iver can select from three modes, Comfort,
Appl ies to: vehicles with cruise cont rol system Auto and Dynamic, using t he r.1:., button in the
You can pre-select your desired speed while the cente r console or by usi ng the Infotainment sys-
vehicle is not moving. tem. This allows you to switc h between a spo rt y
and a comfor t able driving mode, for example. In
.,.Switch on t he igni t ion. the Individual mode, the settings can be ..,.
72
A ss ist
adjusted to your personal preferences. This The following applies to veh icles with dynamic
makes it possible to combine settings such as a steering*: the steering ratio changes based on
sporty eng ine tun ing with light steer ing. vehicle speed in order to maintain opt imum
stee ring effort for the driver at a ll t imes. This
Drive se lect makes it possible to experience dif-
sets the steering to be less sensitive at higher
ferent types of vehicle settings in one vehicle.
speeds in order to provide improved vehicle con-
The driver can select from four modes: Comfort,
trol. At reduced speeds, steer ing is more d irect in
Auto and Dynamic and Individual us ing the
order to keep the steeri ng effort as m inima l as
r.rl~button on the steer ing whee l or through the
poss ible when t he drive r is maneuver ing t he vehi -
Infotainment system to switch between a sporty
cle. Dynamic steer ing* a lso provide s more re-
and a comfortable driving mode, for example. In
sponsive steering performan ce at low and aver-
the Individual mode, the settings can be adjust-
age speeds.
ed to your personal preferences. This makes it
possible to combi ne set t ings s uch as a sporty en- Engine sound*
g ine set t ing wit h smoo t h stee ring.
The eng ine sound is adapted to the applied mode
A WARNING
and can be subtle to sporty .
Using Audi drive select incorrectly can lead to (0 Tips

collisions, othe r accidents and serio us inju-
In some models, t he maximum vehicle speed
ries .
can only be reached in the auto and dynamic
modes.
Description
The vehicle setup in each mode depends on the Selecting the driving mode
vehicle's feat ures. However, the engine and You can choose between comfort, auto, dynamic
steering are always affected. and individual.
Engine and automatic transmiss ion
Depending on the mode, the engine and auto -
mat ic transmission respond more q uickly or in a
more balanced manner to accelerator pedal
movements.
Adaptive dampers (Audi magnetic ride)*

The adaptive dam pers use sensors to record in-
formation rega rding steering movements, brak -
ing and acce lerat io n operations by the dr iver, Fig. 6 8 Steer ing wheel: drive se lect button a nd perform -
road surface, driving speed, and load. With dr ive ance mode"
select, you can adjust the adaptive dampers to
sporty (dynamic), comfortable (comfort) or ba l-
a nced (auto).
Steer ing
The power steering adapts. Ind irect steering that
moves easi ly as in comfort mode is especially
CD
suited to long drives on a highway. The dynamic
....
CD
N
mode provides sporty, direct steering .
"......
N
Fig. 69 Infotai nm ent: drive select
0
0
"'
'SI'
73
A ss ist
"' Press the button ~ fig. 68 (D or SI MS · Driving forward

"' Se lect in the Infotainment system : IMENU I but-
When the transm ission is in the 5/MS position, it
ton > Vehicle > left contro l button >Audi drive can be operated either in the 5 sport mode or in
select.
the MS man ual mode. To engage the MS manual
"' Select the des ired sett ing by mov ing the cursor mode, move the se lector lever into the tiptronic
(red frame) . gate or use the sh ift paddles. You can on ly select
You can change the driving mode when the vehi- the MS selector lever pos ition when 5 is engaged.
cle is stat ionary or wh ile driving. If traffic per- To engage 5 from the MS selector lever posit ion,
mits, after changing modes, briefly take your move the selector lever out of the tiptron ic gate
foot off the accelerator pedal so that the recently to 0/5 or tap it once toward the rear ¢ .&. in Se-
selected mode is also activated for the eng ine . lecting selector lever positions on page 65. To
shift from N to 5 when traveling at speeds be low
Comfort - results in a comfort-oriented veh icle 2 mph (2 km/h), press the brake pedal and shift
calibrat ion into the 5 posit ion ¢ .&. in Selecting selector lever
Auto - provides an overall comfortable yet dy- positions on page 65 .
namic driving feel and is suited for everyday use.
M Performance - Driving forward
Dynamic - gives the d river a sporty driving feel The t ra nsmission can be operated in the MS
and is suited to a sporty driving sty le . mode when the selector leve r is in t he M pos i-
Individual - ~ page 75 . tion . To engage the manual MS Performance
mode, press the Performance mode button
_& WARNING ¢ page 20.
-
Pay attention to tr affic when operat ing the
dr ive se lect to prevent potential risk of an ac= . Performancemode
cident. Applies to: vehicles with perfo rman ce mode
The vehicle is configured in performance mode

Setting the driving program for sporty driving.
Depending on the driving mode se lected, you can The suspension setti ng, engine and tr ansmiss ion
select additional driving programs with the selec- charac t er istics change when d riving in perform -
tor lever. ance mode. It is switched on or off with the pe r-
formance mode button ¢ page 20 .
D/ M · Driving forward
Road conditions
When the transmission is in the 0/M position, it
can be operated either in the D norma l mode or Us ing the knob ¢ page 73, fig. 68 @ , you ca n op-
in the M manual mode . To engage the M manual timize the vehicle set t ings for the curre nt road
mode, move the selector lever into the tiptronic cond it ions (such as wet roads) .
gate or use the shift padd les. You can only se lect
the M selector lever position when Dis engaged. _& WARNING -
To engage D from the M selector lever posit ion, Please note that the stabilization functions
move the selector lever out of the t iptronic gate provided by the ESC and the ASR are limited
to 0 /5 or tap it once towa rd the rear ~ .&. in Se- when performance mode is switched on. To
lecting selector lever positions on page 65. To reduce the risk of sliding, only switch per-
shift from N to D when tr aveling at speeds below formance mode on when your driving ab ilities
2 mph (2 km/h), press t he brake peda l and shift and the traffic situation permit . ~
into the D position ¢ .&.in Selecting selector lev-
er positions on page 65 .
74
Assist
@ Tips
You can adjust how much your vehicle sho uld
be stabilized when perfo rmance mode is
switched on c:>page 82.
Adjusting the Individual mode
You can adjust the vehicle settings to your personal preferences .
.,.Press t he button c:>page 73, fig. 68 > Individu- The equipment in your vehicle will dete rmine
al > right contro l button, or which sett ings you can adjust . The following ta-
.,.Select in the Infotainment system: ! MENUI but- ble gives an overview of the characteristics .
ton > Vehicle > left contro l button> Audi drive
select > Individual > right contro l button
After you have closed the settings, you are auto-

matica lly driving in the Indi vidual* driving mode.
Systems comfort auto dynamic

Engine and Transmission comfortab le balanced sporty
Steering comfortable balanced sporty
Damper control* comfortable balanced sporty
Engine sound* subtle balanced sporty
quattro* comfortab le ba lanced sporty
Your Indiv idual* mode settings are automati-

cally stored and assigned to the remote con-
trol key be ing used.
"'
....
"'
N
"N....
0
0
Vl
'<f
75
Parking systems
Parking systems - Objects such as barrier chains, trailer draw

bars, vertical poles or fences
General information - Objects above the sensors such as wall ex-
tensions
Depending on your vehicle 's equipment, various
- Objects with specific surfaces or struc-
parking aids will help you when parking and ma-
tures such as chain link fences or powder
neuvering .
snow
The parking system plus assists you when park- - If you continue driving closer to a low-lying
ing by audibly and visually indicating objects de- object, it may disappear from the sensor
tected in front of and behind the vehicle range. Note that you will no longer be
c::>
page 77. warned about this obstacle.
The rearview camera shows the area behind the - Keep enough distance from the curb to
vehicle in the Infotainment display. The lines in avoid damage to the rims.
the rearview camera image help you to park or
maneuver c::> page 78 . The parking system plus
(D Tips
functions are also available ¢ page 77. - The system may provide a warning even
though there are no obstacles in the cover-
A WARNING age area in some situations, such as :
- Always look for traffic and check the area - certa in road surfaces or for long grass.
around your vehicle by looking at it directly - external ultrasonic sources e.g. from
as well. The parking system cannot replace cleaning vehicles.
the driver's attent ion . The driver is always - heavy rain, snow, or thick vehicle exhaust.
responsible when entering or leaving a park- - We recommend that you practice parking in
ing space and during similar maneuvers. a traffic-free location or parking lot to be·
- Please note that some surfaces, such as come familiar with the system. When doing
clothing, are not detected by the system. this, there should be good light and weath-
- Sensors and cameras have blind spots in er conditions.
wh ich peop le and objects cannot be detect- - You can change the volume of the signals.
ed. Be especially caut ious of small children - What appears in the display is slightly de-
and animals . layed.
- The sensors can be displaced by impacts or - The sensors must be kept clean and free of
damage to the radiator gr ille, bumper, snow and ice for the park assist to operate.
wheel housing and the underbody. The park-
ing system may become impaired as a re-
sult. Have an authorized Audi dealer or au-
thorized Audi Service Facility check their
function.
- Make sure the sensors are not obstructed by
stickers, deposits or other materials. If they
are, the sensor function could be impaired .
For additional information on cleaning, re-
page 256.
fer to c::>
(I;) Note
- Some objects are not detected or displayed
by the system under certain circumstances:
76
Parking systems
Parking system plus Switching on/off
Description
The parking system plus provides audio and visu-

al signals when parking.
Fig. 71 Center console: park ing aid button
Fig. 70 Illustrat ion:
Sensors are located in the front and rear bump -

ers. If these detect an obstacle, a udible and visu-
a l signals warn you.
Make sure the sensors are not covered by stick-

ers, deposits or any other obstructions as it may Fig. 72 optical distance d isplay
impair the sensor function. For information on
cleaning, refer to¢ page 256. Switching on
The display field begins approximately at: .. Shift into reverse, or

.,. Press the PwAbutton in the center conso le
CD 4 ft (1.20 m) ¢ fig . 71 . A short confirmation tone sounds and
@ 3 ft (0.90 m) the LEDin the button turns on.
® 5.2 ft (l.60 m) Switching off

@ 3 ft (0.90 m)
.. Drive faster than 6 mph (10 km/h), or
The closer you get to the obstacle, the sho rte r .. Press the PwA button, or
the interval between the audible signals. A con- .,.sw itch the ignition off.
tinuous tone sounds when the obstacle is less
Segments in the visual display
than approximately 1 foot (0.30 meters) away .
Do not continue driving forward or in reverse The segments in front of and behind the vehicle
¢ & in General information on page 76, ¢ 0 in (vehicles with parking system plus*) ¢ fig. 72
General information on page 76! help you to determine the distance between your
vehicle and an obstacle. The red lines mark the
If the distance to an obstacle remains constant,
expected direction of travel according to the
the volume of the distance warning gradually
steering angle. A white segment indicates an
drops after about four seconds (t his is not app ly
identified obstacle that is outside of the vehicle's
in the continuous tone range).
path. Red segments show identified obstacles
that are in your vehicle's path. As yo ur vehicle
CD
comes closer to the obstacle, the segmen t s move
....
CD
N
closer to the vehicle. The collision area has been
"....
N reached when the next to last segment is dis-
0
0 played. Obstacles in the collision area, including ..,.
"'
'SI"
77
Parking systems
those outside of the vehicle's path, are shown in The rearview camera is located above the rear li-
red. Do not continue driving forward or in reverse cense plate bracket. Make sure that the lens for
o & in General information on page 76, o (D in the parking system o fig. 75 is not covered by de-
General information on page 76! posits or any other obstructions because this can
impair the function of the parking system. For in-
Rearview camera formation on cleaning, refer to o page 256.
Introduction The rearview camera coverage area includes (D

Applies to: vehicles with rearv iew camera
o fig. 74. Only this area is shown in the Infotain-
ment display . Objects that are outside of this
area @ are not displayed .
The accuracy of the orientation lines and the blue
surfaces is reduced if the vehicle is raised or if the
Dynamicmode is activated o page 72.
A WARNING
- Always read and follow the applicable warn-
ings o & in General information on
Fig. 73 Diagr am: lines to aid in park ing
page 76.
- If the position and the installation angle of
The rearview camera helps you to park or maneu - the rearview camera was changed, for ex-
ver using the orientation lines. ample, after a coll ision, do not continue to
use the system for safety reasons. Have it
General information checked by an authorized Aud i dealer or au-
Applies to: vehicles with rearview camera thorized Audi Service Facility.
- Only use the rearview camera to assist you if
it shows a good, clear picture. For example,
the image may be affected by the sun shin-
ing into the lens, dirt on the lens or if there
is a defect.
- Use the rearv iew camera on ly if the engine
compartment lid is comp letely closed. Make
sure any objects you may have mounted on
the luggage compartment lid do not block
the rearview camera.
Fig. 74 Area covered (!) an d area not covered ® by the - The camera lens enlarges and distorts the
rea rview camera.
field of vision. The object appears both al-
tered and inaccurate on the screen.
- In certain s ituations, people or objects in
the display appear closer or further away:
- For objects that do not touch the ground,
such as the bumper of a parked ve hicle, a
trailer hitch or the rear of a truck. Do not
use the help lines in this case.
- If driven from a level surface onto an in-
cline, or a downward slope.
Fig. 75 Vehicle rear : rearv iew camera component locat ion - If driven toward protruding objects.
78
Parking syst ems
- If the veh icle is carrying too much load in Cross parking

the rear. Applies to: vehicles wit h rearv iew camera
This view may be used when parking in a garage

(D Note or in a parking space.
- Always read and follow the applicable warn -
in General information on
ings c::!;>(f)
page 76.
- The orange colored orientation lines in the
Infotainment display show the veh icle path
depend ing on the steering wheel angle. The
front of the vehicle front swings out more
than the rear of the veh icle. Maintain p lenty
of distance so that your outside mirror or a
corner of you r vehicle does not coll ide with
Fig. 7 6 Infota inment : aim ing at a pa rking space
any obstacles.
Switching on/ off

Applies to : vehicles with rearv iew camera
Switching on
"' Shift into reve rse, or
"' Press t he P"'-4.bu tton in t he cente r console
¢ page 77, fig. 71 . A short confirmation tone
sounds and the LEDin the button turns on.

Fig. 77 Infota inm ent: aligning t he vehicle
Switching off
"' Drive faster than 6 mph (10 km/h), or "' Turn the Infotainment on and shift int o reverse
"' Press the P,,,-4.
button, or ge a r.
"' swit ch the ignit ion off . "' The orange orientation lines (!) show t he direc-
tion of travel of the vehicle . Turn the steering
(j) Tips wheel unt il the orange orientation lines appear
- The visual d isplay in the left part of the dis- in the parking space¢ fig. 76. Use the mark-
play should help you detec t t he critical vehi- ings @ to help you estimate the distance from
cle areas. an obstacle. Each marking represents approx i-
mately 3 ft (1 m). The blue area rep resents an
- You can change t he volume and display fo r
extens ion of the vehicle 's outline by app roxi-
the sig nals c!;>page 80.
mate ly 16 ft (5 meters) to the rear.
"' Wh ile driving in reve rse gear, adj ust t he steer -
ing wheel angle to fit the par king spa ce using
the orange orientation lines for assistance
.&.in General information on page 78, c::!;>
c::!;> (D
in General information on page 79. @ d isp lays
the rear bumper. Stop the veh icle, at the latest,
when the red orientation line @) borders an ob-
CD
ject.
....
CD
N
"....
N
0
0
"'
'SI"
79
Parking systems
Adjusting the display Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized

Audi Service Facility immediate ly to have the
and the warning tones
malfunction corrected.
The display and warning tones can be adjusted in
the Infotainment.
""Select in the Infotainment system: IMENU I but-

ton >Ve hicle > left control button >Driver as-
sistance > Parking aid.
Warning tones
Front volume - volume for the front area
Rear volume - volume for the rear area
Entertainment fader - when the parking system

is turned on, the volume of the audio/video
source is lowered.
The newly selected level is demonstrated briefly

by the sound generator.
(D Tips
The settings are automatically stored and as-
signed to the remote control key that is in
use.
Error messages
Front parking aid: malfunct ion! Obstacles can-
not be detected
Parking aid: malfunction! Obstacles cannot be

detected
There is a system malfunction if the LEDin the

Pw, button blinks when sw itching on the system.
If the error is not corrected before you switch off
the ignition, the LEDin the Pwi button will blink
the next time you switch on the parking system
by shifting into reverse. As long as the error is ac-
tive, you can display the e rror messages in the
second tab of the drive r information system.
Parking system plus*

If a sensor or speaker is faulty, the!¾: symbol
will appear in front of/behind the vehicle in the
Infotainment display. If a rear sensor is faulty,
only obstacles that are in areas (!) and @
page 77, fig. 70 are shown. If a front sensor is
c::>
fau lty, only obstacles that are in areas @ and @)
are shown .
80
Intellig e nt Technology
Intelligent Technology will swit ch on again automatically when condi -

tions have returned to normal.
Electronic stabilization
Steering recommendation*
control (ESC)
In veh icles with dynamic steer ing, ESC also hel ps
Description to st abilize the st eering in cri t ical sit uat ions.
The Electr on ic St abilization Contro l (ESC)reinfor - Selective wheel torque control
ces driver safety . It reduces the risk of slipping
and improves driving stability. ESCdetects crit i- Selective wheel torque control is used when driv-
cal situations such as the vehicle overstee ring ing on curves . Brak ing is t argeted towa rd the
and understeering or the wheels are spinn ing. whee ls on the inside of the curve as needed. This
The vehicle is stabilized by applying the brakes or allows mo re precise dr iving in curves. The app li-
reducing eng ine torq ue. Once the ESCis activat- cable system may not activ ate w hen driv ing in
ed, the indicato r lightDJ blinks in the instru-
wet or snowy cond itions.
ment clust er. Automatic post-collision braking system
The follow ing systems are integrated in the ESC: The "Automat ic post-collis ion braking system"
can help to reduce the risk of sliding and of othe r
Anti-loc k braking system (ABS)
collisions afte r an accident . If t he air bag cont rol
ABS prevents the whee ls from locking whe n brak- module det ects a collision above a cert ain vehicl e
ing. The vehicle can still be steered even during speed, the vehicle is bra ked by t he ESC.
hard brak ing. Apply steady pressure to the bra ke
pedal. Do not pump the pedal. A pulsing in the The veh icle does not bra ke automatically if:
brake pedal indicates that the system is act ing to - the braking force generated by the pressed
stabilize t he vehicle . brake pedal is greater t han the braking force
t hat wo uld be initiated by t he system, or
Brake assist system
- the ESC,the brake system or the vehicle elect ri-
The brake assist system can decrease braking dis- cal system are not functioning.
tance. It increases brak ing power when the driver
presses the brake pedal quick ly in emergency sit- A WARNING
uations . You must press and hold the brake pedal
- The ESCand it s int egrat ed systems cannot
unti l the dangerous situ ati on is over.
overcome t he lim its posed by natu ral physi-
Anti-slip regulation (ASR) cal laws. This is especial ly imp ortant on sli p-
pery or wet roads. If the systems beg in act-
ASR red uces engine power when the drive wheels
ing to stabilize your vehicle, you should im -
begin spinning and adapts the force to the road
mediately alter your speed to match the
conditions. This makes it easier to start, acceler-
road and traffic condit ions. Do not let the
ate and dr ive up inclines.
increased safety provided tempt you into
Electronic differential lock (EDL) taking risks. This could increase your risk of
a collision.
EDL applies the brakes to a wheel that starts
- Please note the risk of a coll ision increases
spi nning and transfers the drive power to the
when dr iving fast, especially t hrough curves
other driving wheels. This function is not availa-
and on slippery or wet roads, and when dr iv-
ble at higher speeds.
ing too close to objects ahead. The ESCand
In extreme cases, EDL automatically switches off its integrated systems cannot always pre-
"'
....
"' to keep the brake on the braked wheel from over- vent collisions - t here is st ill a risk of acci-
N
heat ing. The vehicle is still work ing correctly. EDL dents!
"N....
0
0
Vl
'<f
81
Intelligent Technology
- Press the accelerator pedal carefully when condition. Different tire sizes can lead to a
accelerating on even, slippery surfaces such reduction in engine power.
as ice and snow. The drive wheels can spin - You may hear noises when the systems de-
even when these control systems are instal- scribed are working .
led and this can affect driving stability and
increase the risk of a co llision.
{D) Tips
- The ABS and ASR only function correctly
when all four wheels have a similar wear
Switching on and off
£SC turns on automatically when you start the engine .
funct ion of the ESC is limited or switched off . The

amount of stabilization control will differ de-
pending on the level.
The following examples are unusual situations

where it may make sense to switch sport mode
on in order to allow the wheels to spin:
- Rocking the vehicle to free it when it is stuck

- Driving in deep snow or on loose ground
Fig. 78 Upper center console , f;. OFF but t on - Driving with snow chains
The ESC is designed to function in levels. Depend-

ing on the level t hat is selected, the stabilization
Sport mode on ESC/ASRoff Sport mode off or ESC/ASR

on
Behavior The ESC and ASR stabiliza- The stabilization funct ion is The full stabilization func-
tion functions are limited not available ¢ A . ESC and tion of the ESC and ASR is
¢ &_. ASR are switched off. avai lab le again .
Operation Press the 00button br iefly. Press and hold the 00but- Press the 00button again.
ton longer than three sec-
onds.
Indicator II turns on. fa and lf'll•U~*
turn on. II turns off or II and
lights lf'll•U~
*turn off.
Driver mes- Stabilization control (ESC): Stabilization control (ESC): Stabilization control
sages sport. Warning! Reduced off. Warning! Reduced sta- (ESC): on
stability bility
_&.WARNING - The stabilization function is limited when

sport mode is switched on. The driving
You should only switch sport mode on or
wheels could spin and the vehicle could
switch ESC/ASR off if your driving abilities
swerve, especially on slick or slippery road
and road conditions permit.
surfaces.
82
- There is no vehicle stabilization when ESC/ At higher speeds and with the windshield wipers
ASR are switched off. turned on, the brake pads press against the brake
rotors for a short amount of time. This action
(D Tips which is not felt by the dr iver happens at regu lar
interva ls and facilitates a better reaction t ime for
- Malfunctions in the rear spoiler, in the Audi
the brakes in wet weather .
magnetic ride or in the all wheel drive sys-
tem may make it impossible to switch the The braking effect can also be reduced if you are
ESC/ASRoff or to switch sport mode on. driv ing on salted roads and you do not apply the
- Some driving tracks (such as ones with brakes for long periods of time. The layer of salt
steep curves) can influence the ESCper- on the brake rotors and pads must be worn off
formance. first whe n the brakes are applied .
Due to its surface, a ceramic brake rotor* absorbs

Brakes moisture in certain situat ions. Therefore, there
will temporarily be less braking force than when
New brake pads
the brakes are dry . You can compensate for th is
New brake pads do not achieve their full braking by pressing the brake pedal harder .
effect during the first 2SO miles (400 km) . They
must be "broken in" f irst. The break-in period can Corrosion
be considerably longer for vehicles with ceramic Leaving the vehicle parked for long periods of
brake rotors* . However, you can compensate for t ime, low mileage and avoiding heavy braking
the slightly reduced brak ing fo rce by pressing can contribute to corros ion on the brake rotors
f irm ly on the brake pedal. Avoid heavy braking and dirty brake pads.
du ring the break-in period.
If you usually avoid heavy brak ing or if there is
W ear corrosion present, occasional heavy brak ing at
high speeds is recommended to clean the brake
Brake pad wear depends largely on the way the
rotors and pads Q ,&..
vehicle is driven and on operat ing cond itions .
This is especially true if you are driving frequently Brake system malfunction
in the city and on curves or with a sporty driving
if you notice that the brake pedal travel has sud-
style.
denly gotten larger, then a brake circuit may have
Operat ing noise failed . Drive to an author ized Audi dealer or au-
thorized Audi Service Facility immediately to have
Noises may occur when braking depend ing on the
the problem corrected . On the way there, drive
speed, braking force and outs ide conditions such
with reduced speed and keep in mind that a long
as temperature and humidity .
braking distance and increased pressure on the
Noises may become more apparent at lower brake pedal w ill be necessary.
speeds due to the nature of the mater ials in the
ceramic brake rotors*. Low brake fluid level
When the brake fluid level is low, malfunctions in
Effect f rom water and road salt
the brake system may occur . The brake fluid level
In certain situations, for example after driving is electronically monitored.
through water, in heavy rain, after overnight con-
densat ion or after washing your car, the braking Brake booster
effect can be reduced by moisture or ice on the The brake booster amp lifies the pressure you ap-
"'
....
"' brake rotors and brake pads. The brakes must be ply to the brake pedal. ..,.
N
"dr ied" first w ith a few careful brake applica-
"N.... tions .
0
0
Vl
'<f
83
& WARNING tance. Avoid driving the vehicle and have it

towed it to the nearest authorized Audi
- New brake pads do not achieve their full
dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility.
braking effect during the first 250 miles
- Never let the vehicle roll while the engine is
(400 km) . They must be "broken in" first .
stopped because this increases the risk of an
However, you can compensate for the
accident .
slightly reduced braking force by pressing
- If the brake booster is not working, you will
firmly on the brake pedal. Avoid heavy brak-
have to press much harder on the brake
ing during the break-in period.
pedal to compensate for the lack of the
- Only apply the brakes for the purpose of
booster.
cleaning the brake system when road and
traffic conditions permit. You must not en-
danger other road users . This increases the
(D Note
risk of an accident. - Never let the brakes "rub" by pressing the

- On steep slopes, reduce the speed and se- pedal lightly when braking is not really nec-
lect a lower gear or lower se lector lever po- essary. This causes the brakes to overheat
sition. Drive as little as possib le while press- and increases braking distance and causes
ing the brake pedal and avoid putting your wear .
left foot on the brake pedal while driving. - Before driving a long distance on a steep
This could cause the brakes to overheat and slope, decrease your speed and select a low-
impair the efficiency of the brakes. er driving gear . This makes use of the en-
- Do not let the brakes "grind" by always gine braking effect and relieves the brakes.
keeping your foot on the brake pedal. This If you need to brake additionally, brake in
can cause the brakes to overheat, increase intervals and not continuously.
wear and increase braking distance unneces-
sarily. (D Tips
- Certain weather and operat ing cond itions - If the brake booster is not wor king, you
such as dr iving through water, driving in must press the brake pedal with much more
heavy ra in or driving after washing your ve- force than normal.
hicle can impair the effectiveness of the - If you retrofit your vehicle with a front spoil-
brakes. In the winter , ice may build up on er, wheel covers or similar items, make su re
the brake pads, rotors and drums. Check that the air flow to the front wheels is not
these components by braking carefully. Ap- interrupted. Otherwise the brake system
plying the brakes carefully several times can become too hot.
dries the brakes and removes ice build-up.
- The efficiency of the brakes can also be im- Electromechanical power
paired by driving for long stretches on roads steering
covered with salt without using the brakes .
You can remove salt deposits from the The electromechanical steering supports the
brake rotors and pads by carefully applying driver's steering movements.
the brakes severa l t imes .
Power steering adapts electronically based on
- If the front spoiler is damaged or you install the veh icle speed .
another spoiler, make sure the front wheel
brakes are vent ilated properly . Otherwise, Indicator lights and messages
the brake system could overheat, wh ich re- • Steering: malfunction! Please stop vehicle
duces their effectiveness.
- Failure of a brake circuit impairs braking If this indicator light turns on and stays on and
performance, which increases brak ing dis- this message appears, the power steering may
have failed. II>
84
Stop the vehicle in a safe location as soon as pos- snow and ice . Always read and follow safety pre -
sib le . Do not continue driving. See an authorized cautions <=>
&.
Aud i dea ler or authorized Aud i Serv ice Facility for
Winter tires
assistance .
By using all wheel dr ive, your veh icle has good
,1:-n
Steering: malfunction! You may continue
forward mot ion w it h st andard tires in winter con-
driving
ditions . However, in w inter we recommend using
If the indi cator light turns on , the steer ing whee l winter or all season tires on all four whee ls, be-
may be more diff icu lt to move or more sensitive ca use this wi ll improve the braking effect.
than usual. The steering wheel may also be at an
angle when driving straight. Snow chains
If there a re snow chain laws , snow cha ins m ust
Drive slow ly to an author ized Audi dealer or au-
also be used on ve hicles w ith all wheel dr ive
thor ized Audi Se rvice Facility t o have the ma l-
¢ page 250, Snow chains .
function corrected.
,:r-
n Dynamic steering : Initializing A
=
WARNING
-
If the indicator light is blinking and this message - Also, in vehicles with all whee l drive, adapt
appears, dynamic steer ing * is being initialized . your driving sty le to the current road and
The steering wheel will be easy to move after traffic cond itions. Do not let the increased
starti ng the eng ine. Re-init ia lizat io n might be safety prov ided tempt you into taking risks,
necessary if the steer ing whee l was moved hard because this increases the risk of an acci-
to the left and right wh ile the vehicle was not dent.
moving. The display turns off if the initialization - The braking ab ility of your vehicle is limited
was successful. to the traction of the wheels . In this way, it
is not different from a two wheel drive vehi-
(D Tips cle . Do not be tempted to accelerate to a
- If t he . or ,Ton
ind icator light only st ays on high speed whe n the road is slippery this in-
for a short time, you may continue driving . creases the risk of an accident.
- The dynamic steering* stability systems - Note that o n wet streets, the front wheels
~ page 81 are not availab le in the event of a can "hydrop lane" if dr iving at speeds tha t
system malfunction . are too high. Unlike front wheel drive
- For additional informat ion on dynami c veh icles, the engine does not rev higher sud -
steering*, refer to ¢ page 72 . denly when the vehicle begins hydroplaning.
For this reason, pay attent ion to the road
conditions regardless of your speed.
ALL wheel drive (quattro)
In all wheel drive, all four wheels are powered.
General info rmation
In all wheel d rive, the d riving power is divided be-

tween a ll four wheels. This happens au t oma t ical-
ly depending on you r driving behavior as well as
the current road conditions. cf> page 81, Electron -
ic stabilization control (ESC).
The a ll wheel d rive co ncept is designed for high
"'
....
"'
N
engine powe r. Your ve hicle is exceptionally pow-
"N.... erful and has excellent driving characte ristics
0
0
Vl
both under norma l driving conditions and on
'<f
85
Rear spoiler faster than 85 mph (140 km/h). Drive to an au-

Applies to: vehicles with retrac table rear spoiler thorized Audi dea ler or authorized Audi Service
Facility immediately to have the malfunction cor-
The extendable rear spoiler increases driving sta-
rected. The color of the ind icato r light depends
bility.
on the vehicle speed .
A WARNING
-
Driving at higher speeds without the rear
spoiler deployed can impair handling charac-
teristics, making the vehicle harder to con-
trol.
-Always make sure that the spoi ler is de-
ployed when driving at speeds over 85 mph
(140 km/h). If the rear spoiler warning/ indi-
Fig. 79 Center console: button for the rear spo iler cator light in the instrument cluster comes
on, the tear spoiler may not have deployed.
The rear spoiler retracts and extends . It can be - Never drive at speeds higher than 85 mph
activated in various operating modes (manual (140 km/h) if the spoiler is not dep loyed .
mode or automatic mode). Have the spoiler inspected as soon as poss i-
ble by an authorized Audi dealer or qualified
Automatic mode (normal operation )
workshop.
-Automatic extens ion: this occurs when driving - Always obey speed lim its and other traff ic
faster than approximately 62 mph (100 km/h) laws.
o r at a certain engine compartment tempera - - Hot air from the engine compartment can
ture. escape through the rear spoiler when it is
- Automat ic retraction: this occurs when driving open and it could burn you.
s lower than approximately 22 mph (35 km/h)
or at a certain engine compartment t empera-
ture.
A WARNING
-
Improper operation of the rear spoiler can
Manual mode cause crushing injuries.
- Always make sure that nobody, especially
- Extending manually: briefly tap the ¢ fig . 79
children, is in the way when the rear spoiler
button to fully extend the rear spoiler.
is deployed or retracted.
- Retracting manually: when driving at speeds
below approximately 10 mph (20 km/h), press
and hold the button to retract the rear spoiler.
(D Note
At speeds between 10 mph (20 km/h) and 62 - Never push on the veh icle on the rear spoil-
mph (100 km/h), the rear spoiler will com- er . This could cause damage.
pletely retract when you tap the button . You - To prevent damage to the rear spoi ler do
cannot retract the rear spoi ler if it exte nded not lean or place anything on it.
due to the engine compartment temperature . - To reduce the risk of damage, only operate
the rear spoiler manually when the engine
Indicator lights compartment lid is closed and the moving
fJ /. Rear spoiler: malfun ction! Please con- parts for the rear spoiler are not blocked.
tact Service
The rear spoiler may not have extended due to a
malfunct ion. This could change the vehicle's driv-
ing characteris t ics at high speeds. Do not drive
86
Dynamic energy management

@ Tips
While driving, dynam ic ene rgy management dis-
Clean the rear spo iler compartment every 2 to
t ributes the appropriate amount of energy to the
3 months . To function correctly, the rear
electrical equipment. It contro ls the battery
spoiler must be free of ice, snow and leaves.
charge level so that more energy is not used then
is being generated in order to maintain an opti-
Energy management mal battery charge level.
The starting ability is optimized
(D Tips
The energy management system manages the
- Energy management cannot overcome the
electrical energy distribution and optimizes the
laws of physics. Note that the charge level
availability of electrical energy for starting the
and length of the battery life are limited.
engine.
- When the sta rting ability is jeopardized, the
When a vehicle w ith a conventional energy sys- (•) indicator light turns on <=:>
page 13.
tem is not driven for a long time, the batte ry is
d rained by equ ipme nt (for exa mple the immobi l- What you should know
izer) . In certain circumstances, t here could may
not be eno ugh energy to start the engine .
Maintaining the starting ability is the highest
priority .
Your veh icle is equipped with an intellige nt ene r-
gy managemen t system for d istr ibuti ng electrici - A lot of stress is p laced on t he battery when dr iv-
ty. This significant ly imp roves the st arting ab ility ing short d istances, in traffic, and at cold times
and increases the battery life . of the year. A lot of energy is used but litt le is
generated. It is also cr itical when the eng ine is
The energy management system Is made up of not ru nning but electr ical equipment is sw itched
batt ery diagno sis, idling current management on. In th is case, energy is used but none is gener-
a nd dynam ic energy ma nagement. ated.
Battery diagnosis In situat ions like th is, energy management w ill
The battery diagnosis determ ines the battery active ly regulated the distr ibut ion of energy.
charge level. The sensors determ ine the battery
Long periods without use
voltage, t he battery current, and the battery
temper ature. The current charge level and the If you do not drive your vehicle for severa l days or
performance of the bat t ery are determ ined based weeks, electrical consumers a re gradually scaled
on this . back or sw itched off. This reduces energy use and
ensures the vehicle will be ab le to start after long
Idling current management per iods of time . Some conven ience functions
The idling current management dec reases the such as opening w it h the remote control key may
e nergy used w hile pa rked . With the eng ine not be available . These convenience functions
sw itched off, it manages the ene rgy dist ribution will be ava ilable again once you switch the ig ni-
to the different electrical components . Date from t io n on and st ar t t he eng ine.
battery d iagnosis is taken into account for this.
With the engine switched off
Depending on the battery cha rge level, e lectr ica l The battery w ill dra in if you use Infotainment
eq uipment is swi t ched off one item after the ot h- funct ions such as listening to the radio while the
e r, to prevent the batte ry from draining and to
engine is switched off . ...,
"' retain the starting ab ility.
....
"'
N
"N....
0
0
Vl
'<f
87
The vehicle 's ability to start may be impaired by - Whether or not the drive r and passenger safety
the energy us e, a message will appear in the In- belts were buckled/fastened;
fotainment system disp lay . The message indi- - How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the
cates that the system will switch off automatical - accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,
ly soon. If you would like to continue using the - How fast the vehicle was traveling.
functions, you must start the engine .
These data can help provide a better understand-
With the engine running ing of the circumstances in which crashes and in-
juries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your
Although electrical energy is generated while
vehicle on ly if a non-trivial crash situation occurs;
driving, the battery can drain. This can happen
no data are recorded by the EDR under normal
when little energy is generated, and much is used
driving conditions and no personal data (e .g .,
and the charge level of the battery is not optimal.
name, gender, age, and crash location) are re-
To restore the balance of energy, components corded . However, other parties, such as law en-
that require large amounts of energy are tempo- forcement, could combine the EDR data with the
rarily scaled back or switched off . Heating sys- type of personally identifying data routinely ac-
tems in particular require a great deal of energy . quired during a crash investigation .
If you notice , for example, that the seat heating*
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equip-
or rear window defroster is not working, then it
ment is required, and access to the vehicle or the
has been temporarily reduced or switched off .
EDR is needed . In addition to the vehicle manu -
These systems are available again as soon as the
facturer, other part ies, such as law enforcement,
energy ba lance has been restored.
that have the special equ ipment, can read the in-
In addition, you may notice that the idle speed format ion if they have access to the vehicle or the
has slightly increased. That is normal and no EDR.
cause for concern. Due to the increased idling
Some state laws restrict the retrieval or down-
speed, the additional required energy will be
loading of data stored by EDRs installed in a vehi-
generated and the battery will be charged .
cle for the express purpose of retrieving data af-
ter an accident or crash event without the own-
Notice about data er's consent.
recorded by the Event
Audi will not access the EDR and/or similar data
Data Recorder and or give it to others -
vehicle control modules
- unless the vehicle owner (or lessee if the vehi-
Event Data Recorder cle has been leased) agrees; or
This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Re- - upon the official request by the police; or
corder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to - upon the order of a court of law or a govern -
record, in certain crash or near crash-like situa- ment agency; or
tions, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a - for the defense of a lawsuit through the judicial
road obstacle , data that will assist in understand- discovery process.
ing how a vehicle 's systems performed. The EDR - Audi may also use the data for research about
is designed to record data related to vehicle dy- vehicle operation and safety performance or
namics and safety systems for a short period of provide the data to a third party for research
time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this purposes without identifying the specific vehi-
vehicle is designed to record such data as : cle or information about the identity of its own-
er or lessee and only after the recorded vehicle
- How various systems in your vehicle were oper-
data has been accessed. ..,.
ating;
88
Vehicle control modules

Your veh icle is also equipped wit h a number of
e lectronic contro l modu les for vario us vehicle
systems, such as engine management, emission
control, airbags, and safety belts .
These electronic control modules reco rd data

du ring normal vehicle ope ration that may be
needed by trained technicians for diagnostic and
repair purposes. The recording capability of these
modules is limited to data (no sound is record-
ed). Only a small amount of data is actually re-
corded over a very limited per iod of t ime, or stor-
ed when a system fault is detected by a control
module. Some of the data stored may re late to
ve hicle speed, di rect ion, or brak ing, as well as re-
stra int system use and performance in the event
of a crash . Stored data can also only be read and
downloaded with special equipment that is di-
rect ly connected to the vehicle.
@ Tips
Your veh icle may be equipped with Audi con-
nect. Your use of certain Audi connect fea-
tures requires w ireless services that are pro-
vided by a third party wire less telecommuni-
cations provider. For deta ils regard ing how in-
formation obta ined through Audi connect is
collected, processed, transmitted, used, and
shared, please see your contract with the
w ireless te lecommunications provider and the
"About Aud i connect" tab in your vehicle's In-
fo t ainment system: ! MENUI button> Audi
conne ct > right control button> About Audi
connect.
"'
....
"'
N
"N....
0
0
Vl
'<f
89
Multi Med ia Interface
Multi Media Interface MMI On/Off knob with

Traffic safety joystick function
information Operating
Audi recommends performing certain Infotain-

ment system functions, such as entering a desti-
nation, only when the vehicle is stationary . Al-
ways be prepared to stop operat ing the Infotain-
ment system in the interest of your safety and
the safety of other road users.
_& WARNING
Only use the Infotainment system when traf-
fic cond itions permit and always in a way that Fig. 81 MMI On/Off knob with joyst ick function
allows you to maintain complete control over
your vehicle. Switching the MMI on/off:
The MMI can be manually switched on and off.

Introduction - Switching on manually : press the On/Off knob
The Multi Media Interface, or MMI for short, CDbriefly ~ fig. 81 . Or : press the IM ENU I but-
combines various systems for communication, ton @ ~ page 90, fig. 80 or one of the buttons
navigation and entertainment in your Audi. You to open a menu directly ® ~ page 90, fig. 80.
can operate the MMI using the MMI control pan- - Switching off manually : press and hold the
el, the multifunction steering wheel or the voice On/Off knob CD ~ fig. 81 until the MMI
recognition system . sw itches off . If the MMI has been switched off
manually, it does not switch on again automati -
cally the next time the ignition is switched on.
Additional functions :
- Adjusting the volume: turn the On/Off knob CD
~fig . 81.
- Muting (mute) : briefly press the On/Off knob.
- Selecting the previous/next function (for ex-
ample, a radio station/track): briefly press the
On/Off knob toward the left l<l<lor right t>l>I
.
Fig. 80 MMIcontrol panel
- Fast forwarding / rewinding (for example,
tracks) : press the On/Off knob longer toward
MMI control panel overview
the rig ht t>l>Ior left l<l<l.
CDControl knob with joystick function 91
@ MMI touch control pad ........ . 93 ~ WARNING
@ Left control button ........... . 92 Adjust the volume of the audio system so that
© Right control button .......... . 92 signals from outside the vehicle, such as po-
® Buttons for opening menus lice and fire sirens, can be heard easily at all
directly . . . . . . ............... . 91 times.
@ IM ENU l button ............... . 91
(J) IBACK ! bu tt on .. . .......... ... 91
90
Multi Media Interface
@ Tips Opening the main menu/menu
The MMI switches off automatically if the en-

gine is not running and the battery is low.
MMI operation
Selecting and confirming a function
Fig. 83 Main menu
Opening the main menu

"' Pressthe lMENUlbutton @ ¢ page90, fig. 80.
The MMI menus (such as Radio) are displayed
¢ fig. 83. Then you can se lect and confirm a
function using the control knob.
Opening a menu directly

"' Press the applicable button to open the menus
direct ly ® ¢ page 90, fig . 80 towa rds the de -
sired menu (such as !RADIOI).Then you can se-
lect and confirm a function using the control
knob.
Fig. 82 Operating the cont ro l knob
Selecting and confirming a function in a

menu/list
"'Selecting a function : tu rn the control knob (!)
<=>
fig. 82 to the desired function (such as se-
lecting a frequency) .
"'Confirming a selection : press the control knob
@ ¢f ig. 82.
Returning to functions at higher levels

"' Press the IBACK Ibutton 0 <=>
page 90, fig. 80.
CD
....
CD
N
"......
N
0
0
"'
'SI'
91
Opening the selection/options menu with Information about paths

the control buttons
This guide shows you at a glance the paths for
Using the selection menu, you con open addition- opening a desired menu and its settings and
al func tions within a menu item (s uch as Radio). functions .
Example of a path
.. Select: !RADIO Ibutton> left control knob> FM .
Following the path

.. Press t he IRADIO Ibu tt o n .
.. Press the left cont rol knob .
.. Turn t he control kno b to the FM menu item to
select it .
.. Press the contro l knob to confirm the selected
FM menu item .
.. The se lected and confirmed function is exec ut-
ed . In this example, the FM fr equency ban d is
set .
Fig. 84 Control butto ns on the MMI con trol panel
Selection menu : through the select io n menu,

you can op e n ad diti onal functions wit hin a menu
ite m (su ch as Radio).
Requirement: the select ion menu symbol must

be disp layed in the Infota inme nt system display
r=,;,fig.
84.
Opening/closing the selection menu : press the
left contro l button r=,;,fig. 84 . Then you can se lect
a nd confi rm a funct ion usi ng the cont rol knob .
Opt ions menu : using the opt ions menu, you can
select a nd conf irm context-depen d ent functions
as we ll as settings within a menu item (such as
Radio) .
Requi rement: the options menu symbol El must

be d isp layed in the Infota inme nt system display
r=,;,fig.
84 .
Opening/closing the options menu : p ress the
right control button r=,;,fig. 84 . Then you can se -
lect and conf irm a function usi ng the cont rol
knob .
92
MMI touch @ ¢ fig. 86, confirmed with an audible signal if

necessary, and transferred to the input field .
Entering letters, numbers and symbols - Entering spaces: move your finger across the
The MMI touch allows you to enter data on the MMI touch control pad from left to right.
MMI touch control pad using handwriting recog - - Deleting characters: move your finger across
nition . the MMI touch control pad from right to left.
- Selecting the input suggestion: press the con-
trol knob.
- Switching directly to the results list : turn the
con tr ol knob to the right
- Open speller: select the right cont rol button>
Open speller. Text or numbers are entered in
using the speller ¢ page 96.
Fig. 85 Display when MMI t ouch is active Moving the crosshairs
I~-- --
Fig. 86 Ente ring a navigation dest inat ion Fig. 87 Moving the crosshairs
The MMI touch control pad @ is located on the Requirement: a map must be displayed
control knob @ ¢ page 90, fig. 80 . ¢ page 136, fig . 112 .
Requirement: it must be possible to enter text or - Showing/hiding the crosshairs: press the con-
numbers and the symbol @ ~ fig . 85 must ap- trol knob to show the crosshairs @ ¢ fig. 87.
pear in the Infotainment system display . Press the ! BACKI button (J) to hide the cross-
- Initial entry : write an individual upper case or hairs ¢ page 90 , fig. 80.
lower case letter or number/symbol on the - Moving the crosshairs on a map : move the
MMI touch contro l pad using your finger . A crosshairs shown in the desired direct ion using
CD
....
CD
N symbol that is recognized clearly by the system your finger on the MMI touch control pad .
"....
N is d isp layed in the Infotainment system display
0
0
"'
'SI'
93
Moving the map Zooming in/out on the map
Fig. 89 Zoom ing in and out on t he map
Requirement: a map must be displayed

¢ page 136, fig . 112 .
- Zooming in/ out on the map : press the control
knob to show the crosshairs. Touch the MMI
to uch control pad with two fingers and pull
your fi ngers apart or toget her ¢ fig. 89 .
Press the IBACK ! button (J) to hide the crosshairs

Fig. 88 Movi ng t he map c:;,page 90, fig . 80 .
Requirement: a map must be disp layed Adjusting the sound focus

c::>
page 136, fig. 112 .
Requirement : the Balance funct ion must be se-
- Showing/ hiding the crosshairs: press the con-
lected c:;,page 165 .
fig. 88 .
trol knob to show the crosshairs @ c::>
- Moving the map : whe n the crosshairs are visi- - Moving the crosshairsfor sound focus: move
ble @ ¢ fig . 88 pull two finge rs in the desired your finger in t he desired direct ion on t he MMI
direction across the MMI touch cont rol pad touch control pad.
¢ fig. 88.
- Moving the map quickly: when the crosshairs Using the DVD main menu
are visible @ c::> fig. 88, pull two fi ngers across
t he MMI t ouch cont rol pad qui ckly in the de- Requirement: a DVD must be playing
sired dire ct ion c:;,fig . 88. The map will come t o ¢ page 154 .
a stop after several seconds. - Selecting a menu item : move your finger up/
down or left/right on the MMI touch control
pad.
- Confirming a selection: press the control knob .
(D Tips
The vol ume of the voice guidance prompts for
the MMI touch can be adjusted separate ly
¢ page 166 .
94
Operating - Displaying route guidance: when route guid-

ance is active, you can also display the route
guidance by push ing the control knob up
c:>page 129.
- Zooming in/out on the map (zoom) : turn the
control knob to the right/left to zoom in/out on
the map.
Adjusting the sound focus

Requirement: the Balance function must be se-
lected c:>page 165.
Fig. 90 Operating concept for t he control knob with j oy·
st ick function
- Moving the sound focus using the crosshairs:
press the control knob to show the crosshairs .
You can push the control knob up or down @ The crosshairs can now be moved horizontally.
c:>fig. 90 or to the right or left @ . Turn the control knob with joystick function to
the left or right . Press the control knob again to
Opening and closing the selection menu move the crosshairs vertically. Move the control
Push the control knob toward the left to open the knob with joystick funct ion upward/downward.
se lection menu c:>page 92 .
Using the DVD main menu
Press the IBACKI button (J)c:>page 90, fig. 80 to
Requirement: a DVD must be playing
return to the function one level up . Or: push the
<=:>p
age 154.
control knob to the right to close the selection
menu . - Selecting a menu item: move the control knob
w ith joystic k function up or down or to the left
Opening and closing the options menu or right.
Push the control knob to the right to open the - Confirming a selection: press the control knob.
options menu c:>page 92.
Press the IBACKI button (J)c:>page 90, fig . 80 to

return to the funct ion one level up. Or: push the
control knob to the left to close the options
menu .
Displaying the input field

Push the contro l knob up to reach the beginning
of a list in the central area/ input f ield.
Switching to speller input

When the input fie ld is already open, switch di-
rect ly to the speller in the input field by pushing
the control knob up again c:>page 96, Letter/
number speller.
On the map
Requirement: a map must be disp layed
"'
.... <=:>page136, fig . 112 .
"'
N
"N.... - Displaying the input field : push the control

0
0
Vl knob up
'<f
95
Opening the selection/ Opening/closing the selection menu : push the

contro l knob to the left @ ¢ fig. 91 to open the
options menu with the
selection menu . Then you can select and confirm
control knob a function using the control knob.
Applies to: vehicles with joystick function
Press the IBACK ! button 0 ¢ page 90, fig. 80 to
return to the function one level up.
Opening/closing the options menu : push the
control knob to the right @ ¢ fig . 91 to open the
options menu. Then you can select and confirm a
function using the control knob .
Press the IBACK I button 0 ¢ page 90, fig. 80 to
return to the function one leve l up .
Fig. 91 Opening the selection/options menu w ith the con·

trot knob
Letter/number speller
Fig. 92 Diagram: letter/number speller
You can ente r letters, numbers and symbo ls in - Opening/closing the letter/number speller:
the MMI using the letter/number speller. This move the contro l knob up/down when the input
option is available when the input field @ is ac- field is active . Or: select the right control but-
tive Q fig. 92. ton > Open speller/Close speller. II>
96
- Entering characters: turn the contro l knob with en based on available entries while you are en-
the character selection @ ¢ fig . 92 to the de- tering data. You can select this suggestion by
sired symbol. Press the control knob to conf irm pushing the control knob upward.
the character. Your input is displayed in the in- - Results list: in some cases, such as in the direc-
put field @ . When you have entered all of the tory, the system switches automatically to the
characters, select and confirm ILISTI@ . Or: resu lts list based on logical deduction @
push the control knob down. ¢ fig. 92. Select and confirm a suggestion from
the list.
- Deleting characters: se lect and confirm <Rl@
¢ fig . 92. To delete all characters in the input Requirement: the input field @ ¢ fig. 92 must be
field, press and hold the control knob on <Rl@ active.
¢ fig . 92 unt il all characters in the input field - Switching between speller and MMItouch : the
are de leted . ha ndwrit ing recognition for the MMI touch con-
- Entering special characters : select and contro l pad is activated automatically. Simply sta rt
firm I!&?I@ ¢ fig . 92 , laoul (z) or ll23I @ . Se- writing.
lect and confirm the desi red special cha ra cter
(for example, a hyphen or per iod) w it h the Overview of symbols in the speller
number speller. The symbols in the letter/number speller are ex-
- Input assistance: in some cases such as in navi- plained in the fo llow ing table:
gation*, a word suggestion* @ ¢ fig . 92 is g iv-
Symbol/Description Description
CD ILISTlo rB Switch to t he results list.
@ Input field The current input is displayed .
A list w ith suggestions based on the letters a lready entered is dis-
® Results list
played.
Switches from lower case to upper case letters or from upper case
@
+ to lower case letters .
Open additional spe lle r options, for example Close speller, Clear in-
® E put field
® 11&7 1 Character sets and special characters
0 laou l Language-dependent specia l characters
Switches from letter to number input or from num be r to letter in-
® 11231/ IABCI
put.
® .......... A space is added in the inp ut fie ld .
@ Character se lection The se lected character is high lighted .
@
.. Inserts the input suggestion when you push the control knob up .
@ <&I The character to the left of the cursor is de leted.
"'
....
"'
N
"N....
0
0
Vl
'<f
97
Free text search ual sea rch t erms m ust be separate d by sp aces
when entering .
Using the free text search, you can select the or-
der tha t the search terms are en tered in the in- An inpu t suggesti o n to com plete th e e nt ry @
put field. ¢ fig. 93 is shown base d on the inpu t . Addit io nal
entries that contain t he e nte red search t erm a re
listed In the res ults list @ ¢ fig. 93.
If t he desired term is still not d isplayed, en t er

addi t ion al let t ers until it is di splayed .
It is oft en enough just to ente r t he first lette rs of

t he sea rch te rm in order fo r it to disp lay in t he re-
sul t s list . For exam ple , in t he Telephone* m enu,
wr ite t he init ials of t he contac t be ing searche d
Fig. 93 Exampl e: free t ext sea rch on t elep hone
separate d by a space .
Free text sea rch is avai lab le in the Vehicle*, Ra- Selecting the input suggestion to complete
dio, Media*, Telephone, Navigation and Audi the entry
connect * menus.
Requiremen t : an input su gg esti o n t o com plet e
Open ing free te xt search the entry @ ¢ fig. 93 mus t be d isp layed.
"' Se lect : IM ENU Ibutton > desired menu item "' MMI touch input : press t he contro l knob.
(such as Telephone). "'Speller input : pus h the con tro l knob up .
"' Keep turning the contro l knob to the left unt il
Selecting an entry from the results list
the free text search input field CD¢ fig. 93 ap-
pears. Or: if necessary, push the contro l knob "'MMI touch input : t urn the contro l knob down-
up to open the inp ut fie ld CD¢ fig. 93 . wa rd . Select and confirm an ent ry from t he list .
"'Speller input : se lect and confirm ILIS T ! CD
The handwriting recog nit ion for the MMI touch
¢ page 96, fig. 92. Or: push t he contro l kno b
cont rol pad is automatically active. Simply sta rt
down. Sele ct and confi rm an en t ry from the
writing .
list .
Free te xt search for an entry
"' Ente r one or mo re search terms in any orde r in-

to the input f ie ld at the same time. The indiv id-
98
Menus and Symbols
I~
:c
'~
@
14
Fig. 94 Menus and symb ols diagram
Symbol/Description Explanation
CD Selected text Selected function
@ TMC page 139
TMC/online traffic informat ion recept ion c::>
Network coverage for the active data connection c::> page 124
2G: GSM network
3G : UMTS network
® 2G/3G/LTE* LTE*: LTE network
When a data connection is establ ished, the symbol for an act ive da -
ta connection appea rs in the status line on the Infota inment system
page 124
display c::>
Data connect ion signal
strength ba rs*
Signal strength for the active data connection, or
Data connection signa l PIN: Enter the PIN (SIM)
@
strength bars* PUK: Enter the PUK
SIM: insert the SIM card c::>
page 119
Jukebox importing proc -
® ess
page 149
Copy audio/video files to the Jukebox c::>
® Repeat track page 157

The track currently playing is repeated . c::>
page 157,
All files on the playlist are played in random order c::>
0 Shuffle
Shuffle
® Knob Setting for the selected funct ion by turn ing the control knob
® Arrow Access information by pressing the control knob
Leave the mobile network for the connected cell phone or the in-
@ Roaming
serted mini SIM card
CD
....
CD @ Importing process Import/update the contacts in the directory or the call lists
N
"......
N
@ Bluetooth page 150 or c::>
Bluetooth device connected c::> page 108
0
0
"'
'SI"
99
Multi M e d ia Int e rfac e
Symbol / Description Explanation

Select and confirm context-dependent functions as well as settings
@ Options me nu
within a menu item
Name of a long list
@ Scroll bars
Move within lists using the contro l knob
Informat ion that can be changed us ing the letter/number speller
@) Input fie ld
~ page 96 or the MMI touch ~ page 93 .
Cell phone signal Cell phone network signal strength for a connected cell phone
@
strength bars ~ page 108
@ MMI touch Operation via MMI touch control pad is possible
Settings for the selected function that are accessed by pressing the
@) Selection list
control knob
@) Check boxes~ Switches certain funct ions on or off by pressing the contro l knob
100
Voice recognition system
• Telephone • Favorites
• Audi connect • Call (XY)
• Navigation • Enter number
• Directory • Redial
• Radio • Read new text message
• Media • Navigate to (XV)
• Sound • Enter address/destination
• Help • Onhne destinations
• Help Speech dialog system • Cancel route guidance
• Help Telephone • Map
• Help Audi connect • Line (XY)
• Help Navigat ion • Next page/ previous page
• Help Map • Cancel
• Help Radio • No, l meant ()(Y)
• Help Media • Correction
TELEPHONE
· Enter number • Call list
• Delete number/ correc t ion • Redial
• Directory • Call mailbox
• Call (XY) • Enter PIN/ delete PIN
· business/ private/ land line/ mobile • Telephone favorit es
NAVIG:ATI0N
• Navigate to (XV) • Exclude next route section / Exclude
• Business address/ Private address next street
• Start/ cancel route guidance • Route list
· Directory • Calculate alternative routes
• Last destinations · Online destinations
• Navigation favorites • Special destination
• Drive home
• Enter address
• Enter country/ town/ street/ state
• Exclude routt / Exclude route for (XY)km/ m
• Map
• Day map / Night map
• 20 driving position map/ 20 north position map/ 30 map/ Destination map/ Overview map
!H C0NNECf
AllJC
• Audi connect • Flight Information I Train Information
• Travel information/ Parking Information • City events
• Fuel prices • Online news
• Weather • Twitter
RADIO MEDIA
• Radio presets • Jukebo x y
• Last stations • CO/ DVD
• FM • SO card l / SD card 2
• FM/ AM/ SIRIUS XM · Audi music Interface/ !Pod/ USB/ Bluetooth /
• Station (XY)/ Frequency (XY) Wl·Fi / Medium (XV)
• Traffic announcement on/ off • Media favorites/ Artists/ Albums/ Genres/
Tracks/ Playlists / Videos
• Folder up
· Random playback on / off
"'
....
"'
N
Fig. 9S Comma nd ove rview
"....
N
0
0
...
"'
101
Voice recognition system For the system to understand you:
Speak clearly and distinc t ly at a norma l vol ume .

Operating Speak louder when dr iving fas t er.
You can operate many Infotainment functions
Emphasize the words in the comma nds evenly
conveniently by speaking .
and do not leave long pauses .
Do not speak a command when the voice recogni -
tion system is making an announcement.
Close the doors, the windows and the sunroof* to
reduce backgrou nd noise . Make sure that passen-
gers are not speaking when you are giving a voice
command .
Do not direct the air vents toward the handsfree
microphone, which is nea r the front interior
Fig. 96 Talk butto n a nd right thumbwheel on the mult i· lights on the roof headliner/on t hedr iver's safety
funct ion steer ing wheel belt* . For additional informat ion on the safety
belt m icrophone, refe r to ¢ page 117.
Requirement: the ignition and the MMI must be
switched on ¢ page 90, there must be no phone Only use the system from the dr iver's seat be-
call in progress and the parking system must not cause the hands free microphone is directed to -
be active . ward that seat.
.,.Switching on: br iefly press the 12!]q fig. 96 Additional setting s

button on the m ultifunction steering wheel and
Refer to ¢ page 166, Voice recognition system.
say the desired command after the Beep.
.,.Switching off : press and ho ld the 12!]button .
&_ WARNING
Or: say the command Cancel.
.,. Pause: say the command Pause. To resume, - Direct your full attention to driving . As the
driver, you have complete responsibility for
press the 12!]butt on .
safety in t raff ic. Only use the fu nctions in
.,.Correcting: press the ~ button one t ime ®
¢ page 20, fig. 9. Or: say the command Correc- such a way that you a lways maintain com-
tion . plete contro l over your vehicle in all tr affic
sit uat ions.
Input assistance - Do not use the voice recognition system in
The system gu ides you through the input with emergen cies beca use your voice may change
visua l and audio feedbac k. in str essful s ituation s . It may ta ke longer to
dial t he number or the system may not be
- Visual input assistance: after switching on ab le to dia l it at all . Dial t he emergency
voice recognit ion, a display with a selection of number manually.
poss ible commands appea rs . The command
display can be sw itched on/off under IMENU ! > (D Tips
Setting s> left contro l but ton > MMI setting s>
- The d ia log pauses when the re is a n incom -
Speech dialog system.
ing pho ne call a nd will con ti nue if you ig·
- Audio input assistance: to have the poss ible
nore the cal l. The dia log ends if you answer
comma nd s read, press t he 1
0,Ibut t on on t he
the ca ll.
multifunct ion steering wheel briefly and say
- There are no navigation prompts * when a di-
Help .
alog is active. .,..
102
- You can se lect an item in t he list usin g e i- Seq uences of commands used to perfo rm an ac-
the r the voice recognition system or the t ion are identified w ith a" >", fo r example say :
control kno b. Enter address > (then) Enter country/state.
The maj ority s hown a re m ai n commands . This

Command overview system al so recogni zes synonyms in cert a in cas-
information es . For a business address, you can also say busi-
ness, work , office or at the office.
The fo llow ing ove rviews describe t he commands
that ca n be us ed t o ope rat e the MMI us ing t he
voice recogn ition system .
Alternat ive commands are sepa rated us ing a"/",

for example say: Telephone / (or) Navigation /
(or) Radio.
Commands
Global commands
You can a lways use the glo bal commands, re-

ga rdless of the men u se lect ed.
Function Say:
Open ing a menu Telephone / Directory / Navigation / Radio / Media / Audi con-
nect* / Car / Tone
Having th e possible com ma nds Help / Help Speech dialog system / Help Telephone /
re ad al oud Help Navigation / Help Map / Help Radio / Help Media / Help
Audi connect*
Telephone funct ions Call (XV) , for example Call "John Smith" /
Enter number / Redial / Directory / Read out text message
Navigation funct ions Navigate to (XV), for examp le Navigate to John Smith /
Enter address / Cancel route guidance / Map / Online destina-
tions* / Online destination (XV)*
Access ing favo rit es Favorites > follow the sys tem promp ts
Selecting an entry from a list Line (XV)
Scrolling t h roug h a list Next page / Previous page
Correct the command g iven Correct
Switc hing t he voice recog nition sys- Cancel
tern off
Telephone
Req uirement: a cell phone must be connected to You can say the followin g commands depend ing
page 108 and the Telephone menu
the MMI r:::;, on the selected menu item : ..,.
must be open c;, table on page 103 .
"'
....
"'
N
"N....
0
0
Vl
'<f
103
Function Say :
Calling a contact from the d irectory Call (XV), for example Call "John Smith"
Selecting a specific contact numbe r Call (XV) at wo rk / Private / Landline / Cell phone ,
for exa mple, Call "John Smith" private
Selecting a phone number w ith an Call / Call work / Call private / Call land line / Call cell phone
address card open work
Calling a contact from your favor - Teleph o ne favo rites > After being prompted, say the desired
ites list contact > Dial
Displaying recent calls Call list
Calling the last number dialed Redialing
Dialing a phone number Enter number > After being prompted, say the telephone num-
ber in groups of individual numbers, fo r example. 888 555
1212 > Dial
Correcting the phone number that Correction I Delet e number
was entered
Showing contact information Directory > After being prompted, say the desired contact,
such as John Smith
Listen ing to messages Call voic e mail
Entering the PIN (SIM) Ente r PIN > when prompted, say the PIN in individual numbers
> Save
Corre cti ng the PIN entry Correct ion / Delete PIN
Correct data input No I meant (XV)
Close the entire command list Clos ing
phones that transmit names separated into

@ Tips
first and last names.
- Contacts in the dire ctory can selected using - For more informat ion on s upported cell
the full name ("first name last name" a nd phones, visit www .audiu sa. com / bluetooth
"las t name, first name") as well as with only or contact your a uthorized Audi dea ler or
the first or last name. This applies to cell aut hori zed Aud i Service Fac ility.
Audi connect
Applies to: vehicles with Audi connect
Requirement: the requirements for Audi connect

services must be met r:!:>
page 119 .
Function Say:
Accessing Audi connect se rvices Audi connect > follow the system prompts .
@ Tips
Always read the chapte r ¢ page 125, About
Audi connect.
104
Navigation
Requirement: the Navigati on menu must be You can say the following commands fo r ent ering
ope n ~table on page 103. a desti nat io n depending on the selected me nu
item:
Function Say :
Opening the list of previous naviga- Last destination s
t ion destinations
Accessing favorites Navigat ion f avorites
Selecting the home add ress Home addre ss or Drive home
Entering an add ress with guidance Enter address > follow the system prompts
from the system
Individua l commands for entering a Enter country / Enter state / Enter city / Enter ZIP code / Enter
destination street / Ente r house numbe r
Making a co rrection wh il e entering Correct
a dest inat ion
Navigating to a contact Drive me to (XV) or Navigate to (XV), for example Drive me to
"John Smith"
Navigating to a specific address for Navigate to (XV) business / private,
a contact for example, "Navigate to John Smith"
Navigating to favor ites Navigat ion favorit es> Line (XV) / Line contents > Start route
guidance when prompted
Start ing route guidance with an ad- Navigate / Navigate to private address / Navigate to business
dress card open address
Ente r a new dest ination/stopover Enter destination > enter the desired address when prompted >
when route guidance is act ive confirm the new destination/stopover if prompted
Start ing route guidance after enter- Start route guidance
ing a dest ination
Canceling current route g uidance Cancel route guidance
Calculating alternative routes Calculate alternative routes
Entering a point of interest by se- Point of interest > Change search area > category or subcatego-
lecting a search area with guidance ry when prompted, for example "restaurant"
from the system
Dest ination input cat egor ies Audi Service / Train station / Airport / Hotel / Hospital / Park-
ing / Rest area / Rest aurant / Gas station etc.
Search areas for entering points of Nearby / Along the route / Near destination / Vicinity of stop-
interest over I In new city / In a new state / country
Entering an online destination* Online destination (XV), for example "Online destination
"Lakeview Hotel ""
Correct data input No, I meant (XV)
Close the entire command list Close
"'
....
"'
N
"N....
0
0
Vl
'<f
105
Requirement: you mus t be in the Navigation or

Map menu . You can say the fo llowing commands
for mo re settings in Navigation:
Function Say:
General map options Map / Day map / Night map / Automatically change map color
Map type 2D heading up map / 2D north up map / 3D map / Destination
map / Overview map / Standard map / Traff ic map / Google
Earth map*
Showing the route list Route list
Showing the remaining d ist ance/ Destination information
t ime when route guidance is active
Speed limit prompt How fast can I drive here?
Setting voice guidance for act ive Voice guidance on / Voice guidan ce off / Voice guidance short-
route g uidance ened / Voice guidance complete / Voice guidance traffic
Blocking a certain sect ion on the Block route (XV) meters/ kilomet ers/ yards/ miles / Block next
route rout e/ Avoid next section of route
you a re located and wh ich menu language

@ Tips
you have se lected.
- Destinations may have to be spelled when - Always read the chapter c::>page 125, About
entered, depending on the coun t ry where Audi connect.
Radio
Requiremen t : the Radio mus t a lready be open . You can say the following commands depend ing
o n t he sele cted freque ncy ban d:
Function Say:
Selecting t he reception ba nd FM / SiriusXM* / AM
Selecting a station from the station Channel (XV) / !Frequency (XV) / Last stat ions
list
Selecting a station from favorites/ Radio presets > Line (XV)
presets
Setting the frequency Frequency (XV)
Setting the frequency Frequency (XV) / Frequency (XV) HD 1
Close the entire command list Closing
Media
Requirement: you must be in the Media menu . You can say the following commands depend ing
o n the act ive media:
106
Function Say:
Selecting a so urce directly Jukebox/ CD / DVD / SD card 1 / SD card 2 / Audi music inte r-
face / iPod / USB / Bluetooth / W i-Fi / Media source (XV), for
example "Jolhn's player"
Selecting aud io/video files from t he Media favorite s/ Artists / Album s/ Genres/ Tracks/ Playlist s /
Jukebox Videos
Selecti ng aud io files on an iPod Artists / Albums / Genres/ Tracks/ Playlists / Composers/
(sou rce: Audi music interface*) Podcasts / Audio books
Navigating w ith in a folder struc- Folder up / Line (XV)
t u re/list
Selecti ng shuffle Shuffl e on / Shuffle off
Close the entire command list Closing
External voice operation (D Tips

Requirement: - Navigation messages* and traffic announce-
ments * a re not given during a dialog.
The ignition and the MMI m ust be switched on.
- This function depends on the cell phone
There must no t be a phone call in progress . used. You can obtain more information
The parking a id as we ll as the Audi voice recogni- from your cell phone se rvice provider or
tion system must not be active. from your cell phone user guide.
- AUDI AG simply provides accessto control
A cell phone must be connected to the MMI your cell phone wit h voice operation and
through the Handsfree profile c:;,page 108 . does not ta ke any responsibility fo r the con-
The ce ll phone being connec t ed must have voice t en t s a nd com mands within the external
control that can be controlled externally . voice con t rol.
"' Switching on: press and hold the 10,Ibutton on

the m ult ifunct ion steer ing whee l and say the
desired command after the external speech di-
alog begins.
"'Resuming dialog : if necessary, press the 10 ,I
button and say a new command . Or: select and
confirm Resume on the MMI control panel.
"'Restarting dialog : the system remains ready to
use for a short t ime after end ing the d ialog.
You can start a new dialog during this time.
Briefly press the @!lbutton . Or: se lect and con-
firm Rest art speech dialog syst em on the MMI
contro l pane l.
"'Switching off : press and ho ld the @!lbutton.
Or: se lect and confirm Cancel on the MMI con-
trol panel.
"'
....
"'
N
"N....
0
0
Vl
'<f
107
Telephone
Telephone (D Tips
Introduction - To learn which Bluetooth connections and

wh ich of the funct ions in your cell phone are
To make phone coils in your vehicle using the
supported, check with your cell phone serv-
MMI, connect your cell phone to the MMI via
ice provider or the database for mobile devi-
Bluetooth.
ces at www .audiusa.com/ bluetooth .
Handsfr ee - The Bluetooth connection range is limited
to inside the vehicle . It can also be affected
Afte r you have connected your cell phone to the
by local condit ions and interference with
MMI via Bluetooth, you can use the handsfree
other devices .
system and operate telephone functions through
your MMI. You can make calls using the antenna
on your cell phone. Setup
A WARNING
Connecting a cell phone using Bluetooth
- Med ical experts warn that cell phones can

interfere w ith the funct ion of pacemakers .
Always mainta in a m inimum distance of 20
cent imeters between the cell phone anten-
na and the pacemaker.
- Do not carry the cell phone in a pocket di-
rectly over the pacemaker when the phone
is switched on. Fig. 97 Disp laying t he PIN for entering in the cell phone
- Switch the cell phone off immediately if
you suspect it may be interfering w ith the Requirement
pacemaker.
The vehicle must be stationary and the ignition
- Do not use the voice recognit ion system must be sw itched on.
¢ page 102 in emergencies because your
voice may change in stressful situations. It The Bluetooth function and visibility of the MMI
may take longer to dial the number or the ¢ page 164 and cell phone must be switched on.
system may not be able to dial it at all. Dial The cell pho ne to be connected must not be ac-
the emergency numbe r manua lly. tive ly connected to any othe r Bluetooth dev ice.
- Switch your cell phone off in a reas whe re
there is a risk of an exp losion. These loca- The MMI must not be connected to a cell phone .
t ions are not always clearly mar ked. This Connectin g a cell phone
may include gas stations, fuel and chemical
storage facilities or t ransport vehicles, or lo- "' Select: ! MENU I button> Telephone> Connect
cations where fuel vapors (such as propane mobile device > Next . The availab le Bluetooth
or gasoline vapor in vehicles or bui ldings), dev ices are shown in the Infota inment system
chemicals or large quantities of dust parti- disp lay. Or: search for the MMI in your cell
cles (such as flour, sawdust or metal) may phone through the Bluetooth device sea rch .
be present in the air . This also applies to all "' Sele ct and confirm the des ired cell phone from
othe r locations where you would normally the list of d isplayed Bluetooth devices.
turn your vehicle engine off . "' The MMI generates a PIN for the connection
setup ¢ fig. 97 .
- The demands of traffic requ ire your full at-
"' Select and confirm Yes.
tent ion. Always read the chapter ¢ page 90,
"' Enter the PIN for connecting on your cell
Traffic safety information.
phone. Or: when the PIN is displayed on your
108
Telephone
cell phone, confirm the PIN on your cell phone ry and confirm access to your text messages
and in the MMI.The time allowed for enter ing separately .
the PIN is limited to approximately 30 seconds. - Several cell phones can be paired to the
MMI, but only one cell phone can be actively
Pay attention to any additional system prompts
displayed on your cell phone, for example if the connected.
system should connect automatically in the fu- - A Bluetooth device that is already paired
ture . Depending on the cell phone, you may also with the MMIwill be disconnected if anoth-
need to download the directory and confirm ac- er device is paired.
cess to your messages separately. - When leaving the vehicle, the Bluetooth
connection to the cell phone will automati-
After connecting successfully cally disconnect .
After connecting successfully, a short message - You can obtain more information from your
with information about the connected profiles cell phone service provider or from your cell
will appear. You can also change the profile later phone user guide. For information on using
by selecting IMENUI> Settings> left cont rol but- the telephone, visit www.audiusa.com/
ton > MMI setti ngs > Connection manager bluetooth or your authorized Audi dealer or
¢ page 164 . authorized Audi Service Facility.
In addition, the cell phone contacts are automat-

ically loaded in the MMI directory. This process
Using the telephone
can take several minutes, depending on the num- Opening the telephone
ber of contacts .
(1) Tips
- Making phone calls through the MMI is only
possible using the Handsfree Bluetooth pro-
file.
- You can apply additional settings to con-
nected cell phones using the connection
manager Q page 163 . Fig. 98 Telephone functions in selection menu
- You can also search for the MMI in your cell

phone using the Bluetooth device search . Requirement: a cell phone must be connected to
- You only have to pair your device one time. the MMI¢page 108 .
Bluetooth devices that are already paired .,.Select: !MENUI button> Telephone> left con-
automat ically connect to the MMIwhen the trol button .
Bluetooth function is switched on, they are
within range and the ignition is switched on. The following functions are available Q fig . 98 :
The last connected cell phone is given first @ Recent calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
priority. @ Favorites. . . . . . . . ............. 112
- Authorizing the MMI connection in your cell
@ Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
phone will make automat ic connection pos-
sible .
@) Enter number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
- Pay attention to any system prompts dis- ® Text message (cell phone)* ore-
played on your cell phone, for example if mail (cell phone)* . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112, 113
CD
the system should connect automatically in The device name for your cell phone is displayed
....
CD
N
the future. Depending on the cell phone, in the Telephone menu, for example text mes-
"....
N you may also need to download the directo- sage (myPhone) ¢ fig . 98 .
0
0
"'
'SI'
109
Telephone
Dialing a phone number Favorites
Requireme nt: a phone number or contact must

page 112.
be stored as a favorite c::>
Se lect and confirm a favorite in the favorites list.
Directory
Requirement: you must have at least one contact

stored in your cell phone.
Fig. 99 Number speller Se lect and confirm a phone number from the di-
rectory ¢ page 114.
Enter number
- Entering a phone number as a sequence of

numbers : enter a phone number using the
number speller c::>fig. 99.
- Entering the phone number as a sequence of
letters: se lect and conf irm IABC
Iabove the
Fig. 100 Dialing a phone number from the call list number speller. Enter a sequence of letters us-
ing the letter speller, for example AUDISER-
• Select : IMENU Ibutton> Telephone > left con- VICE.
trol button . - Dialing a phone number : select and confirm qP_
Or: push the control knob down . Select and
Call list
confirm OK.
Requirement: the call list must contain a phone - Deleting individual characters: select and con-
number. firm <&I.
Turn the control knob to display the call list. - Deleting all characters entered at once: turn
the contro l knob with the character selection to
Select and confirm the desired telephone num- <&Iand press the control knob down . Or: se lect
ber from the recent calls list. the right control button > Clear input field .
Call list symbols c::>fig . 100: Tone sequences (DTMF) can be entered directly
(D Missed ca lls into the speller dur ing a phone call.
@ Dialed numbers
@ Accepted calls Accepting/ending a call
Select: a contact from the list> right control but- - Accepting a call: select and conf irm Accept
ton . call.
- Call: ca ll the selected contact. - Ignoring a call: select and confirm Ignore call.
- Edit number before dialing : ed it a phone num- - Muting the active call : select and confirm
ber before dialing it. Select and confirm OK to Mute .
edit. Or: press the left control button t o return - Ending a phone call/cancel dialing : se lect and
without ed iting. confirm End call. Or: press the control knob.
- Send text message: write a text message to
page 111, During
Accepting another call: see c::>
the selected contact.
a phone call.
- Delete call list : select and confirm if you would
like to Delete this entry or Delete all entries. Caller information : the name, phone number or
- Store as favorite : store the selected contact as Unknown appears in the Infotainment system
a favorite. display depending o n if the caller has been stored .,..
110
Telephone
in the directory and if the phone num ber has Switch to hands-free mode *: Requi remen t: you
been transmitted. A picture may also be dis- must have a phone call in progress on you r cell
played, depending on whether you have assigned phone. Se lect and confirm Switch to hands-free
a pict ure to a contact in your d irecto ry and if it mode to transfer t he call from your cell phone to
was transferred to your MMI. You can find out if the MMI.
your cell phone supports this function from your
Toggle call : alternate between two phone calls
cell phone net work prov ider, you r cel l phone
whi le one of the calls is on hold. Se lecting End
owner's manua l or at www .audiu sa.com/blue-
call will end the active phone call. A phone ca ll on
tooth .
ho ld can be resumed th rough the rig ht control
but ton> Resume .
@ Tips
The radio o r med ia playback is mu t ed duri ng a Add to conference : a party on hold and up to five
p ho ne call. active pa rties (depending on the networ k) can be
added to a conference call . To make an additional
call, put all participa nts in t he cur rent conference
During a phone call
call on ho ld using t he rig ht cont rol button> Hold
Requi re m en t : the re mus t be a call in prog ress . conference . Press t he left con tr ol button . Select
and co nfirm Call list / Directory/ Favorites > an
~ Press the right contro l button.
entry from the list . You can add calle d con tact s
The fo llow ing options are possible dur ing a call to t he confe rence using t he right contro l bu tt o n
depending on the ce ll phone being used and the > Add to conference. Resume takes all pa rt ies off
type of connection: ho ld.
- Making an addit ional call : Select: Find contact Multi-party calling : selec t the right con tr ol but-
> Call list / Directory/ Favorites > an entry from ton > Telephone settings > Call options. When
the list . the function is switc hed o n~ you can accept an
- Accepting an incoming call when there is an additional ca ll using Accept call or ignore a call
active call and a call on hold : select Replace . using Ignore call . When the function is sw itched
The active ca ll is replaced with the incoming off, you can Replace the call or Ignore call .
call. Connection manager : refer to ¢ pa ge 1 63 .
- Answering an additional call : if the re is a n in-
Telephone settings : refer to ¢ page 11 6 .
coming call w hile a nothe r ca ll is active, you can
select Accept call to put t he exis t ing call on
ho ld a nd answer the incoming call . If you se lect
(D Tips
Ignore call , t he incoming call will be ig nored . - To be not ified of a n incomi ng ca ll dur ing a
phone call, t he call wa iti ng function in your
Addit ional functions incl ude: cell p hon e m ust be swit ched on whe n using
Mute : if you se lect and confirm this function, the t he hand s-free pro file (Handsfree ).
other pe rson on the phone cannot hear you. You - You ca n obt ain more info rm at ion from you r
can hear the other person. cell phon e servi ce provider or fr om yo ur ce ll
phone user gui d e.
Hold call / Resume: you ca n place the existing call
- The dis play of an incom ing p hon e call in the
on hold and resume it again. To resume the call,
Infot ai nmen t system display m ay st ill be
select and confi rm the call you wo uld like to re-
visible for a few seconds de pen ding o n the
sume.
cell p ho ne in use. Using t he Replace or De-
Transfer call to cell phone *: se lect and confirm cline functions may the n end the active
"'
.... Transfer call to mobile device to transfer the ex-
"' phone call.
N
"N.... isting call from the MMI to your cell phone.

0
0
Vl
'<f
111
Telephone
Favorites lnbox
Up to 50 contacts, in addition to the voicemail All rece ived text messages a re displayed.
number, can be stored in any order in the favor- Sent text messages
ites list.
All sent text messages are displayed.
~ Se lect: IM ENU I button > Telephone > left con-
trol button. Outbo x
All text messages to be sent a re displayed .

- Storing an existing phone number as a favor-
ite : select and confirm Call list/ Contacts. Se- (D Tips
lect and confirm a contact or phone number
- Please note tha t you may have to activate
from the list. Select : right control button>
t he receiving and sending of text messages
Store as favorite . Enter a name for the favorite
depending on the SIM card being used (for
or select a suggestion . Select and confirm with
example, when using a Multi-SIM). You can
Store .
obtain more information from your cell
- Renaming a stored favorite : select and confirm
phone serv ice provider or from you r cell
Favorites > a favorite from the list. Select the
phone user guide.
rig ht cont rol button > Rename favorite .
- For more informat ion on supported cell
- Moving a stored favorite : select and confirm
phones, visit www.audiusa. com / bluetooth
Favorites > a favorite from the list. Select the
or contact your a uthorized Audi dea ler or
rig ht cont rol button > Move favorite . Select
au t horized Audi Service Fac ility.
and confirm the location of t he selected favor-
ite.
- Deleting a stored favorite : select and confi rm · Writing a text message
Applies to: cell phones with Bluetooth Message Access Profile
Favorites > a favorite from the list . Select t he
(MAP)
rig ht cont rol but t on > Delete f avorite > Delet e
this favorite or Delete all favo rites. ~ Select: ! ME N UI button> Telephone > left con-
trol button > Text message (mobile device) >
Messages lnbox > right control button.
Text message Writing a te xt me ssage

Applies to: cell phones with Bluetooth Message Access Profile Se lect and confirm the desired template from
(MAP)
the list . Enter a recip ient . Select and confirm
Depending on the cell phone being used and the Send.
cell phone network contract, you can receive and
send text messages using the MMI. Replying*
Se lect and confirm the desired template from

Requirement
the list. Select and confi rm Send.
The Message Access Profile (MAP) must be act i-
vated in t he Bluetooth sett ings in your cell phone Message options
an d your cell phone must be connec t ed to the Applies to : cell phones with Bluetooth Message Access Profile
MMI ~page 108. Check in your cell phone own- (MAP)
er's man ual to see if the cell phone supports t his
~ Select: ! MENUI button> Telephone > left con-
function. trol button > Text message (mobile device) >
~ Select: I M ENU Ibut ton > Telephone> left con - In box/ Sent text messages/ Outbox > right con-
tro l but t on > Text message ( mobile device). trol button.
The following options may be avai lable, depend-

ing on the selected menu.
112
Telephone
Replying* Writing a new e-mail
A reply can be sent for the selected message in - Using a template : select and confirm the de-
the Inbox . sired template from the list.
- Enter one or more rec ipients.
Forward
- Select and confirm Send.
The selected text message can be forwarded to a
different recipient . Inbox
All received e-mails are displayed.
Send again*
The selected text message can be resent. Sent
All sent e-mails are displayed.
Delete this text message*
The selected text message can be deleted. Outbox

All e-ma ils to be sent are displayed.
Read out 1)
You can have the MMI read an open text mes- Drafts
sage. All e-mails that have not yet been sent and saved
e-mails are displayed.
Connection manager
Refer to ¢ page 163 . (D Tips
Telephone settings - For more informat ion on supported cell

phones, visit www.audiusa.com/bluetooth
Refer to ¢ page 116. or contact your authorized Audi dealer or
authorized Audi ServiceFacility .
(D Tips
- To ensure that your sent e-ma ils are re-
Messages that are deleted in the MMI are also ceived, connect your cell phone to the Wi-Fi
de leted in the ce ll phone automatically. hotspot* in the vehicle so that the applica-
ble e-mail app on your cell phone continues
E-mail* to have Internet access. If you are not re-
Applies to: cell phones with Bluetooth Message Access Profile ceiving e-ma ils despite having a successful
(MAP)
connection, contact your e-m a il service pro-
Depending on the type of cell phone used, you vider or your cell phone service provider.
can receive and send e-mails through the MMI.
Message options
Requirement: the Message Access Profile (MAP)
Applies to: cell phones with Bluetooth Message Access Profile
must be activated in the Bluetooth settings on (MAP)
your cell phone and your cell phone must be con-
~ Select: ! M E NUI button> Telephone > left con-
nected to the MMI ¢ page 108 . You can find out
in your cell phone owner's manual if you r cell t rol button > E-mail (cell phone)> Inbox/S ent/
phone supports this function. Outbox > right control button.
~ Select : IMENU I button> Telephone > left con- The following opt ions may be available , depend-
trol button > E-mail (mobile device). ing on the selected menu.
Store as template
Ten e-mail templates are stored in the MMI. You
"'
....
"' can save up to ten additional templates . ..,.
N
"N....
0
0
Vl
'<f
l) Not availab le in al l languages .
113
Telephone
- Create an e-mai l.
(D Tips
- Select and confirm Store as t emplate.
- This service must be set up and activated in
Resume last edited e-mail advance by the cell phone service prov ider.
The last edited e-mail can be resumed . You can obtain more information from your
cell phone service provider.
Reply ing* - The voicemail number depends on the cell
A reply can be sent for the selected e-mail in the phone serv ice provider.
lnbo x.
Emergency call functions
Reply to all*
"' Select: ! MENU I button> Telephone > left con -
A reply can be sen t for the selected e-mail in the
In box and it will be sent to all of the entered re - trol button > Enter number > Enter emergency
call number (for example, 911) > OK.
cipients.
Forward &_ WARNING -

The se lected e-ma il can be forwarded to a differ- - Because your phone works with rad io sig-
ent recip ient. na ls, a connection cannot be guaranteed un-
de r al l circumsta nces. Do not rely on only
Delete this message*
your phone when it comes to essential com-
The selected e-ma il can be deleted. m unicat ion (such as a medical emergency) .
- Always follow the instructions given by the
Read out 1)
emergency personne l dur ing an emergency
You can have the MMI read an open e-mail. call and on ly end the ca ll when they instruct
you to do so.
Connection manage r
See r:')page 163. (D Tips
Telephon e settings Emergency numbers are not the same every-

where. Find out wh ich emergency n umber is
See <=')
page 116.
used in your current location.
(D} Tips
Directory
Messages that are deleted in the MMI are also
automatically deleted in the connected cell Opening the directory
phone.
After connecting the cell phone , the contacts in
it are automatically imported into the MMI.
Listening to voicemail
"' Select : I MENU I button> Telephone > left con-
trol button. Select and confirm Call list/ Direc-
tory/ Favorit es > Voicemail.
- Entering the voicemail number: enter the de-

s ired number. Select and confirm OK.
- Dialing the voicemail number: select and con-
firm Voicemail. Fig. 101 Directo ry
1> Not available in a ll languages .
114
Telephone
Requirement: you must have at least one contact ...Select and confirm a contact from the directo-
stored in your cell phone. ry. The phone numbers for your selected con-
tact open .
.,.Select : IMENU Ibutton> Telephone> left con-
...To make the call, select and confirm a phone
trol button > Directory.
number.
- Selecting a contact: select and confirm a con-
tact from the directory. The phone numbers for (D Tips
your selected contact are displayed. Select and - You can scroll through long lists quickly by
confirm a phone number to start a call. turning the control knob quickly. The scroll-
- Free text search for a contact: refer to ing speed depends on the number of list en-
r::!vpage98. tries.
Contacts are displayed in alphabetical order and - Additional information on free text search-
can be sorted by first or last name c:>page 117 . ing can be found under c:>page 98.
The directory can be opened through the Tele-

Showing contact details
phone menu as well as through the Navigation
menu .
(D} Tips
- Check for a possible request to synchronize
on your cell phone. Requests to synchronize
the directory must be confirmed so that
your cell phone contacts can be loaded into
the MMI.
Fig. 102 Showing contact details
- The contact display in the MMI depends on
the cell phone used. For more information
.,.Select: ! M E NUI button> Telephone> left con-
on supported cell phones, visit
trol button . Select and confirm Directory> a
www.audiusa.com/bluetooth or contact
contact from the directory.
your authorized Audi dealer or authorized
...Select: right control button > Show contact de-
Audi Service Facility.
tails.
- The directory from the cell phone with the
active connection will always be displayed. - Calling : select and confirm the desired tele-
- The contacts from the cell phone may not phone number.
be transferred in alphabetical order. If there - Adding a navigation destination: to start navi-
are too many entries, contacts with differ- gation, select and confirm the desired address.
ent first letters may be missing in the MMI. Select and confirm Start route guidance.
- The contacts in the local MMI memory are
Press the right control button to open additional
always visible and can be accessed by other
options for the contact details.
users.
- Read out contact: the MMI automatically cre-
Free text search for contacts ates a name tag that can be read aloud for each
entry in the directory .
.,.Select : IMENU Ibutton> Telephone> left con- - Store as favorite: see c:>page 112, Favorites .
trol button > Directory. - Send text message*: you can send a text mes-
...To limit the search, enter the initials of the con- sage to the selected contact c:>page 112
"'
....
"' tact being searched with each initial separated - Delete contact : the selected contact can be de-
N
by a space. Enter additional letters if necessary.
"N.... leted . ..,.
0
0
Vl
'<f
115
Telephone
in you r myAudi acco unt once you have re gist ered

(D Tips
a ve hicle in the account.
- Contacts edited in the MMI directory cannot
be automatically updated in t he connected (D Tips
cell phone . Audi recommends editing cell
- Always read t he cha pt er ¢ pa ge 125, About
phone contacts d irect ly in the cell phone.
Au di connect .
- Contacts fr om the ce ll phone cannot be de-
- For add it ional infor mat ion on myAudi ac-
leted through the MMI.
co unt, visit www.audi.com/myaudi.
- The impo rt ed contacts ar e st o red in the lo-
Importing/exporting contacts cal mem ory of t he dir ec to ry.
Contacts in vCard format(. vcf) can be import ed - A maxim u m of 1000 cont acts can be im-
into the directory or exported. po rte d . You can check th e mem ory capa city
for t he directory at a ny time¢ p age 117.
Requir ement: an SD ca rd must be in the SD card - Never sa ve impo rtant data on m em o ry car ds
reader ¢ pa ge 148 or a USB stora g e d evice must or USB st orage d evices. Aud i is no t resp onsi-
be connected to the Audi music inte rface ble for dama ged or los t files and medi a.
¢page 152. - Con t acts t hat were dow nload ed fr om a ce ll
~ Se lect: IM ENU Ibutton > Telephone > left con - phone canno t be ex ported .
tro l button > Directory. - The re shou ld be no oth er file s or fold e rs on
~ Se lect : rig ht contro l butto n > Directory set · th e st or age m ediu m conta in ing t he cont acts
tings . to be im po rt ed.
- Importing contacts from a storage device : se -

Settings
lect and co nfirm Import contacts > SD card 1/
SD card 2 or USB device 1/ USB device 2 > de- Telephone settings
sired contacts > Start import .
~ Select : ! M E N UI bu tton> Telephone > righ t con-
- Exporting contacts to a storage device : select
t rol button > Telephone settings .
and co nfirm Export contacts > SD card 1/ SD
card 2 or USB device 1/ USB device 2 > desired Call opt ions*
contacts > Start export .
Multi-party calling : can be switched on / off .
- Selecting all contacts at once to import/ex-
port: select a nd confi rm Import contacts / Ex- Ringtone and volume settings 2>
port contacts > SD card 1 / SD card 2 or USB de-
Usin g the Mute telephone function, you can
vice 1/ USB device 2 > All > Start import / Start
switch the ringto ne on your MMI on or off . The
export .
ringtones are playe d using the Ringtone f unc -
- Importing contacts from your myAudi ac-
tion. Select and confi rm an ent ry from the list.
count1 >:sele ct and confirm Import contacts >
For the Ringtone volume / Message volume set-
myAudi account Ente r your myAud i us e r data .
ti ngs, refe r t o ¢ page 166 . The Microphone in-
You must have a myAudi account in order to im- put level can be adjusted dur ing a pho ne call us-
port contacts fro m the accou nt . Ente ring your ing t he con t rol knob . Iii>
myAudi use r da t a or your myAudi PIN is o nly re-
q uired one tim e . You w ill rece ive t he myAudi PIN
l ) The requireme nt s fo r using Audi connect services• mus t

be me t and you must have a myAudi account set up at
ht tp:/ /m y.audiusa.co m. You must have a vehicle sto red in
your myAudi account and you must have contacts sto red.
2> Depends on the connecte d cell phone.
116
Teleph o ne
Export contacts
@ Tips
See¢ page 116, Impor ting/exporting contacts.
- Seve ral cell phones can be paired to the
MMI, but only one cell phone can be act ively Download directory
connected.
To update the contacts in the MMI, you can man -
- To delete all paired Bluetooth devices, the
ually download your cell phone contacts. De-
Bluetooth function can be reset to the fac-
pending on the cell phone, the Bluetooth connec-
tory default settings¢ page 163.
t ion may need to be disconnected a nd reconnect -
ed to upda t e t he con t acts.
Additional options
Hide contacts without phone number
" Select : IMENU Ibutton> Telephone > right con-
trol button. When this funct ion is switched on~, contacts
that do not have any numbers assigned to them
Connection manage r will be grayed ou t in the directory.
Refer to ¢ page 163 .
Safety belt microphone
Bluetooth settings
The safety belt microphone is positioned in the
Refer t o ¢ page 164 . ideal loca tion to provide the best hands-free call
Online settings quality regardless of body size and seat position.
Refer to ¢ page 164 .
Wi-F i option s
Refer to page
c:::> 123, Wi-Fi hotspot .
Directory settings
" Select : IMENU Ibutton> Telephone > left con·

trol button > Directory.
" Select : right control button > Directory set- Fig . 103 Safe ty belt microp hone
tings.
The safety belt microphone act ivates when you
Mem ory capacity
buck le t he safe ty belt . Make sure that the m icro-
Shows the Memory capacity for the directory. phone is on the side of the safety belt that is fac·
You can manage up to 17,000 contacts with the ing outward <=:> fig. 103.
MMI directory. You can load up to 4,000 contacts If you unbuckle the dr iver's safety belt, the sys-
from your cell phone into each d irectory. You can tem switches from the safety be lt microphone to
also import up to 1,000 contacts from a storage t he roof microphone .
dev ice.
Sort order
@ Tips
- If you deactivate* the front passenger's air-
You can sort the contac t s in your directory a lpha - bag, the front passenger 's safety belt m i-
betically according to Last name or First name. crophone is deact ivated rega rdless of
Import contacts whet her t he front passenger 's safe ty belt is
CD
CD buckled or not. .,..
;:::: See <=:>
page 116, Importing/exporting contacts .
"N......
0
0
"'
'SI'
117
Telephone
- A di rty microphone opening can affect clean the safety belt microphone using a
hands-free call quality . If this happens, brus h.
Troubleshooting
Applies to: vehicles with telephone
Problem Solution
Connecting the cell phone to the Chec k if the requirements for connecting a cell phone have been
MMI failed. met ¢ page 108.
Or: chec k if you accidentally declined the connection setup PIN on
your cell phone . If necessary, repeat the connect ion setup process
¢ page 108 .
After pairing, not all cont acts/ no Avoid using speci.al characters in names .
contacts are loaded in t he MMI. Avoid using contact groups on your cell phone .
Certa in telephone functions are The te lephone funct ions depend on t he cell phone service provider
grayed out or not availab le. a nd the cell p ho ne you are usi ng. You ca n ob t ain more info rma-
tion from your cell phone se rvice pr ovide r, in your cell ph one use r
gu ide or in t he dat abase for mob ile dev ices at www.audiusa.com/
bluetooth .
Some telephone function s a re On corporate phones, some Bluetooth setti ngs may not be com-
switched off or not availab le, even patib le or the ce ll phone Bluetooth funct ion may be deactivated.
t ho ugh the cell phone is support- You can obtain more informat ion from yo ur system admi nistrator.
ed .
118
Audi c o nn e ct
Audi connect - A data connection must be configured for Audi

connect servic es .
Introduction
(D Tips
With Audi conn ect services, on line information is The data connection for Audi connect services
transmitted and integrated direc t ly in the veh i- is preconfigured at the factory . You can
cle. change the data connection at any t ime if you
Using the Wi-Fi hotspot , you can access the In- need to adjust the configu rat ion ~ page 124.
ternet through a mob ile dev ice when the vehicle
is stationary. Using the SIM card reader
Applies to: vehicles with SIM card reader and Audi connect
A WARNING
-
- To reduce the risk of an accident, on ly use
Audi connect serv ices when road and traffic
condit ions perm it. Always read the instruc-
t ions in the chapter c>page 90, Traffic safe-
ty information.
- It is only safe to use tab lets, laptops, mo-
bile devices and othe r s imilar dev ices when
the vehicle is stationary because, like all
loose objects, they could be thrown a round
the ins ide of the vehicle in a crash and cause
ser ious injur ies. St ore t hese types of devi ces
sec urely wh ile driving.
- To red uce t he risk of an accident, o nly use
Audi conne ct serv ices using a Wi- Fi hotspo t
when the veh icle is sta t ionary .
Audi connect is desig ned fo r use only with the

prov ided SIM card. Aud i AG is not liable fo r Fig . 1 04 Mini SI M card is pictur ed in actual size
t he consequences of using other SIM cards.
Requirem ent
(1) Tips The veh icle is sta t ionary.
Read this chapter also befo re operati ng
The ign ition must be switched o n.
i=>page 125, About Audi connect .
In sert ing the Audi SIM card
Setup .. Select: the IMENU Ibutton > Audi connect.
.. To est ablish an In t ernet connection for Audi
Audi connect requirements
connect services, confirm the message that ap-
pears with Accept.
.. The angled corner of the Audi connect SIM card
An Internet connection is required to use Audi
must be at the left front corner . Slide the Audi
connect. The following req uirem ents must be
"' connec t SIM card into t he slot on the SIM card
....
"' met to establish a connection :
N reader until t he card clicks into place
"N.... - The Audi connect SIM ca rd must be inserted in- i=>
fig . 104 .
0
0
Vl to the SIM card reader for the MMI.
'<f
119
Audi conn e ct
"' Select and confirm Ent er PIN. req uested Audi connect service no longe r re-
"' Enter the PIN for your SIM card. quires any data packets .
"' Select and confirm OK.
"' To connect to the Internet automatically in the Configuration through
future, select and then confirm Yes.
myAudi
"' Confirm the system prompt asking to connect
to the Internet w ith either Yes, connect once or Activating/configuring specific Audi
Yes, always if required . , connect services
Appli es to: vehicles wi th Audi connect
After conn ecting successfull y
Some Audi connect services must be activated/
After connecting successfully, the signal strength
conf igured through your personal myAud i ac-
and connection type are displayed in the Info-
count before using them for the first time .
tainment system status line @ /@ c>page 99,
fig . 94 . - If you do not have a persona l myAudi account
yet, you can reg ister online at my.audiusa.com.
You can now use Aud i connect.
- Add your vehicle to your myAudi account.
The list of available Audi connect services is dis- - Activate/configure the Audi connect services
played in the Infotainment system display. you would like for your vehicle in your myAudi
account .
Remov ing th e Audi connect SIM card
- For some Audi connect services, you may also
"' Press on the Audi connect SIM card briefly. The have to enter your myAudi user data or your
card is released from the slot. Remove the Audi myAudi PIN when accessing services in the MMI
connect SIM card. to connect your vehicle to myAudi .
For detailed configuration information, refer to

(UJNote my.audiu sa.com.
- Audi connect is designed for use on ly w ith
the provided Audi connect SIM card. Audi
Logging into my Audi in the vehicle
AG is not liable for the consequences of us-
Appli es to: vehicles wi th Audi connect
ing other SIM cards.
- If a SIM card of a different size is inserted in To use some Audi connect services (such as Twit-
the SIM card reader instead of an Audi con- ter*), you must first connect your vehicle with
nect mini SIM card, do not under any cir- myAudi to transfer your personal settings from
cumstances remove this card yourself due your myAudi account.
to the risk of damaging the SIM card reader. "' Select: ! ME N UI button> Audi connect > right
Contact your authorized Audi dealer or au-
cont rol button > Log in.
thorized Audi Service Facility. "' Enter your my Audi user data. Or: enter your 8-
dig it myAudi PIN.
(!) Tips
"' Confirm your entry w ith OK.
- You can connect a cell phone with Bluetooth
Then you can open your personal settings from
(handsfree) to make phone calls
your myAudi account in your veh icle .
i=>
page 108.
- Audi does not provide support for other SIM
cards. Audi recommends using only the pro-
(D Tips
vided SIM card. You can receive your my Audi PIN if you have
- You can specify when the MMI connects to set up a myAudi account. For additional infor-
the Internet c>page 124 . The Internet con- mation, visit my.audiusa.com.
nection disconnects automatically once the
120
Audi connect
Audi connect services found under ~ page 131, Entering a point of in-
terest .
Basic functions
App lies to: vehicles with Audi connect Close Audi connect service
Regardless of what function is selected, you can
close an Audi connect service at any time and re-
tu rn to the Audi connect overview ~ fig. 105.
Parking information
Information on parking locations and fees in the

Fig. 105 Example: Audi connect home page with prev iew selected search area (for example Nearby).
.,.Select and confirm Parking information .

If available, service-specific functions are in the
selection menu of that particular Audi connect You can use the right control button to sort the
service ~ page 21 . The basic functions are in the parking locations By distance or By availability .
corresponding options menu:
.,.Select: the IMENU ! button> Audi connect > the Travel information
desired Audi connect service> right control
button. Information on attractions in the selected search
area .
Depending on the Audi connect service selected,
the following basic funct ions are available: .,.Select and confirm an attraction to disp lay the
details .
Save as preview
You can d isplay the preview in the overview of the Fuel prices
selected Audi connect services © ~ fig. 105 . Applies to: vehicles with Audi connect
Show on map Information on gas stations with the lowest fuel

You can show sele cted contents on the map and prices for your vehicle in the selected search area .
use them for route guidance. .,.Select and confirm Fuel prices.
Read aloud You can use the right control button to sort the
fuel prices By price or By distance.
You can allow the MMI to read out the selected
contents.
Weather
Start route guidance Applies to: vehicles with Audi connect
If a city was added to an entry (such as City

events), you can use it as a navigation destina- Information on current weather conditions as
tion in the MMI. well as weather forecasts for the selected search
area (for example, Nearby).
Refresh
.,.Select and confirm Weather .
The contents for the selected Audi connect serv-
ice are refreshed .
Flight information
CD
....
CD
N
Change search area Applies to: vehicles with Audi connect
"....
N The set search area can be changed at any time. Information on flights and current arrival/depar-
0
0 Additional information on search areas can be ture times in the selected search area. ..,.
"'
'SI"
121
Audi conn e ct
"' Se lect and confirm Flight informati on. - My Tweet s: News Feed and the Tweets you have
posted are listed .
You can se lect the desired information us ing the
- Home : the Tweets for everyone you fo llow are
right contro l button.
disp layed .
- Trends: top ics on Twitter that a re cur rent ly
City events
popular within a country .
Different functions are ava ilable depend ing on
Information on events in various categories in
t he Twitter category yo u have selected :
the desired search area .
- New tw eet : you ca n post a new tweet using
"' Se lect and confirm City events> left control
pre-made temp lates or us ing custom ized tem-
button > category .
plates in your myAudi account.
- Refresh: the selected Twitter funct ion is re-
Online news freshed .
- Favorit e: set a Tweet as favorite to show yo u
You can check the current headlines of your fa- liked it.
vorite pub lications in the MMI. - Retweet : you can quote a Tweet to share it w ith
others.
Requirement: your myAudi account must be sub-
scr ibed to newsfeeds and yo ur vehicle must be (D Tips
connected to myAudi q page 120.
- You can find addit ional information on con-
"' Se lect: Online news > desired newsfeed > a necting your myAud i account with Twitter in
headline. the Audi connect (myAudi) operating man-
ual at my.audiusa.com .
(D Tips - Other settings such as account, language,
If you have not subscr ibed to any persona l Tweet security and locat ion settings cannot
newsfeeds in yo ur myAud i account, pre-con- be changed in the MMI. These changes must
fig ured newsfeeds will be displayed. be made on the Twitter website.
- You can only connect one Twitter account
with your myAudi accoun t .
Twitter
Appl ies to: vehicles with Audi connect
- Audi connect makes it possible to access
Twitte r. Permanent availability ca nnot be
You can access the most important functions in guaranteed, because that depends on Twit -
your Twitter account through your MMI. ter .
Req uirement:
Audi connect services in navigation
You must have connected your myAudi account Applies to : vehicles wi th Audi connect
with Twitter. Additional information on this can
be found in the Audi connect (myAudi) operating The following Audi connect services are current ly
manual under my.audiu sa.com . available :
You must have connected your vehicle with - Navigation with online map view and Street
myAudi q page 120. View q page 139.
- Point of Intere st (POI) online search with
"' Se lect Twitter > left contro l butto n > desired
voice recognition (s uch as restauran t s): plan
function (for example, Trends).
route guidance using the MMI control pane l
The fo llowing categories can be selected in the and the vo ice recognition system c;,poge 102. ..,_
Twitter menu :
122
Audi connect
- Set up destinations in your MMI using your Additional options

myAudi Account or online map view Applies to: vehicles with Audi connect
¢ page 139 .
., Select: ! ME N UI button> Audi connect > righ t
- Online traffic information : receive up-to-the-
cont rol butt on .
minute t raffic info rmation about accidents,
road construction and other incidents The following opti ons are available in t he Audi
¢ page 140. connect services overview :
- Map updates : import navigat ion map updates
- Log in: refer to¢ page 120, Logging into
in you r MMI using an SD card.
myAud i in the vehicle.
@ Tips - Connection manager : refe r to ¢ page 163.
- For t he Map update Audi connect service us-

ing an SD card, check the current softwa re Wi-Fi hotspot
Applies to: vehicles with Wi·Fi hotspot
version in your vehicle and compare it with
my.audiusa.com to see if a new version is You can use the MMI as a Wi-Fi hotspot to con-
available . You can also have the new naviga- nect up to eight Wi-Fi devices to the Internet.
tion data insta ll ed by an Audi dealer, which
Requirement: the ignition must be switched on .
can be done for an additio nal charge.
- More information on map updates can be .. Select: ! ME N UI button> Telephone > right con-
fo und in th e Audi connect Operati ng Man- trol button > Wi-Fi settings .
ual under my.audiusa.com .
The following sett ings can be mo dified:
Audi connect services on the phone Wi-Fi mode

Appliesto: vehicleswith Audi connect
The MMI Wi-Fi hotspot is deactivated at the fac-
The fo llo w ing Audi con nect services are curre ntly tory. Swit ch t he W i-Fi hotspo t to Hotspot bef ore
avail able: establi shing a con nection between your vehicl e
and your W i-Fi device.
St oring contacts on your comp uter using your
myAudi Account and loading the contac t s into - Hotspot: t he MMI Wi-F i hotspo t is acti ve and
t he MMI dire ct ory ¢ page 116 . visib le t o oth er devices. A connection can be es-
t ablished w it h new wire less devices.
Audi connect services in the Media menu - Off : the MMI Wi-Fi hotspot is deactivated. An
Applies to: vehicles with Audi connect I ntern et connect ion is not possibl e.
- Wi-Fi audio player: you can access t he medi a Hotspot settings

center t hrough W i-Fi connected media players The Wi-Fi connect ion between your vehicle and
(such as smartp hones) ¢ page 150. you r Wi-Fi device (laptop, cell phone) is encrypt -
- Online media: offers access t o different online ed. To establish a connect ion, you must enter the
media services and operation th rough t he MMI fo ll ow ing val ues wh en sett ing up your w ireless
using t he Audi MMI connect app. device. You can change th em if necessary.
(D Tips - Accesspoint (SSID ): name of the Wi- Fi net-

work.
For mo re informa t ion on t he W i-Fi audio play-
- Password: a random password was set at the
er and sup ported devices, contact an author-
factory for t he MMI. The password can be
ized Audi dealer or aut horized Audi Service
"' changed . The WPA2 encryption method re-
....
"' Facility .
N qu ires a password t o be at least 8 characters
"N.... long . Select a secure password .
0
0
Vl
'<f
123
Audi conn e ct
- Visible t o othe rs: your Wi-Fi network visi bility Configuring the data
can be switched on or off.
connection
Network search * App li es to : vehicles wi th Audi conne ct
A list of available Wi-Fi networks in you r area is To use Audi connect services, a data connection
d isp layed. must be configured .
A WARNING
.,.Select: ! ME N UI button> right control button>
Connection manag er.
- As the driver, do not allow usage of t he Wi- .,.Select: right control button> Online setting s>
Fi hotspot to distract you from driving, as Data connection settin gs.
this could increase the risk of an accident.
- It is only safe to use tab lets, laptops, mo- Using the Dat a connection settings menu, you
bile devices and other similar devices when can set when an Internet connect ion should be
the vehicle is stationary because, like all made . The Internet connection d isconnects auto-
loose objects, they could be thrown around matically once t he requested Audi co nnect serv-
the inside of the vehicle in a crash and cause ice no longer requires any data packe t s.
serious injur ies. Store these types of devices The following options can be selected:
securely while driving .
- Do not use any Wi-Fi devices within range of Connect
the a irbags while driving. Also read the - On request : a data connect ion is only establish-
warnings in the chapte r ¢ page 181. ed when conf irmed.
- Without request: a data connection is auto-
d) Note matically established to use Audi connect serv-
You are responsible for all precautionstaken ices.
for data protection, anti-virus protection and - Never : a data connection is not established.
protection against loss of data on mobile de- Audi connect services cannot be accessed.
vices that are used to access the Internet
If a data connection is established, the type of
through the Wi-Fi hotspot .
connection and the signal strength is disp layed in
the status line of the Infotainment system dis -
{D) Tips play ® / @ ¢ page 99, fig. 94.
- A separate, paid mobile subscription may be
An active data connect ion can be ended manually
needed to use the Wi-Fi hotspot. You can
by setting the Connection setup to Never.
obtain mo re information from your cell
phone se rvice provider . Data roaming
- In vehicles without Audi connect*, the use
Data roaming is swi tched off at the factory. To
of the Wi-Fi hotspot is only possib le for the
use a data connection outs ide of t he cou ntry, Da-
Wi-Fi a udio playe r*. A dat a connection to
ta roaming must be switched on(~). The set ting
the Internet canno t be established.
is stored for the current SIM card o r the cell
- Being able to receive the data packet from
phone that is current ly connected.
the interne t via t he Wi-Fi hotspot, may re-
su lt in addi t ional costs, especially when op- Audi connect ( MMI)
erating in foreign countries, depending on
With th is function , you can Allow or Deny the use
your cellular phone plan : the use of a flat
of Aud i connec t se rvices if the connection is se t
rate data plan is high ly recommended! You
to Without request or On request . IIJ,,
can obtain more informat ion from your cell
phone service provider.
- Additional informat ion can be found at
www.audiusa.com / audiconnect.
124
Audi c o nn e ct
Connection settings
{!) Tips
The connection is configured automatically based - For more information on roaming fees, con-
on the SIM card being used . These values can be
tact Audi connect customer support at
changed . You can obtain more information from 877-SOS-AUDI(2834) .
your cell phon e service provider.
- The speed of the data connection may vary
- APN: the access point depends on the cell depending on the vehicle location, the cov-
phone service provider and is assigned auto- erage area of your cell phone serv ice provid-
matically . er and if the recommended provider is used
- User nam e: your cell phone service provider as- or not .
signs the user name for your online profile. - A data connection cannot be established if
- Password : your cell phone service provider as- incorrect data is entered in the connection
signs the password for your online profile. sett ings.
- For more informat ion on roaming charges,
Storing changed connect ion setti ngs: press the
contact your cell phone serv ice provider .
I BACK I button.
- The Wi-Fi hotspot recept ion quality depends
Reset configurat ion on the signal strength and the availability of
the mobile network . For more informat ion,
An online profile is saved and configured auto-
contact your current network provider.
mat ically. The Conn ection settings that you
changed manually are reset to the default set- - For add itional information, visit
www.audiu sa.com/ help/ aud i-connect.
tings .
.8, WARNING About Audi connect

- As the driver, do not allow usage of the Wi- Audi connectservices
Fi hotspot to distrac t you from driving, as Applies to: vehicles wit h Audi connect
this could increase the risk of an accident.
- It is only safe to use tab lets, laptops, mo- (D Tips
bile devices and othe r similar devices when
-Audi connect services are only available with
the vehicle is stationa ry because, like all
an existing or separate cell phone contract
loose objects, they could be thrown around
and only within the mobile network cover-
the inside of the vehicle in a crash and cause
age area. There may be additional costs
serious injuries. Store these types of devices
when connecting to the Inte rnet using data
securely while driving.
packets, depending on your cell phone rates
- Do not use any wireless devices on the front
and part icularly with inte rnational se rvice.
seats with in range of the airbags while driv-
Based on the high data volume, having a
ing. Also read the warn ings in the chapter flat rate data plan is highly recommended .
Q page 181.
- You can only use services suppor ted by Audi
- Do not use any Wi-Fi devices within range of connect if you have the optional MMI Navi-
the airbags while driving. Also read the gation plus equipment with MMItouch and
warnings in the chapter Q page 181.
Audi connect .
- Use of t he LTE* mobile network standard is
(D Note
not availab le in every country . Contact your
You are respons ible for all precautions taken authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi
for data protection, anti-virus protection and Service Facility or your cell phone se rvice
"' protection against loss of data on mobile de- provider for add itiona l information.
....
"'
N vices that are used to access the Internet
"N.... through the Wi-Fi hotspot .
0
0
Vl
'<f
125
Audi connect
- Using Audi connect services requires a mini - For detailed information on Audi connect
SIM card with data options and, when using and the Terms of Use, refer to
LTE*, it also requires LTEoptions. www.audiusa.com/audiconnect.
- Usage of Audi connect services depends on
the availability of services through third par- Data protection
ty providers . App li es to: vehicles wit h Aud i connect
- Also note the instructions in the chapter
¢ page 108, Telephone . (D Tips
- Audi connect is designed for use only with - You can find additional information in your
the provided SIM card. Receiving data pack- MMI in the options menu ¢ page 92 for the
ets from the Internet will quickly increase selected Audi connect service and also on
the volume of data used. For more informa- the Internet at www.audiusa.com/audicon-
tion, contact Audi connect customer sup- nect.
port at 877 -505-AUDI (2834).
- Your privacy is important to us.
- The Audi connect services are available in
- AUDI AG collects, processes, shares and
the USA. Audi connect services are currently
transmits your personal information in ac-
not available in Canada or in Mexico .
cordance with legal regulations in order to
- Availability, scope, providers, screen display ensure proper function and availability of
and costs of services may vary depending on the individual Audi connect services. You
the country, model, model year, end device can view the complete, current and valid
and rates . Additional information can be Audi connect data protection policy in your
found at www.audiusa.com/audiconnect . MMI. The myAudi website is available for to
-An initial registration/activation on the you to activate additional Audi connect serv-
myAudi platform at my.audiusa.com is re- ices and to transfer data with your vehicle,
quired to use individual services. You can among other services. A one-time registra-
contact an authorized Audi dealer or Audi tion is required to establish a connection to
connect customer service at 877-505-AUDI your vehicle . For this purpose, AUDI AG col-
(2834) to receive information on options for lects, processes, transmits and uses your re-
expanding your usage and any costs that quired personal information as required for
may result. you to use the services provided by AUDI
- It is only possible to use Audi connect serv- AG. Your information is not distributed to
ices with a valid Audi connect SIM card. third parties. Using your cell phone with the
- To ensure all of the Audi connect features help of your myAudi platform, you can
work correctly, Audi recommends setting up transfer information for Audi connect serv-
data service and Wi-Fi packages with your ices functions to your vehicle and allow spe-
network provider . Your network service pro- cific information to be transmitted from
vider can be authorized by law, through a ju- your vehicle .
dicial order or other lawful instructions, to - By activating special information services
disclose the position of your vehicle. For ad- that are part of your Audi connect portfolio,
ditional information on your cell phone you can use these functions directly in your
service provider's privacy policies can be vehicle by entering data to confirm your
found in their Terms of Use. identity (to use social networks , for exam-
- The Audi connect services are a Wi-Fi/Inter- ple) . To do this, the identification informa-
net-based system. If the system does not tion you provided is forwarded with the re-
function correctly even though all of the request to the respective service provider.
quirements are met, please try again later Then you can accessyour personal content
or contact Audi connect customer support using a secure connection. This content is
at 877-505-AUDI (2834) . displayed in the vehicle for your use. Your ..,.
126
Audi c o nn e ct
personal content is not stored within Audi menu¢ page 92 for the selected Audi con-
AG. The necessary connection information is nect service.
processed and used for provid ing services - Information on our data protection meas-
and the proper function of the services in ures in conjunction with the mobi le Audi
accordance with applicable legal gu idelines. connect application can be found in the ap-
- By providing Audi connect services, Audi of plication's pr ivacy policy. For additional in-
America is authorized to collect, process, formation about the my .audiu sa.com web-
transm it and transfer information about site or other appl ications, websites or on line
you and your veh icle. Additional information services connected to Audi, visit
can also be found in your MMI in the options www .audiu sa.com/ privacy.
Troubleshooting
Problem Solution
Audi connect services: individual Some Audi connect services must be act ivated/configured
Audi connect services are grayed through your personal myAud i account befo re using them for the
out or not available. fi rst time. You can find detailed informat ion on line at
my.audiu sa.com.
Wi -Fi hotsp ot : it is not possible to Delete all existing Wi-Fi connections on your mob ile device and
connect throug h W i-Fi. restart it .
"'
....
"'
N
"N....
0
0
Vl
'<f
127
N av ig a t io n
Navigation
Opening navigation
The navigation system directs you to your destination, around traffic incidents and on alternative
routes, if desired.
Fig. 106 Diagram: Enter dest ination menu
• Press the INAV/MAPI button . - Press the INAV/MAPI button repeatedly until
the map is displayed. Or : select the left control
After opening the Navigat ion menu, the Enter
button > Switch to map .
dest inatio n menu q fig. 106 appears in the Info-
tainment system display with the following infor- &_ WARNING
mat io n: -
- The demands of t raffic require your full at-

(D Input field for free text search q page 129 tention. Always read the instructions in the
@ Home address ~page 130 chapter q page 90, Traffic safety informa-
® Last destinations q page 129 tion.
© Stored favorites q page 130 - Obey a ll traff ic laws when driving.
- The route calculated by the navigation sys-
If you have connected a cell phone with the MMI, tem is a recommendation for reaching your
your directory contacts will also be listed if they destination. Obey traffic lights, stopping re-
have navigation data assigned to them. strictions, one-way streets, lane change re-
The Favorites © as well as the directory contacts strictions, etc.
are only shown in the Enter destinat ion menu if
you have entered one or more characters using (D Note
the input field. - If the dr iving directions conflict with traff ic
Map preview laws, obey the traffic laws .
- To reduce the risk of an accident, adjust the
- Select an en t ry from the list. volume of the navigation system so that sig-
When selecting an entry from the list, the corre- nals from outside the vehicle, such as police
spond ing dest inat ion will always be shown to you and fire s irens, can be heard easily at all
as a map preview ® q fig. 106. t imes. .,,.
Switching betw een t he dest ination entry and

the map
128
Na vi gation
All countries/states are selected at the factory

@ Tips
for th e free text search . Using the Country/s t ate
- Information on importing map updates us- selection , you can deselect the irrelevant coun -
ing an SD card in your MMI can be found in tries/states to increase the search speed and nar-
the Audi connect ( myAudi) operating man- row the results list.
ual under my. audiusa.com.
- Snow and obstructions on the GPS antenna (D Tips
or interference caused by trees and large
- The MMI inp ut suggestions depend on the
buildings can impair satellite reception and
last nav igated dest inat ions.
affect the system's ab ility to determine the
- Up to 50 entries can be stored in the last
vehicle position . Several deactivated or mal-
destinations list .
funct ion ing sate llites ca n also inte rrupt GPS
- Additiona l information on free text search-
reception and affect the system's abi lity t o
ing can be fo und under c::> page 98 .
determine the vehicle posi t ion.
- For additiona l information about entering
- Because str eet names sometimes cha nge,
information on the MMI touch, see
the na mes stored in the MMI may in ra re
<=>
page 93.
cases differ from the act ual street name.
Loading the last destination

Entering a destination
Your last destinations are automatically stored
Free text search for destinations
and can be loaded directly as a destinat ion.
Using the MMI touch control pad, you can enter
Requirement: a dest inat ion was a lready navigat-
the data for a navigation dest inat ion in any order
ed to.
all at once (fo r example , monument Wash ing-
t on). Likewise , you can sea rch fo r points of int er- "' Press the INAV /MAP I repeated ly until t he Enter
est , contac t s, previous desti nations or favor ites destination menu is disp layed <=>
page 128,
to naviga t e to the des ired address. fig. 106 .
"' Press t he INAV / MAPI repeatedly unt il t he Ent er Your last dest inations will be listed directly in the
destination men u is displayed <=>page 128, Enter dest ination me nu a nd ar e mar ked wit h t he
fig. 106. symbol @ <=>
page 128, fig.106 .
"' Keep turning t he contro l knob to the left until
- Select and confirm one of your last destina-
the input fie ld appears.
tions.
- Write one o r more searc h terms in the input - Select and confirm Start route guidance.
field (D <=> page 128, fig . 106. A list of all re-
Delete last destinat ions
su lts fo und will appear in the Infotainment sys -
tem display. - Select and confirm one of the last destinations
- Select and confirm a destination from the re - from the list.
sults list . - Select: right control button > Delete .
- Se lect and confirm Start route guidan ce. - Select and confirm Delete this last destination
or Delete all last destinations.
The route is displayed as an overview in the map
and the route guida nce is al ready active . The selected d est inat ion or all last dest inat ions
is/are deleted a nd no longer displayed in the En-
Narrowing the search area ter destination menu c::> page 128, fig . 106 .
~ - Se lect : rig ht contro l bu t ton > Country/ state se-
;:::: lection.
"N......
0
0
Vl
'<f
129
Navigation
Entering an address Setting a home address as the destination
Requirement: a home address must be stored

~ Press the I NAV/MAPI repeatedly until the Enter
¢ page 133.
destination menu is displayed ¢ page 128,
fig . 106. Your home address is shown directly in the Enter
~ Select : left control button > Enter address. destination menu @ ¢ page 128, fig. 106.
- Select and confirm a line (such as Street, House - Select and confirm the home address .
number or Country/State ) and enter the de- - Select and confirm Start route guidance.
sired information.
Setting a favorite as the destination
- Select and confirm Start route guidance.
Requirement: a destination must be stored as a
favorite ¢ page 134 .
Setting a destination from the map
- Enter one or more lette rs into the free t ext
A point on the map can be used as the destina-
search inpu t fie ld. The favorites that are found
tion.
are shown in the Infotainment system display
~ Press the I NAV / MAPI button repeatedly until and marked with the symbol @ ¢ page 128,
the map is displayed . fig . 106.
- Select and confirm the desired favorite .
- Adjusting the scale: turn the control knob to
- Select and confirm Start route guidance.
the left/right to decrease the map scale .
- Activating crosshairs: press the control knob. (D Tips
The crosshairs are shown on the map .
- Additional information about the home ad-
- Moving the crosshairs: move the crosshairs to
dress can be found under¢ page 133.
the destination using the MMI touch control
- Additional information about favorites can
panel.
be found under ¢ page 134.
- Setting as destination : press the control knob
when the crosshairs are shown . If necessary,
select and confirm Add as stopover and then Transferring a destination from the
directory
Start route guidance.
- Hiding the crosshairs: press the IBACKI butto n. You can navigate directly to destinations in the
Additional information about the location of
directory.
the crosshairs: if you select map content with
crosshairs, the available information is d isplayed
(such as the name of the city or points of inter -
est) @ ¢ page 136, fig . 112 .
Setting a home address/favorite as the

destination
You can easily and quickly start route guidance Fig. 107 Poss ible stored locations in the directory
to your home address using the home address
function. Favorites allow easier access to fre- Requirement: an address with naviga t ion data or
quently used destinations . a destination must already be assigned to a con-
tact.
~ Press the I NAV/MAPI repeatedly until the Enter
destination menu is displayed ¢ page 128, ~ Press the I NAV/MAPI repeated ly until the Enter
fig . 106. destination menu is displayed ¢ page 128,
rg.106 . ~
130
Navigation
~ Select: left control button > Directory> a con- - Searching for a point of interest in a specific
tact. category : select: Select category > desired cat-
egory, such as Restaurants.
The directory/contacts are shown in alphabetical
order and are marked with symbols to indicate The following search categories are available:
the storage location: Nearby: points of interest can be selected from
@ Business address different categories . The points of interest are
@ Private address listed starting from the vehicle position up to a
radius of approximately 124 miles (200 km).
@ Business destination
© Private destination Along the route : points of interest along the
route can only be selected during active route
- Select and confirm an address or a destination .
guidance. The points of interest are located di-
When you have selected a destination, route
rectly along or in the immediate vicinity of the
guidance starts immediately.
calculated route.
- Check the address input again when selecting
an address. Near destination/Near stopover: the points of
- Then select and confirm Start route guidance. interest can likewise be selected from different
categories in the vicinity of the destination or
Additional directory functions in the navigation stopover. For example, you can search for a hotel
system can be found under c>page 134 . or parking lot at the destination.
{!) Tips In new city: enter the name of the desired city .
Points of interest can be selected from various
- Addresses that have been imported from
categories. This function allows you to search for
your cell phone into the MMI can also be
points of interest in any city regardless of the ac-
usedas a destination.
tive route guidance or the vehicle position.
- If a contact is grayed out in the directory,
this contact does not have a destination or
an address assigned to them.
@ Tips
- Distances to points of interest are shown as
a straight-line distance from the vehicle po-
Entering a point of interest
sition. The actual distance from your current
location to the point of interest is updated
automatically. The list of found points of in-
terest is not resorted when this happens.
- There may be entries in the list that cannot
be displayed completely due to their length .
If you select these list entries using the con-
trol knob, detailed information about the
selected list entry will be shown automati-
Fig. 108 Enterin g a point of interest cally after several seconds.
~ Press the INAV/MAPI repeatedly until the Enter

Point of interest on line search
destination menu is displayed c>page 128,
Appl ies to: vehicles wi th Audi connect
fig. 106 .
~ Select : left control button > Points of interest. You con search for points of interest on the In-
ternet.
- Changing the search area: select and confirm
"'
....
"'
N Search area > a search area from the list . Requirement: the requirements for Audi connect
"N.... services must be met c>page 119 . .,.
0
0
Vl
'<f
131
Navigation
• Press t he I N AV/MAPI repeatedly unt il t he Enter

@ Tips
fig . 106. - You only need to e nter t he myAudi use r data

• Se lect : left control button > Online search. The one time.
search area last set is shown in the input field. - You can rece ive you r myAudi PIN if yo u have
set up a myAudi acco unt . For addit io na l in-
- Changing the search area: select and confi rm formation , visit my.audiusa.com .
Search area > a search area from the list.
- Searching for online destination s in these-
Entering a destination using geo
lected search area : enter a new city if necessa- coordinates
ry. Ente r the search term, s uch as restaurant.
Select and confirm a n on line destination . Se lect • Press t he I NAV/ M A P I repeated ly until the Enter
and confirm Start route guidance . destination menu is disp layed ~ page 12 8,
- Searching for an online destination in a specif- fig. 106.
ic category : select: Select category > desired • Sele ct : left co nt rol butt on > Geo coordinates .
category, s uch as Hotels .
- Select an d confirm eit her Latitude or Longi-
Find which search areas a re available under tude .
¢ page 131, Entering a point of interest . - Turn t he cont rol knob t o cha nge t he lat itu de/
longi tu de .
You can sea rch for o n line d est inat ions us ing the
- Press t he cont rol knob to confirm your inp ut.
voice recognition syste m ¢ table on page 105 .
- Select and confirm Start route guidance .
- Always read th e chap t e r ~ page 125. Adding a stopover

- Add itiona l information can be foun d at You can enter an additional destination when
www.audiusa.com/audiconnect route guidance is active.
Accessing destinations from your myAudi

account
Impor t destinations from yo ur myAudi accoun t

into the MMI.
Requir emen t : you mu st have a regis t ere d myAudi

account at my .audiusa.com. You must have ave - Fig. 109 Example: curr ent route guida nce w it h st opover
h icle stored in you r myAud i acco unt and you
must have a dest ination store d. Requireme nt: a dest inat io n must already be en-
• Press th e I N AV/MAP I re peat edly until t he Enter te red.
destination menu is displayed ¢ page 128, • Press the I NAV/ M API repeate dly until the Enter
fi g. 10 6. destination menu is disp laye d c:>page 12 8,
• Se lect: left cont rol button > myAudi contacts . fig . 106.
• If necessary, enter your myAudi user data o r
your myAud i PIN. The contacts stored in myAu- Entering a destination as a stopover
di are displayed. - Ent er a des ti na t ion in t he input line (D
page 12 8, fi g. 106.
r=>
- Se lect and confirm a contact > desired destina-
- Sele ct and confirm a d est inati o n fro m th e re-
tion .
sults list.
- Se lect and confirm Start route guidance .
- Sele ct and confirm Add as stopover . ..,_
132
Na vi gation
Del et ing a stopover Country/ state selection : se lect a ll count ries/

states from the list( ~ ) that should be included
- Turn the cont rol knob to the left until the active
in the free text sea rch ¢ page 129 .
route g uidance is shown.
- Select and confirm Delet e stopover ¢ fig. 109 Store as favorite : ¢ page 134.
under the stopove r @ . Sele ct and confirm the
system prompt if necessary . The stopover is de - Cancel route guidance
leted .
Requirement: route guidance must be active.
Additional options when entering a "' Push the control knob up. The active route
destination guidance is displayed ¢ page 132, fig. 109 .
"' Press the right control button . "' Sele ct and confirm Delete destination or De-
let e stopover under the desired lines
Depending on the se lected function, the follow- ¢ page 132, fig. 109 . The destination is de let-
ing options may be available when entering a ed . Or: select the right contro l button > Cancel
destination: route guidance.
Cancel route guidance: Requirement: route guid -

ance m ust be active. Route guidance is cance led. Home address
For additional information, refer to ¢page 133 .
"' Press t he ! NAV / MAP I repeated ly until the Enter
Map settings : see ¢ page 138. destination menu is disp layed ¢ page 128,
fig . 106 .
Navigation setting s: see ¢ page 134 .
Storing a home address
Voice guidance: see ¢ page 135.
- Select and confirm Home address@
Route criteria : see ¢ page 134.
¢ page 128, fig. 106 . Aft er opening t he home
Show location on map: Requirement: you must address for the first time, you will be asked to
have selected a destination from the results list . create a home address.
The destination entered is displayed on the map . - Sele ct and confirm Create now .
Parking at this location : Requ irement: you mus t - Ent er a des ti na t ion or se lect a destin ation from
have se lect ed a destination from the results list . t he list. Or:
All parking options near the selected location are - Select and confirm a dest inat io n > right cont rol
displayed in the Infotainment system. button > Store as home address.
Delet e: the se lected entry is deleted. You can de- A home address will be stored in the MMI regard-
lete individ ua l entries or all en t ries (for example, less of the connected cell phone . This home ad-
favorites or last destinat ions). dress is a lways available even if a cell phone is
not connected to the MMI.
Audi connect for this location 1) : Requirement :
you mus t have se lected a dest ination from t he Edit ing the home address
results list. Allows you to search for items in the - Select Hom e address@ ¢ page 128, fig. 106 .
vicinity of the selected location, such as City
- Select: right control button > Edit home ad-
event s or Travel information .
dress.
Online traffi c dat a*: rece iving o n line traffic infor- - Select and confirm a new destination as the
mat ion ¢ page 140 can be switched on or off. home address .
"'
....
"'
N
"N....
0
0
v,
'<f
l) This fun ct ion is not off ered in Mexico .
133
Navigation
The se lected destination is stored as the new Additional settings

home address.
· Navigation settings
Favorites .. Press the INAV/MAPI repeated ly until the Enter

destination menu is displayed¢ page 128,
.. Press the INAV/MAPI repeatedly until the Enter
fig. 106.
.. Select: right control button > Navigation set-
fig . 106.
tings.
- Storing an existing destination as a favorite :
Depend ing on the selected function, the follow-
search for the desired destination using the in-
ing settings can be selected:
put field . Or: select and confirm a destination
from the list. Select: right control button> Show alternative routes
Store as favorite.
Up to three route suggestions and their proper-
- Renaming favorites: select: left control button t ies are d isplayed on the overview map when the
> Favorites > a favorite from the list> right function is switched on~- Refe r to¢ page 135,
control button > Rename favorite. Displaying alternative routes.
- Moving favorites : select the left control button
> Favorites > a favorite from the list> right Gas station message
control button > Move favorite. Select and con- A message is d is played if the fuel gauge goes be-
firm the desired position. low the reserve marking when this function is
- Delet ing favorites: select and confirm a favor- switched on~- Confirming this message disp lays
ite> right control button> Delete this favor- a list of gas stations in the area. When a gas sta-
ite / Delete all favorites . tion is se lected, route guidance from the cur rent
vehicle position is calculated.
Directory contacts
Presentation mode
Two addresses (private/business) can be as-
The presentat ion mode helps you to plan and fol-
signed as destinations for each contact in the di-
low a route without moving the vehicle. You can
rectory.
Select starting point when you would like to cal-
.. Press the INAV/MAPI repeatedly until the Enter culate a route starting from a location other than
destination menu is displayed ¢ page 128, the vehicle position. Start presentation mode to
fig. 106. simulate route guidance.
Storing a destination as a contact in the

directory Route criteria
Requ ire ment: a cell phone must be connected to

the MMI.
- Select: a destination> right control button>

Add destination to contact.
- Select and confirm Add business destination or
Add private destination .
- Enter a name. Or: select and confirm a directo-
ry contact from the list . J(
- Se lect and confirm Save business card.
Fig. 110 Possible route criter ia
134
Navigation
.. Press the I NAV/MAPI repeatedly until the Enter Requirement: a destination must be entered and
destination menu is displayed ~ page 128, the route guidance must be started.
fig . 106.
.,. Press t he I NAV / MAPI repeated ly until the Enter
.. Select : right contro l button > Route criteria.
(D HOV lanesl): with the Avoid function, HOV fig. 106 .
lanes are excluded when calculating routes . .. Select: right control button > Show alternative
When Allow is selected, the MMI will route you routes .
through HOV lanes and show them on the map.
Up to three route suggestions and their proper-
@ Highways/ @ Toll roads/ @ Ferries: if the navi- ties are displayed on the map when this function
gation system shou ld not include highways, toll is switched on ¢ fig. 111 .
roads or ferries - if possible - when calculating
If available, t he following information will ap-
routes, you can select the Avoid function .
pear on the route suggestions :
Voice guidance - Route type (fast (D, fast alternative @ , eco-

nom ic route @ )
.. Press the I NAV/MAPI repeatedly unt il the Enter - Distance to the destinat ion and the calcu lated
destination menu is displayed ¢ page 128, arriva l time
fig . 106 . - Heavy traffic along the route including time de-
.. Se lect : right control button > Voice guidance. lays
Voice guidance: voice guidance can be complete The route that was calculated accord ing to the
or shortened . With the Traffic funct ion, voice route crite ria you selected is shown on the map .
gu idance prompts are only given w hen there are The special properties of the route (such as ferry
traffic inc idents on your route . When Off is se- connections) may be displayed @) ¢fig. 111. Ad-
lec t ed, no voice guidance is given . dit ional information about individua l route crit e-
page 134.
ria can be fo un d in <=>
Voice guidance during phone call: voice guid-
ance during a phone call can be switched on or Using the control knob, yo u can select the poss i-
off. ble routing fo r the alternative routes and show
them on map Select and confirm the desired
Entertainm ent fader: ¢ page 166 .
route that yo u wo uld like to use for route gu id-
Voice guidance volume: ¢ page 166 . an ce.
Displaying alternative routes
Fig. 111 Alternat ive routes display
CD
....
CD
N
"......
N
0
0
~ ll Hig h occupancy vehicl e
135
Navigation
Map
Operating the map
Wild Acres Rd
Escondido Fwy
Escondido
Fig. 112 Diagram: map with crosshairs turned on
Fig. 113 Diagram: map with crosshairs turned off
• Press the INAV /MAPI button repeated ly until CDOrientation: the map is either displayed as a
the map is displayed ¢ fig. 113. 20 north up map or a 20 heading up map .
@ Scale: turn the control knob to the left or
Zooming in/out on the map
right to decrease or increase the scale .
- Turn the control knob to the left or to the right.
® Zoom: when the Auto zoom function is
As an alternative, you can also zoom in/out on switched on, an "A" for "Automatic" is dis-
the map using the MMI touch c;,page 94. Or: played in the magnifying glass.
turn the left thumbwheel on the multifunction
@ Crosshairs: move the crosshairs in the de-
steering wheel* .::>page 21. sired direction using the MMI touch control
Turning the crosshairs on/off pad and set a point on the map as the desti-
nation or have information about the focal
- Turning the crosshairs on: press the control
point displayed.
knob in the map view.
- Turning the crosshairs off: press the IBACKI ® Map content (points of interest, favorites): if
there are multiple POis in the immediate vi-
button .
cinity, they will be shown stacked on the
When the crosshairs are turned on c;, fig. 112: map . ...
136
Na vi gation
@ Additional information on the crosshai rs po- Traffic messages

sit ion : if you move the crosshairs to a loca-
Curren t traffic informa ti on is disp layed in t he In-
tion on the map, ava ilab le information for fota inment system display. Refer t o ¢ page 139.
the current crossha irs pos ition is displayed.
Press the control knob t o open destina t ion Route list
deta ils or to start route gu idance . When the The route list can only be displayed when route
crossha irs are turned off, the road being cur- guidance is active and contains informat ion re-
rently driven on is shown . gard ing t he route, the names of t he streets and
(J) Display of an upcoming maneuver . If there is t he length of t he route sec t ions. When traveling
no upcoming maneuver, the distance and cal- on highways, poss ible parking lots and rest areas
culated arrival time to the destination/stop- are shown, which you can se lect as a stopove r.
over is displayed in this location.
Points of interest (POis ) along the rout e
When the crosshairs are switched off ¢ fig . 113 :
Requirement: route g uidance must be active.
@ If a turn a rrow is displayed, a bar g raph turns
on. The fewer ba rs a re shown, the sho rter the Searching for points of interest a long your cur-
distance is unt il the turn. rent route Refer to ¢ page 131 .
® Speed limit disp lay 1>:display of the maxi-
mum permi t ted speed on the expressways Additional options on the map
and highways.
"' Press the I NAV/MAPI button repeatedly unti l
@ Road cur rently being dr iven on. When the ve- t he map is displayed ¢ page 136, fig. 113 .
hicle is stationary, "offroad" is d isplayed "' Press the right cont rol button.
here.
Depend ing on the function se lected, the follow-
@ Vehicle position (@)
ing opt ions can also be selected under t he Map
@ Display of active tr affic informat ion
menu:
(!ON LINE !* or l T MC I)
@ Altitude display (.d\) Cancel route guidance: t::;>

page 133 .
@ Route information: d ifferent info rmat ion w ill Map settings : see ¢ page 138.
be d isp layed d uring active rou t e g uidance
(for example, the upcoming maneuver in- Route criteria: see ¢ page 134.
cluding calculated d istance and street Voice guidance: see ¢ page 135.
names). The display also provides traffic in-
formation or points of interest on the current Navigat ion sett ings: see ¢ page 134.
route. Online traffic data*: ¢ page 139.
Show alternative routes: ¢ page 135.

Map functions
Parking along the route: park ing options near
"' Press the I NAV/MAPI button repeated ly until t he vehicle are d isplayed.
the map is d isplayed ¢ page 136, fig . 113 .
"' Select: left cont rol button> desired function . Save current position: you can save your current
vehicle pos ition as a favorite t::;>
page 134 or save
Switch to dest ination input it as a contact in the directory t::;>
page 134 .
The Enter destinat ion menu is displayed Audi connect for this location*: allows you to
¢page 128, fig. 106. search for City events or Weath er at the entered
"' location .
....
"'
N
"N....
0 1) Only app lies to vehicl es wit hou t camer a-bas ed speed lim it
0
Vl
'<f
d is play .
137
Navigation
Country information: you can disp lay the appli - travel. At a sca le of 62 mi (100 km) and larger,
cable urban and rura l speed limits for any coun- the map orientation is to the north.
try/state . This information w ill be automatica lly
Overview: the ent ire route from the vehicle posi-
shown to you in the route information @
tion to t he destination or the next st opover is dis-
¢ page 136, fig. 113 when the speed lim it is ex-
played on the map . The map scale depends on
ceeded, if this function is act ivated ¢ page 138 .
the length of the route and adapts automatically .
Avoid route* : when route guidance is act ive, the The map is oriented to the north .
calculated route w ill avoid the area you have
Route information
specif ied (max imum: 12 mi (20 km)), if possible .
The navigation system calculates an alternat ive The display of rout e information such as the cur-
route . The route to be avoided that you have en- rent road being driven on, upcoming maneuvers,
tered applies on ly to the current route and must traffic information o r points of interest along the
be reset, if necessary. The a reas you have se lect- route can be switched on/off .
ed to avoid w ill appear with red and white shad-
Auto zoom
ing on the map.
On: the map sca le is adapted automat ically de-
Map settings pending on th e type of road be ing traveled (ex-
pressway, highway, other roads) so that you al-
~ Press the INAV / MAPI button repeated ly until ways have an optimal overview of the road ahead .
the map is displayed ¢ page 136, fig. 113 . The scale is also automatically adapted when
~ Se lect : right contro l button > Map settings . there are upcom ing maneuvers to provide a bet-
ter detailed view.
Depending on the selected function, the follow-
ing settings can be selected: Off : the map sca le you have chosen is kept .
Day/night map Map content
Day/ Night : the map is d isplayed w ith a light/ Map content, such as tr affic informati on, favor-
dark background. ites or restaurants, can be displayed or hidden
@I).
Automatic: when the lights sw itch on, the map
colors switch from day to night .
Map view
Standard ¢page 136, fig. 112.
Google Earth* ¢ page 139, fig. 114.
Traffic ¢ page 139 .
Map orientation
Destination: the map indicates the dest ination
and is orie nted to the north .
2D heading up map/ 2D north up map : the cur-

rent vehicle position is disp layed. The map is ori-
ented in the direction of travel or to the north.
3D map: when this function is switched on, the

current vehicle position is shown on a three-di-
mensional map and oriented in t he direction of
138
Navigation
Online map display Activating street view: turn the control knob to a
Applies to: veh icles with Audi connect sca le less than 32 yards (30 m).
With the online map view, you can display the The following fu nctions are then available:
map with satellite images.
- Exploring an area step-by-step: press the con-
trol knob when the symbol @ is d isplayed .
- Zooming in or out on the current view in four
stages: turn the control knob to the left or to
the right @ .
- Navigating in street view: move your finger on
the MMI touch in the des ired direction .
Additional information
Fig. 114 Online m ap view Showing additional information in the Infotain-
ment system display can be sw itched on in the
Map content menu c::> page 138 . To display any
applicable additional information, move the
crosshairs onto an item on the map and press the
control knob.
(0 Tips
- The stored online map view data can be de-
Fig. 115 Map view with on line Street View
leted in Factory settings > Navigation and
online memory c::> page 163.
Requirement: the requirements fo r Audi connect
- The online map view is an Audi connect serv-
must be met .;,page 119.
ice and is regularly updated when the func-
.,.Press the I NAV/MAPI button repeatedly until tion is opened. The process may take several
the map is d isplayed . seconds .
.,.Select : right control button > Map settings > - When the online map view is sw itched on
Map display > Google Earth . using the 3D map or ientation, the MMI dis-
play automatically switches to the 2D map
The map display is based on data packets re-
orientation when driving through tunnels.
ceived from the Internet in the form of satellite
- For safety reasons, the Street View func-
images, which are then combined with the road-
tions can only be used when t he vehicle is
ways from the Standard map view. There are two
stationa ry.
g igabytes of memory space in the MMI memory
that can be used to temporarily store the map or - Always read the chapter c::>page 125.
navigation data that was received. This is rough ly - Add itiona l information can be found at
the amount required for the map/navigation data www.audiusa .com/audiconnect .
for a 2,485 mile (4,000 km) route. As long as the
satellite images loaded for route guidance are Accessing traffic
stored, you can use them without having an ac- information
tive data connection.
Auto rerouting (traffic)
Street View
When receiving traff ic information through TMC/
CD With Street View, you can explore many places in
online - depending on availabili t y - you can have
....
CD
the world through the eyes of a pedestrian .
N the MMI navigate you around traffic incidents, if
"......
N Street View is available when the symbol (D
possible. .,,.
0
0 fig. 114 is displayed in the crosshairs mode .
c::>
"'
'SI"
139
N av ig a t io n
Reception of traffic information is indicated by - Dis playing th e next traffic me ss age on the
the !T MCI or !ONLINE I symbol on the map map: press the control knob .
¢ page 140, fig. 116.
Traffic information displa y
Traffic information (TMC) Colored warning symb ols : traffic incidents on

your route a re shown in the upper sect io n of the
.,. Press the I NAV / MAPI button repeatedly until list and are sorted according to d ista nce .
the map is d isplayed .
Warning symbo ls with ~ : avo ided traff ic inci-
.,.Select : left control button > Traffi c messa ges .
dents.
Multiple traffic messages are summarized in the
Graye d out warning symbols: traffic incidents
overview under the corresponding street names
that are not on your route . They are sorted ac-
or highway names . When you select an entry
cording to road type (expressway, highway, other
from the list, the traffic informat ion is displayed
road), country and name .
as a map preview @ ¢ page 140, fig. 116 .
- Displaying all t raffic messag es for a street / (D Tips

highway: select and confirm the !illsymbol. A Critical traffic informat ion, such as warn ings
list of all the traffic messages for the selected abo ut wrong-way drivers, is automatica lly dis-
street/h ighway is displayed . played . To hide the traffic info rmat ion, press
- Opening a detailed view of traff ic information : the IBACK ! button or the control knob.
select and confirm the traffic report from the - TMC traffic reports are not available in Can-
list . ada. For more info rmat ion, please contact
- Displaying the se lect ed traffi c informati on on Sirius Canada.
th e map: se lect and confirm the right control
button > Show on map . The shaded line shows
the street and the length of the traff ic jam.
Online traffic information

The MMI can receive real-time traffic information about congestion accidents, road construction and
other incidents from the Internet.
Fig. 116 Example: online t raffic info rmat ion disp lay* wit hout better route
Requiremen t : the requirements for Audi connect ... Press the I NAV / MAPI button repeatedly until
must be met ¢page 119. the map is displayed .
140
Navigation
- Switching online traffic information on: press - Everyvehicle with the Online traffic data
the right control button and switch Online traf- function switched on has the most accurate
fic data on(~). The IONLINE I symbol is shown repo rt s of traff ic situat ions as well as traffic
in the Infotainment system display @ forecasting. Your vehicle transmits and
<=>
fig . 116. processes its anonymous, encrypted posi-
- Switching traffic map view on: for an optimal tion information at regular intervals to the
view of traff ic information, se lect : I NAV/MAPI traffic data provider. In case you do not
button > right control button > Map settings > want to use this, you can switch off the On-
Map display > Traffic . line traffic information function at any
time.
You can also display the online traffic informa -
- The online traffic information network is
tion in the online map view <=>page139 or in the
still currently not available in all countries,
standard map view <=> page 136, fig. 112.
nor is the coverage nationwide. Additional
Traffic information display information can be found at
www.audiusa.com/audiconnect .
Color-coded markings along the route indicate
the traffic flow @ <=>
fig. 116:
Better route
Green: traffic is flowing freely
By receiving traffic information through TMC,
Red: congest ion
your MMI calculates o better route - if available -
Orange : stop-and-go traffic and the possible time saved for the current route
guidance. You con decide yourself which route
Shaded markings indicate the length of the area
you would like to use.
with congestion.
.. Press the ! NAV/MAPI button repeatedly unti l
Coloredwarningsymbols:there is a traffic inci-
dent immediate ly ahead on the route. the map is displayed.
Grayed out warning symbols: traffic incidents Requirement:

that are not on your route. Route guidance must be active.
Red warning symbol: all warning symbols will be If your MMIhas calculated a better route than
red when route guidance is not active. the current route guidance, the message A better
The display of colored markings, warning sym- route is available . appears on the map along
bols, etc . can be set in the Map content menu with the time that may be saved . A better route
<=>
page 138 is indicated in the map view by the symbo l te.
Traffic information is switched on at the factory. Accept better route

You can switch off the reception of on line traffic Requirement: the te symbol must be shown on
information at any time<=> page 140. the map .
(D Tips - Press the right control button.

- Online traff ic information is not available in - Select and confirm the better route.
Canada. - The better route is used for t he remaining
- Always read the chapter r:!) page 125, About route guidance and the route is recalculated .
Audi connect.
"'
....
"'
N
"N....
0
0
Vl
'<f
141
Navigation
Troubleshooting
Problem Solution
Free text search : the desired des- The dest inat ion is possibly not entered in the navigation database.
t i nat ion cannot be fo und . Or: check the spelling of the search term and whether the right
country/state was selected for the free text search using the
Country/ state selection c::;,page129 .
142
Radio
Radio The following information is d isplayed in the st a-

tion lists:
Opening the radio
(D Favorites
The radio supports the FM, AM and SiriusXM *
The st at io n is stored as a favor ite . The symbol
(satellite radio) bands. Using the HO Radio re-
shows the st ored location in the favo rites list (fo r
ceiver also allows you to receive radio stations
example, 21).
on the FM and AM band in digital format.
@ Radio text (shortened display)
If ava ilab le, program info rmat ion about the set
station is d isplayed in the stat ion lists.
@ Frequency
@ Station name
® Channel number
Fig . 11 7 FM stat ion l ist (HO Radio FM) If there is a loss of radio s ignal (SiriusXM*), the
fo llowing system informat ion is displayed in the
Q= ooo
120 001
Radio: SiriusXM
RADIO 10
Preview
D
NoSignal fl I .
station list:
NoSignal : the t uner is current ly not receiving a
& 002 Hits 1

sate llite s ignal @ ~ fig . 118.
003 20 on 20 NoSignat =8 The system informa t ion turns off when the radio
004 40s on 4 NoSignal st ations are rece ived again.
Fig. 118 Siri usXM station list {l) Tips

- HD Rad io receptio n is not availab le in Cana-
.. Press th e IRAD I O Ibutton.
da.
Afte r opening t he rad io, t he last opened station - Cont a ct t he SiriusXM* provide r if you wou ld
list is disp laye d . like to receive sa tell ite progr amming.
Selecting a station : se lect and conf irm a stat io n - Buildings, tu nnels, b ridges, open areas, oth-
from the station list . FM/ AM stations t hat can be er ve hicles o r obje cts on t he ve hicle roof can
received by digital rad io are ma rked w ith t he HD affect reception.
radio sym bol @ . If recep ti on qua lity declines, - Satel lite ra di o is not availab le in Alaska a nd
the radi o automatic ally swi tches to the ana log Hawaii.
FM/A M sta t ion de pend ing o n availabi lity. Digit al - iTunes tagg ing" is not suppor t ed by all radio
HD Radio stations * may conta in mult iple addi- statio ns.
tional stations* . The available addit ional sta-
tions* are listed under the radio station. If you
lose reception, the additional stat ions* are mut-
ed since they can no longer be rece ived.
Setting the frequency band: press the IRADIO I

button repeated ly until the desi red frequency
band is set.
CD
....
CD Updating the station list : station lists are updat -
N
ed automatically.
"....
N
0
0
"'
'SI'
143
Radio
Radio functions App le dev ice wit h iTunes . The ta g ged t rack will
disp lay the next t ime you open your iTunes me-
Free text search dia center . If the re is no App le device conn ect-
Using the free text search, you can select the ored, the ta gged track are stored temporarily in
der that the search terms are ent ered in the in- the MMI (max imum of SO t racks) . Once you
pu t field. Search in all frequency bands for a sta - connect your Apple dev ice to the Audi music in-
tion na me or program type such as News). terface, the t ags a re stored on t he device.
- Manual station tuning : the frequency bars are
~
disp layed. Select and confirm t he des ired fre-
891 l,
que ncy.
.
flLJ.3 - Seek: the rad io t unes to the previous or next re-
H'J.6 IIM
WIBI-FM HDl ceivab le stat io n.
D H'-J.7 WIBI-FM HD4
r,M
- Scan: all stat ions are played fo r severa l seconds
,,,,.
~
fl'l .9 WIBI-FM HD6 each.
- Radio settings: ¢ page 146.
Fig. 119 Input field and resu lts list for free text sea rch
Radio text
- Opening the free text search: when in a st ati on
list, keep t urning t he co ntro l knob t o t he left ~ Select: IRADIO Ibutton > left control butt on > a
until t he free text search input fie ld is dis- frequency band (for examp le , FM) > a statio n .
played . ~ Select: right con tr ol button> Radio text .
- Using the free text search: ¢ page 98, Free
Browsing through radio text entries : turn the
text search.
contro l knob to the left or right.
You can a lso search for frequencies .
Requirement: a radio text ent ry must be dis-
Stat ions from the favo rites ® are disp layed in played and t he station must be broadcast ing a
the resu lts list (D ¢ fig. 119. The symbol @ ind i- phon e num ber, a navigation dest inat ion or a text
cates which station list you switc hed to based on message number as Radio Text Plus info rmation.
t he stat ion select ion .
If a location, a ph one nu mbe r or a text message
numbe r is included wit h a radio te xt entry, the
Additional options
rad io text will be shown with a colored borde r.
~ Select: IRADIO I button> right co ntro l bu tt o n. You have the following opt ions:
The fo llow ing options are ava ila ble dependi ng on Call*/Start route guidance*/Write text mes-
the frequency band: sage* :
- Select a rad io t ext ent ry with Radio Text Plus in-
- Sound settings : ¢page 165. format ion an d press th e cont rol kno b.
- Store as favorite: ¢ page 145, Favorites . - Select an d confirm Call* /Start route guid-
- Delete all entries: all en t ries are de lete d in t he ance*/Write text message* . Or: press t he
Last stations view . I BACK I butt on t o cancel.
- Tag this song for iTunes*1>:con nec t your Apple

device with th e Audi mus ic inte rfa ce* on your (D Tips
MMI. Se lect a nd confi rm Tag this song for The availab ility of radio tex t a nd Radio Text
iTunes. The track that is current ly playing is Plus dep en ds on t he radio sta t ion.
stored on your App le device. Synchronize your
1> In preparation at the t ime of print ing .
144
Radio
View: additional station information Setting the frequency band : sele ct and confirm
the des ired frequency band in the radio men u
¢ fig. 121 . Or: press the IRADIO I button repeat-
edly unt il the desired frequency band is set. The

station list is displayed .
(I) Switch to media
The Media menu is disp laye d. See ¢page 154,

Playing media .
Fig. 120 Radio view: additional stat ion informat ion @ Presets
Requ irement: you must be tuned to a radio sta- The favorites list is displayed. See ¢ page 145,
tion . The Additional station information option Favorites.
is switched on 9 page 146 .
@ Last stations
Symbo ls in the addi t ional station informat ion The last stat ions list ened t o from all frequency
view ¢ fig . 120: bands are shown in the list . Select and confirm a
(D Radio text availabil ity station for immediate playback .
Radio text is avail a ble for the selected station . @ SiriusXM*

See ¢ page 144. The SiriusXM* station list is displayed .
@ iTunes tagging
@ FM
The Tag this song for iTunes option is availab le
The FM stati on list is disp laye d.
for the set sta t ion . See ¢ page 144, Additional
options. Additional frequency bands
@ FM HD Radio Depend ing on the vehicle equipment, you can se-

lect addition a l freq uency bands in the selec t ion
The station is received throug h FM HD Radio .
me nu ¢ fig. 121 .
@ Screen view
Display Cover art or Station logo. Refer t o Favorites
¢ page 14 6. You can sto re your favorite stat ions from every
Displaying a station list : turn the control knob . f requency band in the favorites list.
Or: press the !BACK I button .
.. Sele ct: t he I RADIO I button > Presets.
Radio menu - Storing a preset: se lect the left control button

> a frequency band> an entry from the list>
right con t rol butt on > Store as preset. Or: hold
down the cont rol knob fo r several seconds .
- Displaying the presets list : se lect: IRADIOI but-

ton > Presets.
Requirement: the favo rites list must be d is-

played.
CD - Listening to a favorite : sele ct and confirm a fa-
....
CD
N
Fig. 121 Example: Radio menu
vorite from the list .
"......
N
0 .. Se lect: IRADIO I button > left cont rol but t on . - Move preset: se lect a preset from the list>
0
righ t con t rol button > Move preset. Or: ho ld
"'
'SI"
145
Radio
down the control knob for several seconds . Se- a ll filter options and display all available stations
lect and confirm the location of the selected fa- in the satellite station list.
vorite.
Additional station information
- Deleting a preset: select a preset from the list
> right control button > Delete preset > Delete When the funct ion is~ switched on and stat io n
this preset or Delete all presets. or favorites lists a re open, t he display will sw itch
after approximate ly five seconds to the Addition-
Additional settings al station information view ~ page 145 . Depend-
ing on avai lability, information about the set sta-
Radio settings tion (such as station name, artist, slide show,
station logo) is displayed in th is view .
.. Select : IRADIO ! button> right control bu t ton >
Radio settings . Preferred picture view
The fo llow ing settings can be selected, depend- You can set your preferred picture view for the
ing on the band that is selected: Additional station information disp lay
¢ page 145 .
FM/AM HD Radio*
- Station logo: t he station logo is displayed, de -
You can switch HD Radio recept ion on or off.
pending on availability.
Station sorting (SiriusXM*) - Cover art : the album cover or genre cover is dis-
played, depending on availability .
You can set the station sorting for SiriusXM sta -
tion lists* by: Gracenote online database*
- Channel number: the st ations are sorted in as- Requirement: the MMI must be connected to the
cending order according to their sta t ion num- Internet. The Coverart opt ion must be selected
ber . q page 146, Preferred picture view.
- Channel name: th e stations are listed in alpha-
When the~ function is sw itched on, the album
betical order.
cover or genre cover for the song be ing played is
- First category, then channel number : the sta-
loaded from the Gracenote on line database, de-
tions are sorted by their category and then by
pendi ng on avai lab ility.
their channe l numbers.
- First category, then channel name : the sta- Subscription status (SiriusXM)*
tions are sorted by their cat egory and t hen by
This opt ion is available when your subscr iption is
their channe l names .
about to expire or has already expired . The expi -
Category filter (SiriusXM*) ration date of your license is displayed .
The stations shown in t he station list can be fil- Call to SiriusXM*: the contact information for
tered by your pe rsonal preferences and by pro - your satellite radio provider is displayed . To call
g ram type. The program categor ies that you can your satellite radio provider using the MMI, press
select depend on what is offered by your provid - Call to SiriusXM* .
er. Select the All categories option to deactivate
Troubleshooting
Problem Solution
A station with poor reception is no longer Store the station as a favorite in advance. Access the fa-
displayed in the station list once you vorite through the favorites list q page 145.
switch to a d ifferent station.
146
Media
Media However, in some cases, the additional informa-

tion may not be displayed.
Introduction
Restricted functionality : reset the Media set-
There are various media drives and connections tings t o the factory defau lt settings if functional-
avai lable in the MMI. For example, you can play ity is restr icted ¢ page 163.
audio/video files from the Jukebox or connect
If functionality is restricted, reset the Jukebox to
your mobile device to the Audi mus ic interface
the factory default settings c::!)page163.
and operate it through the MMI.
For information about the properties of support-
ed media and file formats, refer to ~ page 159.
Notes
General information (D Note
You are responsible for all precaut ions taken
Media and format restrictions: the MMI (includ-
for data protection, anti-virus protect ion and
ing the SD card reader and the USB storage de-
protection aga inst loss of data on mobile de-
vice connection) was tested with a variety of
vices that are used to a ccess the Internet
products and media on the market. However,
through the Wi-Fi hotspot.
there may be cases where individual devices or
media and audio/video files may not be recog-
nized, may play only w ith restrictions or may not CD/DVD operation
play at al l.
CD/DVD and format restrictions: the functiona li-
Digital Rights Management: please note that ty of individual storage media may be limited due
the audio/video files are subject to copyright pro- to the variety of blank CDs/DVDs availab le and
tection. the various capacities.Audio CDsor video DVDs
with copy protection, CDs/DVDs that do not con-
The media drives do not play fi les that are pro-
form to the standard and mult isess ion CDs may
tected by ORM and that are ident ified with the
have limited playback or may not play at all . Audi
symbol l'.D
.
recommends finaliz ing t he recording process
Data security: never store important data on SD whe n creat ing mult isess ion CDs. Mult isession is
cards, the Jukebox, CDs/DVDs or mobile devices. not supported for DVDs.
Aud i AG is not responsible for damaged or lost
Using CDs/ DVDs, the CD drive or the DVD drive:
files and media .
to ensure correct, high-quality playback and to
Loading times : the more files/fo lders/play lists prevent damage to the dr ive or disc reading er-
that are on a storage medium, the longer it will ro rs, always store CDs/DVDs in a protective
take to load the audio/video files. Audi recom- sleeve and do not expose them to direct sunlight.
mends using storage media that only contain au- Do not use :
dio/video files . To decrease the time it takes to
- Damaged, dirty or sc ratched CDs/DVDs
load audio/v ideo files, create subfolders (for ex-
- Single CDs/DVDs (3 inch/8 cm diameter)
ample, fo r the art ist or album). The loading time
- CD/DVDs that are not round
will also incr ease when importing files.
- CDs/DVDs w ith labels
Additional information : when playing, aud io - Protective rings
files are automatically displayed w ith any add i- - Cleaning CDs
tional information that is stored (such as the ar-
tist, track and album cover). If this info rmation is Thermal protection switch: CD/DVD playback
"' not available o n the sto rage medium, the MMI may be temporarily unavailable if outside tem-
....
"'
N
will check the Grace note metadata database . peratures are extremely hot or cold. A thermal llo-
"N....
0
0
Vl
'<f
147
Medi a
protection switch is installed to protect the CD/

DVDand the laser.
@ Tips
Always keep the SD card in a suitable case to
Laser devices: laser dev ices are d ivided into safe - protect it from dirt, dust particles and other
ty classes 1 to 4 in accordance with DIN I EC 76 damage.
(CO) 6/VDE 0837. The optica l readers that are in-
stalled conform to safety class 1. Lasers in this
DVD drive
class are very weak and well shielded, so there is
no danger if used correctly.
Media drives
SD card reader
Fig. 123 DVD drive
The DVDdrive is located between th e seats in the

rear pan el.
- Loading a CD/ DVD : the CD/DVD is pu lled in au-

Fig. 122 In serting the SD card tomatically . Slide the CD/DVD straight into the
DVDs lot @ with the label facing up ¢ fig . 123.
The SD card readers are located between the - Automat ic playback: playback will start auto-
seats in the rear panel. matically if the inse rted CD/DVD contains sup -
- In sert ing t he SD card : the angled corner of the ported aud io/video files ¢ page 159 .
SD card must point towa rd the right front. The - Ejecting a CD/ DVD : press the button (D
wr it ing on the SD card faces up and the contact ¢ fig. 123.
su rface faces down . Slide the SD card into the The CD/DVD is pulled in again aut omat ically if it
ca rd reader slot @ ¢ fig. 122 until the SD card is not removed from the DVDslot w ith in approx i-
clicks into place . mately ten seconds after ejecting it .
- Automa t ic playback: playback will start auto-
matically if the inserted SD ca rd contains sup- The DVDdrive is accessed a nd operated th rough
po rted audio/v ideo files ¢ page 159 . the MMI @ ~ page 154, fig . 126.
- Removing the SD card: press briefly on the SD
card .
CDNote
- Never force a CD/DVD into the drive . The
The SD card reader is accessed and operated
CD/DVD is pulled in automatically.
through the MMI @ ¢ page 154, fig . 126 .
- Do not insert CDs/DVDs with labels into the
CDNote dr ive. Labe ls can come loose from the CD/

DVDand damage the drive.
Only use one-piece SD cards. If adapter cards
(SD cards with more than one piece) are used, (D Tips
the card cou ld fa ll out of the adapter when
The CO/DVD playback is not ensured with au-
driving because of vibrations . Individual
dio files that have a high data rate .
pieces cou ld then become st uck in the d rive
and impair the functionality.
148
Media
Jukebox ¢ page 155 . The copie d video files are st ored in

t he media center unde r the Videos category .
After you have filled the Jukebox with music and/
or videos, for example from your SD card, you Playing the Jukebox
can play these files directly from the Jukebox . Requireme nt : t he Jukebox must conta in aud io/
The Jukebo x memory capaci ty is approximately video files c;,p age 149, Adding to the Jukeb ox.
10GB.
The Jukebox is accessed and operated t hrough
~ Press the IM EDIA i button . Press the left contro l t he MMI (D ~ page 154, fig . 126.
bu tton until the so urces ove rview c;,pag e 154
is d isplayed. Se lect a nd confi rm Jukebox. Displaying Jukebox memory capacity
Select : right contro l button > Jukebox memory

Adding to the Jukebox
capacity . Information about the Jukebox memory
- Press t he IM EDIA i button . Press the left control capacity and the number of stored tracks is d is-
but ton until the so urces overview c;,page 154 played .
is d isp layed . Selec t one of t he fo llowing sources
to copy to the Jukebox: SD ca rd, CD-ROM, DVD- Deleting track s from the Jukebox 1l
ROM, USB storage device . Requirement: the Jukebox m ust contain aud io/
Requirement: the media center (for example, video files.
tracks, a lbums) mus t be ope n. - Deleting an entry : select the ent ry from the
- Selecting an entry : sele ct an entry from t he Jukebox med ia center . Select : right control but-
me dia center . Select : right control button > ton > Delete from Jukebox> This entry or En-
Copy to Jukebox > This entry or Enti re list . tire list .
- The status of the deleting process is show n in
Requ iremen t : t he p laylis t must be open. See
the MMI. Jukebox playback stops dur ing the de-
c;,page 156.
letion process a nd starts again automatically
- Selecting a track : se lect t he track that is cur-
once the de letion is complete .
re ntly playing. Select : rig ht control button>
Copy to Jukebox > This track or Entire album
(D Note
or This artist .
Do not impo rt a udio/vi d eo fi les when the en-
Requirement: a video fi le must be playing . gine is turned off beca use this will dra in the
- Select : right contro l butt on > Copy to Jukebox. vehicle battery.
The copy ing process begins. The status of the
copying process is shown in the MMI.
@ Tips
- Tracks from audio CDs cannot be imported

- Hiding the importing process: select and con-
to th e Jukebox for lega l reasons.
firm Continue copying in background . Theim-
- Files that have already been imported a re
po rting process is hidden.
automatically recognized and cannot be
- Canceling the importing process: select and
cop ied to the Jukebox aga in.
confirm Cancel copying : Or: remove the so urce
- It is not poss ible t o play au dio/video files in
that is being impo rt ed . Files a lready copied re-
the DVDdrive whi le impo rt ing t hem.
main.
- The Jukebox does not provide an expo rt
When importing, the audio files a re automatical- function due to legal reasons.
ly so rted into the med ia center categor ies based
on the stored addit ional information
"'
....
"'
N
"N....
0
0
<:; l) Not in t he Now playing view.
149
Media
- Files or tracks without stored add itiona l in- - Multiple Bluetooth audio players can be
formation are listed as Unknown. Audi rec- connected to the MMI, but on ly one mobile
ommends adding additional information device can be active.
(such as 103 tags) to aud io files. - Bluetooth protocols AVRCP(1.0/1.3/1.4)
- Reset the Jukebox to the factory defau lt set- and A2DP are supported .
tings when selling your vehicle¢ page 163. - Note the vo lume setting on you r Bluetooth
device. Audi recommends setting your mo-
Bluetooth audio player bile device to the maximum volume when
using it as a Bluetooth aud io player.
With the Bluetooth audio player, you can play
- The supported media functions (such as
music wirelessly from your Bluetooth-capable
shuff le) depend on the Bluetooth device be-
device (such as a cell phone) through the MMI .
ing used.
Requirement: the veh icle must be stationary and - For more information on the supported de-
the Bluetooth funct ion on your Bluetooth dev ice vices, visit www.audiusa.com/bluetooth or
and the Bluetooth audio player ¢page 164 in contact your authorized Aud i dea ler.
the MMI must both be switched on .
- Connecting a Bluetooth device: press the

Wi-Fi audio player
IMEDIAi button . Press the left control button Using the Wi-Fi audio player media source on the
until the sources overview is displayed . Select MMI, you can connect and operate your Wi-Fi ca-
and confirm Bluetooth player @ ¢ page 154, pable media player (such as a smartphone) to
fig. 127 . wirelessly play music from your media player li-
- If necessary, select and confirm, Not connected brary. The media player is connected through the
> Connect Bluetooth audio player. The Blue- vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot. A UPnP Server opp or an
tooth device search sta rt s. Follow the instruc- integrated UPnP/DLNA server on your media
tions in the MMI. player is required to access your media player li-
- Se lect and confirm the desired Bluetooth de- brary.
vice from the list . The MMI generates a PIN for
Requirement: the Wi-Fi function on your media
the connection.
player must be switched on . The Audi MMIcon-
- Se lect and confirm Yes.
nect app or a UPnP server app must be installed
- Enter the PIN for connecting on your Bluetooth
on your media player. Or: you must be using a
device . Or: if the PIN is already disp layed on
media player with an integrated UPnP/DLNA
you r Bluetooth dev ice, confirm it in the Blue-
server.
too t h device and in the MMI. The time allowed
for enter ing the PIN is limited to approximately - Connecting a media player : press the IMEDIAi
30 seconds . button. Press the left control button until the
sources overview ¢ page 154 is displayed. Se-
The media is sta rt ed and operated through the
lect and confirm Wi-Fi audio player (J)
mobile device or the MMI, depend ing o n the de -
¢page 154, fig . 127 .
vice being used.
- If necessary, select and confirm W i- Fi turned
(1) Tips off > Turn on Wi-Fi to act ivate W i-Fi in the
MMI. Select Wi-Fi settings, if necessary. Select
- Check for any connection requests on your the same settings on the wireless media player
Bluetooth device. that a re used fo r the W i-Fi hotspot.
- You only have to pair your device one t ime. - Starting the Wi-Fi audio player : start the Audi
Bluetooth devices t hat a re al ready pa ired MMIconnect app or a UPnP server app. Or: al-
automatically connect to the MMI when low med ia sha ring on you r media playe r. ..,_
they are within range.
150
Media
Operating the media player: the media player is the Internet . For addit ional info rmation re -
'
ope rated through the MMI. fer to ¢ page 119 .
- Press the left control button repeatedly until - To avoid interr upt ions during playback, de-
the Folders me nu item appears . Select and con- activate the power sav ing function on the
firm Folders. media player or connect it to a charger .
- Playing music fro m th e media player: select - The loadi ng times for the audio data depend
and confirm Media center . on the media player used and the number of
files t hat it contains.
A WARNING - A maximum of 2,000 entries per directory
- As the driver, do not allow usage of the Wi- are d isp layed in the MMI.
Fi hotspot to dist ract you from d riving, as - Songs downloaded for offline use using mu -
this could increase the risk of an accident . sic streaming services are stored on your
- It is only safe to use tab lets, laptops, mo- mobi le device (such as a smartphone) and
bile devices and othe r s imilar dev ices when may be ORM protected. The Wi-Fi audio
the vehicle is stationa ry because, like all player will not play ORM protected files.
loose objects, they cou ld be thrown aro und - Contact your authorized Audi dealer or au-
the ins ide of the vehicle in a crash and cause thorized Audi Service Facility for additional
serious injur ies. Store these types of devices information on the Wi-Fi audio player.
securely whi le driving.
- Do not use any Wi-Fi devices within range of Online media
the a irbags while driving. Also read the Applies to : vehicles with Audi connect
warnings in the chapter Q page 181. You can playback and operate different online
media services using the MMI.
CDNote
.,. Press the IMEDIA ! button. Press the left control
You are respons ible for a ll precautions taken
button until the sources overv iew Q page 154,
for data protection, ant i-virus protection and
fig . 127 is displayed .
protection against loss of data on mobile de-
vices that are used to access the Internet Requirement:
through the Wi-Fi hotspot .
- The Audi MMI connect app must be installed
(D Tips and open on your mobile device .
- You mus t be logged into your myAudi account
- The Wi-Fi audio player only needs to be
in the Audi MMI connect app and you must
paired one time to the MMI us ing the Wi-Fi
have selected your vehicle .
hotspot. Depending on the media player be-
- The Wi-Fi function on the mobile device and on
ing used, a dev ice that was a lready pa ired
the MMI must be sw itched on.
will connect automat ica lly with the MMI Wi-
- If necessary, check in the connection manager
Fi hotspot when it is w ithi n range.
C) page 163 if the mobile device you connected
- The Wi-Fi connect io n is reconfigured when
is se lected under the MMI connect app (~).
inserting or removing the mini SIM card in
- A ne twork connection in the MMI must be es-
t he SIM card reade r*. There may be a tem-
tablished Q page 124.
po rary interruption in audio playback, de-
pending on the media p layer. - The Online media * source @ Q page 154,
fig. 127 m ust be displayed in the MMI.
- Also note the instr uctions in the chap ter
¢ page 125, About Audi connect.
- A supported online med ia se rvice mus t be ava il-
ab le in your country.
"'
....
"' - Please note that a Wi-Fi conne ction does
N
not aut oma t ical ly make it poss ible to use - You mus t have a n acco unt with a supported on-
"N.... line me d ia se rvice . ..,.
0
0
Vl
'<f
151
Medi a
- Depending on the online media service, you - Depending on the mobile device being used,
must install and open an app on your mobile interruptions in the media playback can oc-
device. cur. To avoid interruptions when using a
mobile device, do not lock the screen on
St arti ng onlin e m edia:
your mobile device and keep the Audi MMI
Press the !MEDIA ! button . Press the left control connect app in the foreground.
button unti l the sources overview Qpage 154 is - Contact your authorized Audi dealer or au-
displayed . thorized Audi Service Facility for additional
Select and confirm an onl ine med ia service. information about online media.
A WARNING
-
Multimedia connections
- It is only safe to use tablets, laptops, mo- USB adapter for Audi music interface
bile devices and other similar devices when
the vehicle is stationa ry because, like all Depending on the vehicle equipment, you con
loose objects, they could be thrown around connect and charge your mobile devices (such as
the inside of the vehicle in a crash and cause a smartphone or MP3 player) to the Audi music
serious injuries . Store these types of devices interface using a special USB adopter.
securely whi le driving.
- Do not use any Wi-Fi devices within range of
the airbags while driving . Also read the
warnings in the chapter Q page 181.
CDNote
Please note that there are generally addition-
al costs when using an on line media service
account, especially when it is used interna - ®-
tionally. Fig. 124 Audi USB adapters
(D Tips (D USB adapter fo r devices wi t h a micro USBcon-

- Mobile devices only need to be paired one nection
time to the MMI using the Wi-Fi hotspot. @ USB adapte r fo r devices wi t h an Apple Light-
Depending on the mobile device being used, ning connect ion
a device that was already paired will connect
automatically with the MM! W i-Fi hotspot @ USB adapter for devices with an Apple Dock
when it is w ith in range. connector
- Depending on the Internet connection, a You can purchase the USB adapter from an au-
connection loss can occur during playback of thorized Audi dealer or at specialty stores .
on line media services.
Use the USBadapter for the Audi music interfa ce
- Online m edia usage depends on the service
c;,page 153.
availability of the th ird party prov ider.
- Audi AG simply makes the accessto on line
media services possible through the MM!
CDNote
and does not take any respons ibility for the Handle the USB adapter carefully . Do not al-
contents of the online media services. low it to be pinched.
- Also note the instructions in the chapter
Q page 125, About Audi connect .
152
M e d ia
Audi music interface You can connect mobi le devices using the analog
Appl ies to: vehicles with Audi music interface AUX port.
- Conn ecting a m obile device to th e AUX input :
Connect your mobile devices to the Audi music
interface to be able to operate it through the connect the cable ® ~ fig . 125 to the AUXin-
MMI and charge the battery. put @ on the Audi music interface and then to
t he mobile device @) (such as a n MP3 player or
sma rt phone) .
- Disconnectin g a mobile device from th e AUX
input : remove the cable ® ~ fig. 125 from the
Aud i m usic interfa ce.
- Operation : select and conf irm the Extern al au-
dio player so urce ® ¢ page 154, fig. 126. The
media are sta rted and operated through the
mobile device @) ¢ fig. 125 .
Fig. 125 Connecting mobil e devices A WARNING

Driving requires your complete and undivided
The Audi music interface is located in the center attention. As the driver, you have complete
console storage compartment @ ¢ page 6, responsibility for safety in traffic. Never oper-
fig. 2. ate mob ile dev ices wh ile driving, because this
- Connect ing a mobil e device using a USB increases the risk of an acc ident.
adapte r: connect the applicable USB adapter @
9 fig. 125 to the port on the Audi music inter- (D Note
face @ and then connect the adapter to the - Remove the connector from the Audi music
mobile device @ (such as an iPod). interface carefully so it is not damaged.
- Charging a m obile device using a USB adapter : - Use a USB extens ion cable to connect dev i-
when you connect a mobile device to the Audi ces that have an integrated USB connector
music interface @ using the app licable USB (such as a USB stick) to prevent damage to
adapter @ 9 fig . 125, the battery will auto- your USB device and the Audi music inter-
matically charge . face.
- Disconnect ing a mobil e device from the Audi - Extremely high or low temperatures that
mu sic int erface: remove the USB adapter @ can occur inside vehicles can damage mobile
9 fig . 125 from the Audi music interface @ dev ices and/or impa ir their performance.
9 fig . 125. Never leave mob ile dev ices in the vehicle in
- Disconnect ing mobile devices with an Apple extreme ly high or low temperat ures.
Dock connector : remove the Apple Dock con-
nector from the Apple device with the release © Tips
tabs pressed in @ ~ page 152, fig. 124. - Do not use a n addit ional adapter or USB ex-
The med ia are started and operated through the tension cable to connect mobile devices to
mobile device or the MMI,depending on the de- the Audi music inte rface tha t a lready have a
vice being used ~ page 154 . cable or that must be connected with a USB
adapter (,::!;,
page 152) . They may impair the
Conn ecting two mobile devices: if two mob ile
functionality .
devices (for example iPod and smartphone) are
- You can purchase the AUXconnector cab le
connected at the same time, then both devices
CD
from an authorized Audi dealer or at spe -
....
CD
can be used as playback sources .
N cialty stores.
"......
N
0
0
"'
'SI'
153
Media
- Functionality is not guaranteed for mobile

devices that do not meet the USB2.0 speci-
fication.
- USB hubs are not supported.
- Some versions of the iPod such as the iPod
shuffle cannot be connected to the USB
adapter for devices with Apple Dock connec-
tor. Connect these devices using a AUX con-
Fig. 127 Diagram: possibl e sources in the Media menu
nector cable.
- Video playback through the Audi music in- Requi rement : a media source must conta in au-
terface is only supported if the connected dio/video files c::>
page 148.
device is recogni zed as a USB storage device
(f or example a USB stick). Apple devices and .,.Press the IM EDI A ! button. Press the left control
MTP devices (such as smartphones) are not button unt il the source overview is display ed.
recognized as USB storage devices. .,.Select and confi rm t he desired source. Or:
- iPod/iPhone/iPad malfunctions also affect press the IMEDIA ! button repeatedly until the
the operation of the MMI. Reset your iPod/ desired source is selected.
iPhone/iPad if this happens .
Depending on th e vehicle equipment , th e follow-
- For important information on operating ing sources may be displayed in the Media menu :
your iPod/iPhone/iPad, refer to the user
guide for that device. Audi recommends up- Switch to radio: the Radio menu opens
dating the iPod/iPhone/iPad software to the c::>
page 143.
latest version. (D Jukebox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . 149
- For more information about the Audi music @ DVD/CD drive . . . . ........... . 148
interface and supported devices, check the
@ SD card reader . . . . . . . . . . .... . 148
Audi database for mobile devices at
www.audiusa.com/bluetooth or contact an @ Audi music interface . . . . . .... . 153
authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi such as iPod, USBstick
Service Facility. ® External audio player . . . . . . . . . . 153
i.e. MP3 player on the AUX input
Playing media @ Bluetooth audio player . . . . . . . . 150
(V Wi-Fi audio player* . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Opening media
@ Online media* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
You can star t and operate various media
- Playing audio/video files: select a source in the
through the MMI control panel.
Media menu > Category (such as art ists > al-
bum> track).
- Moving one level up in the folder structure :
press the !BA CK! button . Or: select and confirm
Folder up.
- Selecting the previous or next track/chapterll :
press the On/Off knob on the MMI control pan-
el bri efly to th e left l<J<lor rig ht t»I. ..,.
Fig. 126 Diagram : possibl e sour ces in t he Media men u
1) Depending on th e DVD, thi s may not be possible during

playback.
154
Media
- Fast-forwarding and rewinding audio/video example, a USB stick is shown ~ fig. 128 con-
files : press and hold the On/Off knob on the nected to the Audi music interface.
MMI control panel to the Left kl<l or right l>!>I.
Depending on the active source, you can select
- Pausing or resuming playback: p ress the On/
audio/video files* from t he following categories
Off knob on the MMI contro l panel br iefly.
and add them to the playlist :
@ Tips @ Favorites
- You can scroll through long lists quickly by The Favorites category appears if at least one en-
turning the contro l knob quickly. The scroll- try is sto red in the favo rites list ~ page 156, Fa-
ing speed depends on the number of list en- vorites .
tries.
- The video image is only displayed when the @ Artists
vehicle is stationary for safety reasons. Only All availab le artists are displayed . Select and con -
the sound from the video plays while driv- firm an artist, an album and then a track .
ing.
@ Albums
Media center All availab le albums are displayed . Se lect and

confirm an album and then a track .
Various categories for selecting audio/video files
are available in the media center . ® Genres
All available genres are disp layed . Select and
confirm a genre (such as Pop), an artist, an al-
bum and then a song .
@ Tracks
All available songs are displayed. Select and con-

firm a track.
Fig. 128 Example: USBstick categories (f) Folders

The folder structure or track/chapter list is d is-
played . Select a folder, if necessary . Select and
confirm a track .
@ Playlists
All available playlists from the source and t he
smart playlists are displayed . Select and confirm
a playlist and then a track.
Fig. 129 Example: USBst ick cat egories
Smart playlists :
.,.Press the IMEDIAi button. Press the left control - Last played tracks: the last track played in the
button until the source overview is disp layed. selected source is displayed.
Select and confirm the desired source. - Most played tracks: the most played tracks in
t he selected source are displayed .
(D Active source - 5 stars to 1 star: tracks from the selected
The active source is highlighted. Depending on source are disp layed according to their rat ing.
CD
the connected device or Online media service*, - Unrated: all files from the selected source
....
CD
N
the active source symbol @ may change. As an without rating information (for example, in the
"....
N
103 tag) are disp layed. .,.
0
0
"'
'SI'
155
Media
@ Vid eos Entrie s that conta in the entered search te rm are

All available video files are displayed . Select and listed in the results list @ <=> fig. 130 . You can
confirm a video file. search for artists @ <=> fig. 130, albums @ or
tracks @) as well as genres and videos.
(D Tips
(D Tips
- Only the cat egories supported by t he med i-
um are available. For exam ple, CD/ DVD- - It will then sea rch t hrough t he files in the
ROM t racks cannot be se lect ed with catego - act ive source .
ries such as Artists , Albums or Genres. - If the free te xt searc h was ope ned in the
With an iPod (source: Audi music inte rface Folders (z) cate gory <=> page 155, fig . 12 9 or
page 152), the Podcasts, Audio books
<=> in the Composers , Podcasts and Audio
and Composers catego ries are also availa- books catego ry, then it will only searc h
ble. throug h files in t hat folder.

- The video image is only displayed when the
vehicle is stationary for safety reasons. Only Playlist
the sound from the video plays while driv-
ing.
- When synchron izing a portable device with
"Cloud" services, playlists may display incor-
rect ly in t he MMI. Use the media cent er in
the device.
Free text search

Fig. 1 31 Example: playlist
You can search in the active source, for example
for tracks and video fi les. The t rack, art ist, album and album cover, if ap pli-
cable, will appear in t he playlist .
Options
See <=>
p age 1 5 7, Addi t ional settings .
Favorites
You can st ore up to SO ent ries for each sour ce in

the fav ori t es list.
Fig. 130 Input field and resu lt s list for free text sea rch
You can open the free text search depend ing on Requireme nt: the playlist or media center must
t he sele cted source <=>fig . 130 . be open.
- Select the desired entry from the playlist or
Requirement: the playlist <=>
page 156 or media media cente r.
page 155 must be displayed.
center <=> - Select: right control button> Store as favorite .
Or : hold down t he control knob for several sec-
Opening free text search
onds .
...Keep turning the contro l knob to the left until
the free te xt search input field (D <=>
fig. 13 0 When you store a track as a favorite, the associ-
appears. Or : push the contro l knob up. ated album will appear in the favorites list as an
entry . ..,_
Using the free text search : <=>
page 9 8, Free text
search.
156
Media
Requi reme nt: at least one entry m ust be stored Wi-Fi options
in the favorites list . Refer to ¢ page 123, Wi- Fi hot spot.
Displaying the favorite s list : press the IM E DIA !
Connection manager
butt on. Press the left contro l bu tto n until t he
sources overview ¢ page 154 is displayed . Select See c::>
page 163 .
the so urce that contains the categories
Additional track information
page 155 (for example, SD card) . Select the Fa-
c::>
vorites category. With the function switched on ~ and a playlist
open, various informat ion about the current t rack
Requirement: the favor ites list must be dis-
(such as artist, a lbum and album cove r*) as well
played .
as the playing time and the remaini ng playing
- Listening to a favorite : se lect and confirm a n time are disp layed .
en t ry from the favor ites list .
- Move favorite : se lect the des ired entry from Jukebox memory capacity
the favo rites list . Select the right control but - Info rmation on the Jukebox memo ry capac ity and
ton > Move favorite . Selec t a nd confi rm the de- t he number of stored t racks in the Jukebox is dis-
sired presets locat ion. played .
- Deleting a favorite : se lect t he des ired entry
from the favor ites list. Sele ct t he right cont rol Change playing position
but ton > Delete favorite > Delete thi s favorite Turn the cont rol knob to the left or to the right .
o r Delete all favorites . Or: move you r finger across the MMI touch con-
tro l pad from left to right .
Additional settings
Shuffle 1>
Options menu Wit h t he fu nction switc hed on~, all files in t he
Context-specific functions and settings are ava il- playlist are played a nd s hown in random o rder.
able de pending on the se lected so urce . Repeat track 1)
...Press the right contro l button. When t he funct ion is switched on~, t he curre nt
t rack repeats.
Sound settings
See c::>
page 16 5 . Back to "Now playing"
The options menu is closed. The track currently
Input level
playing appears in the p laylist.
Requirement: a mob ile dev ice must be connected
to the AUXconnect io n cable or to a USB adap t er Play similar music
page 15 2, Multimedia connections.
c::> The track being played is quickly ana lyzed (such
The volume of the mobile device is adapted to as art ists, genres, mood, beat) and a smart play-
the MMI. Audi recommends adjus t ing the volume list with similar tracks is shown.
on the mobile device to 70% of the max imum Play more .. .
volume output.
A smart playlist is shown based on the t rack be-
Bluetooth settings ing played. You can select between a playlist with ..,.
See qpage 164.
"'
....
"'
N
"N
8
0
l) The fun ct ion automa ti cally switches off wh e n t he source
'{; is change d .
157
Media
mo re t racks by this artist, from this album or of Switch to full screen

this genre . The video imag e is disp laye d. Tur n t he con t ro l
Set as ringtone* 1) kno b t o di s play the pl aylist. Or : press the IBACK I
bu tton .
Req uire m en t : a cell pho ne mus t be connec t ed t o
the MMI. The tra ck curre ntl y playing m us t be in Replay video
t he Jukebox q page 149.
Whe n t his funct ion is switch ed o n ~. t he cur rent
The se lected tr ack will be use d as t he rington e vide o will re p lay.
for inco ming calls .
Show DVD menu
Gracenote online database* Selecting a menu item : se lect and co nfirm a
Req uirement: the MMI must be con nected to the menu it em. Or : move your finge r on the MMI
Inter net. touch contro l pad an d press the cont rol knob .
Depending on availability, va rious informat ion Audio track 2 >

will load abo ut the track be ing current ly played
You can manua lly set the aud io t rack (lang uage
when this function is switc hed on ~ -
and audio fo rmat). The lang uage and a udio fo r-
Copy to jukebox mat options depe nd on the video DVD.
See q page 149, Adding to the Jukebox. Subtitles 2 >
Favorites You can set subtitles for play back man ually . The
languages available depend on the DVD.
See qpage 156.
Picture format
Additional options
Audi recommends t he Automatic settin g fo r the
Req uirement: the veh icle must be stationary and
pictu re format . You ca n se t the pict ure forma t
a video file or a DVD must be play ing .
depen d ing on the act ive file or sou rce (for exam-
Parental control ple video f ile, DVD).
Playback of video DVDs can be rest ricted using Picture for- Information
pa rental control. mat
Ent er t he passwor d fo r paren tal co nt ro l. Pass- automatic The MMI detects the pict ur e for -
wo rd set at the factory: 1234. You have t he fol - mat of the so ur ce and displays the
lowi ng options: image in the opt imum rat io. Blac k
bars may appear on the sides of
- Protection level: selec t a nd con fir m t he prot ec- the d isplay, de pendi ng on t he
ti on level (for exa mple, Leve l 5) . Eigh t diffe ren t
sou rce fo rm at and t he Infotain-
pro t ect ion leve ls can be set for parenta l con -
me nt syste m d isplay that is insta l-
tro l. If you set the parental cont rol leve l at Lev-
led.
el 5, a ll DVDs from level 1-5 can be played . Vid-
Zoom The image is en la rged to fill t he
eo DVDs with a higher leve l will not play. Se lect
entire In fota inment system dis-
Unrestricted to remove all of the restr ictions.
play. Switch t he funct ion off if t he
- Change password : edit t he current password.
image is dist ort ed .
l) This function is not available for all cell phones.

2> Depending on the DVD, thi s may not be possible during
playback.
158
Media
Picture for- Information {!) Tips

mat
- Not all video DVDs have parenta l cont rol.
Cinema - Use this setting for films in cinema
- The security levels fo r the Parental contro l
scope format 21:9. Black bars are shown
are based on the US standards from the Mo-
in the upper and lower edges of the
tion Picture Association of America (MPAA).
Infotainment system display.
Note that the age levels for video DVDs in
Original The image is displayed in the ratio European countries may differ.
of the source format. Select th is - Password ent ry fo r Parental control will be
option if the image is distorted or a locked for approx imately one m inute if you
section of the image is cut off enter the incorrect password three t imes in
when Auto is selected . a row. The password can only be reset by an
4:3 The image is fixed in the 4:3 pie- authorized Audi dealer.
ture format. Black bars are shown
on the sides of the Infotainment
system disp lay.
16 :9 The image is fixed in the 16:9 pie-
ture format. Black bars are shown
in the uppe r and lower edges of the
Infotainment system disp lay.
Supported media and file formats

Overview
The following audio/video files are supported by the DVDdrive, Jukebox, SD card reader and the con-
nection for USB storage devices.
Audio files Video files

Support ed SD/ SDHC/ SDXC/ MMC m emory cards: w ith a capacity up to 128 GB
media DVD drive : audio CDs (up to 80 min .) with CD text (artis t , album, song)*, CD-ROMswith
a capacity up to 700 MB; DVD±R/RW; DVD video; DVD aud io with audio t racks that are
compa t ible with a DVD video player
Audi music interface : mobi le devices r=?page 152 such as iPods and MTP players, USB
storage devices in "USB Device Subclass 1 and 6" t hat conform to USB 2.0: USB sticks,
USB MP3 players (Plug-and-P lay capab le), external USB flas h drives and hard drives
File system Memory cards: exFAT, FAT, FAT32, NTFS
USB stora g e devices: FAT, FAT32, NTFS
USB storage device partiti ons: 2 per USB connection
CD/ DVD file system s: 1509660, Jol iet, UDF
Metadata Album cover: GIF, JPG, PNC with max.
800x800 px. The album cover from the
medium or from Gracenote is displayed,
depending on availabi lity.
Format MPEG-1/- Windows MPEG-2/- FLAC MPEG-1/- MPEG4 Windows Media Vid-
"' 2 Media 4 2 AVC eo 9
....
"'
N Layer-3 Audio 9 (H.264)
"N.... and 10
0
0
Vl
'<f
159
Media
Audio files Video files

File exten- .mp3 .wma .m4a; .flac .mpg; .mp4; .wmv;
sion .m4b; .mpeg .m4v; .asf
.aac .mov;
.avi
Playlists .M3U; .PLS; .WPL; .M3U8; .ASX
Character is- up to maximum 320 kb it/s and 48 kHz up to maximum 2,000 kb it/s and
ti cs 48 kHz sampling frequencies sampling 720xS76 px . at maximum 2Sfps
freq u en-
cy
Number of DVD drive: max. 1,000 files per medium
fil es Jukebox: approximately 10 GB memory capacity; max. 3,000 files can be imported
USB st orage devices and memory card s: max . 10000 files per medium; max . 1000
files pe r playlist/d irectory
on the system language and cannot always

(D Tips
be guaranteed .
- The med ia drives do not s upport the W in- - The manufacturer of the storage device can
dows Media Audio 9 Voice format . prov ide informat ion about its "USB Device
- For compressing MP3 files, Audi recom- Subclass" .
mends a bit rate of at least 160 kbit/s. The - Some MTP player functions are not support-
display showing the remaining play t ime ed, suc h as rating mus ic tracks and video
may diffe r for audio files with va riable bit playback .
rat e.
- Specia l characters (such as those in 103 tag
informat ion) disp lay different ly depending
Troubleshooting
Problem Solution
Audi music inte rface/ Bluetooth Read the instructions in the chapter ¢ page 152, Multimedia con-
audio player : mobile device is not nections/ ¢ page 150, Bluetooth audio player. You can learn
s upported . about supported mobi le devices in the Audi database for mobile
dev ices at ww w.audiu sa.com / bluetooth.
AUX input : the vol ume is too Adju st the volume of the mobile device to approximate ly 70% of
high/too low when starting p lay- the maximum output ¢ page 157 , Input level.
back through the AUXinput.
Aud i music interface : the porta- For many ce ll phones or mobile devices, playback is not possible
ble a udio dev ice is not recognized when the battery level is too low (less than S% of its capacity) .
as a source . The mobile device will on ly be recogn ized as a so ur ce in the MMI
after connecting if the batte ry charge is sufficient .
Aud i music inte rface : the audio The Bluetooth audio player funct ion is switched on. Switch this
playback through the iPod/ function off ¢ page 164 when you are not using the Bluetooth
iPhone/iPad is malfunctioning . audio player .
160
Media
Problem Solution
AUX input : there is static when When connecting and disconnecting, the External audio player
connecting and disconnecting the source is already selected. Before connecting or disconnecting the
AUX connection cable. mobile device , either mute the device (see Q page 165) or switch
to a different audio source (for example Q page 143, Opening the
radio) .
Bluetooth audio player/ Wi-Fi au- Only one interface shou ld be actively used at a time to ensure
dio player : audio playback inter - problem-free playback.
ference.
Wi -Fi audio player : audio play- Aud io playback interference can occur on some cell phones if the
back interference . Internet connection in the vehicle was not established through
the SIM card reader * on the MMI control panel and the mobile da-
ta option on the cell phone is switched on . Deactivate the cellular
data option on your cell phone .
Jukebox: tracks on the imported When import ing playlists, a ll of the fi les themselves must be im-
playlist are g rayed ou t . ported.
Jukebox: imported tracks cannot If you cannot find imported tracks in the media center, they may
be played or found . not be supported . Only copy supported files Q page 159 to the
Jukebox .
Wi-Fi audio player : multip le devi - Close the Audi MMI connect app on the connected devices (for ex -
ces are connected to the Wi-Fi ample , smartphones) that are not being used as the Wi-Fi audio
hotspot . A media player (such as a player . Likewise, close the UPnP server apps or the media perm is-
smartphone) appears as the sions on the integrated UPnP/OLNA server. Connect the desired
source and cannot be changed. dev ice as a Wi-Fi audio player Q page 150.
Online media* : connection failed To establish a connection to the MMI, the MMI connection switch
between the MMI and the Audi must be switched on in the Audi MMI connect status screen .
MMI connect app.
Wi-Fi audio player/ Online me- Interference can occur during aud io playback if the Hotspot and
dia*: audio playbac k interference. client Wi-Fi mode sett ing Q page 123 was selected and you r per-
sonal hotspot is not available. Fo r playback wit hout interference,
Aud i recommends the Hotspot setting for Wi-Fi mode .
Bluetooth audio player : interfer- Playback interference can occur when using the Bluetooth audio
ence with track d isplay and audio player if a mus ic player app from a th ird party prov ider is open.
playback . Aud i recommends using the integrated media player on your Blue-
tooth dev ice (such as a smartphone).
"'
....
"'
N
"N....
0
0
Vl
'<f
161
System settings
System settings YYYY, t he date will display, for example,

08/31 / 2016 . If you se lect YYYY-MM-DD , the
Setting the date and date d isplay will d isp lay, for examp le,
time 2016-08-31 .
You con set the clock time manually or using the

CPS. MMI settings
"' Se lect: IMENU Ibutton> Settings > left contro l "' Select: ! ME N UI button> Settings > left control
button > MMI setting s > Dat e & t ime. button > MMI settings .
"' Or: se lect the IMENU Ibu tton > Vehicle > left Language
contro l button > Vehicle settings > Date &
time . You can change t he display la nguage as well a s
the lang uage for the voice guidance and voice
Automatic setting recognition system.
When th is function is sw itched on~. the time The number of languages avai la ble depends o n
and date are automatically adjusted . the market.
Time Units of measurement
Requi rement: the Automat ic setting must be The following units ca n be selected:
sw itched off.
- Speed (mph or km/h)
Press the cont rol knob. You can set t he Time - Distance (kilomete rs or miles)
manually by turning and pressing the control - Temperature (°For °C)
knob. - Fuel consumption (L/100 km, mpg (US), mpg
Date (UK) or km/l)
- Volume (lite rs, gall ons)
Requirement: the Automat ic setting must be
sw itche d off. Operating tips
Press the cont rol knob . You can set t he Date When the funct io n is switched on~. your MMI
manually by tur ning and press ing the cont rol shows you operating tips for inp ut. The frequency
knob. of how often it d isplays decreases wit h time . You
can sw itch off the ope rating t ips at any ti me.
Time zone
When selecting the appropriate t ime zone, a
sampling of countr ies in this zone will be listed . Command display: when this function is switch-
ed on ~ , the MMI w ill show you the possible
Autom atic time zone * commands for voice inpu t in the respective
When th is function is sw itched on ~ . the time menu. You can sw itch the funct ion off at any
will automatically adjust to the correspond ing time.
time zone.
Short dialog : when th is function is sw itched on
Time format ~, a shorter form of the prompts is used . You
can sw itc h t he function off at any t ime .
If you select 24h , the clock will disp lay, for ex-
ample, 13 :00 . If you se lect AM/ PM, the clock Speech dialog system volume : you can adjust
will display, for example, 1:00 PM. the volume of the prompts by turning the contro l
knob. .,.
Date format
If you select DD.MM .YYYY, t he date will d isp lay,

for example, 31.08.201 6. If you se lect MM/DD /
162
System settings
Indi vidual speech training (only when the vehi - Connection manager
cle is stationary): you can adapt the voice recog -
nit ion system to your voice or pron unciation in Introduction
order to improve the system's ability to recogni ze The connection manager gives you an overview
your speec h. Individua l tra ining is comp rised of of your connected devices and their network sta -
20 speec h e ntries that cons ist of comman ds and tus .
sequences of nu mbers . You can delete t he pro-
g ram med voice tr ai ning w it h t he Reset individu- "' Select: ! M E N UI button> Settings > left control
al speech training func t ion. button > MMI settings > Connection manager .
Factory settings If a mobi le device was already connected, t he

name of the d evice and the connection mode will
The fo llow ing funct io ns can be reset to the facto -
display under the corres po nding men u item .
ry de fault set ti ngs :
- Sound settings Using the telephone

- Radio
- Media settings - Connect new device: sea rch fo r a nd connect a
-Jukebox cell phone .
- Directory - List of devices already paired : select your cell
pho ne from t he list of a ll the devices t ha t a re
-Telephone
alr eady pair ed .
- Bluetooth and Wi - Fi
- Navigat ion settings
- Navigation and online memory Data connection
- Speech dialog system
- Message settings * - Connect new device: se arch for an d co nnect a
-Apps * mo bile dev ice (su ch as a sm artp hone) .
- Operating tips - List of devices already connected: se lect your
- Audi connect* cell phone fro m t he list of all t he devices t hat
a re alr eady conne cted . Or: inse rt a m ini SIM
You can se lect the desi red functions individually
car d into t he SIM card rea d er* ¢ pa ge 11 9 .
or all at once with t he Select all entries option.
Selec t and confi rm Restore factory settings .
MMI connect app
@ Tips Appl ies to : vehicles with Audi connect
- Make s ure t hat not on ly t he settings we re Requirement: t he Audi MMI connect a pp must
d eleted but also the store d data, if ap plica- be insta lled and ope n on your mobile device .
ble.
- Connect new device: se ar ch fo r an d conne ct a
- If you reset the Navigation and online
mob ile dev ice (such as a sma rt phone) .
memory or Audi connect* t o the fac to ry de-
- List of devices already connected: se lect your
fault sett ings, the system automatica lly re-
mob ile dev ice from t he list of all the dev ices
starts after ap proximately 20 secon ds. The
that a re alrea dy connected.
Infotai nm ent system d is play will be black
fo r severa l mi nute s w hen res t arting.
Music
Audio player
"'
....
"' Requirement: t he Bluetoot h fu nction and visibili-
N
"N.... ty m ust be switc hed on in the MMI c>page 164

0
0 and on the cell phone . .,,.
Vl
'<f
163
System settings
- Connect new device: press the control knob. - Bluetooth audio player: when this function is
Se lect Bluetooth audio player. Search for and switched on~, the Bluetooth audio player is
connect a mobile device. avai lab le as a source in the Media men u.
- List of devices already connected: select a - Delete Bluetooth device: the selected cell
Bluetoot h device from the list of all the devices phone/mobi le device is disconnected from the
that are already connected. MMI.
- Show Bluetooth profile : you can connect or
Wi-Fi audio player
disconnect the Handsfree profile and the Direc·
Req uirement: the Wi-Fi hotspot on the MMI tory/contacts* indiv idually.
c!;>page 123 and the Wi-Fi on your cell phone - Bluetooth audio player: switch this function on
m ust be switched on. ~ to be able to se lect the Bluetooth audio play-
er as a source in the Med ia menu .
- Connect new device: press the control knob.
Search for and connect a Wi-Fi capable device . - Bluetooth name : the MMI Bluetooth name (for
example .,AUDI MMI 2015") is d isp layed and
- Disconnect Wi - Fi audio player : deact ivate the
can be changed.
Wi-Fi on your Wi-Fi capable device. The dev ice
will be automatically removed from the list. When the function is switched on~, the symbol
@ ¢ page 99, fig . 94 appears in the Infotain-
Directory ment system display.
Display contacts from a cell phone (or an addi- Online settings*

tional cell phone).
- Data connection settings: see ¢ page 124,
Requirement: cell phones must not be con nected Configuring the data connection
to the MMI through the Bluetooth remote SIM - Data usage counter: the amount of data pac k-
access profile o r th rough the Handsfree profile. ets that are sent and received through the MMI
is displayed. You can reset the data usage infor-
- Connect new device: search for and connect a mation to zero using the Reset data counter
new cell phone. option.
- List of devices already connected: select your - Netwo rk status : the mobile network provider
cell phone from the list of all the cell phones for data service as well as the network status
that are already connected. are d isplayed .
Additional options Wi-Fi options
See ¢ page 12 3, Wi-Fi hotspot .

Depending on the selected function , you can us e
the right control button to access the available SIM PIN settings*
additional op t ions in the connection manager.
- Automatic PIN entry : when this funct io n is
Bluetooth settings sw itched on~, the SIM PIN is automat ica lly
saved in the MMI after it is entered for the first
- Bluetooth : select and confirm a setting for the
time. The SIM PIN for four different SIM cards
Bluetooth connection vis ibility. Select Visible
can be saved in the MMI. With the function
for the MMI to be vis ible t o other dev ices. Se-
switched off, the current ly stored SIM PIN is
lect Invisible for the the MMI to not be visib le
deleted from the MMI. When the automatic
to other devices. However, it is still possible to
PIN entry is switched on, there are no SIM PIN
establish a Bluetooth connection with paired
prompts.
devices when the visibility is switched off. Se-
- Disable PIN query: when switched on, there are
lect Off to turn visib ility off . Then a Bluetooth
no SIM PIN queries. The automatic PIN entry is
connection is not poss ible.
not used in this case. ..,.
164
System settings
- Change PIN : you can change the PIN on your Treble / Bass
SIM card . First enter the current SIM PIN. The
You can adjust the Treble and Basssettings by
SIM PIN can only contain digits 0-9 . The new turning the control knob . The changed settings
SIM PIN must be entered twice for secur ity and only app ly for the audio source that is active at
then it will be saved to the SIM card . the time . This allows you to adjust the sound set-
tings for each audio source separately.
@ Tips
Some SIM cards do not allow the SIM PIN Balance (sound focus)
queries to be switched off. - Adjusting the sound distribution to the left or
right : press the contro l knob . Turn the control
System update knob to the left or right to the desired position.
- Adjusting the sound distribution ratio with
.. Select: I MENU I button >S ettings > left contro l the MMI touch: move your finger in the desired
button > System maintenance . direction on the MMI touch control pad.
- System update: slide the storage device with Speed-dependent volume
the update data into the appropriate drive
¢ page 148. Select and confirm the drive >
You can adjust how much the volume changes to
Start update . The duration of the process de- compensate for noise inside the vehicle by turn-
ing the control knob.
pends on the size of the update.
- Reset driver installation : the selected media
driver package is reset to the settings at the Volume settings
time of delivery .
Adjusting the volume
- Version information: information on the MMI
software version and the navigation database* The volume of an audio source or a system mes-
software version is displayed. The Software in- sage (for example, from the voice recognition
formation function a lso provides information system) can be adjusted directly while the sound
on the software contained in the MMI and the is playing using the On/Off knob .
licensing agreement.
- Increasing or decreasing the volume: turn the
On/Off knob © c:>page 90, fig. 81 to the right
Sound settings or left .
The sound distribution and volume of the MMI - Muting or pausing: press the On/Off knob
can be adjusted individually. The settings depend briefly . Or: turn the On/Off knob to the left un-
on vehicle equipment. til the mute symbol appears. An active audio/
video source is stopped .
- Unmuting or resuming : press the On/Off knob
briefly . Or : turn the On/Off knob to the right .
(D Tips
Volumes that are too high or too low are au-
tomatically adjusted to a set level when the
MMI is switched on .
Fig. 132 Adjust ing balance
Adjusting the system volume

CD
.. Select: I MENU I button> Sound> left control
....
CD
N
button > Entertainment . .. Select: ! M E NUI button> Sound > left control
"....
N button.
0
0
"'
'SI'
165
System settings
Telephone Audi Heartbeat
Mute telephone : messages and ringtones are se t Yo u can adju st t he vol um e of Audi Heartb eat by
t o mute . t urnin g t he contro l knob.
Ringtone : <=?
page 116, Ringtone and volume
setting s. Restarting the MMI
(Reset)
Ringtone volume : you can adjust the volume of
t he selected ringtone by turning the contro l
knob.
Message volume : you can adj ust t he volume of

the not ificat ion for a n inco ming tex t message by
t ur ning t he con t rol knob.
Microphone input level : you can adjust during a

phone call by turning t he control knob .
Navigation
Fig. 1 33 Butto n combinat ion to resta rt the syste m
Voice guidance : <=?
page 135, Voice guidance.
Voice guidance during phone call: <=?

page 13 5, .,. Brief ly press the contr ol kno b and bo t h rocke r
Voice guidance . sw itches at t he same t ime <=? fig. 133 .
Voice guidance volume : you can adjust t he voice

gu idance volume dur ing activ e rou t e g uida nce by
Software License
tur ning t he cont rol knob. information
Entertainment fader : t he volume of aud io play-
Information on the software contained in the
back can be tempo rarily lowe red w hen the pa rk-
MMI and the license agreement.
ing system or voice g uid anc e is ac t ive .
- Sele ct: !MENUI button> Settings > left con t rol
Voice recognition system button > System maintenance > Version infor-
mation.
Short dialog : prompts in a shorte r fo rmat can be
- Or: online at www.audi.com/softwareinfo .
sw itched on or off .
Information on the software contained in the
Speech dialog system volume : you can adjust
instrument cluster and the license agreement .
the volu me of the prompts by turn ing the control
knob. Press t he rese t button 10 .0 1<=?
pag e 22, fig . 12
twi ce wit hin five seco nds of sw itching th e ign i-
Parking aid* ti on on .
You can adju st t he s ignal tone vol ume by tu rnin g
the contro l knob .
- Adjusting t he Front volume : se lec t a nd co n-

firm High, Medium or Low.
- Adjusting t he Rear volume: select and confi rm
High, Medium or Low.
MMI touch
You can adj ust t he volume of t he prompts for the

MMI t ouch by tur ning the con tr ol knob .
166
Safe d r iv ing
Safe driving The following is a list of just a few of the sa fety

features in yo ur Audi :
Basics
- sophisti cated safety be lts fo r dr ive r and pas -
Safe driving habits senger seat ing pos ition,
- safety belt pret ensioners,
Please remember - safety first!
- safety belt force lim ite rs,
This chapter contains important information, - front airbags,
tips, instructions and warnings that you need to - knee airbags*
read and observe for your own safety, the safety - side airbags in the seats,
of your passengers and others . We have summar- - side curtain airbags with eject ion mit igation
ized here what you need to know about safety features,
be lts, airbags, child restraints as well as child - specia l LATCH anchorages for child restraints,
safety. Your safety is for us priority number 1. Al- - adju stab le steer ing colum n.
ways observe the info rmation and warn ings in
this section - for you r own safety as well as t hat These ind ividual safety features, can work to-
of your passengers. gether as a system to he lp protect you and your
passenger in a w ide range of accidents. These
The information in this sect ion app lies to all fea t ures canno t wo rk as a system if they a re not
model ve rsions of your vehicle. Some of the fea - always correc t ly adjusted and cor rect ly used.
tures descr ibed in t his sec t ions may be standa rd
equipment on some models, or may be optional Safety is everybody's res ponsibil ity!
equipment on others . If you are not sure, ask
your authorized Audi dealer. Important things to do before driving
A WARNING
-
Safety is everybody'sjob! Vehicleand occupant
safety always depends on the informed and care-
- Always make sure that you follow the in- ful driver.
struct ions and heed the WARNINGS in th is
Manual. It is in your interest and in the in- For your safety and the safety of your passenger,
terest of your passengers . before driving always:
- Always keep the complete Owner's Litera- .. Make sure that a ll lights and s ignals are operat-
ture in your Audi when you lend or sell your ing correct ly.
vehicle so that this important information .. Make sure that the tire pressure is correct .
will always be available to t he d river and .. Make sure that all w indows are clean and afford
passenge rs. good visibility to the outs ide .
- Always keep the Owne r's literature handy so .,. Sec ure all luggage and othe r items ca refully
that you can find it easily if you have ques- ¢ page 171, ¢ page 50 .
t ions. .,. Make sure that not hing can interfere with the
pedals .
Safety equipment .. Adju st seat a nd mirro rs correct ly for your
he ight.
The safety features are part of the occupant re- .. Make sure to use the rig ht child restra int co r-
straint system and work together to help reduce rectly to protect children ¢ page 205, Child
the risk of injury in a wide variety of accident sit- safety .
uations. .,. Sit p roperly in you r seat and make sure t hat
Your safety and the safety of yo ur passenger your passenger do the same¢ page 47 , Seats
"'
....
"' and storage. .,.
N should not be left to chan ce. Advances in tech-
"N.... nology have made a var iety of features ava ilab le
0
0
Vl t o he lp reduce the risk of injury in an accident.
'<f
167
Sa f e dri v ing
• Fasten your safety be lt and wear it properly . Al- Correct passenger

so instruct your passenger to fasten his safety
seating positions
belt proper ly c:>page 174.
Proper seating position for the driver
What impairs driving safety? The proper driver seating position is important
Safe driving is directly related to the condition of for safe, relaxed driving.
the vehicle, the driver as well as the driver's abili-
ty to concentrate on the road without being dis-
tracted .
The driver is responsible for the safety of the ve-

hicle and all of its occupants. If your ability to
drive is impaired, safety risks for everybody in the
veh icle increase and you also become a hazard to
everyone else on the road c:>,&.. Therefore :
• Do not let yourself be distracted by passenger

Fig. 134 Correct seat ing pos ition
or by using a cellular telephone .
• NEVERdrive when your driving ability is im- For your own safety and to reduce the risk of in-
paired (by medications, alcohol, drugs, etc.) . jury in the event of an acc ident, we recommend
• Observe all traff ic laws, rules of the road and that you adjust the driver's seat to the following
speed limits and plain common sense . pos ition:
• ALWAYSadj ust you r speed to road, traffic and
weathe r cond itions. • Adjust the driver's seat so that you can easily
• Take frequent breaks on long trips. Do not drive push the pedals all the way to the floor while
for more than two ho urs at a stretch . keeping your knee(s) slightly bent c:>,&..
• Do NOT drive when you are tired, under pres- • Adjust the angle of the seatback so that it is in
sure or when you are stressed . an upright position so that your back comes in
full contact with it when you dr ive.
A WARNING
.
• Adj ust the steering wheel so that there is a d is-
tance of at least 10 in (25 cm) between the
Impaired dr iving safety increases the risk of
steering whee l and your breast bone c::>fig. 134.
ser ious personal injury and death whenever a
If not possible, see your authorized Audi deal-
vehicle is being used .
ership about adaptive equipment.
• Adjust the steering wheel so that the steering
wheel and airbag cover points at your chest and
not at your face.
• Grasp the top of the steer ing wheel with your
elbow(s) slightly bent.
• Fasten and wear safety belts correctly
c:>page 177 .
• Always keep both feet in the footwell so that
you are in contro l of the vehicle at a ll times.
For detailed information on how to adj ust the

driver's seat, see c:>page 47 , Seats and storage. Ill>
168
Safe d r iv ing
A
1=
WARNING
-
when instal ling a child seat on the front
passenger seat c::>page 181.
Drivers who are unbelted, out of position or
too close to the airbag can be seriously in-
jured by an airbag as it unfolds . To help re- Proper seating position for the front
duce the risk of serious persona l injury: passenger
- Always adjust the driver's seat and the The proper front passenger seating position is
steering wheel so that there are at least important for safe, relaxed driving.
10 in (25 cm) between your breastbone and
the steering wheel. For your own safety and to reduce the risk of in-
- Always adjust the driver's seat and the jury in the event of an accident, we recommend
steering wheel so that there a re at least 4 in that you adjust the seat for the front passenger
(10 cm) between the knees and the lower to the fo llowing pos ition:
part of the instrument panel. .. Adjust the angle of the seatback so that it is in
- Always hold the steer ing whee l on the out- an upright position and your back comes in full
side of the steering wheel rim with your contact with it whenever the vehicle is moving.
hands at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock posi - .. Keep both feet flat on the floor in front of the
tions to he lp reduce the risk of persona l in- front passe nger seat .
jury if the driver's airbag inflates. .. Fasten and wea r safety belts correctly
- Never hold the steering whee l at the <=:>
page 177 .
12 o'clock position or with your hands at
other pos itions inside the steering wheel For detailed information on how to adjust the
rim or on the steering wheel hub. Hold ing page 47 .
front passenger's seat , see c::>
the steering wheel the wrong way can cause
serious injur ies to the hands, arms and head .&, WARNING
=
if the d river's airbag inflates Front seat pass enge rs who are unbe lted, o ut
- Pointing the steering wheel toward your of position or too close to the airbag can be
face decreases the ability of the supplemen- se riously injured or killed by t he air bag as it
tal driver's a irbag to protect you in a colli- unfo lds . To help red uce the risk of serious
sion. personal injury:
- Always sit in an upr ight position and never - Passengers mus t a lways s it in an upright po-
lean against or place any part of your body sition and never lean aga inst or place any
too close to the area where the airbags a re pa rt of their body too close to the area
located. where the airbags are located .
- Before dr iving, always adjust the front seats - Passengers who are unbelted, out of posi -
prope rly and make sure tha t a ll passengers tion o r too close to the airbag can be seri-
are proper ly restrained. ously injured by an airbag as it unfolds with
- Never adjust the seats while t he vehicle is great force in the blink of an eye.
moving. Your se at may move unexpe cte d ly - Always make sure that there are at least
and you could lose control of t he vehi cle . 10 in (25 cm) between the front passen-
- Never drive wit h the backrest reclined or ger's breastbone and the instrument panel.
t ilted fa r back! The farther the backrests are - Always make sure that there are at least 4 in
t ilted back, the grea t er the risk of inju ry due (10 cm) between the front passenger's
to incorrect positioning of the safety belt knees and the lower part of the instrument
and improper seating position. panel.
"' - Children mus t a lways ride in child seats - Each passenger must always sit on a seat of
....
"'
N
page 205 . Special precautions apply
<=:> their own and properly fasten and wear the
"N.... safety belt belong ing to that seat . ~
0
0
Vl
'<f
169
Safe driving
- Before driving, always adjust the front pas- - never kneel on the seats
senger seat properly. - never ride with the seatback reclined
- Always keep your feet on the floor in front - never lean up against the instrument panel
of the seat. Never rest them on the seat, in- - never sit on the edge of the seat
strument panel, out of the window, etc. The - never sit sideways
airbag system and safety belt will not be - never lean out the window
able to protect you properly and can even in- - never put your feet out the window
crease the risk of injury in a crash. - never put your feet on the instrument panel
- Never drive with the backrest reclined or - never rest your feet on the seat cushion or back
tilted far back! The farther the backrests are of the seat
tilted back, the greater the risk of injury due - never ride in the footwell
to incorrect positioning of the safety belt - never ride in the cargo area
and improper seating position.
- Children must always ride in child seats 8. WARNING
~ page 205. Special precautions apply
Improper seating positions increase the risk
when installing a child seat on the front of serious personal injury and death whenever
passenger seat ~ page 181. a vehicle is being used.
- Always make sure that all vehicle occupants
Examples of improper seating positions stay in a proper seating position and are
properly restrained whenever the vehicle is
The occupant restraint system can only reduce
being used.
the risk of injury if vehicle occupants are properly
seated.
Driver and passenger
Improper seating positions can cause serious in-
side footwell
jury or death. Safety belts can only work when
they are properly positioned on the body . Im- Important safety instructions
proper seating positions reduce the effectiveness
of safety belts and will even increase the risk of A WARNING
injury and death by moving the safety belt to crit-
Always make sure that the knee airbag can in-
ical areas of the body. Improper seating positions
flate without interference. Objects between
also increase the risk of serious injury and death
yourself and the airbag can increase the risk
when an airbag deploys and strikes an occupant
of injury in an accident by interfering with the
who is not in the proper seating position. A driver
way the airbag deploys or by being pushed in-
is responsible for the safety of all vehicle occu-
to you as the airbag deploys.
pants and especially for children. Therefore :
- No persons (children) or animals should ride
.,.Never allow anyone to assume an incorrect in the footwell in front of the passenger
seating position when the vehicle is being used seat . If the airbag deploys, this can result in
~.&- serious or fatal injuries.
- No objects of any kind should be carried in
The following bulletins list only some sample po-
the footwell area in front of the driver's or
sitions that will increase the risk of serious injury
passenger's seat. Bulky objects (shopping
and death. Our hope is that these examples will
bags, for example) can hamper or prevent
make you more aware of seating positions that
proper deployment of the airbag. Small ob-
are dangerous.
jects can be thrown through the vehicle if
Therefore, whenever the vehicle is moving: the airbag deploys and injure you or your
passengers.
- never stand up in the vehicle
- never stand on the seats
170
Safe d r iv ing
Pedal area t ions that could interfe re with the pedals or im-
pair safe operation of your vehicle in other ways.
Pedals
The pedals must always be free to move and
must never be interfered with by a floor mat or
-A WARNING
Pedals that cannot move freely can res ult in a
any other object . loss of vehicle contro l and increase the risk of
serious pe rsonal injury.
Make sure that all pedals move freely without in- -Always make sure that floo r mats are prop-
terference and that nothing prevents them from erly secured.
returning to the ir original positions .
- Never place or install floor mats or other
Only use floor mats that leave the pedal area free f loor coverings in the vehicle that cannot be
and can be secured with floor mat fasteners. properly secured in place to prevent them
from slipping and interfer ing with the ped-
If a brake circuit fails, increased brake peda l trav-
als or the ab ility to cont rol the vehicle .
e l is required to bring the vehicle to a full stop.
- Never place or install floor mats or other
A WARNING
f loor coverings on top of al ready installed
f loor mats . Additional floor mats and other
Peda ls that cannot move freely can cause loss cover ings will reduce the size of the pedal
of vehicle control and increase the risk of seri- area and interfere with the pedals.
ous injury . - Always proper ly re insta ll and secure floor
- Never place any objects in the driver's foot- mats t hat have been ta ken out fo r clean ing .
well. An object could get into the pedal area - Always make sure that objects cannot fall
and interfere with pedal function. In case of into the d river footwe ll whi le the vehicle is
sudden braking or an accident, you would
mov ing . Objects can become trapped under
not be able to brake or accelerate! the brake pedal and accelerator pedal caus-
- Always make sure that nothing can fa ll or ing a loss of vehicle control.
move into the dr iver's footwe ll.
Stowing luggage
Floor mats on the driver side
Loading the luggage compartment
Always use floor mats that can be securely at-
tached to the floor mat fasteners and do not in- All luggage and other objects must be properly
terfere with the free movement of the pedals . stowed and secured in the luggage compart-
ment.
.,.Make sure that the floor mats are properly se-
cured and cannot move and interfere with the Loose items in the luggage compartment can
pedals ~ ,&. . shift suddenly, changing vehicle handling charac-
teristics. Loose items can a lso increase the risk of
Use only floor mats that leave the pedal area un- serious personal injury in a sudden veh icle ma-
obstructed and that are firmly secured so that neuver or in a collision .
they cannot slip out of pos it ion . You can obtain
suitab le floo r mats from your autho rized Audi In a collision, the laws of physics mean that even
Deale r. smaller items that are loose in the veh icle will
become heavy missiles that can cause serious in-
Floor mat fasteners are insta lled in your Audi . jury . Items in the vehicle possess energy which
Floor mats used in your vehicle must be attached vary w ith vehicle speed and the weight of the
"' to these fasteners. Properly securing the floor item . Vehicle speed is the most sign ificant factor.
....
"'
N
mats will prevent them from sliding into posi- For example, in a frontal collision at a speed of
"N....
0
0
30 mph (48 km/h), the forces acting on a 10 -lb ..,.
Vl
'<f
17 1
Safe driving
(4.5 kg) object are about 20 times the normal and unable to get out. Being trapped in a
weight of the item. This means that the weight vehicle can lead to serious personal injury.
of the item would suddenly be about - Never let children play in or around the vehi-
200 lbs . (90 kg). You can imagine the injuries cle.
that a 200 lbs. (90 kg) item flying freely through - Never let passengers ride in the luggage
the passenger compartment could cause in a col- compartment. Vehicle occupants must al-
lision like this . ways be properly restrained in one of the ve-
A WARNING
hicle's seating positions.
Improperly stored luggage or other items can (D Tips

fly through the vehicle causing serious per-
The tire pressure must correspond to the
sonal injury in the event of hard braking or an
load. The tire pressure is shown on the tire
accident. To help reduce the risk of serious
pressure label. The tire pressure label is locat-
personal injury:
ed on the driver's side B-pillar. The t ire pres-
- Always put objects, for example, luggage or sure label lists the recommended cold tire in-
other heavy items in the luggage compart-
flation pressures for the vehicle at its maxi-
ment. mum capacity weight and the tires that were
A WARNING
on your vehicle at the time it was manufac-
tured. For recommended tire pressures for
Heavy loads will influence the way your vehi- normal load conditions, please see chapter
cle handles. To help reduce the risk of a loss ¢ page 246.
of control leading to serious personal injury:
- Always keep in mind when transporting Reporting Safety Defects
heavyobjects, that a change in the center of
gravity can also cause changes in vehicle Applicable to U.S.A.
handling.
- Never exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating If you believe that your vehicle
or the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating specified has a defect which could cause a
on the safety compliance sticker on the left
door jamb . Exceeding permissible weight crash or could cause injury or
standards can cause the vehicle to slide and death, you should immediately in-
handle differently.
- Please observe information on safe driving
form the National Highway Traffic
'=)page 167. Safety Administration (NHTSA)in
A WARNING
addition to notifying Audi of
Always make sure that the doors, all windows America, Inc.
and the front lid are securely closed and
locked to reduce the risk of injury when the
If NHTSAreceives similar com-
vehicle is not being used. plaints, it may open an investiga-
- After closing the front lid, always make sure
tion, and if it finds that a safety
that it is properly closed and locked.
- Never leave your vehicle unattended espe- defects exists in a group of
cially with the front lid left open. A child vehicles, it may order a recall and
could crawl into the luggage compartment
and close the front lid becoming trapped remedy campaign. However,
NHTSAcannot become involved in ""
172
Safe driving
individual problems between you, gations and Recalls, may either

your dealer, or Audi of America, call Transport Canada toll-free at:
Inc. Tel.: 1-800-333-0510 or
To contact NHTSA, you may call Tel. : 1-819-994-3328 (Ottawa re-
the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll- gion and from other countries)
free at: TTYfor hearing impaired: Tel.:
Tel.: 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-888-67 5-6863
1-800-424-9153) or or contact Transport Canada by
1-800-424-9393 mail at:
or you may write to : Transport Canada
Administrator Motor Vehicle Safety Invest iga-
NHTSA tions Laboratory
1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE 80 Noel Street
Washington, D.C. 20590 Gatineau, QC
J8Z 0Al
You can also obtain other infor-
mation about motor vehicle safe- For additional road safety infor-
ty from: mation, please visit the Road
Safety website at:
http:/ /www.safercar .gov
http://www.tc.gc.ca/eng/
Applicable to Canada roadsafety/menu.htm
If you live in Canada and you be-
lieve that your vehicle has a de-
fect that could cause a crash , in-
jury or death , you should immedi-
ately inform Transport Canada,
Defect Investigations and Recalls.
You should also notify Volkswa-
gen Group Canada , Inc.
Canadian customers who wish to
.... report a safety -related defect to
a,
a,
N
".... Transport Canada, Defect Investi-

N
0
0
V'I
st
173
Safety belts
Safety belts - Be sure everyone riding in the vehicle is

properly restrained with a separate safety
General notes belt or child restraint.
Always wear safety belts!
Wearing safety belts correctly saves lives!
4 Safety belt warning light
Your vehicle has a warning system for the driver
This chapter explains why safety belts are neces-
and front seat passenger to remind you about
sary, how they work and how to adjust and wear
the importance of buckling up.
them correctly.
<D
N
.. Read all the information that follows and heed
all of the instructions and WARNINGS. ..
"'
0
,;,
m
&_ WARNING
Not wearing safety belts or wearing them im-
properly increases the risk of serious personal
injury and death.
- Safety belts are the single most effective
means available to reduce the risk of serious Fig. 135 Safety be lt warning light in the instrument clus·
injury and death in automobile accidents. ter - enlarged
For your protection and that of your passen-
gers, always correctly wear safety belts Before driving off, always:
when the vehicle is moving. .. Fasten your safety belt and make sure you wear
- Pregnant women, injured, or physically im- it properly.
paired persons must also use safety belts. .. Make sure that your passengers also buckle up
Like all vehicle occupants, they are more and properly wear their safety belts.
likely to be seriously injured if they do not .. Protect children with a child restraint system
wear safety belts. The best way to protect a appropriate for the size and age .
fetus is to protect the mother - throughout
the entire pregnancy. The warning light . in the instrument cluster
lights up when the ignition is switched on as a re-
minder to fasten the safety belts . In addition,
Number of seats
you will hear a warning tone for a certain period
Your Audi R8 has two seating positions. Each of time.
seating position has a safety belt.
Fasten your safety belt and make sure that your
passengers also properly put on their safety
&_ WARNING belts.
Not wearing safety belts or wearing them im-
properly increases the risk of serious personal &_ WARNING -
injury and death.
- Safety belts are the single most effective
- Never strap more than one person, includ- means available to reduce the risk of serious
ing small children, into any belt . It is espe- injury and death in automobile accidents.
cially dangerous to place a safety belt over a For your protection and that of your passen-
child sitting on your lap. gers, always correctly wear safety belts
- Never let more people ride in the vehicle when the vehicle is moving.
than there are safety belts available. - Failure to pay attention to the warning light
that comes on could lead to personal injury.
174
Safety belts
Why safety belts? (2,000 lbs, or 1,000 kg) or more . At higher

speeds, these forces are even greater.
Frontal collisions and the law of physics
People who do not use safety belts are also not
Frontal crashes create very strong forces for peo- attached to their vehicle. In a frontal collis ion
ple riding in vehicles . they will also keep moving fo rward at the speed
their vehicle was travelling just before the crash.
Of course, the laws of physics don't just apply to
frontal collisions, they determine what happens
in all kinds of accidents and collisions.
What happens to occupants not wearing

safety belts?
In crashes unbelted occupants cannot stop
themselves from flying forward and being in-
Fig. 136 Unbe lted occupants in a veh icle heading for a wall jured or killed . Always wear your safety belts!
Fig. 137 The vehicle crashes into the wall Fig. 138 A driver not wea ring a safe ty belt is violent ly
throw n forward
The physical principles are simple. Both the vehi-
cle and the passengers possess energy which var- Unbelted occupants are not able to resist the tre-
ies with vehicle speed and body weight. Engi- mendous forces of impact by holding tight or
neers call this energy "kinetic energy." bracing themselves . Without the benefit of safe-
ty restraint systems, the unrestrained occupant
The higher the speed of the vehicle and the
will slam violently into the steering wheel, in-
greater the vehicle's weight, the more energy
strument panel, windshield , or whatever else is
that has to be "absorbed" in the crash.
in the way ¢ fig . 138. This impact with the vehi-
Vehicle speed is the most significant factor . If cle interior has a ll the energy they had just be-
the speed doubles from 15 to 30 mph (25 to SO fore the crash .
km/h), the energy increases 4 times!
Never rely on a irbags alone for protection . Even
Because the passengers of this veh icle are not us - when they dep loy, airbags provide only addit ional
ing safety belts ¢ fig. 136, they will keep moving protection . Airbags are not supposed to deploy in
at the same speed the vehicle was moving just all kinds of accidents . Although your Aud i is
before the crash, until something stops them - equipped with airbags, all vehicle occupan ts , in-
here, the wall ¢ fig . 137. cluding the d river, must wea r safety belts cor-
The same principles apply to people sitting in a rectly in order to m inimize the risk of severe in-
CD
vehicle that is involved in a frontal collision. Even jury or death in a crash.
....
CD
N
at city speeds of 20 to 30 mph (30 to SO km/h), Remember too, that airbags will deploy only
"....
N
0 the forces acting on the body can reach one ton once and that your safe ty be lt s are always there 1111>
0
"'
'SI'
175
Sa f e ty belts
to offer protection in those accidents in whic h safe ty belts also great ly increases the ability of
airbags are not supposed to deploy or when they the supp lemental airbags to do their job in a col-
have a lready deployed. Unbelted occupants can lis ion . For this reason, wearing a safety belt is le-
also be thrown out of the vehicle where even gally required in most countries including much
more severe or fatal injuries can occur. of the United States and Canada.
Although your Audi is equipped with airbags, you
Safety belts protect still have to wear the safety belts provided . Front
People think it's possible to use the hands to airbags, for examp le, are activated only in some
brace the body in a minor collision. It's simply frontal collisions. The front airbags are not acti·
not true! vated in a ll frontal collisions, in side and rear col-
lis io ns, in roll overs or in cases where the re is not
enough deceleration through impact to the front
of the vehicle . The same goes for t he other a irbag
systems in your Audi. So, always wear your safety
belt and make sure everybody in your vehicle is
properly rest rained!
Important safety instructions about safety

belts
Safety belts must always be correctly positioned
Fig. 139 Driver is cor rectly restrai ned in a sudde n brak ing
m ane uver. across the strongest bones of your body.
.. Always wear safety belts as illustrated and de -

Safety belts used properly can make a big differ-
scribed in this chapter.
ence. Safety belts help to keep passengers in
.. Make sure that your safety be lts are always
their seats, gradually reduce energy levels ap -
ready for use and are not damaged.
plied to the body in an accident, and he lp prevent
the uncon tr olled movement tha t can cause se ri-
ous injur ies. In addition, safety belt s reduce the A WARNING
da nger of being thrown out of the vehicle . Not wear ing safety be lts or wearing t hem im-
properly increases the risk of se rious personal
Safety belts attach passengers to the car and give
injury and death. Safety belts can work o nly
them the benefi t of being slowed down more
when used correctly.
gent ly or "softly" through the "give" in t he safety
- Always faste n your safety belts correct ly be-
be lts, crush zones and other safety features e ngi-
fore d riving off an d make sure a ll passen-
nee red into today's vehicles . By "absorbing" the
ge rs a re correctly rest rai ned.
kinetic energy ove r a longer period of time, the
- For maxim um protection, safety belts must
safety belts make the forces on the body more
a lways be positioned prope rly o n the body .
"tolerable" and less likely to cause injury.
- Never strap more t han one person, includ-
Although these examples are based on a fronta l ing small children, into any belt.
collision, safety belts can also substantially re- - Never place a safety belt over a ch ild sitting
duce the risk of inju ry in other kinds of crashes. on yo ur lap.
So, whether you're on a long trip or just going to - Always keep feet in the footwe ll in front of
the corner store, always buckle up and make sure the seat while the veh icle is being driven .
others do, too. Accident stat istics show that vehi- - Never let any person ride with the ir feet on
cle occupants properly wear ing safety belts have the instrument panel or stick ing out the
a lower risk of being injured and a much better window or on the seat .
chance of surviving a n accident. Properly using
176
Safet y bel ts
- Never remove a safety belt while the vehicle Safety belts

is moving. Doing so will increase your risk of
being inj ured or killed.
Fastening safety belts
- Never wear belts twisted. Seat first - everybody buckle up!
- Never wear belts over rigid or breakable ob-
jects in or on your clot hing, such as eye
glasses, pens, keys, etc., as these may cause .,,
injury.
- Never allow safety belts to become dam-
aged by being caught in door or seat hard-
ware.
- Do not wear the shoulder part of the belt
under your arm or otherwise out of position.
- Severa l layers of heavy clothing may inter-
Fig. 14 0 Belt buckle and tongue on t he driver's seat
fere with correct positioning of belts and re-
duce the overall effectiveness of the system.
To provide maxim um pro tect ion, safety bel t s
- Always keep belt buckles free of anything
mus t a lways be positioned correctly on the wear -
that may prevent the buckle from latching
er's body .
securely .
- Never use comfort clips or devices that cre- .,.Adj ust t he fron t seat prope rly ¢ poge 4 7, Seats
ate slack in the shoulder be lt. However, spe- and storage.
cial clips may be req uired for the prope r use .,. Pull the safety belt evenly across t he chest and
of some ch ild restraint systems. pe lvis ¢ fig. 140, ¢ ,&..
- Torn or frayed safety belts can tear and .. Insert t he tongue into the correct buck le of
damaged belt ha rdware can break in an acci- your seat unt il you hear it latch securely .
de nt . Inspect belts regularly . If webbing, .,. Pull on the belt to make sure that it is securely
bind ings, buckles, or retractors are dam- latched in the buckle.
aged, have be lt s replaced by an a ut hor ized
Automatic safety belt retractors
Audi de aler or quali fied workshop.
- Safety bel t s t hat have bee n wo rn and loaded Every safety belt is equipped with a n automatic
in an accide nt m ust be re place d wit h the belt retractor on the sho ulder belt . This feat ure
correct rep lacement safety be lt by a n au- locks the belt when the belt is pulled out fast,
tho rized Audi dea le r. Replacement may be during hard brak ing and in an accident. The belt
necessary even if damage cannot be clearly may also lock when you drive up or down a steep
seen. Anchorages that were loaded m ust al- hill or through a sharp curve. During normal driv-
so be inspected. ing the belt lets you move free ly.
- Never remove, modify, disassemble, or try Safety belt pretensioners
to repair the safety belts yourself .
- Always keep t he belts clean . Dirty be lts may The safety belts are equipped with a belt preten -
not work proper ly and can impair the func- s ioner that he lps to tighten the safety belt and
t ion of the inertia ree l ¢ table Internal remove slack when the pretensioner is activated .
cleaning on page 258. The function of the pretensioner is moni t ored by
a warn ing light ¢ page 15.
Convertible locking retractor

CD
....
CD Every safety belt except the one on the driver
N
"......
N
seat is equipped with a convertible locking retrac-
0
0
tor that must be used when the safety be lt is ..,.
"'
'SI"
177
Safety belts
used to attach a child seat. Be sure to read the

important information about this feature
A WARNING
¢ page 214. Improperly positioned safety belts can cause
serious personal injury in an accident .
A WARNING - The shoulder belt should lie as close to the
center of the collar bone as possible and
Improperly positioned safety belts can cause
should fit well on the body . Hold the belt
page 178,
serious injury in an accident c::>
above the latch tongue and pull it evenly
Safety belt position.
across the chest so that it sits as low as pos-
- Safety belts offer optimum protection only
sible on the pelvis and there is no pressure
when the seatback is upright and belts are
on the abdomen. The belt should always fit
properly positioned on the body .
snugly c::>fig. 141. Pull on the belt to tig hteh
- Never attach the safety belt to the buckle
if necessary.
for another seat. Attaching the belt to the
- A loose-fitting safety belt can cause serious
wrong buckle will reduce safety belt effec-
injuries by shifting its position on your body
tiveness and can cause serious personal in-
from the strong bones to more vulnerable ,
Jury.
soft tissue and cause serious injury.
- A passenger who is not properly restrained
- Always read and heed all WARNINGS and
can be seriously injured by the safety belt it-
other important information ¢ page 176.
self when it moves from the stronger parts
of the body into critical areas like the abdo-
men. Pregnant women must also be correctly
- Always lock the convertible locking retractor restrained
when you are securing a child seat in the ve- The best way to protect the fetus is to make sure
hicle ¢ page 215. that expectant mothers always wear safety belts
correctly - throughout the pregnancy.
For information on safety belt pretensioners,

refer to ¢ page 179.
Safety belt position

Correct belt position is the key to getting maxi-
mum protection from safety belts.
...
I Fig. 142 Safety be lt posi tion during pregnancy
To provide maximum protection, safety belts

must always be positioned correctly on the wear-
er's body c::>page 178 .
.,.Adjust the front seat properly c::>page 47, Seats

and storage .
.,. Pull the safety belt evenly across the chest so
Fig. 141 Safety belt positio n
that it sits as low as possible on the pelvis and
there is no pressure on the abdomen
fig.
c::> 142, c::>.,&..
178
Safet y bel ts
.. Inse rt the tongue int o the correct buckle of Improperly worn safety belts
you r seat until you hear it latch secure ly
page
e::> 177, fig. 140 . Incorrectly positioned safety belts can cause se-
.. Pull on the be lt to make sure that it is securely
vere injuries.
latched in the buckle. Wearing safety belts improperly can cause seri-
ous injury or death. Safety belts can only work
A WARNING when they are correct ly posit ioned on the body .
Improperly posit ioned safety be lts ca n cause Imprope r seat ing positions reduce the effective-
ser ious personal inju ry in an accident. ness of safety belts and will eve n increase the
- Expectant mothers must always wear the risk of inj ury and death by moving the safe ty be lt
lap portion of the safety belt as low as pos- t o critical ar eas of the body. Imprope r seating
sible ac ross the pelvis and below the round- pos itions also increase the risk of serious injury
ing of the abdomen. and death when an airbag dep loys and strikes an
- Always read and heed all WARNINGS and occupant who is not in t he correct seating posi-
other important information ¢ .&.in Fasten- tion. A driver is responsible for the safety of all
ing safe ty belts on page 178. vehicle occupants and especially for ch ildren.
Therefore:
Unfastening safety belts .. Never perm it anyone to assume an incorrect

seated posit ion in the vehicle whi le traveling
Unbuckle the safety belt with the red release ¢ ,& .
button only after the vehicle has stopped .
A WARNING
., ~
Imp roperly worn safety belts increase the risk

of ser ious perso nal inj ury and death whenever
a veh icle is being used .
- Always make sure that all veh icle occupan ts
are cor rectly rest rained and stay in a corre ct
seated position wheneve r t he veh icle is be-
ing use d .
- Always read and follow a ll WARNINGS and
Fig. 14 3 Releas ing the tongue from the buck le ot her impo rt ant informat io n c;:>page 17 6 .
.. Push the red release button on the buckle

fig. 143 . The belt tongue will sp ring out of
e::>
Safety belt tensioner
the buckle ¢ _.&. . How safety belt pretensioners work
.. Let the belt w ind up on the retractor as you
guide the belt tongue to its stowed posit ion. In front, side and rear-end collisions above a
particular severity and in a rollover, safety belts
A WARNING
ore tensioned automatically .
Never unfaste n safety belt while the vehicle is Pyrotechnic safety belt pretensioners
moving. Doing so will increase yo ur risk of be- The safety belts are equippe d w it h safety bel t
ing inju red or killed . pretens io ners . The system is act ivat ed by senso rs
in front, side and rear -end collisions of great se -
CD
verity and in a rollover. This tightens the belt and
....
CD
N
ta kes up belt slack e:>.& in Service and disposal of
"......
N safety belt pretensioner on page 180. Taking up IJI>
0
0
"'
'SI"
179
Safety belts
the slack helps to reduce forward occupant

movement during a collision. -
A WARNING
-
Improper care, servicing and repair proce-
A WARNING dures can increase the risk of personal injury
and death by preventing a safety belt preten-
- It is possible for the pretensioners to deploy
sioner from activating when needed or acti-
incorrectly .
vating it unexpectedly:
- The pyrotechnic system can only provide
- The belt pretensioner system can be activat-
protection for one collision. If the pyrotech-
ed only once. If belt pretensioners have
nic pretensioners deploy, the pretensioning
been activated, the system must be re-
system must be replaced .
placed.
- Never repair, adjust, or change any parts of
(D Tips
the safety belt system .
The pyrotechnic safety belt pretensioners can - Safety belt systems including safety belt
only deploy once. pretensioners cannot be repaired . Special
- The safety belt pretensioners do not deploy procedures are required for removal, instal-
in minor frontal, side and rear-end colli- lation and disposal of this system.
sions. - For any work on the safety belt system , we
- A fine dust is released when the pyrotechnic strongly recommend that you see your au-
safety belt pretensioners deploy. This is nor- thorized Audi dealer or qualified technician
mal and is not caused by a fire in the vehi- who has an Audi approved repair manual,
cle. training and special equipment necessary.
- The relevant safety requirements must be
observed when the vehicle or components (® For the sake of the environment
of the system are scrapped. A qualified
Undeployed airbag modules and pretension-
dealership is familiar with these regulations
ers might be classified as Perchlorate Materi-
and will be pleased to pass on the informa-
al -special handling may apply, see
tion to you.
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlo-
- Be sure to observe all safety, environmental
rate. When the vehicle or parts of the re-
and other regulations if the vehicle or indi-
straint system including airbag modules safe-
vidual parts of the system, particularly the
ty belts with pretensioners are scrapped, all
safety belt or airbag, are to be disposed. We
applicable laws and regulations must be ob-
recommend you have your authorized Audi
served . Your authorized Audi dealer is familiar
dealer perform this service for you.
with these requirements and we recommend
that you have your dealer perform this service
Service and disposal of safety belt preten- for you.
sioner
The safety belt pretensioners are parts of the

safety belts on your Audi. Installing, removing,
servicing or repairing of belt pretensioners can
damage the safety belt system and prevent it
from working correctly in a collision .
There are some important things you have to
know to make sure that the effectiveness of the
system will not be impaired and that discarded
components do not cause injury or pollute the
environment.
180
Airbag system
A irbag system reaching the pedals, or if you have concerns with

regard to the function or operation of the Ad-
Important information vanced Airbag System, please contact your au-
thorized Audi dealer or qualified workshop, or
Importance of wearing safety belts and
call Audi Customer Relations at 1-800-822-2834
sitting properly
for possible modifications to your vehicle.
Airbags are only supplemental restraints. For
When the airbag system deploys, a gas generator
airbags to do their job, occupants must always
will fill the airbags, break open the padded cov-
properly wear their safety belts and be in a prop-
ers, and inflate between the steering wheel and
er seating position.
the driver and between the instrument panel and
For your safety and the safety of your passen- the front passenger. The airbags will deflate im-
gers, before driving off, always: mediately after deployment so that the front oc-
cupants can see through the windshield again
.,.Adjust the driver's seat and steering wheel
without interruption.
properly 9 page 168,
.,.Adjust the front passenger's seat properly All of this takes place in the blink of an eye, so
¢page 169, fast that many people don't even realize that the
.,.Wear safety belts properly¢ page 176, airbags have deployed. The airbags also inflate
.,.Always properly use the proper child restraint with a great deal of force and nothing should be
to protect children¢ page 205. in their way when they deploy. Front airbags in
combination with properly worn safety belts slow
In a collision airbags must inflate within the blink down and limit the occupant's forward move-
of an eye and with considerable force. The sup- ment. Together they help to prevent the driver
plemental airbags can cause injuries if the driver and passenger from hitting parts of the inside
or the front seat passenger is not seated proper- the vehicle while reducing the forces acting on
ly. Therefore in order to help the airbag to do its the occupant during the crash. In this way they
job, it is important, both as a driver and as a pas- help to reduce the risk of injury to the head and
senger to sit properly at all times. upper body in the crash. Airbags do not protect
By keeping room between your body and the the arms or the lower parts of the body .
steering wheel and the front of the passenger Both front airbags will not inflate in all frontal
compartment, the airbag can inflate fully and collisions . The triggering of the airbag system de-
completely and provide supplemental protection pends on the vehicle deceleration rate caused by
in certain frontal collisions ¢page 168, Correct the collision and registered by the electronic con-
passenger seating positions. For details on the trol unit . If this rate is below the reference value
operation of the seat adjustment controls programmed into the control unit, the airbags
¢page 47. will not be triggered, even though the car may be
It's especially important that children are proper- badly damaged as a result of the collision. Vehi-
ly restrained ¢ page 205. cle damage, repair costs or even the lack of vehi-
cle damage is not necessarily an indication of
There is a lot that the driver and the passenger
whether an airbag should inflate or not.
can and must do to help the individual safety fea-
tures installed in your Audi work together as a Since the circumstances will vary considerably
system. between one collision and another, it is not possi-
ble to define a range of vehicle speeds that will
Proper seating position is important so that the
cover every possible kind and angle of impact
front airbag on the driver side can do its job. If
"' that will always trigger the airbags. Important
....
"'
N
you have a physical impairment or condition that
factors include, for example, the nature (hard or
"N.... prevents you from sitting properly on the driver
soft) of the object which the car hits, the angle of
0
0 seat with the safety belt properly fastened and
Vl impact, vehicle speed , etc. The front airbags will II>
'<f
181
Airb a g syste m
also not inflate in side or rear collisions, or in - Always sit as far as possible from the steer-
roll-overs. ing wheel or the instrument panel
Always remember: Airbags will deploy only once, Qpage 168.
and on ly in ce rtain kinds of coll isions. Your safety - Always sit upright with your back against
be lts are always there to offer protection in those the backrest of your seat .
situations in which airbags are not supposed to - Never place your feet on the instrument
dep loy, or when they have already deployed ; for panel or on the seat. Always keep both feet
examp le, when your vehicle str ikes or is struck by on the floor in front of the seat to help pre-
another vehicle after the first coll is ion. vent serious injur ies to the legs and hips if
the airbag inflates.
This is just one of the reasons why an airbag is a
supp lementary restraint and is not a substitute
for a safety belt. The a irbag system works most
A WARNING
effect ively when used with the safety belts. Airbags that have deployed in a crash must be
Therefore, always properly wear your safety belts replaced .
r=;,
page 174 . - Use only orig inal equipment airbags ap -
proved by Audi and installed by a trained
A WARNING
-
technician who has t he necessary tools and
diagnostic equipment to prope rly replace
Sitting too close to the steering wheel or in-
any airbag in your vehicle and assu re system
st rument panel will decrease the effective-
effectiveness in a crash .
ness of the airbags and will increase the risk
- Never perm it salvaged or recycled airbags to
of personal injury in a collision .
be installed in your vehicle.
- Never sit closer than 10 in (25 cm) to the
steering wheel or instrument pane l.
- If you cannot sit mo re than 10 in (25 cm) Child restraints on the front seat - some
from the steering wheel, investiga t e wheth- important things to know
er adaptive equ ipment may be availab le to ... Be sure to read the important information and
held you reach the pedals and increase you r head the WARNINGS for important details
seating distance from the stee ring wheel. abou t ch ildren and Advanced Airbags
- If you are unrestrained, leaning forward, s it- Q page 205 .
t ing s ideways or out of position in any way,
yo ur risk of injury is much higher . The airbag on the passenger side makes the front
- You will also receive serious injuries and seat a potent ially dangerous place for a child to
could even be killed if you are up against the ride. The front seat is not the safest place for a
airbag or too close to it when it inflates - child in a forward-fac ing ch ild safety seat . It can
even with an Advanced Airbag. be a ve ry dangero us place for an infa nt or a ch ild
- To reduce the risk of inju ry when an airbag in a rearward-fac ing seat.
inflates, a lways wear safety belts properly The Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle has
Q page 177, Safety belts . been certified to comply with the Requirements
- If children are not properly restrained, they of United States Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
may be severely injured or killed when an Standard 208 as appli cable at t he t ime yo ur vehi-
airbag inflates. cle was manufac t ured.
- Never let children ride unrestrained or im-
properly restrained in the vehicle . Adjust the The Standard requires the front airbag on the
front seats properly . passenger side to be turned off ("suppressed ") if
a ch ild up t o about one yea r of age restrained in
- Never ride with the backrest reclined.
one of t he rear-fac ing or fo rwa rd-faci ng infant re-
strain t s list ed in Federal Motor Vehicle Safet y ..,.
182
Airb a g sys tem
Standard 208 with which the Advanced Airbag typ ical 1 year -old chi ld but less than the weight
System in your vehicle was certified has been in- of a sma ll adult, the front airbag on the passen-
stalled on the front passenger seat . For a listing ger side can deploy (the PASSENGERAIR BAG
of the ch ild restraints that were used to certify OFF~ ; light does not come on).
comp liance with the US Safety Standard
If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF~ ; light does
c::>
page207 .
not come on, the front airbag on the passenger
The PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF~ ; light in the side has not been t urned off by the electronic
headliner tells you when the front Advanced Air- contro l unit and can deploy if the contro l unit
bag on the passenger side has been turned off by senses an impact that meets the conditions stor-
the electronic control unit . ed in its memory .
Each t ime you turn on the ignition, the PASSEN· For example , the airbag may deploy if:
GERAIR BAGOFF,;; ON @ light will come on
- a small ch ild that is heav ier than a typica l 1
for a few seconds and:
year -old child is on the front passenger seat
- PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF,; ; will come on if (regard less of whether the child is in one of the
the front passenger seat is not occupied, child safety seats listed c::>page 207), or
- PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF,; ; will come on if - a child who has outgrown child restraints is on
the e lectrica l capacitance measured by the ca- the front passenger seat .
pacit ive passenger detection system for the
If t he fron t passenge r a irbag is t urned off, t he
front passenger seat equals the combined ca-
PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF~ ; light comes on in
pacitance of an infant up to about one year of
the headliner and stays on.
age and one of the rearward-facing or forward -
facing child restra ints listed in Federa l Motor If t he front passenge r a irbag deploys, the Feder-
Vehicle Safety Standard 208 with which the Ad- al St anda rd requi res t he airbag t o meet t he "low
vanced Airbag System in your veh icle was certi- risk" deployment crit eria to reduce the risk of in-
fied. For a listing of the ch ild restraints that jury through interaction wit h the airbag. "Low
were used to ce rt ify you r vehicle 's compliance risk" deployment occurs in t hose crashes that
with the U.S. Safety Standard c::> page 207. take place at lower decelerations as defined in
- PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF~ ; will come on if page 193 , PASSEN-
the e lectron ic control unit c::>
there is a sma ll child or chi ld rest raint on the GERAIR BAG OFF~; ON~ ligh t.
front passenge r seat, Always remember, a chi ld seat or infant ca rrier
- PASSENGERAIR BAGON @ will go off if the insta lled on the front seat may be struck and
front passenger seat is occupied by an adult as knocked out of posit ion by the rap idly inflating
registered by the capacitive passenger detec - passenger's airbag in a frontal coll is ion. The a ir-
t ion system c::> page 192, Monitoring the Ad- bag cou ld great ly reduce the effectiveness of the
vanced Airbag System. child rest raint and even ser iously injure the child
The PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF,; ; light comes on dur ing inflat io n.
when electrical capacitance registered on the
front passenger seat is equa l to or less than the _&.WARNING -
comb ined capacitance of a typical 1 year-old in- A child in a rearward-facing child seat ins t al-
fant and one of the rearward-fac ing or forward- led on t he fron t passenger se at will be se ri-
fac ing ch ild restraints listed in Federal Motor Ve- ously injured and can be killed if the front air -
hicle Safety Standa rd 208 with wh ich the Ad- bag inflates - even with an Advanced Airbag
vanced Airbag System in you r vehicle was cert i- System.
"' fied. - The inflating airbag will hit the ch ild seat o r
....
"'
N infant carrier with great force and will .,,_
"N.... If the total electrical capac itance registered on
0
0 the fro nt passenger seat is more than that of a
Vl
'<f
183
Airb a g syste m
smash the child seat and child against the - Always carefully follow instructions from
backrest, center armrest, door or roof. child restraint manufacturers when instal-
- Forward-facing chi ld seats installed on the ling child restra ints.
front passenger's seat may interfere with
the deployment of the airbag and cause se- A WARNING
rious personal injury to the child. If, in exceptional circumstances, you must in-
stall a forward or rearward-fac ing child re-
A WARNING stra int on the front passenger's seat:
If, in except ional circumstances, you must in- - Improper installat ion of child restraints can
stall a forward-facing child restraint on the reduce the ir effectiveness or even prevent
front passenger's seat: them from provid ing any protect ion.
- Always make sure the forward-facing seat - An improperly installed child restra int can
has been designed and cert ified by its man- interfere with the airbag as it deploys and
ufact urer for use on a front seat with a pas- serious ly injure or even kill the child - even
senger front and side a irbag. with an Advanced Airbag System.
- Never put the forward-facing child restraint - Always carefully follow the manufacturer's
up against or ve ry near the ins t rument pan- instructions provided with the child seat or
el. carrier.
- Always move the front passenger seat to - Always make sure that there is noth ing on
the highest position in the up and down ad- the front passenge r seat that will cause the
justment range a nd move it back to the capacitive passenge r detection system in
rearmos t position in the seat's fore and aft the sea t to signal to the Airbag System that
adjustment range, as far away from the air - the seat is occupied by a person when it is
bag as possible, before insta lling the for - not, or to signal that it is occupied by some-
ward- facing child restra int . one who is heavier than the person act ually
- Always make sure that the safety belt upper sitt ing on the seat. The presence of addi-
anchorage is beh ind the child restraint and tional objects could cause the passenger
not next to or in front of the child restraint front airbag to be turned on when it should
so that the safety belt will be properly pos i- be off, or could cause the airbag to work in a
tioned. way that is d ifferent from the way it wou ld
- Make s ure that the PASSENGERAIR BAG have wo rked withou t the objec t on the seat.
OFF,;; light comes on and stays on all the
t ime whenever the ignition is switched on.
A WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious inj ury, make sure
that the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF,;; light
will be displayed whenever a child restra int is
ins t alled on the front passenge r seat and the
ign ition is switc hed on.
- If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF,;; light
does not stay on, perform the chec ks descri-
bed 9 page 192, Monitoring the Advanced
Airbag System .
- Have the airbag system inspecte d by your
Audi dealer immed iate ly.
184
Airb a g sys tem
Front airbags There is a lot you need to know about the airbags
in your vehicle . We urge you to read the detai led
Description of front airbags information about airbags, safety belts and ch ild
The airbag system can provide supplemental safety in this and the other chapters that make
protection to properly restrained front seat occu- up the owner's literature. Please be sure to heed
pants . the WARNINGS - they are extremely important
for your safety and the safety of your passengers,
especially infants and small children .
_&.WARNING
Never rely on a irbags alone fo r protect ion.
- Even when they deploy, airbags provide only
supplemental protection.
-Airbag work most effectively when used
with proper ly worn safety be lts .
- Therefore, always wear your safety belts and
Fig. 144 Locati on of driver airbag: in steering whee l make sure that everybody in your vehicle is
properly restrained.
- Always hold the steering wheel with both
hands on the outside of the steer ing wheel
rim at the 9:00 o'clock and 3:00 o'clock po-
sitions to help reduce the risk of personal in-
jury if the driver's a irbag inflates.
- Never hold the stee ring wheel at the 12
o'clock position or with your hands any-
where inside the steering wheel or on the
Fig. 145 Locati on of fr ont passenger's airbag: in t he in- steering whee l hub . Holding the steering
st rument panel wheel the wrong way increases the risk of
severe injury to the arms, hands, and head if
Your veh icle is equipped with an "Advanced Air- the dr iver airbag deploys.
bag System" in compliance with United States
Federa l Motor Vehicle Safety Standard _&.WARNING
(FMVSS) 208, as well as Canada Motor Vehicle -Objects between you and the airbag will in-
Safety Standard (CMVSS)208 as app licab le at
crease the risk of injury in a crash by interfer-
the time your vehicle was manufactured . The
ing with the way the airbag unfolds and/or by
safety belts for the front seats have "pretension-
be ing pushed into you as the airbag inflates.
ers" that he lp to take slack out of the belt sys-
- Always make sure nothing is in the front air-
tem. The pretensioners are also activated by the
bag deployment zone that could be struck
electronic control unit for the airbag system.
by the airbag when it inflates.
The front safety belts also have load limiters to - Objects in the zone of a deploying airbag
help reduce the forces applied to the body in a can become projectiles when the airbag de-
crash. ploys and cause serio us personal inj ury.
The airbag fo r the driver is in the steering whee l - Never hold things in you r hands o r on your
hub ¢ fig. 144 and the airbag for the front pas- lap when the veh icle is in use.
CD
senger is in the instrument panel ¢ fig. 145. The - Never place accessories or other objects
....
CD
N (such as cup holders, telephone brackets,
general location of the airbags is marked "AIR-
"....
N
note pads, navigation systems, or things
0 BAG".
0
"'
'SI'
18 5
Airbag system
that are large, heavy, or bulky) on the doors; Advanced front airbag system
never attach then to the doors or the wind-
Your vehicle is equipped with a front Advanced
shield; never place them over or near or at-
Airbag System in compliance with United States
tach them to the area marked ,,AIRBAG"on
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS)
the steering wheel, instrument panel or the
208, as well as Canada Motor Vehicle Safety
seat backrests; never place them between
Standard (CMVSS)208 as applicable at the time
these areas and you or any other person in
your vehicle was manufactured.
the vehicle.
- Never attach objects to the windshield The front Advanced Airbag System supplements
above the passenger front airbag, such as the safety belts to provide additional protection
accessory GPS navigation units or music for the driver's and front passenger's heads and
players. Such objects could cause serious in- upper bodies in frontal crashes. The airbags in-
jury in a collision, especially when the air- flate only in frontal impacts when the vehicle de-
bags inflate. celeration is high enough.
- Never recline the front passenger seat to
The front Advanced Airbag System for the front
transport objects. Items can also move into
seat occupants is not a substitute for your safety
the deployment area of the side airbags or
belts. Rather, it is part of the overall occupant re-
the front airbag during breaking or in a sud-
straint system in your vehicle. Always remember
den maneuver. Objects near the airbags can
that the airbag system can only help to protect
fly dangerously through the passenger com-
you, if you are sitting upright, wearing your safe-
partment and cause injury, particularly
ty belt and wearing it properly . This is why you
when the seat is reclined and the airbags in-
and your passengers must always be properly re-
flate.
strained, not just because the law requires you to
be.
.8, WARNING - The Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle has
A person on the front passenger seat, espe-
been certified to meet the "low risk" require-
cially infants and small children, will receive
ments for 3 and 6 year-old children on the pas-
serious injuries and can even be killed by be-
senger side and very small adults on the driver
ing too close to the airbag when it inflates.
side. The low risk deployment criteria are intend-
- Although the Advanced Airbag System in
ed to help reduce the risk of injury through inter-
your vehicle is designed to turn off the front
action with the front airbag that can occur, for
passenger airbag if an infant or a small child
example, by being too close to the steering wheel
is on the front passenger seat, nobody can
and instrument panel when the airbag inflates.
absolutely guarantee that deployment un-
der these special conditions is impossible in In addition, the system has been certified to
all conceivable situations that may happen comply with the "suppression" requirements of
during the useful life of your vehicle. the Safety Standard, to turn off the front airbag
- The Advanced Airbag System can deploy in for infants 12 months old and younger who are
accordance with the "low risk" option under restrained on the front passenger seat in child re-
the U.S. Federal Standard if a child that is straints that are listed in the Standard
heavier than the typical one-year old child is 9 page 20 7, Child restraints and Advanced front
on the front passenger seat and the other airbag system.
conditions for airbag deployment are met.
"Suppression" requires the front airbag on the
- For its own safety, a child should always ride passenger side to be turned off if:
properly restrained for its age and size.
- a child up to about one year of age is restrained
on the front passenger seat in one of the rear-
facing or forward -facing infant restraints listed .,.
186
Airb a g sys tem
in Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 that take place at lower decelerations as d efined
with which the Advanced Airbag System in your in the e lectronic contro l unit r=>page 192 .
vehicle was certified . For a listing of the child
Alway s remember: Please be sure t o read t he im-
restra ints that were used to certify your veh i-
por t ant informat io n in t he sections that follow
cle's compliance with the US Safety Standard
and be sure to heed all of the WARNINGS.
r=>page 207,
- When a person is detected on the front passen-
ger seat that has an electrical capacitance that
A WARNING
To reduce the risk of injury when an air bag in-
is more than the total electrical capac itance of
flates, always wear sa fety belts properly.
a ch ild that is about 1 year old restra ined in one
- If you are un restra ined, leaning forwar d, sit-
of the rea r-facing or forward-fac ing infant re-
ting sideways or out of position in any way,
straints (listed in Federal Motor Veh icle Safety
your risk of injury is much highe r.
Standard 208 w ith wh ich the Adva nced Airbag
System in your veh icle was certified), the front - You will a lso receive ser ious injuries and
airbag on the passenger side may or may not could even be killed if you a re up against the
deploy. ai rbag or too close to it when it inflates -
even with an Advanced Airbag r=>page 181.
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF ~; light comes on
when the e lectron ic control un it detects a total
e lectrical capacitance on the front passenger seat
A
- WARNING
A child in a rearward-facing child seat instal-
that requires the front airbag to be turned off . If
led on t he front passenger seat will be se ri-
the PASSENGER AI R BAG OFF ,;; light does not
ously injured a nd ca n be killed if the front air-
come on, the front airbag on the passenger side
bag inflates - even with an Advanced Airbag
has not been turned off by the control unit and
Syst em.
can deploy if the control unit senses an impact
- Alt hough t he Advanced Airbag System in
that meets the conditions stored in its memory .
your veh icle is d esigned to tur n off the front
If the total electrical capac itance registered on a irba g when a rearward-fa cing child re-
the fro nt passenger seat is more than that of a st rai nt has been ins ta lled o n t he front pas-
typical 1 year -old, but less than the weight of a senger sea t , nobody can absol ute ly guaran -
sma ll adu lt , the front airbag on the passenger tee that dep loyment is impossi ble in all con -
side may deploy (t he PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF ceivab le situations that may happen d uring
,1; light does not come on). the useful life of your vehicle.
For example, the airbag may deploy if: - The inflating airbag will hit the child seat or
infant carrier with great force and will
- a small child that is heavier than a typical 1 smash the child seat and child against the
year-old ch ild is on the front passenger seat backrest, center armrest, door, or roof.
(regardless of whether the child is in one of the - If you must insta ll a rea rwa rd facing child
child seats listed r=>page 207), safety seat on the front passenger seat be -
- a ch ild who has outgrow n child restraints is on cause of exceptional circumstances and the
the front passenger seat. PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF ~; light does not
If the front passenger airbag is turned off, the come on and stay on have t he a irbag sys tem
PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF ,;; light in the head- inspected by your Audi dea ler.
liner will come on and stay on.
If the front passenger airbag dep loys, the Feder -

A WARNING
a l Standard requires the airbag to meet the "low If, in excep t ion a l circ umstances, you must in-
"'
....
"' st all a forw a rd-fa cing child res t ra int on the
N risk" deployment criteria to help reduce the risk
"N.... of injury through interaction with the a irbag .
fron t passenger 's seat: ..,.
0
0
Vl "Low risk" dep loyment occu rs in those crashes
'<f
187
Airb a g syste m
- Always make sure the forward-facing seat parts of the Advanced Airbag System, you must
has been designed and ce rtified by its man- take care to prevent it from being damaged .
ufacturer for use on a front seat with a pas- Damage to the seat may prevent the Advanced
senger front a nd side airbag. Airbag System for the front passenger seat from
- Never put the forward-facing child restraint do ing its job in a crash.
up against or very near the instrument pan-
The front Advanced Airbag System consist s
el. of the following:
- Always move the front passenger seat to
- Crash sensors in the front of the veh icle that
t he highest position in the up and down ad-
measure vehicle acce leration/dece leration to
justment range and move it back to th e
prov ide information to the Advanced Airbag
rea rmost position in the seat's fore and aft
System about the sever ity of the crash.
adjustment range, as fa r away from the air-
- An electronic control unit, with integrated
bag as possib le, before insta lling the for-
crash sensors for front and side impacts . The
ward-facing child restra int.
cont rol u nit "dec ides" whether to fire the front
- lways make sure that the safety belt upper
airbags based on the information rece ived from
anchorage is beh ind the child restraint and
the crash senso rs . The cont rol unit also "de-
not next to or in front of the child restraint
cides" whe t her the safe ty belt pretensioners
so that the safety belt will be properly posi-
should be activated .
tioned.
- An Adva nce d Airbag wit h gas gene rat or for the
- Always make sure that the re is nothing on
dr iver inside t he steeri ng wheel hub .
the front passenger seat that will cause the
capacitive passenger detection system in - An Advanced Airbag with gas gene rat or inside
the seat to signa l to the Airbag System that t he inst rument pa nel for the fro nt passenge r.
the seat is occupied by a person when it is - A capacit ive passenger detection system under-
not, or to signa l that it is occupied by some- neath t he front passenge r seat cover. This sys-
one who is heav ier than the person actua lly t em meas ures the e lect rical capaci t an ce of t he
sitting on the seat. The presence of addi- person in the sea t. The information registered
tional objec t s could cause the passenge r is sent continuously to the electronic control
front airbag to be turned on when it s hou ld unit to reg ulate dep loyment of the front Ad-
be off, or could cause the airbag to work in a vanced Airbag on the passenger side.
way that is different from the way it would - An airbag monitoring system and indicator
have worked without the object on the seat. light El in the instrument cluster.
- Make sure tha t the PASSENGERAIR BAG - A sensor in each front seat registers the dis-
OFF'1;light comes on and stays on a ll the tance between the respective seat and the
t ime whenever the ignition is switched on. steer ing wheel or instrument panel. The infor-
mation registe red is sent continuously to the
electronic control unit to regulate deployment
Advanced Airbag System components
of the front Advanced Airbags .
The front passenger seat in your vehicle has a lot - The PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF'1;light comes
of very important parts of the Advanced Airbag on and stays on in the headliner ¢ page 193,
System in it. These parts include the capacitive fig. 147 and tells you when the fro nt Advanced
passenger detection system, wiring, brackets, Airbag on the passenger side has been tu rned
a nd mo re. The cont rol u nit monitors the system off.
on the front passenger seat when the ign ition is - A senso r in the safety be lt latch fo r the d river
sw itched on and t ur ns t he a irbag indicator light and for the fro nt sea t passenger that senses
on when a malf unct io n in t he o ne of t he system whe t her t ha t safety belt is la tc hed o r not and
components is detected ¢ page 193. Because transmi t s t his informa t ion to the elec t ronic
the front passenger seat contains important control un it.
188
Airbag system
& WARNING passenger detection system from accurately

measuring the capacitance of the child safe-
Damage to the front passenger seat can pre-
ty seat and/or the person on the seat and
vent the front airbag from working properly.
thus keep the Advanced Airbag System from
- Improper repair or disassembly of the front
working properly .
passenger and driver seat will prevent the
- Never place or use any electrical device
Advanced Airbag System from functioning
(such as a laptop, CD player, electronic
properly.
games device, power inverter or seat heater
- Repairs to the front passenger seat must be
for child seats) on the front passenger seat
performed by qualified and properly trained
if the device is connected to the 12-volt
workshop personnel.
socket or the cigarette lighter socket. Such
- Never remove the front passenger or driver
devices can influence the capacitance regis-
seat from the vehicle.
tered by the capacitive passenger detection
- Never remove the upholstery from the front system, so that incorrect information is pro-
passenger seat. vided to the airbag control unit.
- Never disassemble or remove parts from the - If you must use a child restraint on the front
seat or disconnect wires from it. passenger seat and the child restraint man-
- Never carry sharp objects in your pockets or ufacturer's instructions require the use of a
put them on the seat. The capacitive pas- towel, foam cushion or something else to
senger detection mat in the front passenger properly position the child restraint, make
seat will not function properly if it is punc- certain that the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF
tured. ~; light comes on and stays on whenever
- Never carry things on your lap or carry ob- the child restraint is installed on the front
jects on the front passenger seat. Such ob- passenger seat.
jects can influence the capacitance regis- - If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF~; light
tered by the capacitive passenger detection does not come on and stay on, have the air-
system, so that incorrect information is pro- bag system inspected by your Audi dealer.
vided to the airbag control unit.
- Never store items under the front passenger
seat . Parts of the Advanced Airbag System
& WARNING
If the front passenger seat gets wet, dry it im-
under the passenger seat could be dam-
mediately.
aged, preventing them and the airbag sys-
- If liquid soaks into the front passenger seat,
tem from working properly.
this can keep the airbag system from work-
- Never place seat covers or replacement up-
ing properly and may, for instance, deacti-
holstery that have not been specifically ap-
vate the passenger frontal airbag. If this
proved by Audi on the front seats.
happens, the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF~;
- Seat covers can prevent the Advanced Air-
light will come on and stay on together with
bag System from recognizing child re-
straints or occupants on the front passenger
the airbag indicator lightEl in the instru-
ment cluster .
seat and prevent the side airbag in the seat
- If liquid is pooled on the seat, but has not
backrest from deploying properly.
soaked in, this may also keep the airbag sys-
- If a seat heater has been retrofitted or oth-
tem from working properly and cause the
erwise added to the front passenger seat,
passenger frontal airbag to be enabled
never install any child restraint system on
(turned on), even though there is a properly
this seat .
installed child restraint system on the seat.
"'
....
"' - Never use cushions, pillows, blankets, or
N Wet towels or other wet things on the seat
similar items on the front passenger seat.
"N.... cushion can have the same effect. If the
0 The additional layers prevent the capacitive
0
Vl
'<f
189
Airbag syste m
front passenger frontal a irbag is turned on, airbag or too close to it when it inflates -
the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF ~; light light even with an Advanced Airbag c:>page 181.
will go out.
More important things to know about front
How the Advanced Airbag System airbags
components work together
The front Advanced Airbag System and the side

airbags supplement the protection offered by the
front three-point safety belts with pretensioners
and load limiters to he lp reduce the risk of injury
in a wide range of accident and crash situations.
Be sure to read the important information about
safety and heed the WARNINGS in this chapter.
Deployment of the Advanced Airbag System and
Fig. 146 Inflated front airbags
the activation of the safety be lt pretensioners de-
pend on the deceleration measured by the crash
Safety be lts are important to help keep front
sensors and registered by the electronic control
seat occupants in the proper seated position so
unit . Crash severity depends on speed and decel-
that airbags can unfold properly and prov ide sup-
eration as well as the mass and stiffness of the
plemental protection in a frontal collision .
veh icle or object involved in the crash .
The front airbags are designed to provide addi-
On the passenger s ide, regardless of safety belt
tional protection for the chest and face of the
use, the front passenger frontal airbag will be
driver and the front seat passenger when:
turned off if the electrical capacitance measured
by the capacit ive passenger detection system on - safety belts are worn properly,
the front passenger seat is less than the amount - the seats have been positioned so that the oc-
programmed in the electronic control unit. The cupant is properly seated as far as possible
fron t passenger fronta l airbag will also be turned from the airbag .
off if the capacitance measured by the system for
Because airbags inflate in the blink of an eye with
the front passenger seat equa ls that of an infant
great force, things you have on your lap or have
of about one yea r of age in one of the child seats
placed on the seat could become dangerous pro -
that was used to certify the Advanced Airbag Sys-
jectiles, and be pushed into you if the a irbag in-
tem under Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard
flates.
208. The PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF~ ; light
comes on and stays on to tell you when the front When an airbag deploys, fine dust is released.
Advanced Airbag System on the passenger side This is normal and is not caused by a fire in the
has been turned off c:>page 193. vehicle. This dust is made up mostly of a powder
used to lubricate the airbags as they dep loy. It
A WARNING could irritate skin.
To red uce the risk of injury when an airbag in- It is important to remember that while the sup -
flates, a lways wear safety belt s properly. plemental airbag system is designed to reduce
- If you are unrestrained, leaning forward, s it- the likelihood of serious injuries, other injuries,
ting sideways or out of position in any way, for example swelling, bruis ing and minor abra-
your risk of injur y is much higher. sions, can also happen when airbags inflate . Air-
- You will also receive serious injur ies and bags do not protect the arms or the lower parts
could even be killed if you are up against the of the body . Front airbags supp lement the three
point safety belts only in some frontal collisions .,..
190
Airb a g sys tem
in which the vehicle deceleration is high enough smash the child seat and child against the
to de ploy the airbags. backrest, center armrest, door or roof.
- Never install a rearward facing ch ild safety
Front airbags will not deploy:
seat on the front passenger seat unless the
- if the igniti o n is switched off when a crash oc- PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF ~; light comes
curs , on and stays on. If the PASSENGER AIR
- in side collisions, BAG OFF ~; light does not come on and stay
- in rear-end collisions , on, the inflat ing airbag will hit the chi ld
- in rollovers, safety sea t or infan t carrie r wit h great force
- when the crash decele rat ion measured by the a nd will smas h the child safe ty seat and
airbag sys t em is less than the minimum thresh- child against the bac krest, door or roof.
old needed for airbag deployment as registered Have the ai rbag system inspec t ed immedi-
by the electronic control unit . ately by your authorized Audi dealer .
The front passe nger airbag will also not

A WARNING
deploy:
Objects between yo u and the airbag will in-
-
- when the front passenger seat is not occupied,
crease the risk of injury in a crash by interfer-
- when the electrical capac itance measured by
ing with the way the airbag unfolds or by be-
the capacitive passenger detect ion system for
ing pushed into you as the airbag inflates.
the front passenger seat indicates that the pas -
- Never hold things in your hands or on your
senger side frontal a irbag must be switched off
lap when the veh icle is in use.
by the electronic contro l unit (the PASSENGER
- Never transport items on or in the a rea of
AIR BAG OFF ~; light c.> page 193 and how
the front passenger seat. Objects could
they work comes on and stays on) .
move into the area of the front airbags dur -
A WARNING
-
ing braking or other s udden maneuver and
become dangerous projectiles that can
Sitting in the wrong pos ition can increase the
cause serious persona l injury if the airbags
risk of serious injury in crashes.
inflate.
- To reduce t he risk of injury when the airbags - Never place or attach accesso ries or other
inflate, the driver and passengers must al-
objects (such as cup holders, telephone
ways sit in an upright position, must not
brackets, large, heavy or bulky objec t s) on
lean against or place any part of their body
the doors, ove r or near t he are a marked
too close to the area where the airbags are "AIRBAG"on t he steering wheel , instru-
located. ment panel, seat backrests or between
- Occupants who are unbelted, out of position those areas and yourself. These objects
or too close to the a irbag can be seriously could cause injury in a crash, especially
injured by an a irbag as it unfolds with great when the a irbags inf late.
force in the blink of an eye c.>page 182 . - Never recline the front passenger's seat to
A WARNING
transpo rt objects. Items can also move into
the area of the s ide a irbag or the front air-
A child in a rearward -facing chi ld seat insta l- bag du ring braking or in a sudden maneu-
led on the front passenger seat will be ser i- ver . Objects nea r the airbags can become
ously inj ured and can be killed if the front air- project iles and cause injury, part icu larly
bag infl ates - even with an Advanced Airbag when the seat is reclined.
System . - Never place or transport objec t s on the
"'
....
"'
N - The inflating a irbag will hit the child sea t or front passenger seat . Objects on the front
"N.... infant carrier wit h grea t fo rce a nd will passe nger seat could ca use the capaci t ive
0
0
Vl
'<f
191
Airb a g syste m
sensor in the seat to signal to airbag system Monitoring the

t hat th e seat is occupied by a person when it Advanced Airbag System
in fact is not , or t hat th e person on the seat
is heavier than he or she actually is . The Airbag monitoring indicator light
change in electric capac itance because of Two separate indicators monitor the function of
such objects can cause the passenger front the Advan ced Airbag System: the E,Ilight and
airbag to be turned on when it shou ld be the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF '-1; ON @ light .
off, or can cause the a irbag to wo rk in a way
that is different from the way it would have The Advanced Airbag System as well as t he side
worked without objects on the seat. a irbag s wit h ejection mitigat ion features (includ-
- Always make sure t hat the re is nothing on ing the e lect ron ic cont rol un it, senso rs and sys-
the fron t passenger seat that will cause the tem wiring) are all monitored conti nuously to
capacitive passenger detection system in make sure that they are functioning properly
the seat to signa l to the Airbag System that whenever the ignition is on. Every t ime you turn
the seat is occupied by a person when it is on the ignition, the a irbag system indicator light
not, or to signa l that it is occupied by some- m will come on for a few seconds (function
one who is heav ier than the person actually check) .
sitting on the seat. The presence of an ob-
The system mu st be inspected when the
ject could cause the passenger front a irbag
indicator light E,I
:
to be tu rned on when it should be off, or
could cause the a irbag to work in a way t ha t - does not come on when the ignition is sw itched
is differen t from the way it wou ld have on,
wor ked without the object on the seat. - does not go out a few seconds after you have
sw itched on the ignit ion, or
_& WARNING - comes on while driving.
The f ine dust created when airbags deploy can If an airbag system mal func t ion is detec t ed, the
cause breathing problems for people with a indicator light will come on to serve as a constant
histo ry of asthma or other b reathing condi- reminder to have the system inspected immedi -
tions. ate ly.
- To reduce the risk of breathing problems,
If a ma lfunction occurs t ha t turns the front air -
those with asthma or other respiratory con-
bag on the passenge r side off, the PASSENGER
ditions should get fresh air right away by
AIR BAG OFF '-1 ; light will come on and stay on
gett ing out of the vehicle or opening win-
whenever the ignition is on.
dows or doors.
- If you are in a collision in which airbags de-
ploy, wash your hands and face with mild
A WARNING
An airbag system that is not functioning prop-
soap and wate r before eat ing .
e rly cannot provide supplemental protect ion
- Be careful not to get the dust into your eyes,
in a fronta l crash.
or into any cuts or scratches.
- If the airbag ind icator light ¢ page 15
- If the resid ue should get into your eyes ,
comes when the veh icle is being used, have
flush them with water.
the system inspected immedia t ely by your
author ized Audi dealer. It is possib le that
the air bag will inflate when it is not sup-
posed t o, or will not inflat e when it should.
192
Airb a g sys tem
PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF'1;ON ~ light front seat passenger's frontal Advanced Airbag.

The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF ~ ; l ight :
- will come on if t he fro nt passenge r sea t is not

occupied;
- will come on if the elect rical capac itance meas -
ured by the capaci t ive passenger detection sys-
tem for the front passenger seat equa ls the
combined capacitance of an infant up to about
one year of age and one of th e rearward-facing
or forward -facing ch ild restraints listed in Fed-
eral Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 with
Fig. 14 7 Section fr om the headl in er: PASSENGERAIR BAG
OFF,;; ON@lig ht which the Advanced Airbag System in your vehi-
cle was certified; For a listi ng of the ch ild re-
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF ,; ; ON @ light is straints that were used to certify your vehicle's
located in the head liner ~ fig. 147. compliance with the U.S. Safety Standa rd
~ page 207 .
The PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF ~; light will come
- will go out if the front passenger seat is occu-
on and stay on to tell you when the front Ad-
pied by an adult as registered by the capac it ive
vanced Airbag on the passenger side has been
passenger detect ion system.
turned off by the electronic control unit. If the
- The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF ,;, light must
bulb for the PASSENGERAI R BAG OFF ~ . ON @
light burns out, the airbag indicator light m
will
come on and stay on if the ign ition is on and ...
- a ca r bed has been installed o n the front pas-
come on to signal a malfunction in the Advanced
Airbag System . Although t he burned-out bulb senger seat, or
will not change the way the front passenger 's - a rearward-facing child restraint has been in-
frontal airbag works , it will no longer be poss ible stalled on the front passenger seat, or
to use the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF ~; ON @ - a forward -fac ing ch ild restraint has been instal -
light to make sure that the a irbag on/off status is led on the front passenger seat ,
correct for the occupant on the front passenger - and if the electrical capacitance registered on
seat . Have the airbag system inspected immedi- the front passenge r seat is equal to or less than
ately by your authorized Audi dea ler. the combined capacitance of a typical 1 year-
old infant and one of the rea rwa rd-facing or
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF ~; ON @ light forward-facing child restraints listed in Federal
will blin k for about 5 seconds w hen: Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 with which
- the capacitive passenger detect ion system , the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle was
which sw itches the front seat passenger's fron- certified .
ta l Advanced Airbag on and off, detects a If t he front passenge r seat is not occup ied , the
change in the status of the front passenge r front airbag will not deploy, and the PASSENGER
seat. AIR BAG OFF ,; , light will stay on .
As soon as the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF ~; ON Never install a rearward-facing child restraint on
@ light stops blinking, always make sure t hat the the fron t passenger seat ~ page 182 , Child re-
a irbag st atus (on or off) as shown by t he light is straints on the front seat - some important
proper for the age, size and electrical capacitance things to know and ~ page 205, Child safety .
of the person occupying the front passenger
seat . Always make sure that the safety belt for If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF'1; light
CD
....
CD
the front passenger se at is properly fast e ned. come s on . ..
N
"......
N
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF ~ ; / PASSENGER If t he PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF ~ ; light comes
0
0 AIR BAG ON @ light will show the statu s of th e on when one of the condit ions listed above is ..,.
"'
'SI"
193
Airb a g syste m
met, be sure to check the light regularly to make adult is sitting in a proper seat ing position on the
certain that the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF~. front passenger seat. If the PASSENGERAIR
light stays on continuously whenever the ignition BAGOFF~; light comes on and stays on while
is on. If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF~; light driving, under these circumstances, make sure
does not appear on and does not stay on all the that:
time, stop as soon as it is safe to do so and
- the adult on the front passenger seat is proper-
- reactivate the system by t urning the ignition ly seated on the center of the seat cushion with
off for more than 4 seconds and then turning it his or her back up against the backrest and the
on again; backrest is not reclined,
- remove and reinstall the child restraint. Make - the adult is not taking weight off the seat by
sure that the child restraint is properly instal- holding on to the passenger assist handle
led and that the safety belt for the front pas- above the front passenger door or support ing
senger seat has been correctly routed through their weight on the armrest,
the ch ild restraint as descr ibed in the child re- - the safety belt is being properly worn and that
straint manufacturer's instructions; there is not a lot of slack in the safety belt web-
- make sure that the convertible locking retrac- bing,
tor on the safety be lt for the front passenger - there are no aftermarket seat covers or cush-
seat has been activated and that the safety belt ions or other things (such as blankets) on the
has been pulled tight. front passenger seat that might cause the ca-
- make sure that no elect rical device (such as a pacitive passenger detection system to miscal-
laptop, CD player, elect ronic games device, culate e lectrica l capacitan ce.
power inverter or seat heater for child seats) is
placed or used on the fron t passenger seat if ' Important safety instructions on
the device is connected to the 12 -volt socket or monitoring the Advanced Airbag System
the cigarette lighter socket;
- make su re that no seat heater has been retro-
fitted or otherwise added to the front passen-
A WARNING
- If the status of the Advanced Airbag System
ger seat;
has changed while the vehicle is moving, the
- make sure that nothing can interfere with the
PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF~; ON @ light
safety be lt buckles and that they are not ob-
blin ks for about 5 se conds to catch the driv-
structed;
er 's attention . If this happens, always stop
- make sure that there are no wet objects (such
as soon as it is safe to do so and chec k t he
as a wet towel) and no water or other liqu ids on steps described above .
the front passenger seat cush ion.
- If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF~; light
If th e PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF ~; light still does not go off when an adult who is not
does not come on ... very small is sitting on the front passenger
seat after tak ing the steps described above,
If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF~; light still
have the airbag system inspected by your
does not come on and does not stay on continu-
author ized Audi dealer before transporting
ously (when the ignition is sw itched on),
anyone on the front passenger seat .
- take the child restraint off the front passenger
seat and have the airbag system inspected by A WARNING
your Audi dealer immed iate ly.
An airbag system that is not functioning prop-
The PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF ~; light erly cannot provide supplemental pro tect ion
should NOT come on ... in a fronta l crash.
- If the airbag ind icator light ~ page 15
The PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF ~ ; light should
comes when the veh icle is being used, have
NOT come on when the ignition is on and an
194
Airb a g sys tem
the system inspected immediate ly by your ing, servicing or repair ing a part in an area of the
authorized Audi dealer. It is possible that vehicl e can damage a part of an airbag system
the a irbag will inflate when it is not sup- and prevent that system from work ing properly
posed to, or will not inflate when it should. in a coll is ion.
The re are some important things you have to

A WARNING know to make sure that the effectiveness of the
If the front airbag inflates, a child without a system will not be impaired and that d iscarded
child restra int, or in a rearward-facing child components do not cause injury or pollute the
safety seat, or in a forward-facing child re- environment .
st raint that has not been properly installed
will be seriously injured and can be killed . A
"'--
WARNING
-
- If you must install a rearward-facing child Imp roper care , servicing and repair proce -
seat on the front passenger seat because of d ures can increase the risk of personal inj ury
exceptiona l circumstances and the PASSEN- and dea t h by preventing an airbag from de-
GERAIR BAGOFF,; ; light does not appear ploying when nee ded or deploy ing an a irbag
and stay on, have the airbag system inspect- unexpectedly:
ed by your Audi dealer. - Never cover, obs t ruc t, or change the steer-
- If, in exceptiona l circumstances, you must ing wheel ho rn pad or air bag cove r or the in-
install a forward-facing chi ld restraint on st rumen t panel or modi fy t hem in any way.
the front passenger seat, always move the - Never attach any obje cts such as cup ho lde rs
seat into its rearmost pos ition in the seat 's or t elephone mountings t o the s urfaces cov-
fore and aft adjustment range, as far away ering the airbag un its.
from the airbag as possib le . The backrest - For cleaning the horn pad or instr ument
must be adjusted to an upright posit ion. panel, u5e only a 50ft, dry doth or one moi5-
Make sure that the PASSENGERAIR BAG tened with plain water. Solvents o r cleaners
OFF,;; ligh t comes on and stays on a ll the could damage the air bag cove r or change
t ime whenever the ignition is switched on. the st iffness or strength of the material so
that the airbag cannot deploy and protect
A WARNING properly.
If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF,;; ligh t does - Never repair, adjust, or change any parts of
no t go out when an adult is sitting on the the airbag system.
front passenger seat afte r taking the steps - All work on the steering wheel, inst rument
described above, have the airbag system in- panel, front seats or e lectr ica l system (in-
spected by your Audi dealer before transport- cluding the installation of a udio equipment,
ing anyone on the front passenger seat . cellular telephones and CB radios, etc .)
must be performed by a qualified techn ician
(D Tips who has the training and spec ial equ ipment
If the capacitive passenger detection system necessary.
determines that the front passenger seat is - For any work on the airbag system, we
empty, the frontal airbag on the passenger strong ly recommend that you see yo ur au-
side will be tu rned off, and the PASSENGER thor ized Audi dealer or qualified workshop .
AIR BAGOFF,;; light will stay on. - Never modify the front bumper or parts of
the vehicle body.
- Always make sure that the side a irbag can
Repair, care and disposal of the airbags
"' inflate without interference:
....
"'
N Parts of the a irbag system are installed at many
"N.... d ifferent places on your Audi. Install ing , remov-
0
0
Vl
'<f
195
Airb a g syste m
- Never install seat covers or replacement Other th ings that can affect Advanced
upholstery over the front seatbacks that Airbag performance
have not been specifically approved by
Chang ing the vehicle's suspens ion system can
Audi.
change the way that the Advanced Airbag System
- Never use add itiona l seat cushions that
performs in a crash. For example, using tire- rim
cover the areas where the side airbags in-
combinations not approved by Audi, lowering the
f late.
vehicle, changing the stiffness of the suspension,
- Damage to the origina l seat covers or to including the springs, suspension struts, shock
the seam in the area of the side airbag absorbers etc . can change the forces that are
module must always be repaired immed i- measured by the airbag sensors and sent to the
ately by an authorized Audi dealer. electronic cont rol unit. Some suspension changes
- The airbag system can deploy only once. Af- can, for example, increase the force levels meas-
ter an airbag has been deployed, it must be ured by the senso rs and make the airbag system
rep laced with new rep lacement parts de- deploy in crashes in which it wou ld not dep loy if
signed and app roved especially fo r you r the changes had not been made. Other kinds of
Audi model version. Replacement of com- changes may reduce the force levels measured by
plet e airbag systems or airbag components the sensors and prevent the airbag from deploy-
must be performed by qualified workshops ing when it shou ld.
only. Make sure that any airbag service ac-
t ion is entered in your Audi Warranty &
Maintenance booklet under AIRBAG RE-
A WARNING
Changing the vehicle's suspension including
PLACEMENTRECORD.
use of unapproved tire-rim comb inations can
- For safety reasons in severe accidents, the
change Advanced Airbag perfo rmance and in-
alternator and starter are separated from
crease the risk of serious personal injury in a
the vehicle battery with a pyrotechn ic circuit
crash.
interrupter.
- Never install suspension components that
- Work on the pyrotec hnic circuit interrupt-
do not have t he same performance charac-
er must only be performed by a qualified
ter istics as the components origin al ly inst al-
technicians who have the experience, in-
led on your vehicle .
formation and special tools necessary to
- Never use t ire-r im combinations t hat have
perform the work safely.
not been approved by Audi.
- If the vehicle or the circuit interrupter is
scrapped, all applicab le safety precautions
must be followed.

Undep loyed airbag modu les and pretension-
ers might be classified as Perch lorate Materi-
al - special handling may apply, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlo-
rate. When the vehicle or parts of the re-
straint system including airbag modules and
safety belts with pretensioners are scrapped,
all applicable laws and regulations must be
observed. Your authorized Audi dealer is fa-
m iliar with these requirements and we recom-
mend that you have your dealer per form this
service for you.
196
Airbag system
Knee airbags Remember too, airbags will deploy on ly once and

only in certain kinds of accidents - your safety
Description of knee airbags belts are always there to offer protection in those
The knee airbag system can provide supplemen- accidents in which airbags are not supposed to
tal protection to properly restrained front seat deploy or when they have already deployed, for
occupants. example when your vehicle strikes or is struck by
another after the first collision .
This is just one of the reasons why an airbag is
not a substitute for the safety belt. The airbag
system works most effectively when used with
the safety belts. Therefore, always wear your
safety belts correctly.
It is important to remember that while the sup-
plemental knee airbag system is designed to re-
duce the likelihood of ser ious injuries, other inju-
Fig. 148 Driver's knee air bag ries, for example, swelling, bru ising and minor
abras ions and frict ion burns can a lso occur when
The driver knee airbag is in the instrument panel an airbag inflates.
underneath the steering wheel¢ fig. 148, the
The knee airbag system basically consists of:
airbag for the passenger is at about the same
height in the instrument panel underneath the - The electronic control module
glove compartment. - Two inflatable airbags (airbag and gas genera-
tor), one for the driver and one for the front
The knee airbag offers additional protection to
passenger
the driver's and passenge r's knees and upper and
- The airbag warning light in the instrument clus-
lower thigh areas and supplements the protec-
ter
tion provided by the safety belts.
If the front airbags dep loy, the knee airbags also The knee airbag system will not deploy:
deploy in frontal collisions when the deployment - when the ignition is switched off
threshold stored in the control unit is met - in frontal collisions when the deceleration
¢ page 190, More important things to know measured by the control unit is too low
about front airbags. - in side collisions
In addition to their normal safety function, safe- - in rear-end collisions
ty belts help keep the driver or front passenger in - in rollovers
position in a frontal collision so that the airbags - in the event of a system malfunction (warning/
can prov ide supplemental protect ion . indicator light is on)¢ page 15.
The airbag system is not a substitute for your

safety belt. Rather, it is part of the overall occu-
.&, WARNING
------=-
pant restraint system in your vehicle. Always re- - Safety belts and the airbag system can only
member that the airbag system can only help to prov ide protection when occupants are in
the proper seating position ¢ page 190.
protect you if you are wearing your safety belt
and wear ing it properly . This is why you should - If the airbag ind icat or light ¢ page 15
always wear your safety belt, not just because comes when the vehicle is being used, have
the law requires you to do so ¢ page 174, Gener- the system insp ected imm ediately by your
CD
....
CD
N al notes . authorized Audi dealer. It is possible that
"....
N the airbag will inflate when it is not sup-
0
0 posed to, or will not inflate when it should.
"'
'SI'
197
Airb a g syste m
How knee airbags work Important safety instructions on the knee

airbag system
The risk of injury to the leg area can be reduced
by fully inflated knee airbags. Airbags are only supplemental restraints . Always
wear safety belts correctly and ride in a proper
seating position.
There is a lot that you and your passenger must

know and do to help the safety belts and airbags
to provide supplemental protection .
.&_WARNING
An inflating knee airbag can cause serious in-
jury. Wearing safety be lts incorrectly and im-
Fig. 149 Inflated airbags protecting in a frontal collision proper seating positions increase the risk of
serious personal injury and death whenever a
The knee airbag system has been designed so vehicle is being used.
that the airbags for the driver and front passen- - The knee a irbag system cannot protect you
ger deploy in certain but not all frontal collisions. properly if you are seated too close to any of
If the fron t airbags dep loy, the knee airbags also the airbag locations. When adjust ing their
deploy in fronta l collisions when the dep loyment seat pos itions, it is important that both the
threshold stored in the control unit is met. driver and the front passenger keep the ir
upper bodies and knees at the fo llowing
When the system deploys, the airbags fill with a m inimum safe distances:
propellant gas, and inf late between the lower - at least 10 in (25 cm) between the chest
part of the instrument panel and the driver and
and the steering wheel/instrument panel.
the lower part of the instrument panel and the
- at least 4 in (10 cm) between the knees
front passenger i=) page 190, fig. 146.
and the lower part of the instrument pan-
Alt hough they are not a soft pillow, they ca n el.
"cushion" the impact and in this way they can - The risk of personal injury increases if you
he lp to reduce the risk of injury to the lower ex- lean forward or to the side, or if the seat is
tremities. improperly positioned and you are not wear-
ing your safety belt. The risk increases even
All of this takes place in the blink of an eye, so
more should the airbag deploy.
fast that many people don't even realize that the
- Always make sure that the knee a irbag can
airbags have dep loyed. The a irbags also inflate
inflate without interference. Objects be-
with a great deal of force and it is important for
tween you and the airbag can increase the
occupant safety that nothing should be in their
risk of injury in an accident by interfering
way when they deploy.
wit h the way the airbag deploys or by being
Fully inflated airbags in combination with proper- pushed into you as the a irbag deploys.
ly worn safety belts slow down and limit the oc- - Never let anybody, especia lly children or
cupant's forward movement and help to reduce anima ls ride in the footwell in front of the
the risk of injury. passenger seat. If the airbag deploys, this
can result in ser ious or fatal injuries .
- Never carry objects of any kind in the foot-
well area in front of the driver's or pas-
senger's seat . Bulky objects (shopp ing
bags, for example) can interfere with or ..,
198
Airb a g sys tem
prevent proper deployment of the airbag. - the two side a irbags located in the s ides of the
Small objects can be thrown through the front backrests
veh icle if the airbag deploys and injure you - the airbag warning light in the instrumen t clus-
or your passenger. ter.
- Make sure there are no cracks, deep scratch- The airbag system is mo nitored electro nical ly t o
es or other damage in the area of the instru- make certain t ha t it is functioning properly at a ll
ment panel where the knee a irbags are lo- t imes. Each time you turn on the ignit ion, the air-
cated. bag system indicator light will come on fo r a few
- If children are incorrect ly seated, their risk seconds (self diagnostics) .
of injury increases in a collision
¢ page 205, Childsafety. The side airbag system supplements t he safety
belts and can help to reduce the risk of injury to
t he driver 's and front passenger's upper torso
Side airbags and head on the side of t he vehicle that is struck
Description of side airbags in a side coll is ion. The a irbag dep loys in s ide im-
pacts and only when the vehicle acce leration reg-
The airbag system can provide supplemental istered by the control unit is high enough. If th is
protection to properly restrained occupants . rate is below the reference va lue programmed in-
to the control unit, the side airbags will not be
t rigge red, even tho ugh the car may be badly
damaged as a res ult of the collision. It is not pos-
sible to define an airbag triggering range that
will cover every poss ible angle of impact, since
the circumstances will vary considerably between
one collis ion and anothe r. Impo rtant factors in-
clude, for example, the nature (hard or soft) of
the impacting object, the angle of impact, veh icle
speed, etc. ¢ page 201, Important safety in-
Fig. 150 Side a irbag locat ion in the dr iver's seat
structions on the side airbag system .
The side airbags are located in the sides of the Aside from their normal safety function, safety
front seat backrests ¢ fig. 150 facing the doors . belts work to help keep the dr iver or front pas-
They are ident ified by the word "AIRBAG". senger in position in the event of a side collision
The s ide a irbags installed for the front seating so that the side airbags can provide protect ion.
positions have been designed and certified to The airbag system is not a substitute for your
he lp reduce the risk of injury that can be caused safety belt. Rather, it is part of the overall occu-
by ai rbags when they inflate, particularly when pant restra int system in your vehicle. Always re-
the occupant sit t ing next to it is not seated prop- member that the side airbag system can only
e rly. The side airbag for the front passenger seat help to protect you if you are wear ing you r safety
can be used with properly insta lled child re- belt a nd wear ing it properly . This is a nothe r rea -
stra ints. Please be sure to read the important in- son why you sho uld a lways wear your safety
formation and wa rnings whenever us ing a child belts, not just because the law requires you to do
rest raint in a vehicle: Safety belts ¢ page 174, so ¢ page 174, General notes.
Airbag system ¢ page 181, Child safety
It is important to remembe r that while the sup-
¢page 205.
pleme nt al side airbag system is designed to re-
CD
....
CD The side airbag system basically consists of: du ce the likelihood of ser ious injuries, other inju-
N
".... - the e lectron ic cont rol mod ule and exte rna l side
N
ries, for example, swelling, bruising, friction
0 burns and minor abrasions can also be assoc iated .,.
0 impact sensors
"'
'SI"
199
Airbag syste m
with deployed side airbags. Remember too, side How supplemental side airbags work
airbags will deploy on ly once and on ly in certain
kinds of accidents - your safety belts are always
Side airbags deploy instantly and can help re-
there to offer protection .
duce the risk of upper torso injuries for occu-
pants who are properly restrained .
Vehicle damage, repair costs or even the lack of
vehicle damage are not necessarily an ind ication
of over-sensitive or failed airbag activation. In
some collisions, both front and side airbags may
inflate. Remember too, that airbags will deploy
only once and only in certain kinds of collisions -
your safety belts are always there to offer protec-
tion in those acc idents in which airbags are not
supposed to deploy or when they have a lready
deployed.
Fig. 151 Inflated side airbags on left side of vehicle
The side airbag system will not deploy :
- when the ignition is switched off When the system is triggered, the airbag is filled
- in side collisions when the acceleration meas- with propellant gas and breaks through a seam in
ured by the sensor is too low the seat surface area marked "AIRBAG". It ex-
- in front-end collisions pands between the side trim panel and the pas-
senger. In order to help provide this addit ional
- in rear-end collisions
protect ion, the s ide airbag must inflate with in a
- in rollovers.
fraction of a second at very high speed and with
In some types of accidents the fro nt airbags and great force. The supplemental side a irbag could
side airbags may be triggered together. injure you if you r seating position is not proper or
up right or if items are located in the area where
.&, WARNING the supp lemental side airbag expands. This ap-
- Safety belts and the airbag system w ill only plies especially to children .::>page 205, Child
provide protection when occupants are in safety. Supplementa l side airbags inflate be-
the proper seating position c:>page 201 . tween the occupant and the door panel on the
- If the airbag indicator light ¢ page 15 side of the vehicle that is struck in certain side
comes when the vehicle is being used, have collision ¢ fig . 151 .
the system inspected immediate ly by your
Although they are not a soft pillow, they can
authorized Audi dealer. It is possible that
"cushion" the impact and in this way they can
the a irbag will inf late when it is not sup-
help to reduce the risk of injury to the upper part
posed to, or will not inflate when it should.
of the body .
A fine dust may develop when the airbag deploys.

This is normal and does not mean there is a fire
in the vehicle.
200
Airbag system
Important safety instructions on the side by being pushed into you as the airbag in-
airbag system flates.
Airbags are only supplemental restraints. Always - Never place or attach accessories or other
properly wear safety belts and ride in a proper objects (such as cup holders, telephone
seating position. brackets, or even large, bulky objects) on
the doors, over or near the area marked
There is a lot that you and your passengers must "AIRBAG"on the seat backrests.
know and act accordingly to help the safety belts - Such objects and accessories can become
and airbags do their job to provide supplemental dangerous projectiles and cause injury
protection. when the supplemental side airbag de-
A WARNING
-
ploys.
- Never carry any objects or pets in the de-
An inflating side airbag can cause serious or ployment space between them and the
fatal injury. Improperly wearing safety belts airbags or allow children or other passen-
and improper seating positions increase the gers to travel in this position.
risk of serious personal injury and death - Always use the built-in coat hooks only for
whenever a vehicle is being used. lightweight clothing. Never leave any heavy
- In order to reduce the risk of injury when or sharp-edged objects in the pockets that
the supplemental side airbag inflates: may interfere with side airbag deployment
-Always sit in an upright position and never and can cause personal injury in an accident .
lean against the area where the supple- - Always prevent the side airbags from being
mental side airbag is located. damaged by heavy objects knocking against
- Never let a child or anyone else rest their or hitting the sides of the seatbacks.
head against the side trim panel in the - The airbag system can only be triggered
area where the supplemental side airbag once . If the airbag has been triggered, the
inflates. system must be replaced by an authorized
- Always make sure that safety belts are Audi dealership.
worn correctly, - Damage (cracks, deep scratches etc.) to the
- Do not let anyone sitting in the front seat original seat covers or to the seam in the
put their hand or any other parts of their area of the side airbag module must always
body out of the window. be repaired immediately by an authorized
- Always make sure that the side airbag can Audi dealer.
inflate without interference. - If children are seated improperly, their risk
- Never install seat covers or replacement of injury increases in the case of an accident
upholstery over the front seatbacks that page
c::> 205, Child safety.
have not been specifically approved by - Never attempt to modify any components of
Audi. the airbag system in any way.
- Never use additional seat cushions that - In a side collision, side airbags will not func-
cover the areas where the side airbags de- tion properly if sensors cannot correctly
ploy. measure increasing air pressure inside the
- Damage to the original seat covers or to doors when air escapes through larger, un-
the seam in the area of the side airbag closed openings in the door panel.
module must always be repaired immedi- - Never drive with interior door trim panels
ately by an authorized Audi dealer. removed.
"' - Objects between you and the airbag can in- - Never drive when parts have been re-
....
"' moved from the inside door panel and the
N crease the risk of injury in an accident by in-
"N.... terfering with the way the airbag unfolds or openings they leave have not been proper-
0
0
Vl ly closed. ~
'<f
201
Airbag syste m
- Never drive when loudspeakers in the low the reference value programmed into the
doors have been removed unless the contro l unit, the side curtain airbag will not be
speaker holes have been properly closed. triggered, even though the car may be badly
- Always make certain that openings are damaged as a result of the collision . It is not pos-
covered or filled if additiona l speakers or sible to define an airbag triggering range that
other equ ipment is installed in the inside will cover every possible angle of impact, since
door panels. the circumstances w ill vary considerably betwee n
- Always have work on the doors done by an one coll ision a nd another . Important factors in-
author ized Audi dealer or qualified work- clude, for examp le, the nature (hard or soft) of
shop. the impact ing object, t he angle of impact, veh icle
speed, etc. c:>page 203, How side curtain air-
bags work.
Side curtain airbags
Aside from their normal safety function, safety
Description of side curtain airbags belts work to help keep t he dr iver or front pas-
The side curtain airbag system can provide sup- senger in position in the event of a collision so
plemental protection to properly restrained oc- that the side curtain airbags can provide protec-
cupants . t ion.
The airbag system is no t a subs t it ut e for your

safety belt. Rather, it is part of the overall occ u-
pant restraint system in your vehicle . Always re-
member that the airbag system can only help to
protect you if you are wear ing your safety be lt
and wearing it properly. This is another reaso n
why you should always wear your safety belts ,
not just because the law requ ires you to do so
c:>
page 174, General notes.
Fig. 152 Side curt ain airb ags, driver's side: side curtain air- It is important to remember that while the side
bag locat ion curtain airbag system is designed to help reduce
the likelihood of serious injuries, other injur ies,
The s ide curta in a irbags are loca t ed on both s ides for example, swell ing, bruisi ng, friction burns
of the interior above the front and rear side win- and minor abrasions can also be associated with
dows c:>fig . 152 . They are ident ified by the word these a irbags upon deployment. Remember too,
"AIRBAG"on the windshield frame and the cen- these airbags will deploy only once and only in
ter roof pillar. ce rt ain kinds of accidents -your safety belts are
The side curtain airbags contain features that always there to offer protection .
provide ejection mitigation to help prevent vehi-
The side curtain airbag system basically
cle occupants or par ts of their bodies from being consists of:
comp letely or partially ejected from the vehicle
interio r in certain side impacts and vehicle roll- - The e lectronic control module and externa l side
overs. im pact sensors
- The side curta in airbag s above the front and
The side curtain airbag system supplements the rear side windows with ejection mitigation fea-
safety belts and can help to reduce the risk of in- tures
jury for occupants' heads and upper torso. The - The airbag indicator light in the instrument
side curtain airbag inflates in side impacts and pane l
only when the vehicle acceleration registered by
the control un it is high enough. If this rate is be- The airbag system is monitored e lectron ically to
make certain it is functioning properly at all IJI>
202
Airbag system
times . Each time you switch on the ignition, the to help provide this additional protection, the
airbag system indicator light will come on for a side curtain airbag must inf late within the blink
few seconds (self diagnostics) . of an eye at very high speed and with great force.
The side curtain airbag could injure you if your
The side curtain airbag is not activated:
seating position is not proper or upright or if
- if the ignit ion is switched off, items are located in the area where the supple -
- in side coll isions when the acceleration meas- mental side curta in airbag inf lates . This applies
ured by the sensor is too low, especially to childre n ¢ page 205 .
- in rear-end collisions.
Although they are not a soft pillow, side curtain
A WARNING
airbags can "cush ion" the impact and in this way
they can help to reduce the risk of injury to the
- Safety belts and the airbag system will only head and the upper pa rt of the body.
provide protection when occupants are in
A fine dust may develop when the airbag deploys.
the proper seating position ~ page 47,
Seats and storage. This is quite normal and does not mean there is a
fire in the vehicle .
- If the airbag ind icator light ¢page 15
comes when the vehicle is being used, have
the system inspected immed iate ly by yo ur Important safety instructions on the side
authorized Audi dealer. It is possible that curtain airbag system
the airbag will inflate when it is not sup- Airbags ore only supplemental restraints . Always
posed to, or will not inflate when it should. properly wear safety belts and ride in a proper
seating position .
How side curtain airbags work
There is a lot that you and your passenger must
Side curtain airbags can work together with side know and do to help the safety belts and airbags
airbags to help reduce the risk of head and upper do their job t o provide supplemental prot ection .
torso injuries for occupants who are properly re-
strained. A WARNING
Improperly wearing safety belts and impr oper
seati ng positions increase the risk of serious
personal injury and death whenever a vehicle
is being used.
- Never let occupants place any parts of their
bodies in the area from which the side cur-
tain airbag inflate.
- Always make sure that the side curtain air-
bags can inflate without interference .
- Use the bu ilt -in coat hooks only for light-
Fig. 153 Illustrat ion of principle: Inflated side curta in air·
bags on the left side weight clothing. Never leave any heavy or
sharp -edged objects in the pockets that may
The side curtain airbags inflate between the oc- interfere with airbag deployment and can
cupant and the windows on the side of the vehi- cause persona l injury in a collision.
cle that is struck in a side coll ision ¢ fig. 153 . - Never use hangers to hang clothes on the
hooks.
When the system is t riggered , the side curtain
- Only use factory-installed sun shades or, if
CD
airbag is filled with propellant gas and breaks
....
CD
shades installed after the vehicle leaves the
N through a seam above the front and rear side
"....
N
windows identified by the AIRBAG label. In order
factory, use on ly genuine Audi sun shades. ~
0
0
"'
-q-
203
Airb a g syste m
- A deploying airbag inflates in a fraction of a

second and with great force .
- Never attach objects to the cover or in the
deployment zone of a side curtain airbag.
- The airbag dep loyment zones must be kept
clear at all times . Make sure there are no
objects, pets, or other persons in the space
between any vehicle occupant and any a ir-
bag at any time.
- Do not attach any accessor ies to the doors.
A WARNING
- The airbag system can deploy only once. If
the a irbag has been triggered, the system
must be replaced by an authorized Audi
dealer or qualified workshop .
- Always have work involving the side curtain
airbag system, removal and installation of
the a irbag components, or othe r repa irs
perfo rmed by a qualified dealersh ip. Othe r-
wise the airbag system may not work co r-
rectly.
- Never attempt to modify any components of
the a irbag sys t em in any way.
204
Child safety
Child safety Consult the chi ld safety seat manufacturer's in-

structions in order to be sure the seat is right for
Important information your child' s size ¢ page 208, Important safety
instructions for using child safety seats. Please
Introduction
be sure to read and heed all of the important in-
The physical principles of what happens when formation and WARNINGS about child safety,
your veh icle is in a crash apply also to children Advanced Airbags, and the installation of child
¢page 175, What happens to occupants not restraints in this chapter .
wearing safety belts?. But unlike adults and There is a lot you need to know about the Ad-
teenagers, their muscles and bones are not fully
vanced Airbags in your vehicle and how they work
developed. In many respects children are at
when infants and ch ildren in child restraints are
greater risk of serious injury in crashes than
on the front passenger seat. Because of the large
adults.
amount of important informat ion, we cannot re-
Because children's bodies are not fu lly devel- peat it all here. We urge you to read the detailed
oped, they require restraint systems especially information in this owner 's manual about airbags
designed for their size, weight, and body struc- and the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle
ture. Many countries and all states of the United and the very important information about trans-
States and provinces of Canada have laws requir- porting children on the front passenger seat.
ing the use of approved child restraint systems Please be sure to heed the WARNINGS - they are
for infants and small children . extremely impo rta nt for your safety and the safe-
ty of your passengers, especially infants and
In a frontal crash at a speed of 20-35 mph
small chi ldren .
(30-56 km/h) the forces acting on a 13 lbs (6 kg)
infant will be more than 20 times the weight of
.&_WARNING
the child . This means the weight of the ch ild
would suddenly be more than 260 lbs (120 kg).
-All vehicle occupants and especially chi ldre n
-
must be restrained properly whenever riding
Under these conditions, only an appropriate child
in a vehicle. An un restra ined or imp roperly re-
restraint properly used can reduce the risk of se-
strained child could be injured by striking the
rious injury. Child restraints, like adu lt safety
interior or by being ejected from the vehicle
be lts, must be used properly to be effective.
during a sudden maneuver or impact . An un-
Used improperly, they can increas e the risk of se-
restrained or improperly restrained child is al-
rious injury in an accident.
so at greater risk of injury or death through
If you must install a child restraint on the front contact w ith an inflating a irbag.
passenger seat in exceptional circumstances, be
A
sure to read and heed the important information
and warnings ¢ page 182. Infants and other chil-
dren who are properly restrained in an appropri-
- WARNING
Children on the front seat of any car even with
Advanced Airbags can be ser iously injured or
-
ate child restraint that is for their size and age
even killed when an a irbag inflates. A child in
can benefit from the protection that supplemen-
a rearward-fac ing ch ild safety seat installed
tal s ide a irbags prov ide in some kinds of crashes .
on the front passenger seat will be seriously
For more information please see information injured and can be killed if the front airbag in-
provided by the: flates.
- The inflating airbag will hit the child safety
- National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
seat or infant carrier with great force and
(NHTSA), currently at: http:/ /www .safe -
"' will smash the child safety seat and child
....
"' rca r.gov (for the USA)
N against the backrest, center armrest, or
"N.... - Transport Canada In formation Centre, current-
door .
0
0 ly at: http://www.tc.gc.ca (for Canada)
Vl
'<f
205
Child safety
- Never install a rearward facing child safety trical capacitance measured by the capaci-
seat on the front passenger seat if the PAS- tive passenger detection system and can
SENGERAIR BAGOFF,;; light does not also fly around in an accident and cause
turn on and stay on. Have the system in- serious personal injury.
spected immediately by an authorized Audi - Never place or use any electrical device
dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility. (such as a laptop, CD player, electronic
games device, power inverter or seat heat -
A WARNING er for child seats) on the front passenger
- Forward-facing child seats installed on the seat if the device is connected to the 12-
front passenger seat may interfere with the volt socket or the cigarette lighter socket.
deployment of the airbag and cause serious - If a seat heater has been retrofitted or
personal injury to the child. otherwise added to the front passenger
- If exceptional circumstances require the use seat, never install any child restraint sys-
of a forward-facing child restraint on the tem on this seat.
front passenger's seat, the child's safety - Make sure that there are no wet objects
and well-being require the following special (such as a wet towel) and no water or oth-
precautions to be taken: er liquids on the front passenger seat
- Always make sure that the forward-facing cushion.
seat has been designed and certified by its - Always make sure that the PASSENGER
manufacturer for use on a front passenger AIR BAGOFF,; ; light comes on and stays
seat with a front and side airbag. on all the time whenever the ignition is
- Always carefully follow the manufacturer's switched on.
instructions provided with the child seat - Never install a forward-facing child safety
or infant carrier. seat on the front passenger seat if the
PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF~ ; light does
- Never put the forward-facing child re-
not turn on and stay on. Have the system
straint up against or very near the instru-
inspected immediately by an authorized
ment panel.
Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Fa-
- Always move the front passenger seat to
cility .
the highest position in the up and down
adjustment range and move it back to the - Always buckle the child seat firmly in
rearmost position in the seat's fore and place even if a child is not sitting in it. A
aft adjustment range, as far away from loose child seat can fly around during a
the airbag as possible, before installing sudden stop or in a collision.
the forward-facing child restraint . -Always read and heed all WARNINGS
- Always make sure that the safety belt up- whenever using a child restraint in a vehi-
per anchorage is behind the child restraint cle~ page 174, Safety belts, ~ page 181,
and not next to or in front of the child re-
Airbag system and ~ page 205, Impor-
straint so that the safety belt will be prop-
tant information.
erly positioned .
- Always make sure that nothing prevents
(D Tips
the front passenger's seat from being Always replace child restraints that were in-
moved to the rearmost position in its fore stalled in a vehicle during a crash . Damage to
and aft adjustment range. a child restraint that is not visible could cause
- Never place objects on the seat (such as a it to fail in another collision situation.
laptop, CD player, electronic games de-
vice, power inverter or seat heater for
child seats). These may influence the elec-
206
Ch ild safety
Advanced front airbag system and children The electrical capacitance of the various types,
makes, and mode ls of chi ld restraints specified
Your veh icle is equipped with a front "Advanced by the U.S.National Highway Traffic Safety Ad-
Airbag System" in compliance w ith United States ministration (NHTSA) in the relevant safety
Federa l Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) standard are stored in the Advanced Airbag Sys-
208 as applicab le at the time your vehicle was tem control unit together with the capacitances
manufactured. typ ical of infants and a 1-year old child . When a
The Advanced Airbag system in your vehicle has child restraint is used on the front passenger
been ce rtified to meet the "low-risk" require - seat w ith a typical 1 year-old infant, the Ad-
ments for 3- and 6-year old children on the pas- vanced Airbag System compa res the capacitance
senger side and small adults on the driver side. measured by the capacitive passenger detection
The low risk deployment criteria are intended to system with the data stored in the electronic con-
reduce the risk of injury through interaction with trol unit .
the airbag that can occur, for example, by being
too close to the steering wheel and instrument Child restraints and Advanced front airbag
panel when the a irbag inflates . In addition, the system
system has been certified to comply with the
Regardless of the ch ild restraint that you use,
"suppress ion " requirements of the Safety Stand-
make sure that it has been certified to meet Unit-
ard, to turn off the front airbag for infants up to
ed States Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards
12 months who are restrained on the front pas-
and has been certified by its manufacturer for
senger seat in child restraints that are listed in
use with an a irbag. If in exceptional circumstan-
the Standard .
ces you must use it on the front passenger seat,
Even though your vehicle is equ ipped with an Ad- carefu lly read all of the information on chi ld safe -
vanced Airbag system, a child should always ride ty and AdvancedAirbags and heedall of the ap-
in the seat properly restrained for its age and plicable WARNINGS. Make certain that the child
size . The airbag on the passenger side makes the and child restraint are correctly recogn ized by the
front seat a potentially dangerous place for a capacit ive passenger detection system in the
child to ride . The front seat is not the safest place front passenger seat, that the front passenger
for a child in a forward-facing child safety seat . It airbag is turned off, and that the airbag status is
can be a very dangerous place for an infant or a always correctly signaled by the PASSENGERAIR
larger child in a rearward-facing seat. BAGOFF~ ; light.
The vehicle's Advanced Airbag System has a ca- Many types and models of child restra ints have
pacitive passenger de t ection system in the front been available over the years, new models are in-
passenger seat cush ion that can detect the pres - troduced regu larly incorporating new and im -
ence of a baby or a child in a ch ild restraint sys- proved designs and older models a re taken out of
tem on this seat . production. Child restra ints are not standardized.
Child restraints of the same type typically have
The capacit ive passenger detection system regis-
different weights and sizes and different "foot-
ters the changes that result in an electrical field
prints", the size and shape of the bottom of the
when a ch ild, a child restra int, and a baby blanket
child restraint that sits on the seat, when they
are on the front passenge r seat. The change in
are installed on a vehicle seat. These differences
the measu red capacitance due to the presence of
make it virtually impossible to certify compliance
a child, a chi ld restraint, and a baby blanket on
with the requirements for advanced a irbags w ith
the front passenger seat is related to the child
each and every child restra int that has ever been
restraint system resting on the seat. The meas-
"'
....
"' ured capacitance of a child restraint system var -
sold in the past or will be sold over the course of
N
the usef ul life of your vehicle. .,..
"N.... ies depending on the type of system and specific
0
0 make and model.
Vl
'<f
207
Ch ild safet y
For this reason, the United States National High- Model Manufactured on or
way Traffic Safety Administration has published a after
list of specific type, makes and models of child
Evenflo Meda llion 254 December 1, 1999
restraints that must be used to cert ify compli-
Evenflo Generat io ns Septe m ber 25, 200 7
ance of the Advanced Airbag System in your vehi-
352xxxx
cle with the suppression requ irements of Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208. These child Graco ComfortSport September 25, 2007
rest raints a re: Graco Todd ler Safety September 25, 2007
Seat Step 2
Subpart A - Car bed child restraint s
Graco Plat inum Cargo September 25, 2007
Model Manufactured on or
after .&_WARNING
Ange l Guard Angel September 25, 2007 To reduce t he ris k of serious injury, ma ke sure
Ride AA2403 FOF that the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF'-f; light
comes on and stays on whenever a child re -
Subpart B - Rear-facing child restraints
stra int is insta lled on the front passenger seat
Model Manufactured on or and the ignition is switched on.
after - Never install a rewa rd facing child safety
Century Sma rtFit 4 543 December 1, 1999 seat on the front passenge r seat if the PAS-
SENGERAIR BAGOFF'-f; light does not
Cosco Arriva September 25, 2007
turn on and stay on.
22-013PAW and base
- Have the airbag system inspected by your
22-999WHO
author ized Audi dealer immed iate ly.
Evenflo Discovery Ad- December 1, 1999
just Right 212
(D Tips
Evenflo First Choice December 1, 1999
The child seats listed in cat egor ies A to C have
204
been statically tested by Audi only for the Ad-
Graco Infant 8457 December 1, 1999 vanced Airbag function.
Graco Snug ride September 25, 200 7
Peg Perego Primo Viag- September 25, 2007 Important safety instructions for using
gio SIP IMUNOOUS child safety seats
Subpart C - Forward-facing and convertible Correct use of child safety seats substantially re-
child restraints duces the risk of injury in an accident!
Model Manufactured on or As the driver, you are responsib le for the safety
after of eve rybody in the vehicle, especia lly children:
Britax Roundabout September 25, 2007 .,.Always use t he right child safety seat fo r each
E9 L02xx child and always use it properly ¢ page 210 .
Cosco Tour iva 02519 December 1, 1999 .. Always carefully follow t he chi ld safety seat
Cosco Summ it Deluxe September 25, 200 7 manufact urer's instructions on how to route
High Back Booste r the safety belt properly through the ch ild safe-
22 -262 ty seat.
.. When using the veh icle safety belt to install a
Cosco High Back Boos- September 25, 2007
child safety seat, you must first act ivate the
te r 22-209
convertib le loc king re tr act or on the safety belt
Evenflo Tribute V September 25, 2007
to preve nt the ch ild safety seat from moving
379xxxx
¢page 214. .,..
208
Ch ild safety
~ Push the child safety seat down with your full - Holding a child in your arms is never a sub-
weight to get the safety be lt really tight so that stitute for a child restraint system.
the seat cannot move forward and sideways - The strongest person cou ld not ho ld the
more than 1 in (2.5 cm). child with the forces that exist in an acci-
dent. The child will strike the interior of
Always remember: Even though your vehicle is
the vehicle and can also be struck by the
equipped with an Advanced Airbag system, a
passenger .
child should always ride in the seat properly re-
- The child and the passenger can also in-
strained for its age and size.
jure each other in an accident.
A WARNING - Never install rear-facing child safety seats
or infant carriers on the front passenger
Not using a ch ild safety seat, using the wrong
seat . A child w ill be seriously injured and
child safety seat or improperly installing a
can be killed when the passenger a irbag in-
child restra int increases the risk of se rious
flates - even with an Advanced Airbag Sys-
personal injury and death .
tem.
- All veh icle occupants and especially children
- The inflat ing airbag will hit the ch ild safety
must be restrained properly whenever riding
in a vehicle. An unrestrained or improperly
will smash the child safety seat and child
restra ined child could be injured by striking
against t he backrest, cente r armres t , door
the interior or by being ejected from the ve-
or roof .
hicle during a sudden maneuver or impact .
- If exceptional circums t ances requ ire t he use
An unrestrained or improper ly restrained
of a forward-facing child restraint on the
child is also at greater risk of injury or death
front passenger's seat, the chi ld's safety
through contact with an inflating airbag .
and well-being requ ire that the following
- Commercially available child safety seats
specia l preca utions be taken:
are required to comply with U.S. Federa l
- Make sure the forward-facing seat has
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) 213
been designed and ce rtified by its manu-
(in Canada CMVSS213) .
fact urer for use on a fron t seat with a pas-
- When buying a ch ild restraint, se lect one
senger front and side airbag.
that fits your child and the vehicle .
- Always carefully fo llow the manufactu rer's
- Only use child restraint systems that fully
inst ruct ions prov ided with the ch ild safety
contact the flat portion of the seat cush-
seat or carrier.
ion. The child restraint must not tip or
- Always move the front passenger seat into
lean to either side. Audi does not recom-
the rearmost position of the passenger
mend using child safety seats that rest on
seat's fo re and aft adjustment range, and
legs or tube- like frames. They do not pro-
as far away from the airbag as possib le be-
vide adequate contact with the seat.
fore installing the child restraint.
- Always heed all legal requirements per-
- Always make sure that nothing prevents
taining to the installation and use of child
the front passenger's seat from being
safety seats and carefully follow the in-
moved to the rearmost position in its fore
structions provided by the manufacturer
and aft adjustment range.
of the seat you are using .
- Always make sure that the backrest is in
- Never let more than one child occupy a child
the upright posit ion.
safety seat.
- Never place or use any electrical device
- Never let babies or older chi ldren ride in a
~ .... vehicle while sitting on the lap of another
games device, power inverter or seat heat-
~ passenger .
....
N er for child seats) on the front passenger ~
0
0
Vl
'<f
209
Child safety
seat if the device is connected to the 12- Child seats

volt socket or the cigarette lighter socket.
Infant seats
- If a seat heater has been retrofitted or
otherwise added to the front passenger Babies and infants up to about one year old and
seat, never install any child restraint sys- 20 lbs or 9 kg need special rearward-facing child
tem on this seat . restraints that support the bock, neck and head
- Make sure that there are no wet objects in a crash.
(such as a wet towel) and no water or oth-
er liqu ids on the front passenger seat
cushion .
- Never place objects on the seat (such as a
laptop, CD player, electron ic games de -
vice, power inverter or seat heater for
child seats). These may influence the elec-
trical capacitance measured by the capaci-
tive passenge r detection system and can
also fly around in an accident and cause
serio us personal injury. Fig. 154 Rearward-facing infan t sea t, prop erly installed on
t he passenger seat
- Always buck le the child safety seat firmly in
place even if a child is not sitting in it. A
.,.When usi ng the vehicle safety belt to install a
loose child safety seat can f ly around during
child safety seat, you must first activate the
a sudden stop or in a coll is ion .
convertib le locking retractor on the safety belt
-Always read and heed all WARNINGS when- to prevent the child safety seat from moving
ever using a child restrained in a veh icle is ¢ page 214.
being used ¢ page 174, Safety belts, .,.Push the ch ild safety seat down with your full
¢ page 181, Airbag system and weight to get the safety belt really tight so that
¢ page 205, Child safety. the seat cannot move forward and sideways
A WARNING
more than l in (2 .5 cm).
Infants up to about one year (20 lbs or 9 kg) are

To reduce the risk of serious injury, make sure
best protected in special infant carriers and child
that the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF~; light
safety seats designed for their age group. Many
comes on and stays on whenever a child re-
experts believe that infants and small ch ildren
st raint is installed on the front passenger seat
should ride only in special restra ints in wh ich the
and t he ignition is sw itched on.
child faces the back of the vehicle. These infant
- Never install a reward fac ing ch ild safety
seats support the baby's back, neck and head in a
seat on t he front passenger seat if the PAS-
crash ¢fig . 154.
SENGERAIR BAGOFF'i; light does not
turn on a nd stay on .
- Have the airbag system inspe cted by your
A WARNING
aut horized Aud i dealer immediately . Not using a child safety seat, us ing t he wrong
child safety seat or improperly installing a
child restraint increases the risk of serious
personal injury and death in a crash.
- Never install a rear -facing ch ild restraint in
the forward-fac ing direction. Such restraints
are designed for the special needs of infants
and very small children and cannot protect
them properly if the seat is forward-facing.
210
Ch ild sa f ety
- Never install a rearward facing child safety Convertible child safety seats
seat on the front passenger seat unless the
Properly used convertible child safety seats can
PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF~; light comes
help protect toddlers and children over age one
on and stays on. If the PASSENGER AI R
who weigh between 20 and 40 lbs (9 and 18 kg)
BAG OFF ~; light does not come on and stay
in a crash.
on the inflating airbag will hit the child safe-
ty seat or infant ca rrier with great force and
will smash the ch ild safety seat and ch ild
against the backrest, center armrest, door
or roof. Have the airbag system inspected
immediately by your Audi dealer.
- Never place or use any elec t rical device
games device, power inverter or seat heater
for child seats) on the front passenger seat
if the device is connected to the 12-volt Fig. 155 Schemat ic overview: installat ion of the seat using
socket or the cigarette lighter socket. the vehicle's safety belt system
- If a seat heater has been retrof itted or oth-
erwise added to the front passenger seat, .. When using the vehicle safety belt to install a
never install any ch ild restraint system on child safety seat, you must first activate the
this seat. convertib le locking retractor on the safety belt
- Make sure that there are no wet objects to prevent the child safety seat from moving
(such as a wet towel) and no water or other page 214 .
r=:>
liquids on the front passenger seat cushion. .. Push the child safety seat down with your full
- Never place objects on the seat (such as a weight to get the safety belt really tight so that
laptop, CD player, electronic games dev ice, the seat cannot move forward or sideways
power inverter or seat heater for child more than 1 in (2.5 cm) c:;,page 214.
seats). These may influence the e lectrica l A toddler or child is usually too large for an in-
capacitance measured by the capacitive pas- fant restraint if it is more than one year old and
senger detection system and can also fly weighs more than 20 lbs (9 kg).
around in an accident and cause serious pe r-
sonal injury. Toddlers and ch ildren who are older than one
- Always read and heed all WARNINGS when - year up to about 4 years old and weigh more than
ever using a child restrained in a vehicle is 20 lbs (9 kg) up to 40 lbs (18 kg) must always be
being used r=>page174, Safety belts, properly restrained in a child safety seat certified
c:;,page 181, Airbag system and for their size and we ight and c:;,fig. 155 .
page 205, Important information.
c::>
A
=
WARNING
-
Not using a child safety seat, using the wrong
child safety seat or imprope rly installing a
child restraint increases the risk of ser ious
personal injury and death in a collision or oth-
e r emergency situation.
- Children on the front seat of any car, even
with Advanced Airbags, can be seriously in-
CD
....
CD
N
jured or even killed when an airbag inflates .
"....
N
A child in a rearward-fac ing child safety seat
0
0
installed on the front passenger seat will be ~
"'
'SI'
211
Child safety
seriously injured and can be killed if the - Always make sure the backrest is in an up-
front airbag inflates - even with an Ad- right position .
vanced Airbag System. - Never place or use any e lectrica l device
- The inflating airbag will hit the child safety (such as a laptop, CD player, electronic
seat or infant carrier with great force and games device, power inverter or seat heater
will smash the child safety seat and child for child seats) on the front passenger seat
against the backrest, center arm rest, door if the device is connected to the 12-volt
or roof . socket or the cigarette lighte r socket.
- Never install a rearward facing child safety - If a seat heater has been retrofitted or oth-
seat on the front passenger seat unless the erwise added to the front passenger seat,
PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF~; light comes never insta ll any child restra int system on
on and stays on. If the PASSENGERAIR this seat.
BAG OFF ~; light does not come on and stay - Make sure that there are no wet objects
on have the airbag system inspected imme- (such as a wet towel) and no wate r or other
diately by your Audi dealer. liquids on the front passenger seat cush ion.
- The rear side of the child safety seat should - Never place objects on the seat (such as a
be positioned as close as possible to the laptop, CD p laye r, electro nic games device,
backrest on the vehicle seat . power inverte r or seat heater fo r ch ild
- Always read and heed all WARNINGS when- seats). These may influence the elect rical
ever using a child restrained in a veh icle is capacitance measu red by the capacitive pas -
being used ¢ page 174, Safety belts, senger detection system and can also fly
¢ page 181, Airbag system and around in an accident and cause serious per-
c>page 205, Important information . sonal injury.
- Make sure that the PASSENGERAIR BAG
A WARNING OFF ~; light comes on and stays on all the
If exceptional circumstances require the use time whenever the ign it ion is switched on.
of a forward-facing child restra int on the - If the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF~; light
front passenger's seat, the child's safety and does not come on and stay on have the air-
well-being require that the follow ing spec ial bag system inspected by your authorized
preca ut ions be taken: Audi dea ler .
- Make sure the forward-facing seat has been
designed and cert ified by its manufacturer Booster seats and safety belts
for use on a front seat with a passenger
Properly used booster seats con help protect
front and side airbag.
children weighing between about 40 lbs and
- Always follow the manufacturer's instruc-
80 lbs (18 kg and 36 kg) who ore less than 4 ft 9
t ions prov ided with the ch ild safety seat or
in (57 in/1.45 m) toll.
infant carrier.
- Always move the front passenger seat into
the rearmost posi ti on of the passenge r
seat's fo re an d aft adjustment range, and as
far away from the airbag as possible before
install ing the child restraint .
- Always make sure t ha t noth ing preve nts the
front passenger's seat from being moved to
the rearmost position in its fore and aft ad-
justment range.
Fig. 1 56 Passenger seat: child properly restrained in a
booste r seat
212
Child safety
The vehicle 's safety belts alone will not fit most safety belt pass ove r the child's stomach or abdo-
children until they are at least 4 ft 9 in (57 in/ men .
1.45 m) tall and weigh about 80 lbs (36 kg).
In a crash, airbags must inflate wit hin a blink of
Booster seats raise these children up so that the
an eye and with considerable force. In order to do
safety belt will pass properly over the stronger
its job, the airbag needs room to inflate so that it
parts of their bodies and the safety belt can help
will be there to protect the occupant as the occu-
protect them in a crash.
pant moves forward into the airbag .
.,.Do not use the convertible locking retractor
A veh icle occup ant who is out of posit ion and too
when using the vehicle's safety belt to restrain
close to the airbag gets in the way of an inflating
a child on a booster seat .
airbag. When an occupant is too close, he or she
.,.The shoulder belt must lie as close to the cen-
will be struck violent ly and will rece ive serious or
ter of the child's collar bone as possible and
poss ibly even fatal injury.
must lie flat and snug on the upper body. It
must never lie across the throat or neck. The In order for the a irbag to offer protection, it is
lap belt must lie across the pelvis and never important that a ll vehicle occupants, especially
across the stomach or abdomen . Make sure the any children, who must be in the front seat be-
belt lies flat and snug . Pull on the belt to tight - cause of exceptiona l circumstances, be properly
en if necessary. restrained and as far away from the a irbag as
poss ible. By keeping room between the child's
Children up to at least 8 years old (over 40 lbs or body and the front of the passenger compart-
18 kg) are best protected in chi ld safety seats de- ment, the a irbag can inflate completely and pro-
signed for their age and weight. Experts say that vide supplementa l protec t ion in certa in frontal
the skeletal structure, particularly the pelvis, of collisions.
these children is not fully developed, and they
must not use the vehicle safety belts without a _& WARNING
suitable child restraint .
~
Not using a booster seat, using the booster

-
It is usually best to put these children in appro- seat improperly, incorrect ly installing a boos-
priate booster seats. Be sure the booster seat ter seat or using the vehicle safety belt im-
meets all applicable safety standards . properly increases the risk of serious personal
injury and death in a collision or other emer-
Booster seats raise the seating position of the
gency situation. To help reduce the risk of se-
child and repos ition both the lap and shoulder
rious personal injury and/or death:
parts of the safety be lt so that they pass across
- The shou lder belt must lie as close to the
the child's body in the right places. The routing of
center of the ch ild's collar bone as possible
the belt over the child's body is very important
and must lie flat and snug on the upper
for the child's protection, whether or not a boos-
body. It must never lie across the throat or
ter seat is used.
neck. The lap belt must lie across the pelvis
Never use the lap belt portion of the vehicle's and never across the stomach or abdomen.
safety belt alone to restrain any child, regardless Make sure that the belt lies flat and snug.
of how big the child is. Always remember that Pull on the belt to tighten if necessary .
chi ldr en do not have the pronounced pelvic struc- - Failure to properly route safety belts over a
ture required fo r the proper function of lap be lt child's body will cause severe injuries in an
port ion of the vehicle's three poin t lap and accident or other emergency situation
shoulder belts. The child's safety absolute ly re- ~ page 174.
q uires that a lap belt portion of the safety belt be - The rear side of the chi ld safety seat should
"'
....
"' fastened snugly and as low as possible around
N be positioned as close as possible to the
"N.... the pelvis . Never let the lap belt portion of the backrest on the vehicle seat.
0
0
Vl
'<f
213
Ch ild s afet y
- Children on the front seat of any car, even lock the safety belt and prevent the safety be lt
with Advanced Airbags, can be seriously in- webbing from loosening up during norma l driv-
jured or even killed when an airbag inflates. ing. A child safety seat can only be proper ly in-
- Never let a child stand or knee l on the seat . stalled when the safety belt is locked so that the
- Never let a child ride in the cargo area of child and chi ld safety seat will stay in place.
yo ur vehicle. Always remember : Even though your vehicle is
-Always remember that a child leaning for - equipped with an Advanced Airbag system, a
ward, sitting sideways or out of position in child should always ride in the seat properly re-
any way dur ing an accident can be struck by strained for its age and s ize.
a deploying airbag. This will result in serious
persona l injury or death. A WARNING
-
- If you must install a booster seat on the Improperly installed child safety seats in-
front passenger seat because of exceptional crease the risk of serious personal injury and
circumstances the PASSENGERAIR BAG death in a collision.
OFF~; light must come on and stay on, - Always make sure that the safety belt re-
whenever the ignition is switched on . tractor is locked when installing a child
- If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF~; light safety seat. An unlocked safety be lt retrac-
does not come on and stay on, perform the to r cannot hold the ch ild safety seat in place
checks descr ibed ¢ page 192, Monitoring during normal driving or in a crash .
the Advanced Airbag System. - Always buckle the child safety seat fi rmly in
- If the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF ~; light place even if a ch ild is not sit t ing in it. A
does not come on and stay on wheneve r the loose child safety seat can fly around dur ing
ignition is switched on the infla t ing airbag a sudden stop or in a collision.
will hit the child safety seat o r infant carrier - If the backrest is not securely latched, the
with great force and will smash the child child and the child restraint will be thrown
safety seat and child against the backrest,
forward togethe r with the backrest and will
center armrest, door or roof . Have the air- strike parts of the veh icle interio r. The child
bag system inspected immediately by your can be seriously injured or killed .
Audi dealer.
- The inflating airbag will hit the chi ld safety
- Always read and heed all WARNINGS when- seat or infant carr ier with great force and
ever using a child restrained in a veh icle is will smash the child safety seat and child
being used ¢ page 174, Safety belts, aga inst the backrest, center armrest, door
¢ page 181, Airbag system and or roof .
¢ page 205, Important information . - Forward-facing child safety seats or infant
carriers installed on the front passenger's
Securing child seats seat may interfere with the deployment of
the airbag and cause serious inju ry to the
Securing a child safety seat using a safety
child.
belt
- Always read and heed all WARNINGS when-
Safety belts for the front passenger can be eve r us ing a child restrained in a vehicle is
locked with the convertible locking retractor to be ing used ~ page 205. Special precautions
properly secure child safety seats . apply when installing a child safety seat on
the front passenger seat ~ page 182, Child
The safety be lt eme rgency locking retracto r for
restraints on the front seat - some impor-
the front passenge r's seat safety belt have a con-
tant things to know . ~
vert ible locking retractor for child restraints . The
safety belt must be locked so that belt webbing
cannot unreel. The retractor can be activated to
214
Ch ild safety
A
1-=
WARNING
-
- Never put the forward-facing child restraint
up, against or very near the instrument pan-
Always take special precautions if you must
el.
install a forward or rearward-facing child re-
- Always move the passenger seat into its
straint on the front passenger's seat in excep-
rearmost posit ion in the seat's fore and aft
tional situations:
adjustment range, as far away from the air-
- Whenever a forward or rearward-facing
bag as possible before installing the for-
child restraint is installed on the front pas-
ward-facing child restraint. The backrest
senger seat, the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF
must be adjusted to an upr ight position .
,;; light must come on and stay on whenev-
- Make sure that the PASSENGERAIR BAG
er the ignition is switched on.
OFF,;, light comes on and stays on all the
- If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF~; light
time wheneve r the ignit ion is switched on.
does not come on and stay on, perform the
checks descr ibed ¢ page 192, Monitoring
the Advanced Airbag System.
A WARNING
- If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF~; light Rearward-facing child restraints:
does not come on and stay on whenever the - A child in a rearward-fac ing child safety seat
ignition is switched on the inflating airbag installed on the front passenger seat will be
will hit the child safety seat or infant carrier serious ly injured and can be killed if the
with great force and will smash the child front airbag inflates - even with an Ad-
safety seat and child against the backrest, vanced Airbag System.
center armrest, door or roof. Have the air- - The inflating airbag will hit the child safety
bag system inspected immediately by your seat or infant carr ier with great force and
Audi dealer. will smash the child safety seat and child
- Improper installation of child restraints can against the backrest, center armrest, door
reduce their effect iveness or even prevent or roof .
them from providing any protection. - Always be especia lly carefu l if you must in-
-An improperly installed child restraint can stall a rearward facing child safety seat on
interfere with the airbag as it deploys and the front passenger seat in exceptiona l cir-
seriously injure or even kill the child. cumstances.
- Always caref ully follow the manufacturer 's - Make sure that the PASSENGERAIR BAG
instructions provided with the child safety OFF,;; light comes on and stays on all the
seat or car rier. time whenever the ignit ion is switched on.
- After checking to make sure that the child - If the PASSENGER AIR BAGOFF,;; light
restra int is prope rly installed, ma ke certa in does not come on and stay on, have the air-
that the child restraint is correctly recog- bag system inspected by your Audi dealer.
nized by the capacit ive passenger detec t ion
system in the front passenger seat and that Activating the convertible locking retractor
the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF,; , light sig-
Use the convertible locking retractor to secure a
nals the correct front passenger frontal air-
child restraint.
bag status.
Always heed the child safety seat manufacturer's
A WARNING instructions when installing a child restraint in
Forward-fac ing child restraints : your vehicle. To activate the convertib le locking
- Always make sure the forward-facing seat retractor:
"'
....
"' has been designed and certified by its man-
N .,. Place the child restraint on a seat .
"N.... ufacturer for use on a front seat with a pas- .. Slowly pull the belt all the w ay out .
0
0
senger front and s ide airbag.
Vl
'<f
215
Child safety
"' Route it around or through the child restraint restraints on the front seat - some impor-
belt path c> &,.. tant things to know.
"' Push the child safety seat down with your full
weight to get the safety belt really tight.
Deactivating the convertible locking
"' Insert the belt tongue into the buckle for that
retractor
seating position .
"'Guide the safety belt back into the retractor un- The convertible locking retractor for child re-
til the belt lies flat and snug on the child safety straints will be deactivated automa tically when
seat. the belt is wound all the way back into the re-
"'You should hear a "clicking" noise as the belt tractor .
winds back into the inertia reel. Test the con-
"' Press the red button on the safety belt buckle.
vertible locking retractor by pulling on the belt.
The belt tongue will pop out of the buckle.
You should no longer be able to pull the belt
"' Guide the safety belt all the way back into its
out of the retractor. The convertible locking re-
stowed position .
tractor is now activated.
"'Make sure that the red release button is facing Always let the safety belt retract completely into
away from the child restraint so that it can be its stowed position . The safety belt can now be
unbuckled quickly . used as an ordinary safety belt without the con-
"' Pull on the belt to make sure the safety belt is vertible locking retractor for ch ild restraints.
properly tight and fastened so that the seat
If the convertible locking retractor should be ac-
cannot move forward and sideways more than
1 in (2 .5 cm). tivated inadvertently, the safety belt must be un-
fastened and guided completely back into its
A WARNING
stowed position to deactivate this feature . If the
convertible locking retractor is not deactivated,
Using the wrong child restraint or an improp- the safety belt will gradually become tighter and
erly installed child restraint can cause serious uncomfortable to wear.
personal injury or death in a crash.
- Always make sure that the safety belt re-
tractor is locked when installing a child
A WARNING
-
Improperly installed child safety seats in-
safety seat. An unlocked safety belt retrac-
crease the risk of serious personal injury and
tor cannot hold the child safety seat in place
death in a collision .
during normal driving or in a crash.
- Never unfasten the safety belt to deactivate
- Always buckle the child safety seat firmly in
the convertible locking retractor for child re-
place even if a child is not sitting in it . A
straints while the vehicle is moving. You
loose child safety seat can fly around during
would not be restrained and could be seri-
a sudden stop or in a crash .
ously injured in an accident.
- Always make sure the seat backrest to which
the child restraint is installed is in an up-
ever using a child restrained in a vehicle is
right position. Otherwise, the seatback with
being used c>page 205 . Special precautions
the child safety seat attached to it could fly
apply when installing a child safety seat on
forward in the event of an accident or other
the front passenger seat c> page 182, Child
emergency situation .
restraints on the front seat - some impor-
tant things to know.
ever using a child restrained in a vehicle is
being used c> page 205. Special precautions
apply when installing a child safety seat on
the front passenger seat c>page 182, Child
216
Child safety
Tether anchors and tether straps restraint that requires a top tether without the
top tether may be a violation of state law .
.&_WARNING
-Improper installation of child restraints will
increase the risk of injury and death in a
crash.
-Always follow the instructions provided by
the manufacturer of the child restraint you
intend to install in your Audi.
- Improper use of child restraint anchors (in-
Fig. 157 Tether strap: proper rout ing and mou nting (Ver-
cluding tether anchors) can lead to injury in
sion A)
a collision. The anchors are designed to
withstand only those loads imposed by cor-
rectly fitted child restraints.
- Never attach two child restraint systems to
one tether strap or tether anchorage.
- Never use child restraint tether anchorages
to secure safety belts or other kinds of occu-
pant restraints.
- Never secure or attach any luggage or other
items to the tether anchors.
Fig. 158 Tether strap: proper rout ing and mount ing (Ver- - If a tether or other strap is used to attach a
sion Bl
child restraint to the front passenger seat,
make sure that it is not so tight, that it
The tether strap anchor bracket is located behind
causes the weight-sensing mat to measure
the front passenger's seat at the rear panel to
more weight than is actually on the seat.
the engine compartment.
- The heavier weight registered can make the
A tether is a straight or V-shaped strap that at- Advanced Airbag System work as though an
taches the top part of a child restraint to special adult were on the seat and deploy the Ad-
anchorage points in the vehicle . vanced Airbag when it must be suppressed
The purpose of the tether is to reduce the for- causing serious or even fatal injury to the
ward movement of the child restraint in a crash, child.
in order to help reduce the risk of head injury - Never install a rearward facing child safety
that could be caused by striking the vehicle inte- seat on the front passenger seat unless the
rior . PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF ~; light comes
on and stays on. If the PASSENGERAIR
Forward facing child restraints manufactured af- BAGOFF~; light does not come on and stay
ter September 1, 1999, are required by U.S. fed- on the inflating airbag will hit the child safe-
eral regulations to comply with new child head ty seat or infant carrier with great force and
movement performance requirements. These will smash the child safety seat and child
new performance requirements make a tether against the backrest, door or roof. Have the
necessary on most new child safety seats . airbag system inspected immediately by
Installing a child restraint that requires a top your authorized Audi dealer.
CD tether without one can seriously impair the per- - Never install a child restraint without a
....
CD
N formance of the child restraint and its ability to properly attached top tether strap if the
"....
N protect the child in a collision. Installing a child child restraint manufacturer's instructions
0
0 require the top tether strap to be used.
"'
'SI"
217
Ch ild safet y
Installing the tether strap on the airbag inflates - even with an Advanced Airbag
anchorage System.
- The inflating airbag will hit the ch ild safety
I nst all ing the teth er str ap
.,.Release or deploy the tether st rap on the child will smash the child safety seat and child
restra int according to the child restraint manu- aga inst the backrest, center armrest or
facture r's instructions . door .
.,.Guide the upper tether strap sideways (Version - Never install a rearward fac ing ch ild safety
A) r=>page217, fig. lSlor und er (Version B) seat on the front passenger seat unless the
r=>page 217 , fig . 158 the head restraint . PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF f),;;light comes
.,.Remove the cover to expose the anchor brack- on and stays on . If the PASSENGERAIR
et . BAG OFF fJ,;; light does not come on and stay
.,.Attach the tether strap anchorage hook into on the inflat ing airbag will hit the ch ild safe-
the ope ning of the tether anchorage. ty seat or infant carrier with great fo rce and
.,.Pull on the te t her st rap hook so that the spri ng will smash the child safety seat and child
catch of the hook is engaged . against the backrest, door or roof . Have the
.,.Tighten the tether st rap firmly fo llowing the airbag system inspected immediately by
child restraint manufacturer's instructions. your author ized Audi dealer.
Releasing the tether strap
.,.Loosen the tension following the child rest raint
Additional information
manufacturer's inst ructions. Sources of information about child
.,.Depress the spring cat ch on t he hook and re- restraints and their use
lease it from the anchorage.
There are a number of sources of additional in-
(D Note
formation about chi ld restraint selection, instal-
lation and use :
If you leave the ch ild restraint with the tether
strap firmly installed for several days, this NHTSA advises that the bes t chi ld safety seat is
could leave a mark on the upholstery on the the one that fits your child and fits in your vehi-
seat cush ion and backrest in the area where cle, and that you will use correct ly and consis -
the tether strap was installed. The upholstery tently.
would also be permanently stretched around Try befo re you buy!
the tether strap . This applies especially to
leather seats . U.S National Highway Traffic Safety Admin istra -
tion
Tel.: 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153)
Using tether straps on rearward-facing
www.nhtsa.gov
child restraints
National SAFE KIDS Campaign
Currently, few rear-facing ch ild restrain t systems
Tel.: (202) 66 2-0600
come with a tether. Please read and heed the
www .safekids.org
chi ld restra int system manufacturer's instruc-
tions carefully to determine how to properly in- Safety BeltSaf e U.S.A
stall the tether. Tel.: (800) 745-SAFE (English)
Tel.: (800) 747-SANO (Spanish)
A WARNING www .carseat .org
A child in a rearward-facing child safety seat
installed on the front passenger seat w ill be
ser iously injured and can be killed if the front
218
Child safety
Transport Canada Info rmation Centre

Tel.: 1-800-333-037 1 or call 1-613-998-8616 if
you are in the Ottawa area
http://www.tc.gc.ca/ eng/roadsafety/menu.htm
Audi Customer Relations

Tel.: (800) 822-2834
"'
....
"'
N
"N....
0
0
Vl
'<f
219
Ch e ck ing and Filling
Checking and Filling (D Tips
Fuel The vehicle can be filled w it h fue l that has a

higher octane rating than what is requi red by
Gasoline grade the eng ine.
The correct gasoline grade is stated on the inside
of the fuel filler door . Blended gasoline
The vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter Use of gasoline containing alcohol or MTBE
and must only be driven w ith unleaded gasoline . (methyl tertiary butyl ether)
Audi recommends using TOP TIER Detergent Gas- You may use unleaded gasoline blended with al-
oline. Additional information on TOP TIER Deter- cohol o r MTBE (commonly referred to as oxygen-
gent Gasoline can be found on the offic ial web- ates) if t he blended m ixt ure meets t he fo llow ing
site (www .toptiergas.com) . crit er ia:
The individua l gasoline grades are differentiated Blend of gasoline methano l (wood alcohol or
by octane ratings . This value is given with (R+M)/ methyl alcohol)
2 equating to AKI or in RON. - Anti-knock index must be 87 AKI or higher.
The follow ing headings match t he correspond ing - Blend must contain no more than 3% metha-
sticker in the fue l filler door. nol.
- Blend must contain more tha n 2% co-solvents.
UNLEADED FUEL ONLY MIN. (R+M) / 2 87
Regular / MIN. RON 91 Regular Blend of gasoline and ethanol (grain alcohol or
ethyl alcohol)
Use regu la r gaso line with minim um 8 7 AKI/
91 RON~ 0 . - Anti-k noc k index mus t be 87 AKI or hig her.
- Blend must not conta in mo re than 15% etha-
The max imum eng ine powe r is only reached if
nol.
prem ium gaso line 91 AKI/ 95 RON is used.
Blend of gasoline and MTBE
UNLEADED FUEL ONLY PREMIUM MIN . (R
+M)/2 91 / SUPER MIN. RON 95 - Anti -knock index must be 87 AKI or higher.
- Blend mus t contain no t mo re than 15% MTBE.
Using premium gasoline with m inim um 91 AKI/
95 RON is recommende d . Seasonally adjusted gasoline
If premium gasoline is not available, you can also Many gasoline grades are blended to perform es-
use reg ula r gaso line 87 AKI/ 91 RON. Howeve r pecially well for w inter or summe r dr iving . Dur-
this does reduce t he e ngine powe r s light ly. ing seasonal change-ove r, we s ugges t that yo u
fill up at busy gas stat ions w here t he seasona l
(D Note adjus t ment is mo re likely t o be made in t ime .
- Filling the t ank ju st one time with leaded
fuel or other meta llic additives will cause (D Note
permanent de t e riorat ion to the catalyt ic - Metha nol fuels which do not meet these re-
conve rt er func t ion. quirements may cause cor rosion and dam -
- Whe n gasol ine with an oc t ane rati ng that is age t o plas tic a nd rubber com ponen t s in t he
too low is used, high speeds or heavy engi ne fue l system.
load can lead to engi ne da mage. - Do not use f ue ls that fa il t o meet the speci -
fie d cr iteri a in th is chap t er.
220
Ch e c k ing an d Filling
- If you are unable to determine whether or Refueling

not a particular fuel blend meets the speci-
ficat ions, ask your service station or its fuel Fuel filler neck
supplier.
The fue l filler neck is located on the right rea r
- Do not use fuel for which the contents can- side panel behind t he fuel filler flap .
not be identified.
- Fuel system damage and performance prob- You can find the fuel tan k capacity of your vehicle
lems resulting from the use of fue ls differ- in ¢ page 277 .
ent from those specified are not the respon- The label on the inside of the fuel filler flap tells
sibility of Audi and are not covered under you the correct fuel for your vehicle. For more in-
the New Vehicle or the Emission Control format ion about fuel spec ificat ions, see
System Warrant ies . ¢ page 220 .
- If you experience a loss of fue l economy or
driveability and performance problems due Your vehicle fuel tank has an on board refuelling
to the use of one of these fuel blends, we vapor recovery system. This feature helps to pre-
recommend that you switch to unblended vent fuel vapors from escaping from t he tank and
fuel. polluting the environme nt while you refue l your
vehicle. In orde r to fill t he tank properly while
prot ect ing t he environmen t , please follow th is
Gasoline additives
refueling procedure carefully.
A major concern among many auto manufactur-
A WARNING
ers is carbon deposit build-up caused by the type
of gasoline you use. Under normal operating conditions, never car-
-
ry additional fuel containers in your car. Gas
Although gasoline grades differ from one manu -
canisters and other containers used to trans -
facturer to another, t hey have cert ain things in
port fue l can be dange rous. Such containe rs,
common . All gasoline grades contain substances
full or empty, may leak and could cause a fire
that can cause deposits to collect on vital engine
in a collision. If you must transpo rt fuel to
parts, such as fue l injectors and intake valves. Al-
use for your lawn mower, snow blower, etc .,
though most gasoline brands include additives to
be very carefu l and always observe local and
keep engine and fuel systems clean, they are not
sta t e laws rega rding t he use, tr anspo rta t ion
equally effective .
and stor age of such fuel cont ainers. Make cer-
Audi recommends using TOPTIERDetergent Gas- tai n the contai ner meets industry standard s
oline. For more informat ion on TOPTIERDeter- (ANSI/ASTM F85 2 - 86).
gent Gasoline, please go to the official website
(www.toptiergas .com). CDNote
After an extended period of using inadequate Never drive your vehicle until the fue l t ank is
fuels, carbon deposit build-ups can rob your en- complete ly empty. The irreg ular su pply of
gine of peak performance. fuel can cause misfiring. Gasoline could ent er
the exhaust system and damage the catalytic
CDNote converter.
Damage or malfunction due to poor fuel qual-
ity is not covered by the Audi New Vehicle
Limited Warranty.
"'
....
"'
N
"N....
0
0
Vl
'<f
221
Checking and Filling
Fueling procedure The fuel tank capacity of your ve hicle is listed in

t he Technical Data section c>pag e 2 77.
A WARNING
Fuel ignites easily and can cause serious burns
and other injuries.
- For safety reasons, we recommend not car-
rying fuel containers. The conta iner could be
damaged in an acc ident and leak fuel.
- Follow legal requirements when using, stor -
ing and transporting fuel containers .
Fig. 159 Right rear vehicle side: opening the fuel fi ller
doo r
A WARNING
The vehicle must not be refueled with a re-
serve canister due to the risk of fire.
(D Note
- Remove any overflowing fuel from the vehi-
cle paint immediate ly.
- Never drive unti l the fuel tank is complete ly
empty. The irregular supply of fue l that re-
Fig. 160 Right rear side of t he vehicle : fue l pump nozzle sults from that can cause engine misfires.
engaged Uncombusted fuel will enter the exhaust
system and increase the risk of damage to
The fuel filler door is unlocked or locked by the the catalytic converter .
central locking system. - Never insert any portable nozz les, funnels
~ Press on the fuel filler door to open -arrow- or after -market containers into the fuel fill-
c>fig. 159. Your vehicle comes with a new tank er neck .
system without a cap . - Do not pry open the fuel filler neck forceful-
• Insert the fuel pump nozzle all the way into the ly or press against it with foreign objects to
tank fi ller neck c>fig. 160. Make sure it is cor- open the tank system .
rectly locked in place .
• Begin fueling. Once the pump nozzle switches
off , the fue l tank is "full". Do not fi ll the tank Do not overfill the fuel tank, otherwise fuel
more . Othe rwise the expansion space in the can leak out when the veh icle is warming up .
ta nk will be filled .
• Pull th e pump nozz le out of th e tank filler neck @ Tips
five s econds after it has switched off, so that If adverse weather conditions cause the fuel
the rest of the fuel can flow out of the pump filler door to freeze shut, press on the center
noz zle into the filler neck. of the filler door with the heel of your hand
• Close fuel filler door until it latches . and then try open ing it aga in.
The correct fuel type for your vehicle can be

found on a label located on the inside of t he fuel
@ Tips
filler door . For add it ional information on fuel, re- - Your vehicle is equipped with a misfueling
fer to c>page 220 . guard . It allows the vehicle to be fueled on -
ly with the correct fuel pump nozzle. IJII.
222
Ch e c k ing an d Filling
- A worn or damaged nozzle or a nozz le that - To protect your face, hands, and arms from
is too small may not be ab le to open the hot steam or coolant, cover the cap with a
diesel misfueling protector. If this is the large cloth when opening.
case, try turning the no zzle before inserting - Do not remove the engine cover under any
it in the fuel fi ller neck, use a different fue l circumstances. This increases the risk of
pump or see an authorized Audi dea ler or burns.
authorized Audi Serv ice Facility for ass is- - If tests need to be performed with the en-
tance . g ine running, there is add it ional danger due
to moving components (such as the ribbed
Engine compartment belt, alternator and radiator fan) and from
the high voltage ignition system .
Working in the engine compartment
- Do not press the accelerator pedal inadver -
Special care is required if you are working in th e tently if a gear is selected when the vehicle
engine compartment is stationary and the engine is running. Oth-
erwise the vehicle will start to move imme-
For work in the engine compa rtmen t, such as
d iate ly and could result in a crash .
checking and filling fluid s, ther e is a risk of in-
- Pay attent ion to the following warnings list-
jur y, scalding, accident s, and burns. For this
ed when work on the fue l system or on the
reason, f ollow all the foll owing li sted warning s
elec t rical equipmen t is required.
and general safety precaution s. The engi ne
- Always disconnect the vehicle battery
compart ment is a dangerous area. c::> &.
from the vehicle electrical system.
A WARNING - Do not smoke.
- Never work near open flames.
- Turn the engine off.
= Always have a working fi re extinguisher
- Switch the ignition off .
nearby
- Set the parking brake.
- To reduce the risk of electric shock and in-
- Select the P selector lever pos ition .
jury, never touch the following components
- Let the engine coo l down. when the engine is running or is being start-
- Never open the engine compa rtment lid ed :
when you see that steam or coolant drips
- Ign it ion cable
from the eng ine compartment- t here is a
- Other components in the e lectronic high
danger of burns! Wait unti l no steam or
voltage ign ition system
coolant flows out .
- If you must check or perform work on the
- Keep children away from the engine com-
engine wh ile it is running:
partment.
- Set the parking brake first and se lect the P
- Never spill flu ids on a hot engine. These flu-
(Park) selector lever position.
ids (such as the freeze protection contained
in the coolant) can catch fire. - Always proceed w ith extreme caution so
that clothing, jewelry or long hair do not
- Avoid sho rt circu its in the e lectrical system,
become caught in the radiator fan, fan
especially the battery .
belt or other moving components or do
- When working in the engine compartment ,
not come into contact with hot compo-
remember that the radiator fan can sw itch
nents. Tie back long hair before beginning
on even if the ign ition is switched off, which
work and do not wear clothing that can
increases the risk of personal injury .
hang down into the engine .
- Never open the cap on the coolant expan-
"'
....
"' sion tank when the engine is warm . The
- Limit your exposure to exhaust and chemi-
N
&.
cals to as short a time as possible c::>
"N.... cooling system is under pressure.
0
0
Vl
'<f
22 3
Che ck ing and Filling
Opening the engine compartment lid

_& WARNING
California Proposit ion 65 Warning: Requireme nt: t he igni t ion must be switched on.
- Engine exhaust, some of its constituents, ~ Pull the sw itch . The eng ine compartment lid
and certain vehicle components contain or opens Q ,& .
emit chemicals known to the State of Cali-
Closing the engine compartment lid
fornia to cause cancer and birth defects and
reproduct ive harm. In addition, certain fl u- ~ Push the engine compartment lid down until it
ids contained in veh icles and certain prod- locks into place ¢ ,& .
ucts of compo nent wear contain or emit
chemicals known to the State of California _&.WARNING -
to cause cance r and birth defects or other
- Never ope n the eng ine compartment lid
rep roductive harm.
when yo u see tha t steam or coo lant dr ips
- Battery posts, termina ls and re lated acces-
from the engine compartmen t- there is a
so ries contain lead and lead compounds,
danger of bur ns! Wait un t il no steam or
chemica ls known to the Sta t e of California coo lant flows out.
to cause cance r and rep rodu ct ive ha rms.
- For safety reaso ns, t he engine compa rtment
Wash hands after handling.
lid must always be closed sec urely wh ile
driving . Because of t his, a lways chec k the
(D Note
engine compartment lid after closing it to
When filling flu ids, be sure not to mix the flu- make sure it is latched correctly. When
ids up. Otherwise severe ma lfunctions and en- latched correctly, the eng ine compartment
gine dam age will occur. lid will be flush with the other body pane ls.
@ For the sake of the environment @ Tips

You shou ld regularly check t he ground under An emergency release can be used if the en-
your vehicle in o rder to detect leaks qu ickly. If gine compartment lid cannot be released with
t here a re visible sp ots fro m oil or other flui d s, the sw itch ¢ page 224.
bring your vehicle to an a utho rized Aud i de al-
er or author ized Audi Service Facility t o be
Engine compartment lid emergency release
checked.
The emergency release loop is located under the
Opening/closing the engine compartment trim panel behind the front passenger's seat.
lid
The engine compartment lid is released from the

interior.
Fig. 162 Front passe nge r's seat: emergency release loop
~ Pull the loop forward to release the engine

compa rt ment lid. The engine compa rt ment lid
Fig. 16 1 Driver's side: unlocking t he e ngine compartment opens ¢ ,& in Opening/closing t he engine
lid
compartment lid on page 224.
224
Engine compartment overview
The most important check points .
Fig. 16 3 Typical layout of the reservo ir and t he eng ine oil f iller ope nin g
(D Eng ine o il filling opening ...... . 227 If you have to top off the oi l between oil changes,
@ Coolant exp a ns ion tank (- l) 229 use the Audi oil qua lity standard specified in the
table.
A WARNING
Audi oil quality standard
Read and follow all WARNINGS before check -
Gasoline VW S02 00 or
ing anythi ng in the engine compartment
engine vw 50 4 00
<=?page223.
Aud i recommends
I~La;'{g
~IJ;castrot Prf!JF.EY:lr1;v.!l.
Engine oil
Audi recommends Longlife high performance
Engine oil specifications engine oil from Audi Genuine Part s
The engine oil used must conform to exact speci- Using the proper eng ine oil is important for the
fications . functionality and service life of the engine. Your
engine was factory -filled with a hig h-qua lity oil
The service interva l display in the instrument
which can us ually be used throughout the entire
cluster of your ve hicle w ill inform you when it is
year.
time for an oil change . We recommend that you
CD
have your oil changed by an autho rized Aud i Serv- (D Note
....
CD
N
ice Advisor .
Your Limited New Vehicle Wa rranty does not
"....
N
cover damage or ma lf unct ions due to fa ilure
0
0
"'
'SI"
225
to follow recommended maintenance and use t he amo unt of oil dilution from wate r condensa-
requirements as set forth in the Audi Owner's tion or fuel resid ue and the oxidation level of the
Manual and Warranty & Maintenance booklet . oil. As any engine is subject to wear as mileage
- Use only a high quality eng ine oil that ex- builds up, the oil consumption may increase over
pressly complies with the Audi oil quality time unt il replacement of worn components may
standard specified for your vehicle's engine. become necessary.
Using any other oil can cause serious engine
With all these variables coming into play, no
damage.
standard rate of oil consumption can be estab-
- Do not mix any lubricants or other additives lished or spec ified . There is no alternative to reg-
into the engine oil. Doing so can cause en- ular and frequent checking of the oil level, see
gine damage. Note .
{D)Tips If the yellow engine oil level warning symbo l El

If you need to add oil and there is none availa- in the instrument cluster lights up, you shou ld
ble that meets the Audi oil quality standard check the oil level as soon as poss ible
Q page 22 7. Top off t he oil at your ea rliest con-
your eng ine requires, you may add a tota l of
no more t han 0.5 qt (0,5 l) of a high-quality venience Q page 227 .
"synthet ic"oil that meets the following speci-
fications.
&_ WARNING
- ACEA A3 or API SM wit h a viscosity grade of Before you check anythi ng in t he engine com-
SAE OW-30, SAE SW-30 or SAE SW-40. part me nt, always read and heed all WARN-
- For more information about engine oil t hat INGS ¢page 223 .
has been approve d for your vehicle, please
contact eithe r your authori zed Audi dea ler (D Note
or Audi Custome r Relations at Driving wit h an insuff icient oil level is likely t o
1 (800) 822- 28 34 or visit our web sit e at cause severe damage to the eng ine.
www.audiusa.com or www.audicanada.ca.
(D Tips
Engine oil consumption - The oil pressure warning display. is not
an indicator of the oil level. Do not rely on
The engine in y our vehicle depends on an ade-
it. Instead, check the oil level in your en-
quate amount of oil to lubricate and cool all of
gine at regular intervals, preferably each
its moving parts.
time you refuel, and always before going
In order to provide effective lubrication and cool- on a long trip.
ing of int ernal en gine components, all int ernal - If you have t he impress ion your engine con-
comb ustion engines consume a certain amount sumes excessive amounts of oil, we recom-
of oil. Oil consumption varies from engine to en- mend that you consult an authorized Audi
gine and may change significant ly over the life of dea ler to have the cause of your concern
the engine. Typically,engines with a specified properly diagnosed. Keep in mind that the
break-in per iod (see Q page 54) consume more accurate measurement of oil consumption
oil duri ng the break- in period than they consume requires great care and may take some
afte r oil consump t ion has stabilized. t ime. An autho rized Audi dealer has instruc-
t ions about how to measu re oil consump-
Under norma l conditions, the rate of oil con-
t ion accurate ly.
sumpt ion depends on the quality and viscosity of
the oil, the RPM(revolutions per minute) at
which the eng ine is opera t ed, the ambient tem-
perat ure and road cond itions. Further factors are
226
Checking the engine oil level • Turn the engine off.

• Unscrew the cap~ for the engine oil fi lling
The engine oil level can be checked in the Info-
open ing ¢ page 225 , fig. 163 .
tainment system
• Carefully add 0.5 quart (0. 5 liter) of the correct
• Park your vehicle on a level surface . oil ¢ page225.
• Let t he engine run at idle . "' Check the oil level again after two minutes
¢ page 22 7, Checking the engine oil level .
• Wait approx imately two minutes .
• Select in the Infotainment system : the IMENU I "' Add mo re o il if necessary .
button > left cont rol but t on > Service & check s "' Close the eng ine oil filler open ing cap.
> Oil level
• Check the oil leve l in the Infotainmen t system _& WARNING
display. - When adding oil, do not let o il dr ip onto hot
e ngine component s . There could be risk of a
The engine oil consumpt io n may be up to 1 quart
fire.
pe r 60 0 miles (0.8 liter/1,000 km), depe nding
- You mus t secure the cap on the oil filler
on dr iving style and operat ing cond itions. Con-
open ing correctly so that oil does not leak
sumption may be higher during t he first
out onto the hot engine and exhaust system
3,000 mi les (5,000 km) . Because of this, the en-
when the engine is runn ing, beca use this is
g ine oil level must be checked regu larly. It wou ld
a fire hazard.
be best to check each time you refue l your vehicle
- Always clean skin thoroughly if it comes into
and before long drives.
contact with eng ine oil.
(D Tips
The oil level indicator in the Infota inment sys-
(D Note
tem display is on ly an informational display. - Check the oil level in t he Infotai nment sys-
If the oil level is too low, a minimum oil warn- tem. If the message l!I Please redu ce oil
ing appears in t he instrument cluster . Add oil level appea rs, contact an authorized Audi
and close the eng ine com partment lid . The dealer or author ized Audi Service Facility to
curr ent o il level is displayed in t he Infotain- have excess oil ext racted if necessary .
men t system t he next time the ignit io n is - Do not mix any addit io nal lubr icants into
sw itche d on. the engine oil. Damage cause by such addi-
tives is not covered by the warranty .
Adding engine oil~

(® For the sake of the environment
- Oil sho uld never enter the sewer system or
come into contact with the ground.
- Pay attention to lega l requirements when
disposing of empty oil conta iners.
Changing the engine oil
We recommend that have your oil changed by an

authorized Audi dealer or a qualified service sta-
Fig. 16 4 Engine co mpartment: engine oil f iller ope ning
tion.
cover
Before you check anything in the engine compart-
CD
A ment, always read and heed all WARNINGS¢ ,&.

CD
~ Observe the safety precautions ¢ in Working
~ in the engine comportment on page 223. in Working in the engine compartment on
0
0 page 223. ..,.
"'
'SI'
227
The engine oil must be changed according to the

intervals specifi ed in your Warranty & Mainte-
(D Note
nance booklet . This is very important because the Neve r mix oil additives with yo ur engine oil.
lubricat ing propert ies of oil diminish gradually These additives can damage your engine and
during normal vehicle use. adverse ly affect you r Audi Limited New Vehi-
cle War ranty.
Under some circ umstances the engine oi l should
be changed more frequently. Change oil mo re of- @ For the sake of the environment
t en if you drive most ly short distances, operate
- Before chang ing you r oi l, first make sure
t he vehicle in dusty areas or under predominantly
you know where you can properly dispose of
stop -and -go traffic cond it ions, or have your vehi -
t he used oil.
cle where temperatures remain below freezing
- Always dispose of used engine oil properly .
for extended periods .
Do not dump it on garden soil, wooded
Detergent additives in the oil will make fresh oil areas, into open streams or down sewage
look dark after the eng ine has been run ning for a dra ins .
short t ime. This is normal and is not a reason t o - Recycle used engine oil by tak ing it to a used
change the oil mo re often than recommended . eng ine oil collect ion fac ility in you r area , or
Because of the problem of proper disposal, along contact a service station .
with the special tools a nd necessary expertise re -
qu ired, we strongly recommend that you have Cooling system
your oil changed by an autho rized Audi dealer o r
Coolant
a qualifie d se rvice station .
The eng ine cooling system is filled with a mixtu re
If you choose to change your o il yourself, please
of purified water and coolant additive at the fac -
note the following important information:
to ry. This coolant must not be not changed .
.,&.WARNING -
The coo lant level is monitored thro ugh the . in-
To re d uce t he risk of pe rsonal injury if you dicator light <=)
page 12. However, we do recom-
mu st change t he engine oil in your ve hicle mend occasionally checking the coolant leve l
yourse lf: manua lly.
- Wear eye p rotection . If you must add coo lant, use a mixture of water
- To reduce t he risk of burns from hot engine and coolant additive. Mixing the coo lant additive
oil, let the eng ine cool down to t he t ou ch. with dist illed water is recommended.
- When removing the oil drain pl ug wit h your
finge rs, stay as far away as poss ible. Always Coolant additive
keep you r fo rearm paralle l to t he groun d to The coo la nt additive is m ade of an t i-free zing and
help prevent ho t o il from runni ng do wn you r corrosion prot ection agents. Only use the follow -
arm. ing coolant additives. These additives may be
- Drai n the oil into a con t ainer des igned for mixed with each other .
t his pu rpose , one large eno ugh t o hold at
least t he total a moun t of oil in your en gi ne. Coolant additive Specification
- Engine oil is poisono us. Keep it well ou t of Gl 3 TL 774 J
t he reach of ch ild ren. Gl 2++ TL 774 G
- Cont inuo us con tac t w ith used engi ne oil is
The amount of coolant additive that needs to be
harmful to your s kin. Always protec t your
mixed wit h water de pends o n the clima t e where
skin by washing oil off t horough ly w it h soap
the ve hicle w ill be operated. If the coo lant add i-
and water .
tive pe rcen t age is too low, t he coolant ca n free ze
and damage the e ng ine . ll>
228
Coolant addi- Freeze protec- Checking the engin e coolant level

tive tion .,. Park your veh icle on a level s urface .
Warm reg ions min . 40%, m in. -13 °F .,.sw itch the ignition off .
max . 45% (-25 °C) .,. Let the eng ine cool down.
Cold regions min . 50%, max . -40 °F .,. Place a cloth over the coolant expansion tank
max. 55% (-40 °C) cap and unscrew the cap counterclockwise
¢ &_.
([) Note .,. Read the coolant level using the dipstick . The
dipstick may only stick out over the edge of the
- Before the start of winter, have your author -
coo lant expansion tank a maximum of 0 .39 in
ized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Se rvice
(1cm) when the engine is cool.
Facility check if the coolant additive in your
vehicle matches the percentage appropriate Adding coolant
for the climate. This is especially important
.,.Add coo lant m ixed in the correct rat io
when driving in colder climates.
¢ page 228.
- If the appropriate coolant additive is not
.,. Make sure that the f luid level remains stable .
available in an emergency, do not add any
Add more coolant if necessary .
other additive. You could damage the en -
.,.Close the cap sec urely .
gine . If this happens, only use wate r and re-
store the correct mixture ratio with the A coolant loss suggests a leak . Immediately drive
spec ified coolant additive as soon as possi - you r vehicle to an authorized Audi dealer or au-
ble. thorized Audi Serv ice Facility and have the cool-
- Only refill with new coo lant. ing system inspected. If the cool ing system is no t
- Radiator sealant must not be mixed with lea king , a loss can come from the coo lant boiling
the coo lant . through overheat ing and being pushed out of the
cooling system .
(D} Tips
In certain weather cond itions, water can A WARNING
evaporate on the rad iator and exit the side- The cooling system is pressur ized and can be-
blades as steam after stopping the e ngine. come very hot. To reduce the risk of burns
from hot coolant:
Adding coolant - Do not open the coolant expansion tank cap
with the eng ine hot . There is a risk of burns.
- Stop the engine and a llow it to cool.
- Protect you r face, hands and arms from es-
caping coolant and steam by covering the
coo lant tank cap with a large, thick cloth.
- Turn the coolant tank cap counterclockwise
slowly and keep light pressure on the cap .
- To reduce the risk of burns, do not allow any
antifreeze or coo lant to drip onto the ex-
haust system or hot engine components.
Fig. 165 Engine co mpar tmen t : m arkings on t he coo lant The ethylene glycol in engine coolant can
expa nsion tank
catch fire under certain circumstances .
- The coolant additive and the coolant can be
CD Observe the safety precau t ions ¢ A in Working
....
CD
N in the engine comportment on page 223 .
dangerous to your health . For this reason,
"....
N keep the coolant in the original container
0
0
"'
'SI"
229
away from children . There is a risk of leve l should also be checked each time the bat-
poisoning . tery is charged ¢ page 232.
- When working in the engine compartment, Have t he ba tte ry checked when you bring your ve-
remember that the rad iator fan can sw itch hicle in for a n inspection . It is a good idea to re -
on even if the ign ition is switched off, which place the battery if it is more than S yea rs old .
increases the risk of personal injury.
Somet imes whe n the airbags deploy, the bat t ery
{(D Note will be di scon nected from the vehicle elec tr ical
system fo r safety reasons ¢ .&. in Repair, care
Do not add coolant if the expansion tank is
and disposal of the airbags on page 195.
empty. Air could enter the cooling system and
damage the engine. If this is the case, do not Disconnecting the battery
cont inue driving. See an authorized Audi deal-
The bat t ery should not be disco nnected . Several
er or author ized Audi Service Facility for assis-
vehicle functions (powe r windows, for examp le)
t ance .
will be lost when the battery is disconnec t ed . The
funct ions m ust be reprogrammed after connect -
Brake fluid ing the battery . To avoid t his, the bat t ery sho uld
on ly be disconnected from the vehicle electrical
Changing the brake fluid
system when it is absolute ly necessary.
The brake fluid level is also mon itored t hrough
an ind icator light in the Infotainment system dis- Not running the vehicle for long periods of
time
play ¢ page 11 .
If you do not d rive your vehicle for severa l days or
Brake fluid is rep laced during an inspection by an
weeks, e lectrica l consumers are grad ually scaled
author ized Audi dealer or author ized Audi Service
back or sw itched off. This reduces energy use and
Facility . These facilities are equipped with the re-
ensures the vehicle will be ab le to start after long
qu ired special tools and replacement parts. They
per iods of time ¢ page 87 . Some convenience
a lso have the necessary techn ica l knowledge a nd
funct ions, such as interio r ligh ti ng or power seat
a re equipped to d ispose of used fl uids.
adjustment, may not be avai lab le unde r certain
Refer to the maintenance sched ule for when the circu ms t ances . These convenience functions will
nex t brake fl uid change is d ue. be available again on ce you swit ch t he ign itio n on
and sta rt the engi ne.
A WARNING
- Winter operation
If the brake f luid is too low , bubbles may
form in t he brake system during heavy bra k- A lot of st ress is placed on the battery during
ing. This wou ld impair braking perfo rma nce cold weat he r, which resu lts in reduced sta rting
and driving safety, which increases the risk of ability. Have t he bat t ery checked and rec harge d if
an acc ident. ne cessary before the cold wea t her beg ins.
Battery A WARNING
-
- Wor k on the battery requires expert know l-
General information edge . Contact an author ized Audi dealer or
author ized Audi Service Facility for info rma-
The battery in your Audi does not need any main-
tion regarding the vehicle batte ry. There is a
tenance unde r normal operat ing cond itions . Audi
risk for chemical burns or explosions.
recommends having t he e lectrolyte leve l check
- Never ope n the vehicle batte ry. Do not try to
by an au t hor ized Audi d ealer or au t ho rized Aud i
change the battery elect rolyte level. Other-
Serv ice Facility whe n t here a re high out side tem-
wise explos ive gas w ill escape from the ~
pe rat ures or when driving a ll day. The elect rolyte
230
battery and increase the risk of an explo- - Always wear gloves and eye protection. Do
sion. not tilt the battery because acid could leak
out of the ventilation openings.
Working on the battery - If you get battery acid in your eyes or on
your skin, immediately rinse with cold wa-
Be especially careful when working on or near ter for several minutes and get medical at-
the battery. tention.
- If you should ingest any battery acid, seek
The battery is located in the luggage compart-
medical attention immediately.
ment under the floor. Before you check anything
in the luggage compartment, read and heed all - Do not expose the battery to an open flame,
WARNINGS~ .&_. electric sparks or an open light.
- Do not smoke.
Always heed the safety warnings , when working - Do not interchange the positive and nega-
on the vehicle battery or the vehicle electrical tive cables.
system to prevent injury. - When working on the battery, be sure not to
short-circuit the terminals with tools or oth-
The following WARNINGS are very important
when working on the battery: er metal objects. This would cause the bat-
tery to heat up very quickly, which could
Always heed the following WARNING SYM- lead to damage or explosion and personal
BOLSand safety precautions when working on injury .
the battery. - When a battery is charged, it produces hy-
Always wear eye protection. drogen gas which is explosive and could
® cause personal injury.
- Alwayskeep the battery well out of the
Battery acid contains sulfuric acid. Al-
A ways wear gloves and eye protection.
No
-
reach of children .
Before work is done on the electrical sys-
@ - sparks
tem, disconnect the negative ground cable.
- flames - Before performing any work on the electri-
- smoking. cal system, switch off the engine and igni-
tion as well as any electrical equipment. The
When a battery is charged, it produces
~ hydrogen gas which is explosive and
negative cable on the battery must be dis-
connected. If you are just going to replace a
could cause personal injury.
light bulb, then it is enough to switch off
Always keep the battery well out of
® reach of children. -
the lights.
Before disconnecting the battery, switch off
the anti-theft alarm system! Otherwise you
.8, WARNING - will set off the alarm.
Whenever working on the battery or on the - When disconnecting the battery, first dis-
electrical system, there is the risk of injury, connect the negative cable and then the
accident and even fire. Read and heed the fol- positive cable.
lowing WARNINGS: - Before reconnecting the battery, make sure
-Always wear eye protection. Do not let bat- all electrical consumers are switched off.
tery acid or any lead particles get on your Reconnect the positive cable first and then
skin or clothing. Shield your eyes. Explosive the negative cable. Never interchange the
gases can cause blindness or other injury. cables - this could start a fire!
"'
....
"'
N - Battery acid contains sulfuric acid. Sulfuric
"N.... acid can cause blindness and severe burns.
0
0
Vl
'<f
231
Che ck ing and Filling
- Never charge a frozen or a thawed-out bat-

tery . It could explode! If a battery has fro-
zen, then it must be rep laced. A discharged
battery can freeze over at 32 °F (0 °C).
- Make sure the vent hose is always attached
to the opening on the side of the battery.
- Never use batteries which are damaged.
There is the danger of an explos ion! Always
rep lace a damaged battery .
Fig. 16 7 Luggage compa rtment: connectors for a cha rge r
A WARNING
and jum p start cables
California Proposit ion 65 Warning: .,.Read the warnings ¢ A in Working on the bat-
- Battery posts, termina ls and re lated acces- tery on page 231 and q &_.
sories contain lead and lead compounds, .,.Switch off the ignition and all electr ical equip-
chemicals known to the State of California ment.
to cause cancer and rep roduct ive problems. .,.Open the luggage compartment lid . ¢ page 32
Wash hands after handling. .,.Fold the tr im panel forward . ¢ fig. 166
.,.Clamp the charger terminal clamps to the jump
(D Note start pins according to the instructions
- Do not d isconnect the ve hicle battery when ¢ fig. 16 7.
the ignit io n is o n or when the engine is run- .,. Now insert the power cable for the charging de -
ning, otherw ise, you will damage electronic vice into the socket and switch the device on.
componen t s in the ele ct rical system. .,.At the end of the chargi ng process, switch the
- If your vehicle is going to stand for a long charger off and pull the power cable out of the
period of time without be ing dr iven , protect socket.
the battery from "free zing", ot herwise it .,. Now remove the charging device term inal
will be da mage d an d will t hen have t o be re- clamps .
placed. .,.Close the luggage compartme nt lid .¢ page 32
A drained battery can freeze at temperatures

Charging the battery around 32 QF (0 QC).A frozen or thawed out bat -
Connections for charging the bat tery are Located te ry must no longer be used . The bat t ery housing
in the Luggage compartment. could be cracked by the formation of ice, wh ich
could cause battery acid to leak out ~ .&_.
Charging the battery

Only use chargers with a maximum charging
voltage of 14 .8 V. The battery connecting cab les
do not need to be disconnected. Do not open the
batte ry whe n cha rging.
Read all of the manufacturer's instructions for
the charger befo re charting the battery .
Fig. 16 6 Luggage compartment: battery cover

A WARNING
- Due to the risk of an explosion, a frozen bat -
tery m ust not be charged and should be re-
placed. ~
232
- Do not connect or disconnect the charging - Battery mounts and clamps must always be
cable while charging because this increases secured correctly.
the risk of an explosion. - Read and follow the warnings under
c>page 2 31, Working on the battery before
@ Tips performing any work on the battery .
Only charge the battery using the connections
in the luggage compartment.
~ Batteries contain polluting substances such
as sulfuric acid and lead . They must be dis-
Replacing the battery
posed of according to disposal regulations.
Have the battery replaced by an authori zed Audi Do not dispose of them in household trash.
dealer or authorized Service Facility. Make sure the removed battery cannot tip
over, otherwise sulfuric acid will leak out.
Your vehicle is equipped with an intelligent ener-
gy management system for distributing electrici-
ty c>page 87. The battery charges better in Windshield washer
vehicles with the energy management system system
than in vehicles without the system . To ensure
that the additional power is available after re-
placing the battery, replacing with the same type
of battery from the same manufacturer (like the
battery that was delivered with the vehicle) is
recommended. An authorized Audi dealer or au-
thorized Audi Service Facility must code the bat-
tery in the energy management system so that
the energy management functions can be used
correctly again after the battery is replaced.
Fig. 168 Water drip tray : washer fluid reservo ir cover
The new battery must have the same capacity,
voltage (12-volts), amperage, construction and The washer fluid reservoir W contains the wind-
plug sealing. shield washer fluid. The reservoir capacity is
found in c>page277 .
When installing the battery, make sure the igni-
tion and all electrical consumers are sw itched To reduce the risk of lime scale deposits on the
off . spray no zzles, use clean water with low amounts
of calcium. Always add window cleaner to the wa-
CDNote ter . When the outside temperatures are cold , an
- Vehicles with, for examp le, the Start/Stop anti-freez ing agent should be added to the water
system• are equipped with a special deep so that it does not freeze.
cycle battery (such an AGM or an EFB bat-
tery). Installing a different type of battery CDNote
can cause problems in the vehicle electrical - The concentration of anti-freez ing agent
system. When replacing the vehicle battery, must be adjusted to the vehicle operat ing
always install one with the same specifica- conditions in the respective climate . A con-
tions as the orig inal battery . centration that is too high can lead to vehi-
- Make sure that the gas venting hose is al- cle damage.
CD ways connected to the orig inal opening on - Never add radiator anti-freeze or other addi-
....
CD
N the battery side. Otherwise gasses or bat- tives to the washer fluid. .,.
"....
N
tery acid could leak out.
0
0
"'
'SI'
233
- Do not use a glass cleaner that contains

paint solvents, because this could damage
the pa int .
Service interval display

The service interval display detects when your ve-
hicle is due for service.
The service interva l display works in two stages:

- Inspection or oil change reminder : after a cer-
tain distance driven, a message appears in the
Infotainment system display each time the ig-
nition is switched on or off. The remaining dis-
tance or time is displayed briefly.
- Inspection or oil change due: if your vehicle
has reached an inspection or oil change interval
or both intervals at the same time, the mes-
sage Inspection due! or Oil change due! or Oil
change and inspection due! appears briefly af-
ter switching the ignition on/off .
Checking service intervals
You can check the remaining distance or time un-

til the next oil change or next inspection. Select
in the Infotainment system: the !MENU ! button>
Vehicle > left control button > Service & checks >
Service intervals.
{[) Note
- Following the service intervals is critical to
maintain ing the service life and value of
your vehicle, especially the engine. Even if
the mileage on the vehicle is low, do not ex-
ceed the time for the next service.
- Calculating the t ime to the next oil change
is interrupted when the vehicle battery is
disconnected. If the vehicle is not driven for
a long period of time, check t he ma inte-
nance schedule so that you can follow the
maintenance intervals .
234
Wheels
Wheels and braking ability. If summer

Wheels and Tires tires are used in very cold
temperatures, cracks can form
General information
on the tread bars, resulting in
.,.Check your tires regularly for permanent tire damage that
damage (punctures, cuts, cracks can cause loud driving noise
and bulges). Remove foreign ob- and unbalanced tires.
jects from the tire tread. -Burnished, polished or
.,.If driving over curbs or similar chromed rims must not be
obstacles, drive slowly and ap- used in winter driving condi-
proach the curb at an angle. tions. The surface of the rims
.,.Have faulty tires or rims re- does not have sufficient corro-
placed immediately. sion protection for this and
"'Protect your tires from oil, could be permanently dam-
grease and fuel. aged by road salt or similar
.,.Mark tires before remov ing substances.
them so that the same running
direction can be maintained if Tire designations
they are reinstalled.
"'Lay tires flat when storing and
store them in a cool, dry location
with as little exposure to light as
possible.
(D Note
-Please note that summer and

winter tires are designed for
the conditions that are typical
in those seasons. Audi recom-
mends using winter tires dur-
ing the winter months. Low
temperatures significantly de-
"'
...
"'
N crease the elasticity of summ- Fig. 169 Tire designation on the side-
"...
N
wall
0
0
er tires, which affects traction
...
"'
235
Wheels
(D Tires for passenger vehicles Speed rat- Maximum permitted speed

(if applicable) Ing
R up to 106 mph (170 km/h)
P indicat es a tire for a passenger s up to 110 mph (180 km/h)
vehicle. T indicates a tire desig- T up to 118 mph (190 km/h)
nated for temporary use. u up to 124 mph (200 km/h)

H up to 130 mph (210 km/h)
@ Nominal width V up to 149 mph (240 km/h)al
Nominal width of the tire be- z above 149 mph (240 km/h)al
w up to 168 mph (270 km/h) al
tween the sidewalls in millime- y up to 186 mph (300 km/h)al
ters. In general: the larger the
a) For t ires above 149 mph (240 km/h),
number, the wider the tire. tire manufact ur ers sometimes use the
code "ZR".
@ Aspect ratio
Height/width ratio expressed as a (j) US DOT number (TIN) and
manufacture date
percentage.
The manufacture date is listed on
@ Tire construction
the tire sidewall (it may only ap-
R indicates a radial tire. pear on the inner side of the tire):
® Rim diameter DOT ... 2216 ...
Size of the rim diameter in inches. for example, means that the tire
@ Load index and speed rating was produced in the 22nd week of
the year 2016.
The load index indi cates the tire's
load-carrying capacity. @ Audi Original equipment
tires
The speed rating indicates the
maximum permitted speed ¢ & in Audi Original equipment tires
Win ter tires on page 250 . with the designation "A O" have
been specially matched to your
"EXTRA LOAD", "xl" or "RF" indi-
Audi. When used correctly, these
cates that the tire is reinforced or
tires meet the highest standards
is an Extra Load tire.
of safety and handling. An au-
Speed rat- Maximum permitted speed
thorized Audi dealer or author-
ing
p up to 93 mph (150 km/h) ized Audi Service Facility will be
Q up to 99 mph (160 km/h)
236
Wheels
happy to provide more informa- @ Running direction

tion. @ Maximum permitted
® Mud and snow capability inflation pressure
"M/5" or "M+S" indicates the tire This numbe r ind icates the maxi-
is suitable for driving on mud and mum pressure to wh ich a ti re can
snow . ~ indicates a winter tire . be infl ated unde r normal operat-
ing conditions.
@ Composition of the tire cord
and materials Glossary of tire and loading
The number of plies indicates the terminology
number of rubberized fabric lay- Accessoryweight
ers in the tire. In genera l: the
means the comb ined we ight (in
mo re layers, the more weight a
excess of those standard items
tire can carry . Tire manufacturers
which may be replaced) of auto-
must also specify the materials
matic transmissio n, power steer-
used in the t ire . These include
ing , power brakes, power win-
stee l, nylon, polyester and other
dows, power seats, radio, and
materials .
heater, to the extent that these
@ Maximum permitted load items are available as facto ry-in-
This number indicates the max i- st alled equipment (whether in-
mum load in kilograms and stalled or not) .
pounds that the t ire can carry. Aspect ratio
@ Uniform tire quality grade means the ratio of the height to
standards for treadwear, the width of the tire in percen t .
traction and temperature
Numbers of 55 or lower indicate a
resistance
low s idewall for improved st ee r-
Tread wear, trac t ion and temper- ing response and better overa ll
ature ranges 9 page 251. handling on dry pavement.
Bead
a,
....
a, means the part of the tire that is
N
"....
N made of steel wires , wrapped or .,..
0
0
V'I
st
23 7
Wheels
reinforced by ply cords and that is "xl" , "EXTRA LOAD", or "RF" on

shaped to fit the rim . the sidewal l.
Bead separation Gross Axle Weight Rating

("GAWR")
means a breakdown of the bond
between components in the bead. means the load-carrying capacity
of a s ingle axle system, measured
Cord
at the tire-ground interfaces.
means the strands forming the
plies in the tire .
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
("GVWR")
Cold tire inflation pressure means the max imum total loaded
means the tire pressure recom- weight of the vehicle.
mended by the vehicle manufac-
Groove
turer for a tire of a designated
size that has not been driven for means the space between two ad -
more than a couple of miles (kilo- jacent tread ribs.
meters) at low speeds in the Load rating (code)
three hour per iod before the tire
means the maximum load tha t a
pressure is measured or adjusted .
tire is rated to carry for a given in-
Curb weight flation pressure . You may not find
means the weight of a motor ve- this informat ion on all tires be-
hicle with standard equipment in- ca use it is not requi red by law .
clud ing the maximum capacity of Maximum load rating
fuel, oil, and coolant, air condi-
means t he load rating for a t ire at
tioning and additional weight of
the maximum permiss ible infla-
optiona l equipment .
tion pressure for t hat tire.
Extra load tire
Maximum loaded vehicle
means a tire designed to operate weight
at highe r loads and at higher in- means the sum of:
flation pressures than the corre -
(a) Curb weight
sponding standard t ire. Extra load
tires may be identified as "XL",
(b) Accessory weight ...
23 8
Wheels
(c) Vehicle capacity we ight, and Production options weight

(d) Production options weight means the combined weight of
Maximum (permissible) those installed regular production
inflation pressure options weighing over 5 lbs (2.3
kg) in excess of those standard
means the maximum cold infla-
tion pressure to which a t ire may items wh ich they replace, not pre-
be inflated. Also called "maxi- viously considered in curb weight
mum inflation pressure." or accessory weight, including
heavy duty br akes, ride levelers,
Normal occupant weight roof rack , heavy dut y bat te ry, and
means 150 lbs (68 kg) times the special trim .
number of occupants seated in
Radial ply tire
the vehicle up to the tota l seating
means a pneumatic tire in which
capacity of your vehicle.
the ply cords that extend t o the
Occupant distribution beads ar e laid at substantia lly 90
means distribution of occupants degrees to the centerline of the
in a vehicle. tread.
Outer diameter Recommended inflation
pressure
means the overall diameter of an
inflated new tire . page 238, Cold tire infla-
see c:::>
tion pressure .
Overall width
means the linear dis t ance be- Reinforced tire
tween the exteriors of the side- means a t ire designed to operate
walls of an inflated tire, including at higher loads and at higher in-
elevations due to labeling, deco - fl at ion pressures than the corre-
rations, or protective bands or sponding standard tire. Rein-
ribs. forced tires may be iden t ified as
"X L" "xl" "EXTRA LOAD" or "RF"
I 1 I
Ply
on the sidewa ll. ..,
~ means a layer of rubber-coated
...
~ parallel cords .
...
0
0
V'I
st
239
Wheels
Rim maximum permissible road

means a metal s upport for a tire speeds ¢ A in Winter tires on
or a tire and tube assembly upon page 250 .
which the t ire beads are seated . Tire pressure monitoring
Rim diameter system*
means nomina l diameter of the means a system that detects

bead seat . If you change your when one or mo re of a vehicle's
wh eel size, you will have to pur- tires are underinflated and illumi -
chase new tires to match the new nates a low tire pressure war ning
rim d iameter . telltale .
Rim size designation Tread
means rim diameter and width. means that portion of a tire that
comes into contact wit h the road.
Rim width
Tread separation
means nomina l distance between
rim flanges . means pulling away of the tread
from the tire carcass .
Sidewall
Treadwear indicators (TWI)
means that portion of a t ire be-
twee n the tread and bead . means t he project ions wit hin t he
pr incipal grooves designed to give
Speed rating (letter code) a visua l indication of the degrees
means the speed at which a t ire is of wear of the tread . See
designed to be driven for extend- ¢ page 244, Treadwear indicator
ed periods of ti m e . The ratings for mo re information on meas ur-

range from 93 mph (150 km/h) ing tire wear.
to 186 mph (298 km/h) ¢ table
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
on page 236 . You may not find
this information on all tires be- is a tire informa t ion system devel -
cause it is not required by law. oped by the Unite d States Nation -
al Highway Traffic Safety Admin-
The speed rating letter code,
istration (NHTSA) that is designed
wh ere applicable, is molded on
the t ire sidewall and ind icates the
to help buyers make re lative ..
24 0
Wheels
comparisons among tires. The by the tire man ufact urer. This in-
UTQG is not a safety rating and formation is used to contact con-
not a guarantee that a tire will sumers if a tire defect requires a
last for a prescr ibed number of recall.
miles (kilometers) or perform in a
Vehicle capacity weight
certain way . It simply gives tire
means the rated cargo and lug-
buyers additional information to
gage load plus 150 lbs (68 kg)
combine with other considera -
times the vehic le's designated
tions, such as price, brand loyalty
seating capacity.
and dealer recommendations. Un-
der UTQG, tires are graded by the Vehicle maximum load on the
tire manu facturers in three areas: tire
treadwear, traction, and tempera - means that load on an individual
ture res istance. The UTQG infor- tire that is deter m ined by dist rib-
mation on the tires, molded into uting to each ax le its share of the
the sidewalls. maximum loaded vehicle weight
U.S. DOT Tire Identification an d dividing by two.
Number (TIN) Vehicle normal load on the tire
This is the t ire's "seria l number" . means that load on an individual
It beg ins with the letters "DOT" tire that is determined by distrib-
and indicates that the tire meets uting to each ax le its share of the
all federal st andards. The next curb weight, accessory weight,
two numbers or letters indicate and normal occupant weight (dis-
the plant where it was manufac- trib ut ed in acco rdance with q ta-
tured , and the last four numbers ble on page 24 7) and divid ing by
represent the week and year of two. .,.
manufactu re . For example,
DOT ... 2216 ...
means that the tire was produced
in t he 22nd week of 2016 . The
a,
.... other numbers are marketing co-
a,
N
".... des that may or may not be used

N
0
0
V'I
st
2 41
Wh e el s
Occupant loading and distri- .,..Audi recommends that you use

bution for vehicle normal load Audi Original equipment tires . If
for various designated seating you would like to use different
capacities
t ires, please note that the tires
Refer to the tire inflation pres- may perform differently even if
sure label for the number of seat- they are the same size c:::>.&,..
ing positions . Refer to the table .,..If you would like to equip your
table on page 247 for the
c:::> vehicle with a tire/rim combina -
number of people that corre- t ion that is different from what
spond to the vehicle normal load . was installed at the facto ry, con-
sult with an authorized Audi
New tires or wheels dealer or authorized Audi Service
Audi recommends having all work Facility before making a pur-
on tires or wheels performed by eh ase c:::>A .
an authorized Audi dealer or au- The spare tire* is different from
thorized Audi Service Facility. the regular tires installed on the
These facilities have the proper vehicle - for example, if winter
knowledge and are equipped with tires or wide t ires are installed -
the required tools and replace- then only use the spare tire* tem -
ment parts . porarily in case of emergency and
.,..New tires do not yet have the drive carefully while it is in use . It
optimum adhesion prope rties . should be replaced with a regular
Drive carefully and at moderate tire as soon as possible.
speeds for the first 350 miles On all wheel drive vehicles, all
(500 km) with new tires. four wheels must be equipped
.,..Only use tires with the same de- with tires that are the same brand
sign and as close to the same and have the same construction
tread pattern as possible on all and tread pattern so that the
four wheels . drive system is not damaged by
.,..Do not replace tires individually. different tire speeds . For this rea-
At least replace both tires on the son, in case of emergency, only
same axle at the same time. use a spare tire* that is the same .,..
24 2
Wheels
circumference as the regular -Do not use run-flat tires on

tires . your vehicle. Using them when
not permitted can lead to ve-
,8,_ WARNING -
hicle damage or accidents.
-Only use tire/rim combina-
tions and suitable wheel bolts -If you install wheel covers on
the vehicle, make sure they al-
that have been approved by
Audi. Otherwise, damage to low enough air circulation to
the vehicle and an accident cool the brake system. If they
could result. do not, this could increase the
risk of an accident.
-For technical reasons, it is not
possible to use tires from oth-
Tire wear/damage
er vehicles - in some cases,
you cannot even use tires from
the same vehicle model.
-Make sure that the tires you
select have enough clearance
to the vehicle. Replacement
tires should not be chosen
simply based on the nominal Fig. 170 Tire profile : treadwear indica-
size, because tires with a dif- tor
ferent construction can differ
Tire wear
greatly even if they are the
same size. If there is not Check the tires regularly for wear .
enough clearance, the tires or -Inflation pressure that is too low
the vehicle can be damaged or high can increase tire wear
and this can reduce driving considerably.
safety and increase the risk of -Driving quickly through curves,
an accident. rapid acceleration and heavy
-Only use tires that are more braking increase tire wear .
than 6 years old when abso- -Have an authorized Audi dealer
"' lutely necessary and drive or authorized Audi Service Facili-
....
"'
N
carefully when doing so. ty check the wheel alignment if
"....
N
0
0
...
"'
there is unusual wear. ..
243
Wheels
-Have the wheels rebalanced if an Check the tires for damage. If no

imbalance is causing noticeable damage is visible from the out-
vibration in the steering wheel. side, drive slowly and carefully to
If you do not, the tires and other the nearest authorized Audi deal-
vehicle components could wear er or authorized Audi Service Fa-
more quickly. cility to have the vehicle inspect-
ed.
Treadwear indicator
Original equipment tires contain ~ WARNING
treadwear indicators in the tread Tread that has worn too low or
pattern, which are bars that are different tread depths on the
1/16 in (1.6 mm) high and are tires can reduce driving safety.
spaced evenly around the tire per- This can especially have a nega-
pendicular to the running direc- tive effect on handling, on the
tion c:::>fig . 170 . The letters "TWI" risk aquaplaning when driving
or triangles on the tire sidewall through water, when driving
indicate the location of the tread- through curves and when brak-
wear ind icators. ing , which increases the risk of
an accident.
The tires have reached the mini-
mum tread depth l) when they
have worn down to the tread wear
indicators . Replace the tires with
new ones ¢ A .
Hidden damage
Damage to tires and rims can of-
ten occur in locations that are
hidden. Unusual vibrations in the
vehicle or pulling to one side may
indicate that there is tire damage .
Reduce your speed immediately.
1> Obey any applicable regulations in your

country.
244
Wheels
Tire pressure Checking/correcting tire

pressure
.. Check the tire pressure at least
once per month and also check it
before every long drive .
..Always check the tire pressure
when the tires are cold. Do not
reduce the pressure if it increas-
Fig. 171 Driver's side B-pillar : tire pres-
es when the tires are warm.
sure label
.. Check the label¢ fig. 172 for
,.-
"' the correct tire pressure based
,,--------------------
9 c:=:=. ~_::
n. ......
I =:: I
_..,_ ... ___ ......, ____ .
:..
... _
I)@
..
:l!
on vehicle load.
ui ............... ~- .... ~ .... .... ... ..correct the tire pressure if nec-
TR IIZI. 00lO TW.PMSIUl'll
'""' ONiNSIC)N$ ,...._0UntlUSAN1011
essary .
..Vehicles with Tire Pressure Mon-
- KPA.. PSI
itoring System*: store the modi-
Fig. 172 Tire pressur e label fied tire pressure in the Infotain -
ment system ¢ page 254.
The correct tire pressure for tires
.. Check the pressure in the emer-
mounted in the factory and for
gency tire* /spare t ire*. Always
the spa re tire* is indicated on a la-
maintain the maximum temper-
bel. The label is located on the 8-
ature that is specified for the
pillar ¢fig. 171, ¢fig. 172.
tire.
Use the tire press ure specified for
a normal vehicle load when the A WARNING
-
vehicle is partially loaded ¢ table Always adapt the tire pressure
on page 247. If driving the vehi- to your driving style and vehicle
cle when fully loaded, you must load.
increase the tire pressure to the -Overloading can lead to loss of
maximum specified pressure ¢ A - vehicle control and increase
the risk of an accident. Read
al
....
al
N
"....
N
0
0
V,
'<t
245
Wheels
and follow the important safe- braking behavior, which in-

ty precautions in q page 247, creases the risk of an accident.
Tires and vehicle load limits.
(D Note
-The tire must flex more if the
Replace lost valve caps to re-
tire pressure is too low or if
duce the risk of damage to the
the vehicle speed or load are
tire valves.
too high. This heats the tire up
too much. This increases the @ For the sake of the environment
risk of an accident because it Tire pressure that is too low in-

can cause the tire to burst and creases fuel consumption.
result in loss of vehicle con-
(D Tips
trol.
Audi recommends using the
-Incorrect ti re pressure in-
tire pressure specified for a
creases tire wear and has a
normal load q table on
negative effect on driving and
page 247 or for a full load
when the vehicle is partially
loaded.
Tire pressure table

Please note that the information Make sure that the tire designa-
contained in the following table tion on your tire matches the des-
was correct at the time of print- ignation on the tire pressure label
ing, and the information is sub- and the tire pressure table.
ject to change. If there are differ- The following table lists recom-
ences between this information mended tire pressures in cold
and the tire pressures specified tires according to the load and
on the label on the driver's side B- the size of the tires installed.
pillar, always follow the specifica -
tion on the B-pillar label
q page245, fig. 171.
246
Wheels
Model/ Tire designation Tire pressure

Engine Normal load Maximum load
(up to 2 people)
front rear front rear
PSI kPA PSI kPA PSI kPA PSI kPA
RS: 245/35 Rl9 93Y
32 22 0 --- --- 41 280 --- ---
5.2 liter High Performance
10 cylin- 295/35 Rl9 104V
--- --- 29 200 --- --- 36 250
der High Performance
245/30 R20 90V
35 240 --- --- 49 340 --- ---
High Performance
305/30 R20 103V
--- --- 32 22 0 --- --- 41 280
High Performance
A WARNING ceeded. Vehicle load includes ev-

Please note the important safe- erybody and everything in and on
ty precautions regarding tire the vehicle. These load limits are
pressure 9 page 245 and load technically referred to as the vehi-
limits 9 page 247. cle's Gross Vehicle Weight Rat-
ing ("GVWR").
Tires and vehicle load limits The "GVWR"includes the weight
There are limits to the amount of of the basic vehicle, all factory in-
load or weight that any vehicle stalled accessories, a full tank of
and any tire can carry. A vehicle fuel, oil, coolant and other fluids
that is overloaded will not handle plus maximum load. The maxi-
well and is more difficult to stop. mum load includes the number of
Overloading can not only lead to passengers that the vehicle is in-
loss of vehicle control, but can al- tended to carry ("seating capaci-
so damage important parts of the ty") with an assumed weight of
vehicle and can lead to sudden 150 lbs (68 kg) for each passen-
tire failure, including a blowout ger at a designated seating posi-
and sudden deflation that can tion and the total weight of any
cause the vehicle to crash. luggage in the vehicle.
Your safety and that of your pas- The Gross Axle Weight Rating
"'
.... sengers also depends on making
"' ("GAWR")is the maximum load
N
".... sure that load limits are not ex-

N
0
0
Vl
'<f
247
Wheels
that can be applied at each of the be able to stop the vehicle

veh icle's two axles . within a safe distance.
The fact that there is an upper -Tires on a vehicle that has
limit to your vehicle's Gross Vehi- been overloaded can fail sud-
cle Weight Rating means that the denly, including a blowout and
total weight of whatever is being sudden deflation, causing loss
carried in the vehicle is limited. of contro l and a crash.
The more passengers in the vehi- -A lways make sure that the to-
cle or passengers who are heavier tal load being transported
than the standa rd weights as- does not make the vehicle
sumed mean that less weight can heavier than the vehicle's
be carried as luggage. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating .
The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
Determining correct load
and the Gross Axle Weight Rating limit
are listed on the safety compli-
ance sticker label located on the Use the example below to calcu-
driver's side B-pillar c::>page 245, late the tota l we ight of the pas-
fig.171. sengers and luggage or other
things that you plan to transport
A WARNING
so that you can make sure that
Overloading a vehicle can cause your vehicle will not be overload-
loss of vehicle control, a crash ed .
or other accident, serious per-
sonal injury, and even death . Steps for Determin ing Correct
Load Limit
-Carrying more weight than
your vehicle was designed to 1. Locate the statement "THE
carry will prevent the vehicle COMBINEDWEIGHTOF OCCU-
from handling properly and PANTSANDCARGOSHOULD
increase the risk of the loss of NEVEREXCEEDXXXKGOR XXX
vehicle contro l. LBS"on your vehicle's placard
-The brakes on a vehicle that (tire inflation pressure label)
has been overloaded may not <=:>page
245, fig. 171. .,.
248
Wheels
2. Determine the combined gage load capacity of your vehi-

weight of the driver and pas- cle.
sengers that will be riding in ~check the tire sidewall
your vehicle. (¢ page 235, fig. 169) to deter-
3. Subtract the combined weight mine the designated load rating
of the driver and passengers for a specific tire.
from "XXX" kilograms or "XXX"
' Wheel bolts and rims
pounds shown on the sticker
Wheel bolts
¢ page 245, fig. 171.
Wheel bolts must be clean and loosen/tighten
4. The resulting figure equals the
easily.
available amount of cargo and
Rims
luggage load capacity. For ex-
Rims with a bolted rim ring* or with bolted wheel
ample, if the "XXX"amount covers* consist of multiple pieces. These compo-
equals 1400 lbs and there will nents were bolted together using special bolts
and a special procedure. You must not repair or
be five 1 SO lbs passengers in disassemble them q & .
your vehicle, the amount of
A WARNING
available cargo and luggage Wheel bolts that are tightened or repaired in-
-
load capacity is 650 lbs correctly can become loose and result in loss
(14QQ-75Q (5 X 150) = 650 lbs) of vehicle control, which increases the risk of
an accident. For the correct tightening specifi-
5. Determine the combined cation, refer to q page 268, Finishing .
weight of luggage and cargo - Always keep the wheel bolts and the
threads in the wheel hub clean and free of
being loaded on the vehicle. grease .
That weight may not safely ex- - Only use wheel bolts that fit the rim.
- Always have damaged rims repaired by an
ceed the available cargo and
authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi
luggage load capacity calculat- Service Facility . Never repair or disassemble
ed in Step 4. rims yourself, because this increases the risk
of an accident .
6. If your vehicle will be towing a
trailer, load from your trailer Winter tires
will be transferred to your ve- Winter tires significantly improve the vehicle's
hicle. Consult this manual to handling when driving in winter conditions . Be-
cause of their construction (width, compound,
determine how this reduces tread pattern), summer tires provide less trac-
"'
....
"' the available cargo and lug- tion on ice and snow.
N
"N.... "' Use winter tires on all four wheels.

0
0
Vl
'<f
249
Wheels
"' Only use winter tires that are approved for your "' Check and correct the seating of the snow
vehicle. chains after driving a few feet, if necessary. Fol-
"' Please note that the maximum permitted low the instructions from the manufacturer.
speed may be lower with winter tires c>,&.. An "' Note the maximum speed of 30 mph (SO km/
authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Serv- h). Note the local regulations.
ice Facility can inform you about the maximum
Use of snow chains is only permitted with certain
permitted speed for your tires.
rim/tire combinations due to technical reasons.
"'Check the tire pressure after installing wheels
Check with an authorized Audi dealer or author-
c>page 245.
ized Audi Service Facility to see if you may use
The effectiveness of winter tires is reduced great - snow chains .
ly when the tread is worn down to a depth of
You must remove the snow chains on roads with-
0.157 in (4 mm). The character istics of winter
out snow . Otherwise, you could impair driving
tires also decrease great ly as the tire ages, re-
ability and damage the t ires.
gardless of the remaining tread.
A WARNING
A WARNING
Using incorrect snow chains or install ing snow
- Never drive faster than the maximum per-
chains incor rectly can result in loss of veh icle
mitted speed for your tires. This could cause
control, which increases the risk of an acci-
the tires to heat up too much. This increases
dent.
the risk of an accident because it can cause
the tire to burst.
- Always adapt your driving to the road and
(D Note
traffic conditions. Drive carefully and reduce - Snow chains can damage the rims/wheel
your speed on icy or slippery roads. Even covers* if the chains come into direct con-
winter tires can lose traction on black ice. tact with them. Remove the wheel covers*
first. Use coated snow chains.
@ For the sake of the environment - Using snow chains that add more than 0.53
in (13,5 mm) of height can severely damage
Reinstall summer tires at the appropriate
the whee l housings and other vehicle com-
time, because they provide better handling
ponents.
when roads are free of snow and ice. Summer
tires cause less road noise, tire wear and fuel
(D Tips
consumption.
When using snow chains, it may be useful to
(D Tips switch on sport mode c>page 82.
You can also use all season tires instead of

winter tires . Please note that in some coun- Low aspect ratio tires
tries where w inter tires are required, only Your Audi is factory-equipped with low aspect ra-
w inter t ires with the & symbol may be per- tio tires . These tires have been thoroughly tested
mitted. and been selected specifically for your mode l for
their superb performance, road fee l and handling
Snow chains under a variety of driving condit ions. Ask your au-
thorized Audi dealer for more details .
Snow chains not only improve the driving in win-
ter road conditions, but also the braking . The low aspect ratio of these tires is indicated by
a numeral of 55 or less in the tire's size designa-
"' Only insta ll snow chains on the rear wheels.
tion. The numeral represents the ratio of the
tire's sidewall height in relation to its tread width ..,
250
Wheels
expressed in percen t age. Conventional ti res have Reduced performance in winter/cold season
a height/w idt h rat io of 60 or more . conditions
The performan ce of low-aspect-ratio tires is par- All tires are des igned for certain purposes . The
ticularly sensitive to improper inflation pres- low aspect ratio , ultra high performance tires
sure. It is therefore important that low aspect origina lly installed on your vehicle are intended
ratio tires are inflated to the specified pressure fo r maximum d ry and wet road perfo rmance and
and that the inflation pressure is regularly handli ng. They a re not suitable for co ld, snowy or
checked and maintained . Tire pressures should icy wea t her cond it ions. If yo u driv e under t hos e
be checked at least once a month and always circums t ances, you should equip yo ur vehicle
before a long trip c>page 245. wit h all-se ason or winter t ires, which offer be tt er
trac t io n un d er th ose condi t ion s. W e sugg es t yo u
What you can do to avoid tire and rim use the recommen d ed s now or all- sea son tires
damage specified for your veh icle, or t heir equiva le nt .
Low aspect rat io tires can be damaged more easi -
Refer to c>page 24 9 for mo re de t ailed info rm a-
ly by impact with potho les, cu rbs, gullies or
ti o n reg ardin g wi nt e r t ires.
ridges on the road, pa rt icula rly if the ti re is un-
de rinflated.
Uniform tire quality grading
In o rder to minimize t he occurrence of impact
damage to the t ires of your ve hicle , we recom- - Tread wear
mend that you observe t he fo llow ing precau- - Tra ct ion AA A B C
tions: - Tempe ratu re A B C
- Always mai nta in recommended inflation pres- Quality g rades can be fo und where applicable o n
s ur es. Check your tire pressure every 2,000 t he tire side wall between t read sho ulder and
miles (3,000 km) and add a ir if necessa ry. max imum sect ion width c>pag e 235, fig . 169 .
- Drive caref ully on roads with potho les , deep For example: Tread wear 200 , Traction AA, Tem-
gull ies or ridges . The impact from drivi ng perature A.
t hr ough or ove r such obstacles can damage
yo ur ti res . I mpa ct w ith a cur b may also cause All passen g er ca r t ires must conform to Fede ral
dam age to yo ur tir es . Safety Req uirements in addit io n to these grades .
- Aft er any im pact, immediately insp ect your Tread wear
t ires o r have t hem inspec t ed by t he ne ar est au-
t horized Aud i de al e r. Repla ce a da maged t ire as The t read wear gra de is a com parat ive rat ing
based on the wea r rate of the t ire when teste d
soon as poss ible.
under controlled con dit ions on a specified gov-
- Inspe ct yo ur t ires every 2,00 0 miles (3,00 0 km )
er nment test course.
for da mage a nd we ar . Dam age is no t always
easy to see . Damage can lea d to loss of air and For examp le, a t ire g ra de d 15 0 wou ld wea r on e
under inflation, which cou ld eventually ca use and one hal f (1 1/ 2) times as we ll on the govern -
t ire failure . If you believe that a tire may have me nt cou rse as a t ire gra d ed 10 0.
been damaged, rep lace the t ire as soon as pos-
The re lati ve pe rforma nce of t ires de pends up on
s ible.
th e actua l co nditi on s of t he ir us e, howeve r, and
- These tires may wear more qu ickly t han othe rs .
may depa rt sig nifican t ly fr om t he no rm due t o
- Please a lso remember t hat, w hile these tires
variations in driv ing habits, service practices a nd
deliver responsive handling , they may ride less
diffe rences in road character istics and climate.
com fortab ly and ma ke more no ise than ot her
"'
....
"' cho ices. Traction
N
"N.... The t ract ion grades , fr om h ighest to lowes t , ar e

0
0
Vl AA, A, B a nd C. Those g rades rep rese nt t he tire 's IJJ,,
'<f
251
Wheels
ability to stop on wet pavement as measu red un - If the Tire Pressure

der controlled conditions on specified govern-
Monitoring System
ment test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire
marked C may have poor traction performance
indicator appears
¢ _&.
(l) General notes
Temperature Each tire, including the spare (if provided),
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, should be checked monthly when cold and inflat -
and C, representing the tire's resistance to the ed to the inflation pressure recommended by the
generation of heat and its ability to dissipate vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or
heat when tested under controlled condition s on tire inflation pressure label. (If your veh icle has
a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. tires of a different size than the size ind icated on
the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure la-
Sustained high temperature can cause the mate-
bel, you should determine the proper tire infla-
rial of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life,
tion pressure for those tires) .
and excessive temperature can lead t o sudden
tire failure ¢ .& . As an added safety featu re, your vehicle has been
equipped with a tire pressure monitor ing system
The grade C corresponds to a level of perform -
(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure tell-
ance which all passenger car tires must meet un-
tale when one or more of your tires is significant-
der the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard
ly under -inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire
No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels
pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and
of performance on the laboratory test wheel than
check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate
the minimum required by law .
them to the proper pressure . Driving on a sign ifi-
cantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to over-
.&_WARNING heat and can lead to tire fa ilure . Under-inflation
The traction grade assigned to this tire is also reduces fuel eff iciency and tire tread life ,
based on straight-ahead braking traction and may affect the vehicle's hand ling and stop-
tests, and does not include acceleration , cor- ping ability.
nering, hydroplaning or peak traction charac-
teristics. Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for
proper tire maintenance, and it is the dr iver's re-
A WARNING
-
spons ibility to maintain correct ti re pressure ,
even if under-inflation has not reached the level
The temperature grade for this tire is estab-
to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pres-
lished for a tire that is properly inflated and
sure telltale.
not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinfla-
tion, or excessive loading, either separately or Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS
in combination, can cause heat buildup and malfunction indicator to indicate when the sys-
possible tire failure. tem is not operating properly. The TPMS mal-
function indicator is combined with the low tire
A WARNING
-
pressure telltale. When the system detects a
malfunction, the telltale will flash for approxi-
Temperature grades apply to tires that are
mately one minute and then remain continuously
properly inflated and not over or underinflat-
illuminated . This sequence will continue upon
ed.
subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the mal-
funct ion exists.
When the malfunction indicator is illuminated ,

the system may not be able to detect or signal
low tire pressure as intended . TPMS malfunct ions .,..
252
Wheels
may occur for a variety of reasons, including the the tread to separate and even cause the
installation of replacement or alternate tires or tire to burst, increasing the risk of an acci-
wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS dent.
from functioning properly . Always check the - The tire pressure monitoring system does
TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or not warn about damage or defects in the
more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure tire construction that could cause the tire to
that the replacement or alternate tires and burst, for example . Inspect your tires regu -
wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function larly.
properly.
(D Tips
Description - If tires are replaced, the sensors/valves do
The tire pressure monitoring system monitors not need to be removed or replaced . Just re-
the pressure in the four tires when driving. placed the valve stem and, if necessary, the
valve and the wheel electronics. If you have
The system uses sensors that measure the tem - questions , see your authorized Audi dealer
perature and pressure in the tires . The data is or authorized Audi Service Facility .
sent from these sensors to the control module by -An incorrect display or a malfunction in the
radio frequency. tire pressure monitoring system can occur
The tire pressure monitoring system shows the after using the tire mobility kit. Have the
current pressures and temperatures of the tires sensors replaced by an authorized Audi
in the Infotainment system while driving dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility.
¢ page 253. It also compares the current tire
pressures with the stored tire pressures and Displaying tire pressures/temperatures
gives a warning if the tire pressure is different
Requirement: you must be driving the vehicle.
from what is stored ¢ page 254.
.,.Select in the Infotainment system: IMENU ! but-
The system does not detect if the stored tire
ton > Service & checks > Tire pressure monitor-
pressures match the recommended tire pres-
sures. You must store the tire pressures again ing > Display tire pressure.
¢ page 254: The current tire pressures are shown in green or
- every time the tire pressures change, for exam- as yellow numbers in the Infotainment system:
ple when the load in the vehicle changes, - Green: the current tire pressure and the speci-
- after replacing a tire, or fied tire pressure are approximately the same.
- if wheels with new wheel sensors are used . - Yellow: the current tire pressure is too low
A WARNING
compared to the specified tire pressure .
The specified tire pressure is the last tire pres-

- The tire pressure monitoring system assists
sure that was stored ¢ page 2 54 .
the driver in monitoring tire pressures. The
driver is responsible for having the tires in- Note that the tire pressure also depends on the
flated to the correct pressure. temperature of the tire. The tire pressure in-
- Do not change the tire pressure when the creases as the engine becomes warmer while
temperature of the tire is high. This could driving .
result in serious damage to the tire and
even cause the tire to burst, increasing the A
- WARNING
-
"'
....
"' risk of an accident. Read and follow the important information
N
-A tire with low pressure flexes more. This and notes ¢ page 2 53.
"N.... heats the tire up too much. This could cause
0
0
Vl
'<f
253
Wh e els
.. Switch o n the ignition.

(D Tips
.. Select in the Infotainment system: IMENU ! but-
The tire pressure or tempe ra ture is not dis- ton > Service & checks > Tire pressure monito r-
played while the veh icle is stationary and in ing > Store tire pressure > Yes, store now . Af-
adaptation mode. Dashes ··.·· are shown in ter storing the tire pressures, the t ire pressure
place of the pressure and temperature. mon itor ing system measures the current pres -
sures while driving and stores them as the new
(l) Tire pressure loss specified pressures .
.. If the changed ti re pressures are not displayed
If theIE indicator light turns on, the tire pres -
in t he Infot a inmen t system, d rive t he vehi cle
sure is too low compared to the specified pres-
for approximately 10 minu t es so tha t t he sen-
sure. Chec k and sto re the tire pressure(s) the
sor signa l from the wheels is received aga in.
nex t time it is possible ~ page 254.
During t his adapta t ion phase, · ·. ·· is di splayed
If theIE indicator light turns on and the mes -
for t he pressure a nd temper ature a nd the t ire
sage Loss of pressure! Please check all tire s and
pressure moni t oring system is on ly partia lly
store pressures in MMI also appears, the tire
available . It on ly provides a warning if one or
press ure has reac hed a cr itical level compa red to
more tire press ures is below the minimum per-
the specified press ure. Avoid unnecessary st eer-
mitted spec ified pressu re .
ing and braking maneuvers . Adapt your dr iving
style to t he situation. Stop as soon as possible If the IE ind icator light turns on an d the mes-
and check the tire(s) . If it is possib le to continue sage Tire pressure: wheel change detected.
driving, see an authorized Audi dea le r or a uthor- Please check all tires and store pressures in
ized Audi Service Facility immediately and have MMI also appears, the system has detected that
your tire(s) repaired or replaced . the position of the sensors has changed because
of a t ire rotation, or that new sensors we re in-
A WARNING
-
stalled . Store the new tire pressures .
Read and follow the important informa t ion
and notes ~ pag e 2 53 . A WARNING
-
Read a nd fo llow t he important info rmation

Storing new tire pressures a nd notes ~ page 253.
Correctly stored tire pressure specifica tions are

Malfunctions
necessary for reliable tire pressure monitoring .
If th e ti re pressure moni t oring system is not
It is always necessary to store the tire pressures
when the tire pressures are modified, for exam-
available, t he mm indicat or light a ppears in t he
instrumen t cluste r dis play a long with the mes -
ple due to a change in load. or when new sensors
sage Tire pressure: malfunction! See owner 's
are insta lled.
manual.
.. Befo re storing the tire pressures, make sure the
tire pressures of all four tires meet the speci-
If t heffl:m ind icator ligh t a ppe a rs after swit ch-
fied values and are adapted to the load

ing the ignit ion on or wh ile driving and t he IE in-
dicator light also blinks for app roximately one
~ page 245, fig. 172 . Only correct and store
minute and then stays on, the re is system ma l-
the pressure in t ires whose tempe rature is ap-
funct ion. The fo llow ing are examples of situa -
prox ima t ely the same as t he amb ient tempe ra-
tions that could cause a ma lfunction :
t ure . If th e tempera tur e of the ti re is higher
t han the ambient a ir tempe rat ure, t he t ire - If the message appears at the end of the adap -
pressure must be increased approximate ly tation phase, the system may not detect one or
3 .0 PSI (0 .2 bar) above the valu e on the sticker. several of the whee l sensors necessary for ..,.
254
Wh e el s
pressure monitoring . This may result from one

or more wheels being insta lled without wheel
sensors or with incompatible whee l sensors.
- A wheel sensor or another component has
failed.
- Using snow chains can affect the function of
the system because of the shie lding effect of
the chains .
- The tire pressure monitoring system is not
available due to a malfunction.
- Transmitters with t he same frequency, such as
headphones or remote -contro lled devices, may
cause a temporary system malfunction due to
the strong electromagnetic field.
The mm indicator light and the message turn off
once the tire pressure monitoring system is avail-
ab le again. If you cannot correct the malfunction
and the mm indicator light stays on, drive imme-
diate ly to an authorized Audi dealer or author-
ized Audi Service Facility to have the malfunction
repaired .
"'
....
"'
N
"N....
0
0
Vl
'<f
255
Care and cleaning
Care and cleaning the tires, rubber hoses, insulating material, sen-
sors* or camera lenses*. Keep a distance of at
General information least 16 in (40 cm).
Regular, proper care helps to maintain your vehi- Do not remove snow and ice with a pressure
cle's value. It can also be a requirement when washer.
submitting warranty claims for corrosion damage
Never use rotary nozzles or high pressure noz-
and paint defects on the body.
zles.
The necessary care products can be obtained
The water temperature must not be above 140 °F
from your authorized Audi dealer . Read and fol-
(60 °() .
low the instructions for use on the packaging.
Automatic car washes
A WARNING
Spray off the vehicle before washing.
- Using cleaning and care products incorrectly
can be dangerous to your health. Make sure that the windows are closed and the
windshield wipers are off. Follow instructions
-Always store cleaning and care products out
from the car wash operator, especially if there
of reach of children to reduce the risk of poi-
are accessories attached to your vehicle.
soning .
If possible, use car washes that do not have
@ For the sake of the environment brushes.
- Preferably use environmentally-friendly
Washing by hand
products when buying cleaning agents.
- Do not dispose of leftover cleaning and care Clean the vehicle starting from the top and work -
products with household trash. ing down using a soft sponge or cleaning brush.
Use solvent-free cleaning products.
Car washes Washing vehicles with matte finish paint by

hand
The longer that deposits remain on the vehicle,
the more the surface may be damaged. High To avoid damaging the paint when washing, first
temperatures such as those caused by sunlight remove dust and large particles from your vehi-
increase the damaging effect. cle. Insects, grease spots and fingerprints are
best removed with a special cleaner for matte
Before washing, rinse off heavy deposits with finish paint .
plenty of water.
Apply the product using a microfiber cloth. To
Stubborn deposits such as bird droppings or tree avoid damaging the paint surface, do not use too
sap are best removed with plenty of water and a much pressure.
microfiber cloth.
Rinse the veh icle thoroughly with water. Then
Also, wash the underside of your vehicle once clean using a neutral shampoo and a soft micro-
road sa lt stops being used for the season. fiber cloth .
Pressure washers Rinse the vehicle thoroughly again and let it air
When washing your vehicles with a pressure dry. Remove any water residue using a sham my .
washer, always follow the operating instructions
provided with the pressure washer. This is espe-
A WARNING
-
cially important in regard to the pressure and - Only wash the vehicle when the ignition is
spraying distance . Do not direct the stream of off and follow the instructions from the car
water directly onto seals for the side windows ,
doors, luggage compartment lid or hood or onto
256
Ca r e and c leaning
wash operator to reduce the risk of acci- - To red uce t he risk of damage t o the surface,
dents. do not use insect removing sponges, kitchen
- To reduce the risk of cuts, protect yourself sponges or similar items .
from sharp metal components when wash- - Matte finish painted veh icle components:
ing the underbody or the inside of the wheel - To reduce the risk of damage to the sur-
housings . face, do not use po lishing agents or hard
- After washing the vehicle, the brak ing effect wax.
may be delayed due to mo isture on the - Never use protective wax. It can destroy
brake rotors or ice in the w inter . The brakes the matte finish effect .
must be dried first w ith a few careful brake - Do not place any stickers or magnetic
applica t ions . signs on vehicle parts painted with matte
finish paint. The paint could be damaged
when the stickers or magnets are re-
- If you wash the vehicle in an automatic car moved .
wash, you must retract the extendable rear
spo iler* if necessary, and fold the exter ior
mir rors in to reduce the risk of damage. Only wash the vehicle in facili t ies s pec ially de-
Power folding exte rior m irrors* must on ly s igned for that pu rpose. This will reduce the
be fo lded in a nd out us ing t he power folding risk of d irty wate r contam ina ted with oil from
fu nct ion. en t e ring the sewe r sys t em.
- To preve nt paint damage, do not wash the
vehicle in d irect sunlight.
Cleaning and care information

When clea ning and caring for individua l vehicle t hat are not listed, cons ult an autho rized Audi
compo nents, refer t o the follow ing t a bles. The dealer or author ized Audi Se rvice Facility. Also
information contained there is simp ly recom- follow the informa t ion fo und in ¢ .&..
mendations. For questions or for components
Exterior cleaning
Component Situation Solution
Windshield wiper Deposits ¢ page45
blades
Headlights / Deposits Soft spo nge with a mild soap so lutiona )
Tail light s
Sensors/ Deposits Sensors: soft cloth wit h solvent-free cleaning solut ion
Camera lenses Camera lenses: soft cloth w ith alcohol-free cleaning sol u-
tion
Snow/ice Hand br ush/solvent-free de-icing spray
Wheels Road salt Water
Brake dust Acid-free special cleaning so lution
Exhaust tail pipes Road salt Wate r, clean ing so lution su itab le for st ainless stee l, if nee-
essa ry
"'
....
"'
N Decorative parts/ Deposits Mild soap sol ution al, a cleaning so lution suitable for stain-
"N.... Trim less stee l, if necessary
0
0
Vl
'<f
257
Care and cleaning
Component Situation Solut ion

Paint Paint damage Refer to the paint number on the vehicle data label, repair
with touch up paint¢ page 276
Spilled fuel Rinse with water immediately
Surface rust Rust remover, then protect with hard wax; for questions,
consult an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Serv-
ice Facility.
Corrosion Have it removed by an authorized Audi dea ler or a uthor-
ized Audi Service Facility.
Water no longer Protect with hard wax (at least tw ice pe r year)
beads on the surface
of clean pa int
No shine even though Treat with suitable polish; then apply paint protectant if
paint has been pro- the polish that was used does not contain any protectant
tected/pa int looks
poor
Deposits such as in- Dampen with water immediately and remove w ith a micro-
sects, bird dropp ings, fiber cloth
tree sap and road salt
Grease -based con- Remove immedia t ely with a mild soap so lution al and a
taminants such as soft cloth
cosmetics or sunb lock
Carbon parts Deposits clean the same way as painted parts ¢page 256
a) Mild soap solut ion: maxim um two tablespoons of neutral soap in 1 quart (1 liter) of water
Int ernal cleaning

Component Situation Solution
Windows Deposits Glass cleaner, the n w ipe dry
Decorative parts/ Deposits Mild soap solutiona>
trim
Plastic parts Deposits Damp cloth
Heavier depos its Mild soap solution a), detergent-free plast ic clean-
ing solution, if necessary
Displays/i nstru- Deposits Soft cloth with LCDcleaner; dust deposits in the
ment cluste r lower area of the instrument cluster can be re-
moved using a soft brush.
Controls Deposits Soft br ush, then a soft cloth w ith a mi ld soap solu-
tim,al
Safety be lts Deposits Mild soap solution al, allow to dry before lett ing
them retract
258
Ca r e and c leaning
Component Situation Solut ion

Textil es Deposits adhering to the Vacuum cleaner
artificial leat her, surface
Alcantara Water-based deposits such Absorbent cloth and mild soap solutiona)
as coffee, tea, blood, etc.
Oil-based depos its such as Apply a mild soap solut ion a), blot away the dis-
oil, make -up, etc. solved oil or dye, treat afterward with water, if nee-
essary
Special deposits such as ink, Special stain remover, blot with absorbent materi-
nail polish, latex paint, shoe al, treat afterward with mild soap solution, if neces-
polish, etc. sary a)
Natural leather Fresh sta ins Wool cloth w ith a mi ld soap solutiona )
Water-based deposits such fresh stains: absorbent cloth
as coffee, tea, blood, etc . dr ied stains: stain remover suitable for leather
Oil-based deposits such as Fresh stains: absorbent cloth and stain remover
oil, make-up, etc. suitable for leather
dried stains: oil cleaning spray
Specia l deposits such as ink, Spot remover suitable for leather
na il polish, latex paint, shoe
polish, etc.
Care Regularly apply conditioning cream that protects
from light and penetrates into the mater ial. Use
specially-colored conditioning cream, if necessary .
Carbon parts Deposits clean the same way as plastic parts
al Mild soap so lut ion: max imum two ta blesp oons of neut ra l soap in 1 quar t(! lite r) of wate r
A WARNING
-
- Damage to the protective layer on the
rims such as stone chips or scratches must
The windshield may not be treated with wa- be repaired immediately.
ter-repelling windshield coating agents. Un- - Sen sors/ camera lenses
favorable conditions such as wetness, dark-
- Never use warm or hot water to remove
ness, o r low sun can result in increased glare.
snow or ice from the camera lens. This
Wipe r blade chatte r is also possib le.
could cause the lens to crac k.
- Never use abrasive cleaning materials or
(D Note
a lcohol to clean the camera lens. This
- Headlights / tail lights could cause scratches and cracks.
- Never clean headlights or tail lights with a - Door window s
dry cloth or sponge. - Remove snow and ice on windows and ex-
- Do not use any cleaning product that con- terior mirrors with a plastic scraper. To
tains a lcohol, beca use they cou ld cause avoid scratches, move the scraper only in
cracks to form . one direction and not back and forth.
-Wheel s - Never remove snow or ice from door win-
- Never use any paint polish or other abra- dows and mirrors using warm or hot water
"'
....
"' sive mater ials. because this could cause cracks to form. ..,.
N
"N....
0
0
Vl
'<f
259
Care and cleaning
- To avoid damage to the rear window de- polish, shoe polish, spot remove or similar
fogger, do not apply any stickers on the products .
heating wires on the inside of the window . - Have a spec ialist remove stubborn stains
- Decorative parts/ trim to prevent damage .
- Never use chrome care or cleaning prod- - Never use steam cleaners, brushes , hard
ucts . sponges, etc. when cleaning .
- Paint - Do not turn on the seat heating * to dry the
- To red uce the risk of scratches, the vehicle seat.
must be free of dirt and dus t before pol- - Objects with sharp edges such as zippe rs,
ishing or waxing . rivet s on clothing or be lts ca n cause dam-
- To prevent pa int damage, do not pol ish or age to the surface .
wax the veh icle in direct sunlight. - Open hoo k and loop fastene rs, fo r exam-
- To red uce the risk of pa int damage, do not ple on clot hing, can damage seat covers.
polish away rust spots . Make sure hook and loop fastene rs a re
- Remove cosmetics and sunscreen immedi- closed.
at ely- t hese could damage the paint. - Natural leather
- Instrument cluster - Never treat leather with solvents, floor
- Make sure that the instrument cluster is polish, shoe polish, spot remover or sim i-
switched off and has cooled off before lar products .
cleaning it. - Objects with sharp edges such as zippers,
- The instrument cluster and the trim sur- rivets on clothing or be lts can cause dam -
rounding it must not be cleaned with dry age to the surface.
cleaning methods because they could get - Never use steam cleaners, brushes, hard
scratched. sponges , etc . when cleaning .
- Make sure no fluids enter the spaces be- - Do not turn on the seat heating" to dry the
tween the instrument cluster and the seat .
trim, because that could cause damage. - To he lp prevent the leather from fad ing,
- Controls do not leave the vehicle in d irect sunlight
for long periods of time. If leav ing the ve-
- Make sure that no fluids enter the con-
hicle parked fo r long pe riods of time, you
trols, because this could cause damage.
should cove r t he leathe r to protect it from
- Saf ety belt s
d irect sun light.
- Do not remove the safety belts t o clean
them . (D Tips
- Never clean safety belts or t heir compo-
- Insects are easier to remove from paint that
nents chemically or with corrosive fl uids
has been freshly waxed.
or so lvents and neve r a llow sharp objects
to come into contact with the safety belts. - Regular waxing can prevent rust spots from
This could cause damage to the belt web- forming.
bing.
- If there is damage to the webbing, the Placing your vehicle out
connect ions, the retractors or the buckles, of service
have them replaced by an author ized Audi
dealer or author ized Audi Service Facility . If you would like to take your vehicle out of serv-
ice for a longer time, contact your authorized
- Textiles / artificial le ather/ Alcantara
Audi dealer or qualified repair facility . They will .,_
- Never treat artificia l lea t her/ Alcantara
with lea t her care products, so lvents, floo r
260
Care and cleaning
adv ise you of important measures, such as corro -

sion protection, maintena nce and sto rage proce -
d ures. Also fo llow the information about the
battery c:>page 230.
"'
....
"'
N
"N....
0
0
Vl
'<f
261
Em e rg e n cy assis t a n ce
Emergency assistance _& WARNING

Trunk escape handle Improper use of the vehicle jack can cause se-
rious personal injuries.
In case of an emergency , the front lid can be
- Never use the screw driver hex head to
opened from the inside using the trunk escape
tighten wheel bolts, since the bolts cannot
handle.
attain the necessary tightening torque if you
use the hex head, potentially causing an ac-
cident.
- The factory-supplied jack is intended only
for your veh icle mode l. Under no circum-
stances should it be used to lift heavy
veh icles or other loads; you risk injuring
yourse lf.
- Never start the engine when the veh icle is
raised, which could cause an accident.
Fig. 173 Luggage compartment: Trunk escape handle - Support the vehicle securely with appropri-
ate stands if work is to be performed under -
• To open the front lid pull the hand le. neath the vehicle; otherwise, there is a po-
tential risk fo r injury .
The trunk escape handle inside the luggage com-
- Never use the jack supplied with your Audi
partment is made of fluorescent material to glow
on another vehicle, particular ly on a heavier
in the dark .
one. The jack is only suitable for use on the
vehicle it came with.
_& WARNING
The trunk escape handle is to be used only in
an emergency.
Equipment
Vehicle tool kit/tire mobility kit/
General information compressor
• Park the vehicle as far as poss ible from moving

traff ic in the event of a flat tire. In the event of
a flat tire, park the vehicle on a level surface . It
you are on a steep incline, be especia lly careful.
• Set the parking brake.
• Select the P selector lever position .
• Switch the emergency flashers on.
• Have the passengers exit the vehicle. They
should move to a safe place, for example be -
hind a guard rail. Fig. 17 4 Vehicle tool kit bag
The vehicle tool kit bag with vehicle tool kit, tire
_& WARNING mobility kit and the compressor are located in
Follow the steps given above . This is for your the luggage compartment.
protection and the for the safety of other driv-
ers. Completely retract the veh icle jack arm before
stor ing the vehicle jack* .
262
Em er gen cy a ss istanc e
@ Tips A
,-
WARNING
The vehicle jack* in your vehicle is mainte- - Please note that t he tire mobility kit cannot
na nee-free. be used in all situations, and that it may on-
ly be used temporarily.
Tire mobility kit - The tire sealant must not come in contact
with skin, eyes , or clothes.
Preparation - If tire sealant gets in your eyes or on your
Appl ies to: vehicles with tire mobility kit
skin, t horoughly rinse the affected area im-
~ Read and follow the impor t ant safety precau- mediately with clean water .
tions¢ page 262, General information. - Do not inha le the fumes .
~ Set the parking brake. - If you swa llow any of t he tire sea lant, thor-
~ Select the P position . ough ly rinse your mouth immediately and
~ Check if a repair with the tire mobility kit is pos- drink a lot of water. Do not induce vomiting.
sible ¢ page 263. Seek med ica l attent ion immed iate ly.
- Change your clothes immediately if they get
Using the tire mobility kit tire sealant on them.
Applies to: vehicles with tire m obility kit - If an a llergic reaction occurs, seek immedi-
ate med ica l attention.
- Keep the t ire sealant away from children.
- In vehicles with a tire press ure monitor ing
system, using t ire sealant can results in an
incor rect d isplay or a system malfunction.
Drive carefully to t he nearest aut ho rized
Audi dealer or a uthorized Audi Serv ice Facili-
ty .
@ Tips
Fig. 175 Tire : tire damage that cannot be repa ired
- If sea la nt leaks, allow it to dry in place. You
The tire repair is only meant for temporary use. can then peel it off like a st icker.
Change the spare tire as soon as possib le ¢ ,& . - Note the expiration date on the sea lant bot-
tle. Replace the t ire sealant at an aut hor-
If the tire is pierced by a n objec t such as a na il, ized Audi deale r o r autho rized Aud i Serv ice
do not remove the object from the tire . Facility.
The tire repa ir set is able to be used at tempe ra- - Radio reception can be interr upted when
tures as low as - 4 °F (- 20 °C). operating the compressor*.
- Obey all laws.
The tire mobility kit may not be used:
- If the t ire has cuts or punctures that are larger
than 0 .1 6 in (4 mm) (D ¢ fig. 175.
- if the rim is damaged @ .
- if you drove with very low tire pressure or with-
out air in the tire @ .
See an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi

CD
....
CD Service Faci lity for assistance in these situations.
N
"......
N
0
0
"'
'SI"
263
Em e rg e n cy assis t a n ce
Repairing tires .. Inflate the tire to between 29 psi (200 kPA)

Applies to: vehicles with tire mob ility kit and 36 psi (250 kPA) and read the pressure on
the gauge .
.. If this tire pressure is not reached , remove the
filler hose. Drive slowly approximately 33 ft
(10m) forward or in reverse so that the sealant
can be distributed in the tire. Pump up t he tire
aga in ¢ ,&. .
.&_WARNING
- Read a nd follow the manufacturer's safety
Fig. 176 Components of the ti re mobility kit
precaut ions on the compressor and in the
instructions on the bottle of sea lant .
- If a t ire pressure of 29 psi (200 kPA) canno t
reached after inflating for 6 minutes, then
the tire is too severely damaged. Do not
continue driv ing.
- If the tire cannot be repa ired with the tire
sealant, see an authorized Audi dealer or au-
thorized Audi Service Facility for assistance.
(D Tips
Fig. 177 Tire mobility kit connecti on
Do not operate the compresso r fo r more than
Requirement: the tire mobility kit must be laid 6 min utes cont inuous ly, or it can overheat.
out and ready for use o page 262. Once the compressor has cooled, you can con-
tin ue to use it.
In stall ing the t ire mobility kit
.. Open the cover @ on the compressor Completing
¢ fig. 176 . Appli es to : vehicles wit h t i re mob ility kit
.. Remove the connector @) and pressure hose ®

.. Adhere the sticker that says "max. SO mph
with pressure gauge from the housing.
(max . 80 km/h)" that is provided with the tire
• Install the compressor pressure hose ® onto
mob ility kit with in the driver's field of vision.
the flange @ of t ire sealant bottle (D.
.. Stop the vehicle after driving for about 10 mi-
.. Inse rt the sealant bottle with the flange at the
nutes and check the t ire pressure.
bottom into the opening @ on the compresso r
.. If the tire press ure is lower than 19 psi (130
cover.
kPA), then the ti re is too severely damaged. Do
.. Remove the valve cap from the fau lty tire.
not continue driving .
.. Install the filler hose @) onto the valve 0
o fig. 177 .
.. Connect the plug @ ¢ fig. 176 to a socket in
.&_WARNING
the vehicle. Pay attention to the following after repairing
.. Switch on the ignition . the tire:
- Do not drive faster than SO mph (80 km/h).
Inflating a t ire - Avoid hard acce leration, braking sh arply,
.. Move the switch @ o fig. 177 on the compres- and fast cornering .
sor into posit ion I. - The vehicle may become more diffi cult to
con t rol.
264
- If the t ire is t oo severely d amaged, see an off the ground, placing the Automatic
aut horized Aud i dealer or authorized Aud i Transmiss ion in P (Park) will not prevent the
Service Facility for assistance . veh icle from moving.
- Before you change a wheel, be sure the
@ For the sake of the environment ground is level and firm . If necessary, use a
You can give the used tire sealant bottle to an sturdy board under the jack .
author ized Audi dealer or authorized Audi - Always store the vehicle too l kit, the jack
Serv ice Facility for disposal. and the replaced tire in the luggage com-
pa rtment r::>
page 171.
@ Tips
Remember to obtain a new bottle of sea lant
(D Tips
from an authorized Audi dea ler or authorized Obey all laws .

Aud i Service Facility after repair ing a tire.
Removing the cover
Replacing wheels
Preparation
You must complete the preparation before

changing a tire .
.,.Read and follow the important safety precau-

t ions ¢ page 262, General information .
.,.Set the parking brake .
• Se lect the P selector lever pos ition .
.,.Lay out the vehicle tool kit 9 page 262. Fig. 1 78 Wheel: wheel bolts with caps
& WARNING
Wheel bolts with caps*
If you are changing a tire on a steep hill, use a .,.Slide the plastic clip (from the veh icle tool kit)
block or simi lar object to block the opposite ont o the cap unt il it engages ¢ fig. 178 .
wheel to prevent the vehicle from moving . .,. Remove the cap with the plastic clip .
& WARNING Loosening the wheel bolts

You or your passenger could be inju red while
changing a wheel if you do not follow these
safety precautions :
- If you have a flat tire, move a safe distance
off the road. Turn off the engine , turn the
emergency flashers on and use other warn-
ing devices to alert othe r motorists.
- Make sure that passengers wa it in a safe
place away from the vehicle and well away
from the road a nd traffic . Fig. 179 Chang ing a tire: loose n t he whee l bolts
- To help prevent the vehicle from moving
sudden ly and possibly slipping off the jack, .,.Slide the wheel wrench (from the vehicle tool
CD
....
CD
N
always fully set the parking brake and block kit) a ll the way onto the wheel bolt .
"....
N the whee l diagona lly oppos ite the wheel be- .,.Turn the whee l bolt approximately one turn to
0
0 ing change d . When on e fron t wheel is lifted the left -arrow- . To reach the required torque, ..,
"'
'SI"
265
Emergency assistance
hold the end of the wheel wrench. If the wheel the base @ lies flat on the ground. The base @
bolt will not loosen, press carefully on the must be vert ical under the mounting point CD-
whee l wrench with your foot. Hold onto the ve- • Continue turning the vehicle jack* until the
hicle securely while during this and make sure wheel lifts off the ground slightly.
your stance is stable.
A WARNING
A WARNING - Make sure the vehicle jack* is stable . There
To reduce the risk of an accident, only loosen is a risk of injury when the ground is sl ick o r
the wheel bolts gently (one turn) before ra is- soft, because the vehicle jack* could slide or
ing the vehicle with the vehicle jack*. sink.
- Only raise your vehicle w ith the vehicle jack*
Lifting the vehicle provided by the factory . If you use a veh icle
Applies to: vehicles with vehicle jack jack designed for another vehicle, your vehi-
cle can slide and cause injury.
- Position the vehicle jack* only at the desig-
nated lifting points on t he side sill and align
the jack. Otherwise, the vehicle jack* could
slip and cause an injury if it does not have
sufficient hold on the vehicle.
- To reduce the risk of an accident, never start
the engine when the vehicle is raised .
- To redu ce the risk of injury, support the ve-
hicle securely with s uitable stands if work is
Fig. 180 Sill: contact point (exampl e) to be performed underneath the vehicle .
- To help prevent injury to yourself and your
passengers:
- Do not raise the veh icle until you are sure
the jack is securely engaged.
- Passengers must not remain in the vehicle
when it is jacked up .
- Make sure that passengers wait in a safe
place away from the vehicle and well away
from the road and traffic .
Fig. 181 Sill: positio ning t he vehicle jack - Make sure jack position is correct , adjust
as necessary and then continue to ra ise
• Pla ce the vehicle jack* (vehicle tool kit) on a the jack .
firm surface . Use a flat , stable support if neces - - If work has to be done under the veh icle,
sary . On a slippery surface such as tile , you ensure that it is safely supported on suita -
shou ld use a non-slip pad (such as a rubber ble stands - risk of injury!
mat) r::!,, LD.. - Never start the engine when the vehicle is
• Find the mounting point in the sill on the side on the jack - risk of accident!
with the affected whee l r::!.>fig. 180.
• Turn the vehicle jack* located under the lifting (D Note
point on the sill to raise the jack until its arm CD
Do not lift the vehicle by the s ill. Position the
r::!,,fig. 181 is located under the designated plas-
vehicle jack* only at the designated lifting
tic mount.
po ints on the side sill. Otherw ise, your vehicle
• Align the vehicle jack* so the arm CD engages in
will be damaged.
the designated lift ing po int in the door sill and
266
Removing and mounting a wheel • Carefully lower the vehicle using the vehicle
jack* .
• Tighten the wheel bolts in a d iagonal pattern
using the wheel wrench.
The wheel bolts must be clean and loosen/t ight-

en easily . Check the contact surfaces for the
wheel and hub. Contaminants on these surfaces
must be removed before installing the wheel.
A
Fig. 182 Wheel: int ernal hex socket to turn the wheel
bolts
- WARNING
Never use the hex socket in the screwdriver
handle to t ighten the wheel bolts . Using the
-
hex socket will not ach ieve t he required t ight-

ening torque, which increases the risk of an
accident.
(D Note
When removing or installing the wheel, the
rim could hit the brake rotor/ceram ic brake
rotor* and damage the rotor. Work carefully
and have a second person he lp you .
Fig. 183 Wheel: alignment pin in t he top hole
@ Tips
Removing a wh eel - When mount ing tires with unidirectional
• Remove the top wheel bolt complete ly using tread design make sure the tread pattern is
the hex socket in the screwdr iver hand le (in t he pointed the right way ¢ page 267 .
vehicle tool kit) ¢ fig . 182 and place it on a - The wheel bolts sho uld be clean and easy to
clean surface. t urn. Check fo r dirt and co rrosion on the
• Install the alignment pin (from the vehicle tool mating surfaces of bo t h the wheel and the
kit) by hand into the empty hole ¢ fig . 183 U. hub. Remove all dirt from t hese s urfaces be-
• Remove the rest of the wheel bolts. fore remounting the whee l.
• Remove the wheel ¢ CI). The alignment pin re-
ma ins in the ho le while do ing this. Unidirectional tires
In stall a wh eel A unidirectional t ire profi le is identified by arrows
Read the directions on ¢ page 267 when instal- that point in the running direct ion on the tire
ling unidirectional tires. s idewall. You must always adhere to the spec i-
fied running direction . This is necessa ry ensure
• Slide the wheel above the alignment pin ¢ Ci).
the tire's opt imum pe rformance in regard to ad-
• Install the wheel bo lts and tighten gent ly using
hesion , running no ise, friction and hydroplaning .
the hex socket.
• Remove the alignment pin and also tighten the To benefit fully from the advantages of the uni-
remaining wheel bolt . directional t ire design, you should replace faulty ..,
CD
....
CD
N
l) Appli es t o vehicles with ceram ic brake rotor s• : use a s ec-
"......
N on d alignme nt pin• (from t he ve hicle too l kit) for t he low-
0 e st hole acco rding to t he step s descr ibed for the first
0
"'
'SI'
alignm e nt pin.
267
Emergency a s sistance
tires as soon as possib le an d restore the correct they should be replaced before you check the
running di rectio n on all of the tires . tightening torque.
- Replace the flat tire with a new one and have
Finishing it installed on your vehicle as soon as possi-
ble. Remount the wheel cover.
• Reinstall the caps on the whee l bolts if neces-
sary . Until then, drive with extra care and at reduced
• Store the vehicle tool kit in its designated speeds.
place .
• Make su re t hat t he rep laced wheel, the ve hicle
,&. WARNING
tool kit and t he vehicle jack a re sec ure ly stored - If you are going to equip your vehicle wit h
in t he lugg age co mp art m ent r=:-
page 171 . tires or rims which diffe r from those which
• Che ck the t ire press ure on the ins t alled whee l we re facto ry insta lled, then be sure to read
as soon as possible. the information ¢ page 242 .
• Check the tire press ure and store it in the Info- - Always make sure the damage d w heel or
ta inment system. even a flat tire and the jack and tool kit are
• The wheel bolt tightening specification must be properly sec ure d in the luggage compart-
90 ft lbs (120 Nm). Check it as soon as poss ible m ent and a re not loose in t he pass eng e r
with a torq ue wrenc h. Drive carefully unt il then . compa rt m en t .
• Have t he faulty wheel replaced as quic kly as - In an accide nt or sudde n maneuver they
poss ible . could fly forward, inj uring anyo ne in the ve-
h icle .
(D Tips - Always sto re damaged whee l, jack and to ols
secur ely in t he luggag e compart m ent . Oth-
- If you notice t hat t he whee l bolts are cor -
e rwis e, in an accid en t or sudd en ma neuver
rod ed and diff icult to t urn w hile cha nging a
t hey cou ld fly forward , causing inju ry t o pa s-
t ire, t hey shou ld be re plac ed befor e you
seng ers in t he ve hicle.
che ck t he t ig ht e ning to rque .
- Drive at reduced sp eed un t il you hav e t he
t ight e ning t o rque s che cked.
Notes on wheel changing
Pleas e read t he info rmat ion r=:-page 242 if you

a re go ing to use a sp a re ti re which is differen t
from t he tires on you r vehicle.
Afte r yo u change a t ire:
- Check the tire pressure on the spare immedi-

ately after installation .
- Have the wheel bolt tightening torque
checked with a torque wrench as soon as pos-
sible by your authorized Audi dealer or a
qualified service station .
- With steel and alloy wheel rims, the wheel
bolts are correctly tightened at a torque of
90 ft lb (120 Nm) .
- If you notice that the wheel bolts are corroded
and difficult to turn while changing a tire,
268
Fuses and bulbs
Fuses and bulbs Color Current rating

in amps
Electrical fuses green 30
Replacing fuses orange 40
A fuse that has blown will have metal strips that
,&_WARNING
have burned through . =
Do not repair fuses and never replace a blown
-
fuse with one that has a higher amp rating.
This can cause damage to the e lectr ical sys-
tem and a fire.
(D Note
If a new fuse burns out again shortly after you
have installed it, have the electrical system
checked as soon as poss ible by an authorized
Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facili-
Fig. 184 Front passenger 's side footwell: cover
ty.
The individual circuits are protected by safety

fuses. The fuses are located in the front passeng-
Ci) Tips
er's side footwell behind a cover. - The following table does not list fuse loca-
tions that are not used.
Fuses in the interior - Some of the equipment listed in the follow-
~ Switch the ignition and all electr ical equipment ing tables applies only to certain model ver-
off . sions or certa in optional equipment.
~ Check the following table to see which fuse be-
longs to the equipment c:> page 269. Fuse assignment
~ Remove the cover c:>fig . 184.
~ Fold the floor mat back.
~ Remove the cover c:>fig. 184.
~ Remove the fuse using the clamp.
~ Replace the blown fuse only with an identical
new one .
~ Install the cover.
f
Fuse colo r identification 8
I I
7 G •S
t
I I I ,I
Color Current rating

in amps t I I I
8 7 G ,5
I I I ,I
Black 1
Purple 3
Light brown 5
Brown 7.5
I I I I
Red 10 4 ,3 ,2 ,1
I I I I • I I
CD Blue 15
....
CD
N
Yellow 20
"......
N
0 White or transparent 25 Fig. 185 Front passenger footwell: fuse panel
0
"'
-st
269
Fuses and bulbs
Fuse panel @ (black) Fuse panel @ (red)

No. Equipment 5 Selecto r lever (automatic transmission)
1 St eeri ng col umn sw itch module 7 Inter ior lig hts
Headliner interior light, Haldex clutch, air- 8 W indshie ld w iper (dr iver 's side)
2
bag, sw itch pane l, steering 9 W indshie ld w iper (front passenge r's side)
3 Electronic St abilization Cont rol (ESC) 10 Horn
4 Dynamic steer ing 1 1 Steer ing column switc h mo du le
s Homelink 12 Light switch
Diagnostic port, light co ntrol panel, front
6 Fuse panel © (brown)
central elec tr ic system con t rol module
7 Gateway No. Equipment
8 ESC con t rol module 1 ESC contro l modu le
9 Airbag 2 ESC contro l modu le
10 Climate cont rol system, pressu re sensor 3 Climate contro l system
11 Left LED headlight 4 Vehicle positioning
12 Selector leve r (a utomat ic t rans m iss ion) Driver 's side door (fo r example power win-
5
dows)
13 Right LED head light
Fron t passenger 's s ide door (for exa m ple
14 Aut omatic d imm ing rea rview mirro r 6
power windows)
15 Starter
Front central e lectric system control mod -
7
Fuse panel ® (black) ule
No. Equipment Fron t ce ntral e lec t ric syst em contro l mod-
8
ule
3 Climate con tr ol sys t em blowe r
Front ce ntral e lectr ic system control mod-
Front centra l electric system control mod- 9
4 ule
ule
10 Anti-theft alarm system
Fuse panel © (black) Fron t central e lectr ic system control mod-
11
No. Equipment ule
1 Diagnostic connector 12 Rain/ light sensor
2 Electronic pa rking brake switch
Fuse panel ® (black)
3 Gateway
No. Equipment
4 Engine componen t s
7 Info ta in m en t unit
6 Ciga rette lighte r, sockets
8 Infotainment system control module
7 Inst rument cluste r
Infotainmen t system Bluetoo t h, safety
Rear central e lectr ic system contro l mod- 9
8 belt m icrophone
ule
10 Infotainment system sound am plifier
Rea r ce ntral e lectr ic system contro l mod-
9 1 1 Rearview camera
ule
12 Infotainmen t system Aud i mus ic interface
Fuse panel @ (red)
No. Equipment
3 Electronic Stabilization Cont rol (ESC)
4 Terminal 15 (relay)
270
Fuses and bulbs
Bulbs
Message
Your veh icle is equipped with maintenance-free

headlights and ta il lights. However, if a light bulb
needs to be replaced, please contact your author-
ized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Faci li-
ty.
"'
....
"'
N
"N....
0
0
Vl
'<f
271
Emergency situations
Emergency situations frozen battery completely, otherwise it

could explode .
General - Do not allow battery acid to contact eyes or
This chapter is intended for trained emergency skin. Flush any contacted area with water
crews and working personnel who have the nec-
immediately.
essary tools and equipment to perform these - Improper use of a booster battery to start a
operations. vehicle may cause an explosion.
- Vehicle batteries generate explosive gases.
Keep sparks, flame and lighted cigarettes
Starting by pushing or
away from batteries.
towing - Do not try to jump start any vehicle with a
low acid level in the battery .
CDNote - The voltage of the booster battery must also
Vehicles with an automatic transmission can- have a 12-volt rating. The capacity (Ah) of
not be started by pushing or towing. the booster battery should not be lower
than that of the discharged battery. Use of
Starting with jumper batteries of different voltage or substantial-
ly different "Ah" rating may cause an explo-
cables
sion and personal injury .
If necessary, the engine con be started by con- - Never charge a frozen battery. Gas trapped
necting it to the battery of another vehicle. in the ice may cause an explosion .
If the engine should fail to start because of a dis- - Never charge or use a battery that has been
charged or weak battery, the battery can be con- frozen . The battery case may have be weak-
nected to the battery of another vehicle, using a ened .
pair of jumper cables to start the engine. - Use of batteries of different voltage or sub-
stantially different capacity (Ah) rating may
Jumper cables cause an explosion and injury. The capacity
Use only jumper cables of sufficiently large cross (Ah) of the booster battery should not be
section to carry the starter current safely. Refer lower than that of the discharged battery.
to the manufacturer's specifications. - Before you check anything in the engine
compartment, always read and heed all
Use only jumper cables with insulated terminal WARNINGS ~page 223.
clamps which are distinctly marked :
plus(+) cable in most cases colored red CDNote

minus(-) cable in most cases colored black . -Applying a higher voltage booster battery
will cause expensive damage to sensitive
A WARNING electronic components, such as control
units, relays, radio, etc.
Batteries contain electricity, acid, and gas.
- There must be no electrical contact between
Any of these can cause very serious or fatal in-
the vehicles as otherwise current could al-
jury. Follow the instructions below for safe
ready start to flow as soon as the positive
hand Lingof your vehicle's battery .
(+) terminals are connected.
-Always shield your eyes and avoid leaning
over the battery whenever possible.
@ Tips
-A discharged battery can freeze at tempera-
tures just below 32 °F (0 °C). Before con- The discharged battery must be properly con-
nected to the vehicle's electrical system. .,..
necting a jumper cable, you must thaw the
272
When jump starting or charging the battery, Connecting the positive cable (red) to the
never connect the negative ground cable to positive terminal
the battery negative post because the battery .. Open the cover for jump starting ¢ page 232,
manager system must be able to detect the fig . 166.
battery's state of charge . Always connect the .. Secure an end of the red jump start cable to the
negative ground cable to the negat ive ground positive terminal (D c>fig. 187 at the jump
post of the battery manager control unit . start connection on your vehicle @ .
.,.Secure the other end of the red jump start ca-
Using the jump start ble to the pos itive terminal @ on the battery
cable p roviding the current @ .
Both jump start cables must be connected in the Connecting the negative cable (black) to the
correct order! negative terminal
.,.Secure one end of the black jump start cab le to
the negative terminal @ on the battery that is
providing the current @ .
.,.Secure the other end of the black jump start ca-
ble to the negative terminal © at the jump
start connection in your vehicle @ .
Starting the engine

.,.Start the engine in the veh icle giving the charge
and let it run at idle.
Fig. 186 Luggage com pa rtment: connecto rs for j ump start
.. Now start the engine in the vehicle with the
cables and charg ing uni t
dead battery and wait two to three minutes un-
til it "runs smoothly" .
.,.If the engine does not start, stop the starting
procedure after 10 seconds and then repeat it
after approx imately 30 seconds .
.,.In the veh icle that is being jump started, switch
the heater fa n and rear window defroster on to
reduce any voltage peaks that may occur when
disconnecting the jumper cables. The head-
@ lights must be switched off .
Fig. 187 Ju mp st ar ting us ing a battery in another vehicle: .. Remove the cables when the engines are run-
A - drained, B - providing current
ning. Remove them in reverse order from the
way they were installed.
The procedure described below for connecting
.. Close the cover.
jumper cables is intended to prov ide a jump start
.,.Switch the heater fan and rear window defrost-
for your vehicle.
er off.
Vehicle with discharged battery :
The battery is vented to the outside to prevent
.. Set the parking brake and select the P (Park) gases from entering the vehicle interior . Make
selector lever position. sure that the jumper clamps are well connected
.. Switch the ignition and all electr ical equipment with their metal ports in full contact with the
CD
off . battery te rminals . .,.
....
CD
N
"......
N
0
0
"'
'SI'
273
_& WARNING Towing with a tow truck

To avoid serious personal injury and damage General hints
to the vehicle, heed all warnings and instruc -
Your Audi requires special handling for towing .
tions of the jumper cable manufacturer. If in
doubt, call for road service. The following information is to be used by com-
- Jumper cables must be long enough so that mercial tow t ruck operators who know how to op-
the vehicles do not touch . erate their equipment safely.
- When connecting jumper cables, make sure
- Never tow your Audi. Towing will cause dam-
that they cannot get caught in any moving
age to the engine and transmission.
parts in the engine compartment.
- Never wrap the safety chains or winch cables
- Do not bend over the batteries - danger of
around the brake lines.
chemical burns!
- To prevent unnecessary damage, your Audi
- The battery cell locking screws must be
must be transported with a flat bed truck.
tightened securely.
- To load the vehicle on to the flat bed, use the
- Before you check anything in the engine
towing loop found in the vehicle tools and at-
compartment, always read and heed all
tach to the front anchorage ¢ page 2 74.
WARNINGS r=vpage223.
(D Note
_& WARNING
A vehicle being towed is not safe for passen-
Improper hook-up of jumper cables can ruin
gers. Never allow anyone to ride in a vehicle
the generator.
being towed, for any reason .
-A lways connect POSITIVE(+) to POSITIVE
(+), and NEGATIVE(- ) to NEGATIVE(- )
ground post of the battery manager control Front towing loop
unit.
- Check that all screw plugs on the battery
cells are screwed in firmly. If not, tighten
plugs prior to connecting clamp on negative
battery terminal.
- Please note that the procedure for connect-
ing a jumper cable as described above ap-
plies specifically to the case of your vehicle
being jump started. When you are giving a
jump start to another vehicle, do not con-
Fig. 188 Front bumper: cover
nect the negative (-) cable to the negative
(-) terminal on the discharged battery @
¢ fig. 187. Instead, securely connect the
negative {-) cable to either a solid metal

component that is firmly bolted to the en-
gine block or to the engine block itself. If
the battery that is being charged does not
vent to the outside, escaping battery gas
could ignite and explode!
Fig. 189 Front bumper: install ing the towing Loop
274
The threaded opening for the towing loop is lo-

cated behind a cover on the right side of the front
bumper .
..,Remove the tow ing loop from the veh icle tool
kit ¢ page 262 .
... Press inward on the upper left side of the cap
to remove it from the bumper ¢ fig. 188 .
..,Tighten the towing loop in the threaded open -
ing until it stops ¢ fig . 189 and then tighten it
with a wheel wrench .
..,After using, place the towing loop back in the
vehicle tool kit.
& WARNING
-
If the towing loop is not tightened unti l it
stops when installing, the threads may be
pulled out when towing the vehicle and that
could cause an accident.
Loading the vehicle onto a flat bed truck
Fig. 190 Vehicle on flat bed truck
Front hook up
...Align the vehicle w ith the centerline of the car
earner ramp .
..,Attach the winch hook to the front towline eye
previously installed.
@ Tips
Check carefully to make sure the hook-up is
secure befo re moving the car up the flatbed
truck ramp .
CD
....
CD
N
"....
N
0
0
"'
'SI'
275
Technical data
Technical data Vehicle identification label

The vehicle identification label¢ fig . 192 is locat-
Vehicle specifications ed on the fuses in the front passenger's side foot-
well ¢ page 2 69.
The information of the vehicle identification label

can also be found in your Warranty & Mainte-
nance booklet.
The st icker contains the fo llow ing vehicle data:
(D Vehicle Identifica t ion Number (VIN)

@ Vehicle type, eng ine output, transmission
® Engine and transmission codes
Fig. 191 Windshiel d (fro nt left side): VI N
@ Paint and interior codes
0
0
0:, ® Optional equipment numbers
®--+ fAHRZC
XXXXX
. - ll)[jjf- Nil
.
X XXX xx
XX- X- XXX ..
0
J:'
a:,
Safety compliance sticker
Vlll[l£ • OOIT • NO
. XXXXXXXXXXX XXXX
XXX
X
The safety compliance sticker is your assurance
1YP/ rtl'! XXXXXX
that your new veh icle complies with all applicable
xx xxxxxxx
xx xx xx Federal Motor Veh icle Safety Standards which
®-t
©+
Ml)TO
RKB./ CETll
IACl(
kS.
OC.OOll/ lllAMS
XXX KW
. lllO!
flR./ INNENAIJSS
t
xxxx
XXX
XXXXXX
were in effect at the time the vehicle was manu-
factured. You can find this sticker on the door
PAINT WlllllOfl
NO.
/ XXXXI XXXXXXX
I XX jamb on the driver's side. It shows the month and
II.- AUSST . / OPTIO
NS
year of production and the vehicle identification
E0A 7 D5 4U B 6XM 5SG 5RW
2 EH J OZ l l B lA S lBA number of your vehicle (perforation) as well as
3 FC 5MU 7X1 the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) and the
F0A 9G3 0G7 0YH 0JF
TL6 3 KA 8EH UlA X9B OZ7 Gross Axle We ight Rating (GAWR).
l XW 80 3 908 8Z4 020
7T6 CV7 7K0 4X3 2 K2
3 L4 4KC 3Y0 413 50 2 High voltage warning label
1SA 7GB 0 1A 4GO
The high voltage warn ing label is located in the
XX X XX X XX X xxxx engine compartment next to the engine hood re-
lease. The spark ignition system complies w ith
the Canadian standard ICES-002.
Fig. 192 Vehicle identifica t ion labe l
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) in the

Weights
Infotainment system Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
~ Select in the Infotainment system: the IMENU I The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR), and
button > left control button > Service& checks the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for front
> Vehicle information. and rear are listed on a sticker on the door jamb
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) on t he driver 's side.
The VIN can be found in the Infotainment sys- The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating includes the
tem, on the vehicle data label and under the weight of the basic vehicle plus full fuel tank, oil
windshield on the driver's side* ¢ fig. 191. and coolant, plus maximum load, which includes
passenger weight (150 lbs/68 kg per designated
seat ing position) and luggage weight ¢ ,&.. ..,.
276
Techn ical data
Gross Axle Weight Rating - Do not exceed the maximum perm issible
The Gross Axle Weight Rating is the maximum axle loa ds or the maximum gross vehicle
we ight . Always remember that the vehicle's
load that can be applied at each axle of the vehi-
hand li ng will be affected by the extra load.
cle~ .& .
Therefore, adjust your speed accordingly.
Vehicle capacity weight - Always observe local regulations.
The vehicle capacity we ight (max. load) is listed
on the drive r's side 8-p ill ar. Dimensions
_& WARNING The dimensions can vary depending on the mod -
el, equipment and measuring methods used in
- The actu al Gross Axle Weight Rat ing at the
each market.
front and rear axles should not exceed the
permissible weights, and their combination Length In 174.25
must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight (mm) (4 ,42 6)
Rating. W idt h in 76.38
- Exceeding permissib le weight ratings can (mm) (1,940)
result in vehicle damage, accidents and per-
W idt h across the mir rors in 80. 2 (2,037)
sonal inju ry. (mm)
Height at curb weight in 4 8.82
(mm) (1,240)
- The vehicle capacity weight figures apply
when the load is distributed evenly in the When driving on poor roads, by curbs and on
vehicle (passengers and luggage). When steep ramps, make sure that low- lying compo-
transporting a heavy load in the luggage nents such as the spoiler and exhaust system do
compartment, carry the load as near to the not come int o cont act w ith these or they could be
rear axle as possible so that the vehicle's damaged . This applies especially when t he vehi-
handling is not impaired. cle is fully loaded .
Capacities
Fuel tank gal (l) approx. 21.9 (83)
Windsh ield washer syst em gal (l) approx. 0.74 (2.8)
"'
....
"'
N
"N....
0
0
Vl
'<f
277
Te c h nical data
Gasoline engines
R8 5 .2 , 10 cylinder (397 kW)
Maximum output SAE net hp@ rpm 540@7800

Maximum torq ue SAE net lb -ft@ rpm 398@6500
Displacement CID (cm 3) 317,6 (5204)
Engine oil with filter change 1>
Fuel ¢page220
ll For specific engine oil capacities, please see for Canada at http://www.audi.ca/ca/brand/ en/
the most current information for the USA at your _audi/aud i_services_and/Care_and_Mainte-
http:/ /www .audiusa.com/help/ma intenance or nance/sched ule. html or call 800-822-2834 .
R8 5.2, 10 cylinder (449 kW)
Maximum output SAE net hp@ rpm 610@8250

Maximum torq ue SAE net lb -ft @ rpm 41 3 @65 00
Displacement CID (cm 3) 317,6 (5204)
Engine oil with f ilter change 1>
Fuel ¢page220
ll For specific engine oil capacities, please see

the most current information for the USA at
http:/ /www.aud iusa.com/he lp/ma intenance or
for Canada at http:/ /www.aud i.ca/ca/b rand/ en/
your _audi/ aud i_services_and/Ca re_and_Ma i nte-
na nce/ schedule.htm l or call 800-82 2-2834.
278
Con s umer inf o rmation
Consumer information (D Note
Warranty coverages Audi cannot be respons ible for mechanical

damage that could resu lt from inadequate
Your Audi is covered by the foll owing war ran- fuel, service or parts ava ilability.
tie s:
- New Vehicle Limited Warranty Audi Service Repair

- Limited Warranty Against Corrosion Perfora- Manuals and Literature
tion
- Emissions Control System Warranty Audi Official Factory Service Manuals and Litera-
- Emissions Performance Warranty ture are published as soon as poss ible after mod-
- California Emissions Control Warranty (USA el introduction. Service ma nu als and literature
vehicles only) are avai lab le to order from the Audi Tec hnical Lit -
erature Ordering Center at:
- California Emissions Performance Warranty
(USA vehicles only) www .audi .t echliteratur e.com
Detailed information regard ing your warranties

can be found in yo ur W arranty & Mainten ance Maintenance
booklet .
General
Operating your vehicle Your vehicle has been designed to he lp keep

maintenance requirements to a min imum. How-
outside the U.S.A. or
ever, a certain amount of regular maintenance is
Canada still necessary to assure your veh icle's safety,
Government reg ulations in the United States and economy and reliab ility . For detailed vehicle
Canada require that automobiles meet specific maintenance consult your Wa rranty & Mainte-
emission regulations and safety standards. nance book let .
Therefore, vehicles built for the U.S.A. and Cana- Under diff icult operating condition s, for exam-
da differ from vehicles sold in other countries. ple at extremely low outside temperatures, in
If you p lan to take your vehicle outside the conti- very dusty regions, etc., some se rvice work
nenta l limits of the United States or Canada, sho uld be pe rformed between the intervals speci -
there is the poss ibility that: fied. This app lies part icu larly to:
- unleaded fue ls for vehicles with cata lytic con- - oil changes, and
verter may not be available; - cleaning or replacing the a ir filter .
- fuel may have a considerably lower octane rat-
ing. Imprope r fuel may ca use engine damage;
- service may be inadequate due to lack of proper By regularly maintaining your vehicle, you
service facilities, tools or testing eq uipment; help make sure that emiss ion standards are
- rep lacement parts may not be readily ava ilable. maintained, thus min imizing adverse effects
- Navigation systems for veh icles built for the on the enviro nment.
U.S.A. and Canada will not necessa rily work in
Europe, and may not wo rk in other countries '
Important considerations for you and your
outside North Ame rica. vehicle
The increas ing use of electronics, soph istica t ed

"'
....
"'
N
fuel injection and emission control systems, and
"N.... the genera lly increasing technica l comp lexity of
0
0
Vl
today's automobiles, have steadily reduced the ""'
'<f
279
Consumer information
scope of maintenance and repairs which can be

carried out by vehicle owners. Also, safety and -
A WARNING
environmental concerns place very strict limits - Serious personal injury may occur as a result
on the nature of repairs and adjustments to en- of improperly performed maintenance, ad-
gine and transmission parts which an owner can justments or repairs .
perform . - Always be extremely careful when working
on the vehicle. Always follow commonly ac-
Maintenance, adjustments and repairs usually re- cepted safety practices and general com-
quire special tools, testing devices and other mon sense. Never risk personal injury.
equipment available to specially trained work-
- Do not attempt any of the maintenance,
shop personnel in order to assure proper per-
checks or repairs described on the following
formance, reliability and safety of the vehicle and
pages if you are not fully familiar with these
its many systems .
or other procedures with respect to the ve-
Improper maintenance, adjustments and repairs hicle, or are uncertain how to proceed.
can impair the operation and reliability of your - Do not do any work without the proper tools
vehicle and even void your vehicle warranty. and equipment. Have the necessary work
Therefore, proof of servicing in accordance with done by your authorized Audi dealer or an-
the maintenance schedule may be a condition for other properly equipped and qualified work-
upholding a possible warranty claim made within shop.
the warranty period. - The engine compartment of any motor vehi-
cle is a potentially hazardous area. Never
Above all, operational safety can be adversely af-
reach into the area around or touch the radi-
fected, creating unnecessary risks for you and
ator fan. It is temperature controlled and
your passenger.
can switch on suddenly - even when the en-
If in doubt about any servicing, have it done by gine is off. The radiator fan switches on au-
your authorized Audi dealer or any other properly tomatically when the coolant reaches a cer-
equ ipped and qualified workshop. We strongly tain temperature and will continue to run
urge you to give your authorized Audi dealer the until the coolant temperature drops.
opportunity to perform all scheduled mainte- - Always switch off the ignition before anyone
nance and necessary repairs. Your dealer has the gets under the vehicle.
facilities, original parts and trained specialists to - Always support your vehicle with safety
keep your vehicle running properly. stands if it is necessary to work underneath
the vehicle. The jack supplied with the vehi-
Performing limited maintenance yourself
cle is not adequate for this purpose and
The following pages describe a limited number of could collapse causing serious personal in-
procedures which can be performed on your vehi- Jury.
cle with ordinary tools, should the need arise and - If you must work underneath the vehicle
trained personnel be unavailable. Before per- with the wheels on the ground, always make
forming any of these procedures, always thor- sure the vehicle is on level ground, that the
oughly read all of the applicable text and carefu l- wheels are always securely blocked and that
ly follow the instructions given. Always rigo rously the engine cannot be started.
observe the WARNINGS provided. - Always make sure the transmission selector
Before you check anything in the engine com- lever (automatic transmission) is in P (Park
partment, always read and heed all WARNINGS position) and the park brake is applied. ..,
c>& and c>& in Working in the engine compart-
ment on page 223.
280
Consumer information
@ For the sake of the environment A WARNING

- Changing the engine settings will adversely Using the wrong spare parts or using non-ap-
affect emission levels. This is detrimental to proved accessories can cause damage to the
the environment and increases fuel con- vehicle and serious personal injury.
sumption. - Use only accessories expressly approved by
- Always observe environmental regulations Audi and genuine Audi spare parts
when disposing of old engine oil, used brake - These parts and accessories have been spe-
fluid, dirty engine coolant, spent batteries cially designed to be used on your vehicle.
or worn out tires . - Never install accessories such as telephone
- Undeployed airbag modules and pretension- cradles or beverage holders on airbag covers
ers might be classified as Perchlorate Mate- or within the airbag deployment zones . Do-
rial -special handling may apply, see ing so will increase the risk of injury if air-
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlo- bags are triggered in an accident!
rate . When the vehicle or parts of the re- - Before you check anything in the engine
straint system including airbag modules compartment, always read and heed all
safety belts with pretensioners are scrap- WARNINGS9 page223.
ped, all applicable laws and regulations
must be observed. Your authorized Audi (D Note
dealer is familiar with these requirements
- If items other than genuine Audi spare
and we recommend that you have your deal-
parts, add-on equipment and accessory
er perform this service for you.
items are used or if repair work is not per-
formed according to specified methods, this
Accessories and can result in severe damage to your vehi-
technical changes cle's engine and body (such as corrosion)
and adversely affect your vehicle's warranty.
Additional accessories and parts
- If emergency repairs must be performed
replacement
elsewhere, have the vehicle examined by an
Always consult an authori zed Audi dealer before authorized Audi dealer as soon as possible.
purchasing accessories. - The manufacturer cannot be held liable for
damage which occurs due to failure to com-
Your vehicle incorporates the latest safety design
ply with these stipulations.
features ensuring a high standard of active and
passive safety.
Technical Modifications
This safety could be compromised by non-ap-
proved changes to the vehicle. For this reason, if Our guidelines must be complied with when t ech-
parts have to be replaced, please observe the fol- nical modifications are made.
lowing points when installing additional accesso- Always consult an authorized Audi dealer before
ries: starting work on any modifications.
Approved Audi accessories and genuine Audi This will help ensure that vehicle function, per-
parts are available from authorized Audi dealers. formance and safety are not impaired 9 ,& .
These dealers also have the necessary facilities, Attempting to work on electronic components
tools and trained specialists to install the parts and the software used with them can cause mal-
and accessories properly . functions. Because of the way electronic compo-
"'
....
"'
N
nents are interconnected with each other, such
"N.... malfunctions can also have an adverse affect on
0
0
Vl
other systems that are not directly involved. This ..,.
'<f
281
Con s umer inf o rm a tion
means t hat you risk both a substantia l reduction (2) this device must accept any inte rference re-
in the operational safety of your vehicle and an ceived, including interference that may cause un-
increased wear of veh icle parts ~ &. . desired operation.
Author ized Audi dealers w ill perform this work in FCC Part 15.21
a professional and competent manner or, in spe-
CAUTION:
cial cases, refer you to a professional company
that specializes in such modif icat ions. Changes or modifications not expressly approved
by the party responsible for compliance could
A WARNING void the user's aut hority to operat e t he equip-
Improper repairs and modifications can ment .
change the way vehicle systems work and
RSS-Gen Issue 1
cause damage to the veh icle and serious per-
sonal injury. Operat ion is subject to the following two cond i-
tions:
([) Note (1) this device may not cause interference, and
If emergency repairs must be performed else-
(2) this device must accept any interference, in-
where, have the vehicle examined by an au-
cluding interfe rence that may cause undesired
thorized Audi dealer as soon as possib le.
operation of the device.
Declaration of Compliance, Telecommuni-

cation and Electronic Systems
Radio Frequency Devices and Radiocommunica-

tion Equipment User Manual Notice.
The manufacturer is not responsible for any radio

or TV interference caused by unauthor ized modi-
fications to this equipment .
Devices
The fo ll ow ing devices each comp ly w ith FCCPart
15.19, FCC15.21 and RSS-GenIssue 1:
- Cell phone package*

- Convenience key*
- Electron ic immobilizer
- Garage door opene r (Homelink)*
- Remote control key
- Tire pressure monitoring system
FCC Part 15 .19

This device complies with part 15 of t he FCC
Rules. Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful int erfer -

ence, and
282
Index
A All weather lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

All wheel drive ........................
38
85
A/C (climate control system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
All wheel drive (indicator light) ........... 17
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Alte rnative routes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Adaptive dampers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Amb ient lighting ...................... 42
Adapt ive l ight (ind icato r light) . . . . . . . . . . . 16
AMI
Adjusting air distribution (Climate control sys-
refer to Aud i music interface ....... 152, 153
tem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Announcements (sett ings)
Adjusting the center console lighting . . . . . . 42
refer to Voice guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Adjusting the sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Anti -freeze
Adjusting the temperature (climate control
Windshield washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Anti- lock braking system (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Advanced Airbag System
81
Anti -sl ip regulat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Childr en ... . . . . .............. . . ... . 207
Anti -theft alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Components . . . .............. ....... 188
Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Front airbags . . ............ . . . . . ... . 186
How the components work together . . . . 190 Asht ray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . .......... ... . . ... . 181 Audi connect . . . . . . .. . ...... .. .. 119
.. .. ..
Indicator light ... .......... ... . . . . . . . 15 Data connection . . .. . ...... .. .. 124
.. .. ..
A.1rb ag system . . . ............ Data protection . . .. . ...... .. .. 126
.. .. ..
. . . . . ... . 200
Services (overview) . . ...... .. .. 121
.. .. ..
Advanced Airbag-System ....... . . . . . . . 185
Care . . . . . . . . . . . .......... ... . . ... . 195 Setup . . . . . . . . . . .. . ...... .. .. 119
.. .. ..
Child restraints .................... . 207 Audi music interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Components (front airbags) .......... . 188 Audi music stream
Danger of fitting a child safety seat on the refer to Wi -Fi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
front passenger seat ........ . . . . . ... . 182 Audio files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Disposal . . . . . . ....... .. . . . ... . . . . . . 195 Audio player
Front airbags . ................ . ... . . 185 Bl uetooth aud io player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
How do the front airbags work? .... . . . . 190 Wi-Fi audio player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
How many airbags does my vehicle have? 188 Audio track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 7
I mportant info rmat ion ...... . . . . . ... . 181 Audi Service Repair Manuals and Literature 279
I mportant safety instr uctions on the knee Audi virtual cockpit (instrument cluster) .... 8
airbag system . . . . .......... . . . . . ... . 198
AUTO
Knee airbags . . . . . .......... ... . . ... . 197 Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . 52
Monitoring . . . . ................ . ... . 192
Automatic headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
PASSENGERAIR BAG li ght ..... . . . ... . 193
Auto Lock (cent ral locking) .............. 27
Repairs . . . . . . . . . .......... . . . . . ... . 195
Automatic belt retractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Safety instructions ..... .. . . . ... . . . . . . 194
Side airbags . . ................ . ... . . 199 Auto matic climate control system
Side curtain airbags . . ...... . ..... . . . . 202
refer to Climate control system (automatic) .S2
Warning/Indicator l ights ...... . . . ... . 192 27

Automat ic key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
When must the system be inspected? 192 Automat ic post-collision braking system . . . 81
Air pressure Automat ic t ransmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Tire Pressure Monitoring System . . . . . . . 252 Launch Control-Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
"' Alarm system Automat ic transmission (S t ronic)
"'
;:::: refer to Anti-theft alarm system . . . . . . 27, 32 Manual shifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
"~ Alig nment pin (t ir e changing) . . . . . . . . . . . 262
0
~ All season tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
'<f
283
Index
Automatic transmission (S tronic) Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Emergency program . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 68 Worn brake pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lS
Kick-down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 68 Braking
Parking lock emergency release . .. .. .. .. 69 Brake assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Selector lever positions . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 64 Emergency braking function . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Automatic wipe/wash system . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Automatic zoom (navigation) . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Break-in security feature ................ 27
Auto Safety Hotline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Breaking in
AUX input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S3 New engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S4
Average consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 New tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Average speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Browser
Avoid damaging the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S4 refer to Media center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lSS
Bulb fai lure (indicator light) ............. 16
Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
B Buttons
BACKbutton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Control panel (MMI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Balance (sound) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16S Multifunction steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Bass (sound) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16S
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ...... .. . . . 230
Charge level . . . . . . . . . . . .. ...... .. . . . . 87
C
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ...... .. 13, 232 Cable (USB adapter/AUX connector cable) 1S2
Disconnecting/connecting .. ...... .. . . . 230 California Proposition 65 Warning . . . . . . . 224
Energy management . . . . .. ...... .. . . . . 87 Battery specific . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
I mportant warn ings . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . 231 Call list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. 13 Calloptions .......................... 116
Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . 272 Capacities
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . 231 Fuel tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Not running for long periods of time . .. . 230 Washer fluid reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . 233 Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Winter operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . 230 Cargo area
Working on the battery . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . 231 refer to Luggage compartment. ........ 171
Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Cell phone
Better route (navigation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Playing music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Blended gasoline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 also refer to Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Blower (climate control system) . . . . . . . . . . S2 Central locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .... . 27
Bluetooth Central locking switch . . . . . . . . .. .. .... . 30
Aud io player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lS0 Emergency locking . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .... . 31
Connecting a cell phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Luggage compartment l id . . . . . .. .. .... . 32
Sett ings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .... . 34
Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Remote control key . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .... . 29
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . . 83 Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .... . 31
Brake assist system . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . . 81 Ceramic brake rotors
Brake booster . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . . 83 New brake pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 230 Certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Ceramic brake rotors . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . . 83 Changing engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
New brake pads . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . . 83 Changing light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Charging the battery (mobile devices) . . . . 153
284
Index
Child rest raint Rear window defogger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Danger of using child rest raints in the front Recirculation mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Child rest raints Closing
Where can I get additional informa tion Engine compartment lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
about child rest raints and their use? ... . 2 18 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Closing/ope ning
Impo rtant safety inst ructions for using child by remote contro l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
safe ty sea ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Using the convenience key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Tet her anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 with the central locking switch . . . . . . . . . . 30
Tether straps . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . 2 17 Closing and opening
Child safety seats With the door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Booste r seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 12 Cockpit (overview) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Convert ible child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Coming home . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
How do I properly install a child safe ty seat Command (voice recogn it ion system) . . . . . 102
. my ve h'1cle ?. . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . 208
in
Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Infant seats . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . 210
Compass in the mirro r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 2
Child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Secur ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Conference call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1
Cigarette lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Connection manage r 163
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Connect ions
refer to Media . . . . . . . . .......... 14 7, 154
Clea ning/ remov ing ice from windows . . . . . 258
Connect ion settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Cleaning Alcantara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Consume r informat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Cleaning artificia l leat her . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Consumer Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Clea ning carbon parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 , 259
Consumption (fuel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 276
Cleaning contro ls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Contac t ing NHTSA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Cleani ng deco rat ive parts and t rim . . . 257 , 258
Contacts
Clea ning displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Additional directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Cleaning exha ust tai l pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 7
import ing/exporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Clea ning plast ic parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Memory capacity . . . . . . ............ . . 117
Clean ing rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 Sea rching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 5
Cleani ng seat covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Showing details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Clea ning ta il lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 Storing as destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Cleaning textiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Control buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 , 92
Clea ning the Audi virt ual cockpit . . . . . . . . . 258 Control knob with joyst ick function . . . . . . . . 95
Clean ing t he instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . 258 Convenience key
Climate cont rol system (automatic) Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Adju sting air vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Stopping the eng ine (START ENGINESTOP
Adjusting the temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 button) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Air dist ribution, air vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Convenie nce openi ng/clos ing . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
AUTO(automatic mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Convertib le child safety seats . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Blower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Convertib le locking retracto r
"' Contro ls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Activating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
"'....
N Defogging windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Deact ivat ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
"N.... Drive select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
0
0 Using to secure a child safety seat . . . . . . 215
Vl
'<f
285
Index
Cooling down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Driver inf ormat ion system . . . . . . .. .. .. .. . 20

Cooling mode (climate contro l system) .... 52 Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. 9
Cooling system Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. 9
Adding coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 229 On-board computer . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. . 23
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 228 Outs ide temperature display. . . .. .. .. .. . 19
Coolant level checking . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 229 Service interva l display . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 234
Coolant temperature indicato r . . .. .. .. .. . 8 Drives
I ndicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 12 refer to Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . 147, 154
Corner ing light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Drive select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Crosshairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Driving econom ically . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Cruise control system Drivi ng safe ly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Changing speed . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 72 Drivi ng through wat er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Presele ct ing speed . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 72 Dr iving time .......................... 23
Switchi ng off . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 72 Dust fil t er
switch ing on . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 71 refer to Pollutant fi lter 51
Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 DVD drive (med ia drives) 148
Curre nt consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Dynam ic steering
Ind icator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
D Dynam ic vol ume
Data connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
refer to System volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Data pro t ect ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126, 14 7

Data recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 E
Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 16 2 E-ma il 113
Date display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Econom ical route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Daytime running lights ................. 38 Electromechanical parking brake
Declaratio n of compliance refer to Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Audi side assist . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. .. . 28 2 Elect romechanical power st eering . . . . . . . . 84
Cell phone package . . . . . . . . . .... .. .. . 28 2 Ind icator lig ht . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Convenience key . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. .. . 282 Electronic differe ntial lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Electronic immob ilizer. . . . . . . .... .. .. . 282 Electronic immobilizer .................. 27
Garage doo r opener (Homelink) ... .. .. . 282 Elect ron ic stab ili zati on control (ESC) . . . . . . 81
Remote control key . . . . . . . . . .... .. .. . 282 Automat ic post -collis ion braking system . . 81
Defogg ing (wi ndows) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Ind icator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
DEF (instrument cluster) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Sport mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Deluxe automatic climate control Emergency assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
refer to Climate contro l system (automatic) .5.2 Emergency f lasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Determin ing cor rect load l imi t . . . . . . . . . . 24 8 Emergen cy locking t he doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Digita l compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Emergency locking the front passenger door 31
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 Emergency ope ration
Dimmi ng the rearview mir ror . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3 Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .... . 31
Directory Emergency braking function . . . .. .. .... . 63
refer to Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Engine compartment li d . . . . . . .. .. .... 224
Display Luggage compartment l id . . . . . .. .. .... . 33
refer to Audi virtual cockpit (instrument Parking lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .... . 69
cluste r) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Emergency starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Dist ance dr iven . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Emissions data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
286
Index
Energy management ................... 87 Fast forwarding/rewinding (audio/video

Engine file) · · · · ·. · . . . . . . . . . ................ 154
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . ....... .. .. .. .. .. . 228 Fast forwarding (audio/video file) . . . . . . . . 154
Start-Stop system . ....... .. .. .. .. .. . . 59 Fast route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Starting . . . . . . . . . ....... .. .. .. .. . 56, 57 Favorites
Starting with jumper cables .. .. .. .. .. . 272 Media 156
St opping
. ......... ....... .. .. .. .. .. . . 57 Navigation . ... . . . . ................ . 130
Warming up/cooling down . .. .. .. .. .. . . 63 Telephone . . ... . . . ................ .. 112
Eng ine compartment File formats (med ia drives) 159
Lid emergency release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Floor mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Opening/closing the lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Fog lights/rear fog light(s) .............. 38
Overview . . . . . ................ . . ... . 225
Foot pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Footwell lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Engine control (indicator light) . . . . . . . . . . . 15
For the sake of the environment
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 225
Environmentally-friendly driving . . . . . . . . 54
adding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 227
Fueling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 227
Leaks. . ... . ... . . . ................ . . 224
Checking oil level . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 227
Free text search · ·· · · · · · · · · ......... . . . 98
Consumption . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 227
Media · · · · . ... .. . . ................ . 156
I ndicator light . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 13
Navigation . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Oil consumption . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 226
Radio · ·. · . ... .. . . ................ . 144
Specification and viscosity .. .. .. .. .. .. . 225
Telephone. . ... .. . ................ . . 115
Temperature display . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 24
Freeze protection
Engine speed limitation (indicator light) 15
Coolant · · · . . . . . . . . ................ . 228
Engine Start/Stop mode
Frequency band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143, 145
refer to Start -Stop system ............. 61
Front airbags
Entering characters/numbers (speller) . . . . . 96
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Enter ing letters (speller) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
How they work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Environment
Frontal collisions and the laws of physics . . 175
Proper disposal of drained engine oil . . . . 227
Front lid
Unleaded gasoline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
refer to Luggage compartment lid . . . . . . . 32
Event Data Recorder (EDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Front seats
Exterior lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Exterior mirrors
Child restraints in the front seat . . . . . . . . 182
Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
also refer to Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Dimming . ... . . . .......... . ..... . . . . . 43
Fuel · · · · · · · . ... . . . ................ . . 220
Heating ... . . . ................ . ... . . . 42
Additives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . 220
External voice operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Blended gasoline . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . 220
Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . 276
F Current consumption . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . . 23
Factory default settings (MMI) 163 Ethano l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . 220
Fuel filler neck . . . . . . .............. . . 221
Fastening
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .... 8
Booster seats . . . . .......... . . . . . ... . 212
Fuel tank capacity . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . 277
"' Convertible child safety seats . . . . . . . . . . 211
....
"' Gasoline additives . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . 221
N Infant seats . . ................ . . ... . 210
"N.... Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . . 16
0
0 Saving fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. 54, 73
Vl
'<f
287
Index
Fueling Imbalance (whee ls) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Fuel tank capac ity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 Important things to do before driving . . . . 167
Opening the fuel filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Importing/exporting (contacts) . . . . . . . . . 116
Fuses Improperly worn safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
PASSENGERAIR BAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
G Infant seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Garage door opener (Home Link) . . . . . . . . . . 34 Inflation pressure (tires) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Garment hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SO Input
Gasoline . . . . . . . . ....... .. .. .... .. .. . 220 Using the MMI touch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Octane rating . . . ....... .. .. .... .. .. . 220 using the speller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Recommendation ....... .. .. .... .. .. . 220 Input level (media) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Generator (indicator light) . .. .. .... .. .. . . 13 Inspection interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Global commands (voice recognition Installing child safety seats
system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Safety be lts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Glossary of tire and loading terminology . . 237 Installing the upper tether strap on the an-
Glove compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 chorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) . . . . . 276 Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Instruments ........................... 8
Adjusting the lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
H Interior lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Handsfree 108
Intermittent (windshield wipers) . . . . . . . . . 44
Headlight range control system (indicator
Internet
light) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
refer to Audi connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Internet radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Clean ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
iPod
Washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
refer to Audi music interface . . . . . . . 152, 153
Heated
exterior mirrors ........ .... .... .. .. . . 42
Rear window . . ......... .... .... .. .. . . 53 J
Seats . . . . . . . . ......... .... .... .. .. . . 53 Joystick function (MMI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Washer nozzles ........ .... .... .. .. . . 44 Jukebox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Hexagonal socket ........ .... .... .. .. . 262 Jump-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
High beams Jump start cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Assistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
High voltage warn ing label . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Home address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130, 133
K
Key........... ..... . . ................ 27
Homelink (garage door opener) . . . . . . . . . . 34
Key not recognized . ............. .. ... 58
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Key replacement . . . ............. .. ... 27
How many airbags does my vehicle have? . . 188
Key tag with PIN . . . ............. .. ... 27
How safety belt pretens ioners work . . . . . . 179 Mechanical key . . . ... . . . ... . ...... . 27, 28
Messages . . . . . . . . . ............. .. ... 57
I Replacing the battery ............ .. ... 29
unlocking/locking .. ............. .. ... 29
Ignition (indicator light) ................ 14
288
Index
Unlocking/ locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 with the central locking switch . . . . . . . . . . 30

Unlocking and lock ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 with th e convenience key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Key recogn ition (cl imate control system) . . . 51 Locking and unlock ing
Kick-down (aut omatic t ransmission) . . . . . . . 68 On the door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Knee airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. . 197 Low beams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. . 197 Luggage compartment
How they work . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. . 198 Emergency exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Important safety instructions . .. .. .. .. . 198 Loading... . ... . . . . . ... . . . .... . ... . . 17 1
Luggage compartment lid
L Emergency release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Opening/closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Lap timer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Lumbar support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Evaluating recorded times. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Laser lighting ......................... 39 M
Launch Control -Program (automatic transmis - Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
sion) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Maintenance intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Leathe r care/cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Making an emergency call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Leaving home . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Map
License agreement (MMI) .............. 166 Functions . . . .. .. .. . .. .... .. .. .. .. .. 137
Lifting points (vehicl e jack) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Map content . .. .. .. . .. .... .. .. .. .. .. 136
Light Operating . . . .. .. .. . .. .... .. .. .. .. .. 136
Headlight assistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Settings . . . . .. .. .. . .. .... .. .. .. .. .. 138
Headlight flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Update . . . . . .. .. .. . .. .... .. .. .. .. .. 128
Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Mechani cal key . . . . . . . ... . . .... . . . . . 27, 28
Interior/reading lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Media ..... . ... . . . . ............. 147, 154
Switching daytime running lights on and off .41 Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Light/rain sensor Supported formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Med ia center . . . . . . . ....... .. . . . . ... . . 155
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Memory capacity
Intermittent (windshield wipers) . . . . . . . . 44 Directory ..... . ... . ... . .......... . .. 116
Lighting Jukebox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Memory card
I nterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 SD card reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Lights Supported types/formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Coming/leaving home ....... .. .. .. .. . . 41 MENU button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Daytime running lights ...... .. .. .. .. . . 38 Menu language
Entry/ex it lighting . . . ....... .. .. .. .. . . 41 refer to Sett ing the language . . . . . . . . . . 162
Fog lights and rear fog light(s) .. .. .. .. . . 38 Menus/symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Low beams . . . . . . . . . ....... .. .. .. .. . . 38 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Parking light . . . . . . . . ....... .. .. .. .. . . 38 also refer to E-mail . ................ . 113
Listening to music
Mirror
refer to Med ia . ... . .......... . . . 147 , 154
dimming . . . . . . . . . ..... . .. . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Loading the luggage compartment ....... 171 Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
"'
.... Lacking/un locking
"' Mirror compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
N
by remote control .................... 29
"N.... Mirrors
0
0 Adjusting the exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Vl
'<f
289
I nd ex
MMI On-Board Diagnostic System (OBD)

refer to Multi Media Interface . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Data Link Connector (DLC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
MMI search On/Off knob (MMI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
refer to Free text search . . . . . . . . . . . 98, 156 Online destinations
MMI touch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 refer to Point of interest search . . . . . . . . 131
Mon itoring the Advanced Airbag System 192 Online map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
MP3 Online media ... . . . ... . . .............. 151
refer to Jukebox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Online services
Multifunction steering wheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 refer to Aud i connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Buttons ... . . . . . ................ . .... 21 Opening
Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Engine compartment lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Multi Media Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Fuel fi ll er door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Music coll ection Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ . . . 33
refer to Jukebox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Opening/closing
Mute Using the convenience key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
refer to Muting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 with the central locking switch . . . . . . . . . . 30
Muting . ..... . . . . . ................... 165 Opening and closing
myAudi On the door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Configuring (Audi connect services) . . . . . 120 Operating
Logging in in the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Mult ifunct ion steer ing wheel . . . . . . . . . . . 20
PIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Mult i Media Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Voice recogn it ion system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
N Operat ing on driving tracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Options menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95, 96
Natura l leather care/cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Outs ide temperature display . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
NAV/MAP button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Overview (Cockpit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Control panel (MMI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
also refer to Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
p
Network connection (Wi -Fi) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Paint damage 258
NHTSA Paint number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Contacting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Parenta l contro l (DVD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Number of seats ...................... 174 Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Emergency braking function . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
0 Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . 11,
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
61
62
Occupant seating positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Power supp ly failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Octane rating (gasoline) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Releasing/setting .................... 61
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Start ing from a stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
OFF (climate cont rol system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 also refer to Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Oil Parking light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
I ndicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Parking system
also refer to Engine oi l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Adjus t ing the display/warn ing tone . .. .. . 80
Oil change interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Cleaning sensors and cameras . . . . . .. .. 257
On-Board-Diagnostic System (OBD) Cleaning the rearview camera . . . . . . .. .. . 78
System indicator light (MIL) . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . 80
On-boa rd compu t er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Parking system plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . 77
290
Index
Peripheral display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Rearview camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Q
quattro (all whee l drive) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
also refer to Parking systems . . . . . . . . 77, 78
Question
Parking systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
What happens to unbelted occupants? . . 175
Parts replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
PASSENGERAIR BAG light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Paths (Owner's Manual) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 R
Pause (audio/video file) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 154 Racing bucket seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Radio ...... . . . . . . . . ................ . 143
Performance mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Presets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Peripheral display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Radio text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Phone book Rain/light sensor
refer to Contacts . ............ . . . . . . . 114 Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Physical principles of a frontal collision . . . 175 Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Intermittent (windshie ld wipers) . . . . . . . . 44
Picture format (video) ............ . ... . 157
Random playback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Playback (med ia) . . ............ . . . . . . . 154
Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Playlist . . . . . . . . . . ............ . . . . . . . 156
Reading lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Point of interest 131
Rear spoiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Point of interest search .. .. . . . ... . . . . . . 131
Rearview camera
Polishing . . . . . . ................ . . ... . 258
refer to Parking systems . . . . . . . . . . . . 77, 78
Pollen filter
Rearview mirror dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
refer to Pollutant filter ................ 51
Rear w indow defogger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Pollutant filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Recirculation mode (climate control system) 52
Power
seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Recuperation ......................... 23
Refueling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Power windows
Convenience opening/closing . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Remote control
Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 refer to Remote control key . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Pregnant women Remote contro l key . . . ........ .. .. .. .. . 27
Special considerations when wear ing a safe- LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ .. .. .. .. . 29
ty belt . . . . . . . . .............. . . . ... . 178 Personalizing . . . . . . . ........ .. .. .. .. . 27
Presets list Replacing the battery ........ .. .. .. .. . 29
unlocking/locking . . . ........ .. .. .. .. . 29
refer to Favorites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Presets (Radio) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Removing the caps (wheel bolts) . . . . . . . . . 265
Removing the wheel hub covers . . . . . . . . . 265
Program guide
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Repair manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Programming (steering wheel button) . . . . . 21 Repairs
Airbag system 195
Prompt
refer to Command (voice recognit ion sys- Replacement key 27
tem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Replacing windshield wiper blades . . . . . . . . 45
Proper occupant seating positions . . . . . . . 168 Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . . . . . . 172, 173
Proper safety belt position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Reset
Proper seating position refer to Restart (MMI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
"'
....
"' Reset button (trip odometer) ............ 22
N
Front passenger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
"N.... Occupants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Resetting the trip odometer ............. 22
0
0
Vl
Protect ing 258 Restart (MMI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
'<f
291
Index
Retract Safety features for occupant restraint and

New brake pads . . . . . . . . . . .. .... .. .. .. 83 protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Retractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .... .. .. . 177 Safety instructions
Reverse gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .... .. .. .. 64 for side curtain airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Rewinding (audio/video file) . .. .... .. .. . 154 for using child safety seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Rims .. . . . . . . . . . . . ........ . . . . . . . . . . 249 For using safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Monitoring the Advanced Airbag System . 194
Ringtone settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Safety systems (indicator light) . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Roaming
refer to Data connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Saving fuel
Recuperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Route criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Scan (radio) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Route guidance
refer to Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Screen
Running direction (tires) refer to Audi virtual cockpit (instrument
267
cluster) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
s Screwdriver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
SD card reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
saf e d riving
.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . 167 Search
Safe driving habits 167 refer to Free text search . . . . . . . . . . . 98, 156
Safety Search area (point of interest) . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Airbag system . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 181 Search function
Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 174 refer to Free text search . . . . . . . . . . . 98, 156
Correct seating position . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 168
Searching for an entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 108
Seat heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Safety belt microphone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Seating capacity . . . . . . . ............... 174
Safety belt position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Seating position
Safety belts worn by pregnant women . . . 178
Driver 168
Safety belt pretensioner
Front passenger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. 169
Service and disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
How to adjust the front seats . . . . . . .. .. 169
Safety belts . ... . . ................ 174, 177 Incorrect seat position . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. 170
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Occupants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. 168
Danger to passengers who do not wear a
Seats
safety belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 5
adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Fastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Adjust ing buckets seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Improperly worn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Correct seating position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Number of seats . . . . . ............... 174
Not worn . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Selecting a source (media) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Safety belt position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Selection menu . . . . . . . . . . . .... 20, 92, 95, 96
Safety belt tensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
sa fe t y .instructions
. ................... 176
Selective wheel torque control . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Securing child safety seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Selector lever
Special considerations for pregnant wom- Selector lever positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
en . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Service and disposal
Unfastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Safety belt pretensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Warning/indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Service interval display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Worn properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Settings
Safety belt warning light ............... 174 Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Safety equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
292
Index
Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .... . 157 Steering wheel

Navigation . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .... . 134 adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .... . 146 Shift paddles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .... . 162 also refer to Multifunction
Telephone..................... . .... 116 steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 21
Setting the language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Steps for determining correct load limit . . . 248
Shift paddles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Stopover (navigation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Side airbags Stopping (engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Storage compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
How t hey work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Stored stations
Side curtain airbags . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 202 refer to Favorites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Description . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 202 Streaming
How they work . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 203 refer to Online media . ................ 151
Safety instructions . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 203 Street View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
SIM card reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 S tronic (automatic transmission) . . . . . . . . . 64
Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Subtitles (DVD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Subwoofer (sound) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Software update Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
refer to System update (MMI) . . . . . . . . . . 165
Swapping calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Software (MMI)
Switching daytime running lights on and off 41
License . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Switching tabs
Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
refer to Multifunction steering wheel.. 20, 21
Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Switching the ignition on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Sources of information about child restraints
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . ....... .... .. .. . . . 99
and their use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Navigation . . . . . . . . ....... .... .. .. . . 136
Speed-dependent volume increase . . . . . . . 165
Traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... .... .. .. . . 140
Speedometer ......................... 19
also refer to Indicator lights . .... .. .. .... 9
Speed warn ing system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
System indi cator light (MIL) . . . . . . . . . . 15, 17
Speller. . . . . . . . . ................ . ... . . 96
System settings (MMI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Sport dr iving mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
System update (MMI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Sport mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
System volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Start-Stop system . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. 59
Engine does not switch off . . . .. .. .. .. .. 60
Engine starts automatically . . .. .. .. .. .. 60 T
Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. 59 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 22
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. 61 Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Stopping/starting the engine . .. .. .. .. .. 59 Technical modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Switching off/on . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. 61 Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. 108
START Engine STOPbutton .............. 56 Connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. 108
Starting from a stop Dialing a number . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. 110
Hill start assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Options during a phone call . .. .. .. .. .. 111
Starting (engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. 116
Steering also refer to Telepho ne . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. 108
~ Electromechanical power steering . . . . . . . 84 Temperature display
;:::: Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13, 84 Outside temperature .................. 19
"~ Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Temperature indicator
0
0
Vl Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
'<f
293
Index
Tether anchor
Tether strap
217
217
u
Unfastening safety belts 179
Text message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Uniform tire quality grading ..... .. . . . .. 251
Text messages
Unlocking/locking
refer to Text message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
by remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Tightening specification (wheel bolts) . . . . 268
Using the convenience key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 162
with the central locking switch . . . . . . . . . . 30
Tire Mobility System (tire repair set) . . . . . . 263 Unlocking and locking
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 235 On the door lock cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
All wheel drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 85
Updating stations (rad io) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Low aspect rat io tires . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 250
USB stick
Repair set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 262, 263
refer to Audi music interface . . . . . . . 152, 153
Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 265
Using the jump start cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Service life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 243
Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 245
Tire pressure monitoring system .. . . . . . 252 V
Tire Pressure Monitoring System .. . . . . . 252 Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Tire pressure table . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 246 Vehicle
Tread wear indicators . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 243 Care/cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 256
Unidirectional . . . . . ........ ... .. . 237,267 Dimens ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 277
Uniform tire quality grading . . . . .. . . . . . 25 1 Ident ificat ion number . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 276
Tires and wheels Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 266
Glossary of tire and loading terminology . 237 Out of service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 260
Tires and vehicle load limit s . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 276
TMC Vehicle identification label . . . . .. .. .. .. 276
refer to Traffic information . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Vehicle control modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Tone (sound) Vehicle jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
refer to Adjusting the sound . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Lifting points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Tool .. . ..... . . . . . ................... 262 Vehicle tool kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
touch Version information ................... 165
refer to MMI touch ................... 93 VIEW button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Towing VIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Tow trucks 274 Voice guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Towing loop 262 also refer to Mult ifunct ion
TPMS steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 , 21
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Voice mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Tire Pressure Monitoring System . . . . . . . 252
Voice recognition system ............ 21, 102
Traffic information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139, 140 Commands . . . . . . . . . . ....... .. .. .. .. 103
Traffic reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 7 External . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... .. .. .. .. 107
Transmission malfunction (indicator light) . . 68 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... .. .. .. .. 162
Transport Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... .. .. .. .. 166
Treble (sound) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Volume 165
Trunk lid Multifunction steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Trunk escape handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 Voice recognition system . . . . . . . . . . 21, 102
Turn signa ls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
294
Index
w Windshield
cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Warming up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Defogging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Warning/indicator lights also refer to Windshield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
System indicator light (MIL) . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Windsh ield washer system . . . . . . . . . . 44, 233
Warning/Indicator lights
Windshield wipers
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Cleaning w iper blades . . . . . . . . . . .. ..... 45
Warning lights Folding up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ..... 45
refer to Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ..... 16
Warranty coverages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Replacing windshield wiper blades .. ..... 45
Washer fluid level (indicator light) . . . . . . . . 16 Switching on and off . . . . . . . . . . . .. ..... 44
Washing matte finish paint . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Winter driving
Weights . . . . . . . . ....... .. . . . ... . . . . . . 276 Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
What happens if you wear your safety belt too Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
loose? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Winter operation
What happens to unbelted occupants?... . 175 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. 230
..
What impairs driving safety? . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. 228
..
Wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 249 Defogging windows . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 53
..
Loosening . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 265 Seat heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 53
..
Removing the cover . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 265 Windsh ield washer system . . . . .. .. .. 233
..
Tigh t ening specification . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 268 Winter tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Winter use
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Car washes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 Removing ice from windows . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Glossary of tire and loading terminology . 237
Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tire Pressure Monitoring System . . . . . .
.
.
265
252
z
Zooming (map) . . . . . . .......... 21, 130, 136
Tires and vehicle load limits . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Wheel wrench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
When must the airbag system be inspected? 192
Why safety belts? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Wi-Fi
Audi music stream . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. ..150.
Audio player . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. ..150.
Hotspot . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. ..123.
Online media . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. ..151.
Sett ings . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. ..123.
also refer to Wi-F i . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. ..150.
Window regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Windows
Cleaning/removing ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Defogging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
W indow washer system
Reservoir capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
"'
....
"'
N
"N....
0
0
Vl
'<f
295
© 2016 AUDI AG consent of AUDI AG. All rights reserved by AUDI
AG. Subject to alteration or amendment. Printed
It has always been Aud i's poli cy to cont inuous ly
in Germany.
improve its products. Audi, therefore, reserves
the r ight to make changes in design and specifi- Editorial deadline: 01/15/2016
cations, and to make additions or improvements
in its products w ithout incurring any obligation @ For the sake of the environment
to install them on products previous ly manufac- Printed on environmentally friendly paper
tured. Text, illustrations and specifications in this (bleached without chlorine, recyclable)
book are based on the most up-to-date informa-
tion available at the time of printing .
These instructions may not be reproduced or

translated in who le or in part without written
Owner's Manual
2017 Audi RS
Englisch Nordamerika 03.2016
4500127218B
4500127218B www.audi.com

Owner's Manual: 2017 Audi RB

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Owner's Manual: 2017 Audi RB

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Owner's Manual: 2017 Audi RB

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Owner's Manual

Vorsprung durch Te ~~?~ (HD

Voice recogni t ion sy st em . .. .. .. . 102 M e dia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . 147

Side airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Using the jum p start cable . . . . . . . . . . . . 273

Care and cleaning ......... .. .. .. . 256

Do It Yourself ....... .... .. .. .. .. . 262

Fuses and bulb s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

Emergency situations . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

This manual contains important information,

hicle. Text with this symbol contains additional use-

This owner's manu al descr ibes the equipment

Some sect ions in this manual do not apply to all

The illu st ration s are designed as a general guide

All directions, such as "left", "right", "front" and

* Optional or veh icle-specific equipmen t

@ For the sake of the environment

Fig. 1 Cockpit : left section

Fig. 2 Cockpit: rig ht sect ion

(!) Door handle @ Lockable glove compartment

Instruments and indicator Lights

Fig. 3 Instrument cluster overview

(D Engine coolant temperature 8

(D Note Canada models:

Engi ne oil sensor

¢page 15 - USA models: cruise control system*

1111( USA models) , • (Canada models)

- If the engine oil leve l is correct and the ind ica-

Drive to an autho rize d Aud i dea le r o r a uthorized

press the I~ O FF I button again.

(0 ) Brake pads The indicator light turns on if there is a malfunc-

If the fll indicator light turns on or blinks, there

~ •. Engine oil sensor

o System indicator light (MIL) (I) Note

jj Tank system Bulb failure indicator

D Pleas e refue l If t he II ind icator light tu rns on, a bulb has

IIJPlease refuel immediately Vehicle lights: malfunct ion! Please contact

"V! Windshield wipers ~D Light/rain sensor

.Ill All-wheel drive: too hot. Please adapt driv-

¢i 9 Turn signals Fig. 4 Locat ion of Data link Connecto r {DLC)

The MIL light may also illuminate if there is a

In order to make an accurate d iagnosis, the stor -

Your author ized Audi dealer or a qualified servi ce

Driver information system

Fig. S Driver information system diagram: classic view

Fig. 6 Driver inform ation system diagram : expanded view

The driver information system displays various

CD When the vehicle is stationary, the driver infor-

- If your vehicle is stationary or if you are driv- Operating

Fig. 8 Infota inment system display

Fig. 7 Steering wheel

CD Contro ls for the virtual instrument

First tab Vehicle

Fifth tab Navigation c::;,

a) This t ab is only visibl e if at lea st one indicator light or

Switching tabs : press the ~ button repeated ly

@ Right thumbwheel (D Note

- Programmable steering wheel button - open-

- Recuperation: elect rical ener gy can be stored in

The s hort-term memo ry collects d riving informa -